Part C-GH

269
PART-C
Name of work : Construction of Guest House Facilities(25+25) Rooms(G+2) floors on EPC

basis with Civil works including Internal water supply, & Sanitary Installations, Sewerage
system, Drainage & Development of Site, External water supply & Sewer lines, Storm
water drains, UG Sump, overhead terrace tank ,Septic tank etc., and Internal Electrical
Installations, Fans, Fire fighting & Fire Alarm, Lightening conductors, SITC of Lifts, SITC
of 250 KVA substation equipment,SITC of 125VA DGset, SITC of IP based EPABX
System,Solar water heating system, LED Street lighting,Split ACs, pumpsets etc . at
Hyderabad Central University, Hyderabad
Minor Component of Work
Electrical & Mechanical Services
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

270
INDEX
Item Description Page No.
1 PART-C 269
2 INDEX 270
GENERAL SCOPE OF WORK, GUARANTEE PERIOD and QUALITY
3 ASSURANCE and TESTING (Electrical & Mechanical Services) 271- 291
SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR ALL E & M COMPONENTS

4 (MINOR COMPONENTS) 292- 305
5 GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR ALL E&M COMPONENTS 306- 311
Detailed Specifications for Internal Electrical Installations and

6 Fans, Networking / WIFI, External Service connection, street 312- 460
lighting, Split AC and Pumpsets– Package C1
Detailed Specifications of Fire Alarm & Public Address System– 461- 468
7
Package C2
Detailed Specifications of Fire FightingDown ComerSystem– 469- 487
8
Package C3
9 Detailed Specifications of LIFTS – Package 4 488- 496
10 Detailed Specifications of IP based EPABX – Package 5 497- 502
11 Detailed Specifications of Substation Work– Package 6 503- 586
12 Detailed Specifications of DG Set System– Package 7 587- 608
13 Detailed Specifications of Solar water heating System– Package 8 609- 628
14 LIST OF PREFERRED MAKES 629-644
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

271
GENERAL SCOPE OF WORK , GUARANTEE PERIOD , QUALITY ASSURANCE and

TESTING
(Electrical and Mechanical Services)
Name of Work: Construction of Guest House Facilities(25+25) Rooms (G+2) floors on EPC
system, Drainage & Development of Site, External water supply & Sewer lines, Storm
water drains, UG Sump, overhead terrace tank ,Septic tank etc., and Internal Electrical
Installations, Fans, Fire fighting & Fire Alarm, Lightening conductors, SITC of Lifts, SITC
of 250 KVA substation equipment,SITC of 125VA DGset, SITC of IP based EPABX
System,Solar water heating system, LED Street lighting,Split ACs, pumpsets etc . at
Hyderabad Central University, Hyderabad
The general scope of this work is as under:
SH-I :DETAILSCOPE OF WORK FOR VARIOUS

Electrical and Mechanical Services
1.1 Scope of work covers planning, designing, supply, installation, testing and commissioning
of all Electrical & Mechanical services required to be provided in the said scheme & as
detailed in the NIT. The work shall be executed as per scope & specifications of E & M
works given hereafter in respective head / part of the scheme or sub-head. If any
services/work required to make the building / scheme habitable & functional, including
the statutory compliance, is not specifically mentioned in the scope of services, the
same is deemed to be included within the scope of this tender and nothing extra shall be
paid on this account.
1.2 The scope of works also covers the preparation of layout plans, drawings for E & M
schemes, Inventories of Fittings, Fixtures, Equipmentsetc and approval of the same from
the Engineer-in-Charge, before commencement of work.
1.3 The tenderer is advised to read and examine the tender documents for the work and the
set of drawings in Part - F of the tender document and also available in office of Engineer-
in-charge. He should himself inspect and examine the site and its surroundings before
submitting his tender.
1.4 Separate conditions & specification and scope are included in this tender for each of the
sub-head. The contractor shall quote the amount/rates lump-sump in figures/percentage
accurately in schedule of financial quote, as prescribed there.
1.5 The contractor(s) shall submit a detailed program of execution in accordance with the
master programme/milestone within ten days from the date of issue of award letter.
1.6 Quality of the project is of utmost importance. This shall be adhered to in accordance
with the provisions of CPWD specifications and guidelines given in the relevant paras.
1.7 Detailed scope of various E&M services is as under:
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

272
1. Internal Electrical Scope of this sub head covers planning, designing, supply,
installation, testing and commissioning of complete Internal and
Installations and
External Electrical Works which includesall copper wiring in
Fans,Networking / PVC/MS conduit, LED energy efficient luminaires , BLDC fans,
modular switches, sockets, AC power points,DBs, MCBs, MCCBs ,
WIFI, External
RCCBs, Sandwich Rising Mains or through cables with TTA load
Service connection, bank at every floor, end feed units , tap off boxes, distribution of
normal, UPS Power, enery efficientinverter type split AC with
Split AC, street
copper piping , Exhaust fans, 5 star rated Geyser and etc, cable
lighting and trays, raceways, lighting control, day light(photo) and occupancy
sensors, earthing, lightening arrestor as per NBC-2016, cable TV
Pumpsets
wiring in PVC/MSconduit (only recessed conduiting ), Wiring with
CAT6A for data points, Wi-fi points, Telephones points, in
designated buildings etc. , wiring for voice communication
system, Central call bell system, LED street light, compound light,
Bollard lights and landscape lights, pumpsets,lighting conductor ,
contour & facia light, Emergency lighting, Electrical signages
(including photo luminiscent) and display systems. etc. as
required. The work also includes earthing and safety equipment
as per specifications.
Providing Street lighting with 6 m long Octagonal poles ( Number

of Poles not less than 10 Nos ) with LED Street lights with 4 Core
LT UG cable laid in ground in DWC pipes, providing Loopin
loopout boxes IP66 and weather proof street light control boxes
complete as required.
If any item required to make the building / scheme habitable

and functional, is not specifically mentioned in the scope of
services, the same is deemed to be included within the scope of
this tender and nothing extra shall be paid on this account.
Design, Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of LT

Panels (Totally Type Tested Assembly & Partially Type Tested
Assembly) , sandwich bus trunking , power distribution
throughout the building with Copper / aluminium conductor XLPE
insulated, FRLS PVC inner and outer sheathed armoured UG
Cable, Fire Survival Cables as per provisions of NBC-2016, sub-
panels like TTA Load banks as per SLD , Feeder Pillars etcas per
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

273
specifications given.
2. Manual fire alaram The work shall consist of planning, designing, preparation of
system drawing, obtaining working approval from department and
obtaining approval from dept and local fire authority FIRE
NOC,supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of
Automatic Intelligent Addressable Fire alarm system and Public
Address System. The system shall be as per CPWD specifications,
NBC 2016 and Local bylaws and as per clearance issued by
Telangana State Fire Service.
3. Fire fighting with Design, Supply, Installation, testing & commissioning of fire
Down Comer fighting system shall be as per provision of NBC-2016 and
System(fire clearance issued by Telangana state fire Service and will consist
Extinguishers) of Down Comer with automatic sprinkler, Internal Hydrants and
fire extinguisher etc.
4. Lift Providing, Installation, Testing and Commissioning & putting into

operation of Minimum 02 no. 13 passenger lift (Machine Room
Less) serving as per Annexure - I with all control equipments &
accessories for the required nos. of landings/openings and
capacity as per architectural plans and speed of lifts in
accordance with NBC 2016 as amended up to the date.
All electrical works including interconnections from TP& N Switch
(including TP&N Switch) and loop earthing from the earth bar
provided in the machine room.
Provision of adequate lighting in the lift shafts and all landings.
Provision of hoisting beam or hook above the lift well and trap
door.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

274
Architrave work at lift entrance.

Temporary barricades with caution boards at each landing to
prevent accident during execution of work.
Electric supply to individual lift shall be given from the dedicated
lift panel.
All the Lifts shall be designed as per Acessible India requirement.
5. IP based EPABX Planning, preparation of drawing and obtaining working approval

system from department, designing, supply, installation, testing and
commissioning of complete of IP based voice communication
system of required lines provision of expandable lines with clip
facility for IP users license for lifetime. The outlets are as
described in Sub Head C-1. The scope of work also includes the
provision of the IP based telephones as per requirement.
The wiring shall be in the scope of the work of the firm and shall
be IP based LAN networking, as described in the Internal EI
subhead. LAN networking shall be covered in the LAN subhead.
The complete system has to be supplied, installed, tested and
commissioned in complete manner to have a fully functional
system, as required.
The Scope and purpose are to provide the voice communication
with latest Pure IP at core with a 10G backbone. Server based
Voice communication system in (1+1) High Availability mode shall
be provided to all the users within the campus including IP based
operator console, In-skin Voice mail for all the users & access to
call outside the campus through analog trunks or PRI trunks via
local service provider (e.g MTNL/ BSNL etc.). The system shall
have redundancy at the level of core switch as well for the
backbone.
this tender and nothing extra shall be paid on this account.If
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

275
any item required to make the building / scheme habitable and

functional, is not specifically mentioned in the scope of services,
the same is deemed to be included within the scope of this
tender and nothing extra shall be paid on this account.
6. Substation with The scope of work under this sub-head shall consists of Planning,
11KV power preparation of Designs, Drawings/SLDs for HT and LT power
distribution for entire buiding, obtaining approvals from the
distribution and
departmentand Supplying, installation, testing and
11/0.433 KV commissioning of 11kV/0.433 kV substation equipments
Substation. comprising HT Panel, Dry type copper wound Transformers of
11KV/0.433KV (1X 250 KVA (working) , HT cable, Bus trunking
from Transformer to LT Panel, LT Panel, Automatic Power factor
correction panel to Maintain .99 power factor, Active Harmonic
Filters, TVSS (Transient Voltage suppression system),SPD ( Surge
protection system), Essential panel, Earthing, required inter-
connections,substation safety equipments including LT cabling
from sub station to the buildings fed by the sub station. The work
also includes earthing, safety equipments, Gas suppression
system as per specifications and NBC -2016. If any item required
to make the system functional, is not specifically mentioned in
the scope of services, the same is deemed to be included within
the scope of this tender and nothing extra shall be paid on this
account.
7. DG Set System The work shall cover complete design,Supplying, installation, testing
and commissioning of Silent Type DG Sets,AMF Panel, Bus Ducting/
Cables from DG Sets to Essential Panel, Synchronizing Panel where
required, DG Set enclosure room sound insulation/ventilation/smoke
exhaust as required, Earthing of DG Set system, control cabling, Fuel
tank/piping, DG set Exhaust piping/ Exhaust Chimney as per CPCB
norms, Civil works connected with DG Sets including Foundation as
required. The tender should quote for complete job to be
executed under the works contract.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

276

8. Solar Water The scope of work under this sub-head shall consists of
Planning, design & preparation of drawings, obtaining approvals
Heating System
from the department and supply, installation, testing &
including providing commissioning of solar water heating system on the terrace of
building. The scope of work includes supply, installation, testing
suitable back up
and commissioning of solar panels, storage tanks, piping,
electrical heating heating elements, pumps, including providing suitable back up
electrical heating element with thermostat to use in the absence
element with
of solar water heating system etc. If any item required to make
thermostat to use the system functional, is not specifically mentioned in the scope
of services, the same is deemed to be included within the scope
in the absence of
of this tender and nothing extra shall be paid on this
solar water heating account.The minimum total capacity of Solar water heating
system installed on various location in building shall be 2000
system.
LPD.
The work is required to be executed as per the Good For
Construction (GFC) /Shop drawings to be prepared, submitted
within 60 days from the award and obtain the approval of the
same for execution.
1.8 The contractor (s) shall make his own arrangements for electricity and water required for
the execution of work.
1.9 Contractor has to deploy required T&P on the project as per Annexure-B
1.10 The contractor shall submit the running bills in the shape of the computerised MB in
pages of A-4 size as per the standard format of department and shall act as per
modified clause 6 A of CPWD-7
1.11 The contractor shall comply with the provisions of the Apprentices Act 1961, and the
rules and orders issued there under from time to time.
1.12 The contractor shall ensure quality control measures on different aspects of construction
including materials, workmanship and correct construction methodologies to be
adopted. The quality assurance programme should include method statement for
various items of work to be executed along with check lists to enforce quality control.
1.13 The contractor shall submit technical data sheet of various equipment and machinery
and shop drawings of various E&M services mentioned in the tender as per
requirement of sites before execution of work for approval.
1.14 Frequency and type of tests of various Materials/items/ article shall be conducted as per
specifications and relevant BIS-Codes. The test results confirm to the
specification/codes.
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

277
1.15 The Scope of various E&M services/works covering the complete complex and building
is as under, described briefly. The scope of work shall include the systems as
described below and in the respective subheads, in complete respect with full
functionality, compliances to the NIT, local body requirements, drawings etc as
required: -
Layout Plans / Drawings/details to be submitted for approval/acceptance of design. The
layout plans / drawings / other documents pertaining to E&M services and information
in the following format shall have to be submitted for evaluation & approval, within 60
days of award of work.
E&M Work Information to be furnished by the successful bidder

1 Internal Electrical Layout Drawings duly marked locations of Light (with lighting
Installations and level calculation) / Fans Points, Power points, Fans & Fixtures
Fans, Networking / switch board, telephone outlet, data outlet, Split AC, Bollard
WIFI, External Light,Geysers, Sandwich type Rising Mains, MCBDBs, floor TTA
Service connection, Load Bank panels, floor / ceiling race way.Capacity calculations
street lighting and with load details, Complete design details schematic drawings,
Pumpsets equipments specification of MV Panels, TTA Load banks panels
etc. The proposed Electrical Single Line Diagram also to be
submitted. The cable route from exisiting PCC-I to new building to
be submitted and got approved before laying the cables.
2 Manual fire alaram Design of addressable fire alarm system as per latest IS code, NBC
system 2016, UBBL. Detailed Layout drawing duly marked with different
type of detectors, manual call box, directional Sounders, Talk
Back System, public address system, speaker in corridor in
rooms, exist sign boards, main Control Panel, repeater panel,
High intensity hooters. Specifications of all fire alarm instruments.
Integration with various systems.
3 Fire fighting Down Design of fire fighting and sprinkler system as per NBC 2016, IS
Comer System(Fire code, UBBL. Detailed Layout drawing duly marked with number /
hydrant, down comer /, FBC, Fire Fighting Pumps etc. as per NBC 2016,
Extinguishers) Schematic diagram of Pumps, layout of Pipelines, valve chambers
in ringmain Hydrantsetc, wiring Diagram of MV Panels.
4 Lift Traffic calculation including RTT based on standard assumptions
and rules for all the lifts Detailed details drawings from OEM of
lift.
5 IP based EPABX Complete design details based on layout drawings of telephone
system outlets prepared under sub head internal EI, Wiring, details
specification for each component of EPABX system. Details of
licenses of various equipments and software for EPABX system.
6 Substation with Design basis reports based on the requirement and specification
11KV power given in the respective sub head. schematic drawings for each
distribution and area, Wiring, equipments location, Autocad drawings for each
11/0.433 KV area etc. All the technical data sheets from the OEM also to be
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

278
Compact Substations submitted as desired by the Engineer in Charge.

7 DG Set System Capacity calculations, Complete design details schematic
drawings, equipments specification Engine, Alternator,
Enclosure, Exhaust Gas Pipeline, Synchronization panel etc.
8 Solar water heating Design basis reports based on the requirement and specification
System including given in the respective sub head. Layout drawings for each
providing suitable system, Wiring, equipments, etc. Technical data sheets of all the
back up electrical equipments used.
heating element
with thermostat to
use in the absence
of solar water
heating system.
In addition to above any data and detail asked by Engineer in charge to finalized and
accept the scheme shall be provided on the established standard/guidelines/codes etc.
1.15.1 Clearances to be taken by the firm before start of work The above schemes of all the
E&M works shall have to meet all the requirements of local bodies / CEA/ NBC norms as
applicable & also meet the technical specifications of various relevant CPWD
specifications for electrical & mechanical services.
1.15.2 All the above schemes shall be got approved by respective local bodies / CFO etc. as
applicable before commencement of execution of work at site. During execution, if the
local bodies etc. require a modification, the same shall be executed without any extra
cost. Finally, after execution, obtaining clearances from CEA (central electriacal
authority), local fire authorities, DPCC and any other local body, shall be the
responsibility of the contractor All statutory fees / charges required for obtaining
clearances from CEA shall be paid by the contractor.
1.16 Climatic Conditions
All electrical equipment, accessories and fittings employed in electrical installation shall
be specified, designed and derated for continuous and trouble free operation in the
climatic conditions of the equipment location which are summarized as follows:
a) Maximum ambient air temperature : 45º C

b) Minimum ambient air temperature : 2º C
c) Maximum relative humidity : 85% RH
d) Indoor air temperature (not air conditioned) : 40º C
1.17 GENERAL AND COMMERCIAL WORK

1.17.1 GENERAL
The works shall be executed as per CPWD’s General specification for Electrical Works,
Part-I (Internal-2013); Part-II (External)-1995; Part-III (Lifts), Part-IV (Substation), Part-V
(Wet Riser and Sprinkler System for Fire Fighting Installation 2020), Part-VI (Fire Alarm
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

279
System), Part-VII (HVAC), IE Rules, Indian Standards amended up to date and as per
direction of Engineer-in-Charge. The additional specifications are to be read with above
and in case of any variations; specifications given along with the tender shall apply.
In case of discrepancy between the List of Makes, Tech. Specifications, Drawings etc the
following order of preference shall be observed:
• TechnicalSpecifications
• Drawings
• CPWD GeneralSpecifications
• IS/ IEC/International Codes
• List of Makes
Note:- The firm is to execute the works using materials of makes specified. However, if the make
of same items is mentioned in more than one sub head/make list, then firm may if so
desire, submit its request for the approval for using that make. The department reserves
the right to approve the same, if so considered fit. The decision of the department shall
be final & binding on the firm.
In case of any discrepancy of sepcifications/conditions in the tender document the

following order of preference will be observed:
• Drawings
• CPWD general specifications
• NBC-2016
• IS/IEC/International Codes
• The Provision with higher specifications
• Decision of Engineer in Charge
• Best engineering practice being followed in such works
1.17.2 No T & P shall be issued by the Department and nothing extra shall be paid on account of
this. However, following minimum T&P shall be maintained at site during the execution
of work:
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

280
S.No. T & P Items Quantity
1. Tongue Tester 2 Nos.
2. Megger 500 Volt. 2 Nos.
3. Earth Tester 2 Nos.
4. Ladder of different size 1 Lot
5. Multimeter 2 Nos.
6. Spanner Set 1 Set
7. Wrench 2 Nos.
8. Megger 1000 Volt. 1 Nos.
9. Crimping Tools 2 Nos.
10. Hydraulic Crimping Tool 1 Nos.
11. Electrically operatedchase cutting machine 4 Nos.

Any othermachine/tool required forcompletion of work As per actual
12. as perdirection requirement.
of Engineer-in-Charge
1.17.3 Type of Contract: The work to be awarded by this tender shall be treated as indivisible
workscontract.
1.17.4 TERMS OFPAYMENTS

As given in Schedule of Payment.
1.17.5 Works to be done by the contractor

In addition to supply, installation, testing and commissioning of all the equipments, as
per schedule of work, and specifications, the following works shall be deemed to be
included within the scope of work to be executed by the contractor. Nothing will be paid
extra on this account.
I. Tools and tackles required for handling and installation of equipments.

II. Protection required for the equipments from rain, dust storm etc. during
transportation i.e. polythene cover and tarpaulin till completion & handing over to
department.
III. Necessary equipments for commissioning/site testing.
IV. Supplying, Installation and testing commissioning of E&M services as per the scope
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

281
and specification given in the respective sub head.

V. Making arrangement of electricity and water required for installation.
VI. Providing cement & concrete foundation as per manufacturer standard and
approved drawing by the department.
VII. Minor/Major building work i/c repairing/ closing of all holes for cable entry etc.
complete as required.
1.17.6 RATES
No foreign exchange shall be made available by the Department for importing (purchase)
of equipments, plants, machinery, materials of any kind or any other items required to be
carried out during execution of the work. No delay and no claim of any kind shall be
entertained from the Contractor, on account of variation in the foreign exchange rate.
The rates quoted by the tenderer, shall be firm and inclusive of all taxes (including works
contract tax), GST, octroi, entry tax, duties and levies and all charges for packing
forwarding, insurance, freight and delivery, installation, testing, commissioning etc at site
i/c temporary constructional storage, risks, overhead charges, general
liabilities/obligations and clearance from local authorities. The fee for the inspection of
installation by government authorities shall be reimbursed by the department on
production of receipts. The contractor has to, however, initially make the payment.
1.17.7 COMPLETENESS OFTENDER

All sundry equipments, fittings, unit assemblies, accessories, hardware items, foundation,
foundation bolts, painting, termination lugs for electrical connections, and all other items
which are useful and necessary for efficient assembly and installation of equipment and
components of the work shall be deemed to have been included in the tender
irrespective of the fact whether such items are specifically mentioned in the tender
documents or not.
1.17.8 STORAGE AND CUSTODY OF MATERIALS

The contractor shall dispatch materials to site in consultation with the Engineer-in-
Charge. No storage accommodation shall be made available to contractor. Watch and
ward ,safe custody of material shall be the responsibility of contractor. Programme of
dispatch of material shall be framed keeping in view the building progress. Safe custody
of all machinery and equipment supplied bythe contractor shall be the responsibility of
the contractor till final taking over by the department
1.17.9 CARE OF THEBUILDING
Care shall be taken by the contractor while handling and installing the various
equipments and components of the work to avoid damage to the building. He shall be
responsible for repairing all damages and restoring the same to their original finish at his
cost. He shall also remove at his cost all unwanted and waste materials arising out of the
installation from the site of work.
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

282
1.17.10 COMPLETIONPERIOD
The completion period indicated in the tender documents is for the entire work of
planning, designing, approval of drawings etc., arrangement of materials &equipments,
delivery at site including transportation, installation, testing, commissioning and handing
over of the entire system to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge.
1.17.11 GUARANTEE
All equipments shall be guaranteed for a period of 24 months, from the date of taking
over the installation by the user department i.e. Central Reserve Police Force, against
unsatisfactory performance and/or break down due to defective design, workmanship or
material. The equipments or components, or any part thereof, so found defective during
guarantee period shall be forthwith repaired or replaced free of cost, to the satisfaction
of the Engineer-in- Charge. In case it is felt by the department that undue delay is being
caused by the contractor in doing this, the same will be got done by the department at
the risk and cost of the contractor. The decision of the Engineer-in-charge in this regard
shall be final & building on the contractor.
The tenderer shall guarantee among other things, thefollowing:

(a) Quality, strength and performance of the materials used as per manufacturers
standards.
(b) Safe mechanical and electrical stress on all parts under all specified conditions of
operation.
(c) Satisfactory operation during the maintenanceperiod.
1.17.12 POWER SUPPLY/ WATERSUPPLY

Power and water supply will be arranged by the contractor at the site for installation
purpose. However, for testing purpose after complete installation of the electrical items,
electricity supply will be made available free of cost to the contractor. Contractor will
take due care to ensure safety of electrical installation during execution of work.
1.17.13 ACCEPTABLE MAKES OF VARIOUSEQUIPMENTS

The acceptable makes of various equipments/components/accessories have been
indicated in the List of Acceptable Makes of equipments/ materials”.
1.17.14 DATA MANUAL AND DRAWINGS TO BE FURNISHED BY THE TENDERER

After award ofwork, the tenderer shall furnish the design and drawings as per the details
given.
1.17.15 The successful tenderer should furnish well in advance three copies of detailed
instructions and manuals of manufacturers for all items of equipments regarding
installation, adjustments, operation and maintenance including preventive maintenance
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

283
& trouble shooting together with all the relevant data sheets, spare parts catalogue etc.
all in triplicate.
1.17.16 EXTENT OFWORK

The work shall comprise of entire labour including supervision and all materials necessary
to make a complete installation and such tests and adjustments and commissioning, as
may be required by the department. The term complete installation shall not only mean
major items of the plant and equipments covered by specifications but all incidental
sundry components necessary for complete execution and satisfactory performance of
installation with all layout charts whether or not those have been specifically mentioned
in the tender document.
1.17.17 INSPECTION ANDTESTING

Copies of all manufacturers’ routine and type test, certificates of the equipments shall be
furnished to the inspecting officer at the time of inspection at the factory.
17.0 COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS AND INDIANSTANDARDS

All works shall be carried out in accordance with relevant regulation, both statutory and
those specified by the Indian Standards related to the works covered by this
specification. In particular, the equipment and installation will comply with the following:
(i) Factories Act.
(ii) Indian Electricity Rules.
(iii) B.I.S. & other standards as applicable.
(iv) Workmen’s compensation Act.
(v) Statutory norms prescribed by local bodies like CEA, Power Supply Co., CPCB as
amended uptodateetc.
Nothing in this specification shall be construed to relieve the successful tenderer of his
responsibility for the design, manufacture and installation of the equipment with all
accessories in accordance with currently applicable statutory regulations and safety
codes.
Successful tenderer shall arrange for compliance with statutory provisions of safety
regulations and departmental requirements of safety codes in respect of labour
employed on the work by the tenderer. Failure to provide such safety requirement would
make the tenderer liable for fine of Rs 5000/- (Rs Five Thousand only) for each default. In
addition, the department will be at liberty to make arrangement for the safety
requirements at the cost of tenderer and recover the cost thereof from him.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

284
18.0 INDEMNITY
The successful tenderer shall at all times indemnify the department, consequent on this
works contract. The successful tenderer shall be liable, in accordance with the Indian law
and regulations for any accident occurring due to any cause and the contractor shall be
responsible for any accident or damage incurred or claims arising there from during the
period of erection, construction and putting into operation the equipments and ancillary
equipment under the supervision of the successful tenderer in so far as the latter is
responsible. The successful tenderer shall also provide all insurance including third party
insurance as may be necessary to cover the risk. No extra payment would be made to the
successful tenderer on account of the above.
19.0 ERECTIONTOOLS
No tools and tackles either for unloading or for shifting the equipments for erection
purposes would be made available by the department. The successful tenderer shall
make his own arrangement for all these facilities.
20.0 COOPERATION WITH OTHER AGENCIES

The successful tenderer shall ensure proper coordination between various associate
contractor executing the work of different E&M services in the construction of buildings,
if any, and exchange freely all technical information so as to make the execution of this
work/contract smooth. No remuneration should be claimed from the department for
such technical cooperation. If any unreasonable hindrance is caused to other agencies
and any completed portion of the work has to be dismantled and re-done for want of
cooperation and coordination by the tenderer during the course of work, such
expenditure incurred will be recovered from the successful tenderer if the restoration
work to the original condition or specification of the dismantled portion of the work was
not undertaken by the tenderer himself.
21.0 The work will be carried out with least disturbance during shifting & shut down taken
in consultation with the clientdepartment.
22.0 MOBILIZATIONADVANCE
The same shall be applicable as per civil components.
23.0 INSURANCE ANDSTORAGE

All consignments are to be duly insured up to the destination from warehouse at the cost
of the contractor. The insurance covers shall be valid till the equipment is handed over to
the user department duly installed, tested and commissioned.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

285
24.0 VERIFICATION OF CORRECTNESS OF EQUIPMENT AT DESTINATION

The contractor shall have to produce all the relevant records to certify that the genuine
equipments from the manufacturers has been supplied anderected.
25.0 PAINTING
The work shall include cost of painting of the entire installation. The major equipments
shall be factory final finish painted. The agency shall be required to do only touching to
the damages caused to the painting during transportation, handling & installation at site,
if there is no major damage to the painting. However hangers, supports etc. of bus
trunking shall be painted with required shade including painting with two coats of
anticorrosive primer paint at site.
26.0 TRAINING
The scope of works includes the on job technical training of two persons of department
at site. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
27.0 QualityAssurance:
The technical data sheet and manufacturing drawing of all equipments and materials as
per contract specifications shall be prepared by the respective manufacturer’s and will be
submitted by contractor duly signed before placing the order or manufacturing the
material. The engineer-in-charge shall approve as per contractconditions.
All the materials to be used in the work shall be new and of good quality and shall be got
approved from the Engineer-in-Charge before use at site. The equipment shall be not
older more than 6 months from the date of receipt at site or year of manufacturing
should be current. The equipment shall be procured directly from the manufacturer or
authorized dealer and deliverychallan/invoice/ proof of dispatch of material of the
Agency from where the material is purchased in support of genuineness of material shall
be submitted along with bill forverification.
Manufacturer test certificates of all the equipment and material shall be submitted along
withsupply. The sub head wise General Guidelines for quality assurance of different
materials will be as per table given below. Engineer in charge may extend the testing
criteria as per the requirement of IS code or any other standard available. The firm has to
arrange the inspection for which nothing extra will be paid.
General guidelines for Quality Assurance
Quality to be ensured at the execution stage and works to be executed as per contract
conditions and CPWD General Specification for Electrical Works.
All the materials, equipments and work shall conform to the Agreement.
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

286
Makes of all the material and equipments etc. shall be strictly as per agreement.
The model numbers of various equipments and work approved by Engineer-in-charge
shall be checked for their conformity to the agreement.
Generally total quantity of any item in the contract shall be supplied in not more than
four lots. However, engineer-in-charge can decide number of lots in which quantities to
be supplied as per site requirements.
The materials shall be tested from 3rd party laboratories. The laboratories shall
preferably be Government Labs/ Government Autonomous bodies or as approved by
competent authority.
The testing at manufacturer’s works shall be clearly specified in the tender documents.
For the tests to be conducted at manufacture’s works, the tests shall be conducted in the
presence of engineer-in-charge or his authorized representative. The dispatch note shall
be issued only after satisfactory completion of the test.
The layout/ working drawings/ shop drawings etc., shall be prepared in AutoCAD or
equivalent software by the contractor for all the services as defined in CPWD
Specifications and agreement conditions. The engineer-in-charge shall approve all the
drawings before start of execution of work. All the drawings of various equipments and
works approved by Engineer –in-charge shall be checked for their conformity to the
agreement.
The delivery challans of the materials may be checked for ascertaining the genuineness
of the material.
The QA plan/ testing etc. for the other works, if required, shall be decided by Engineer-in-
charge to ensure quality of materials, equipments and work etc. as per Agreement.
28.0 All electrical & mechanical fittings / fixtures / appliances, to be provided for the work,
should have latest minimum 5-star rating (of BEE), as available in market.
28.1 TESTING PLANS
The testing plan for quality control for major E&M services is attached as Annexure-A.
These plans are to be read along with following guiding notes:-
28.1.1 The material to be supplied against the contract shall be not older more than 6 months
from date of receipt at site.
28.1.2 To procure the genuine material from suppliers/ authorized dealer etc shall be the
responsibility of contractor who shall preserve copies of invoice/ excise gate pass/ proof
of dispatch and the same shall be made available for specially to engineer-in-charge for
examination/ scrutiny/ verification as deemed fit by him.
28.1.3 As per guideline only routine test as prescribed in IS/ CPWD specifications shall be carried
at manufacture works/ third party labs.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

287
28.1.4 All items to be used and workmanship shall be thoroughly checked physically and for
their performance as per agreement.
28.1.5 All items to be used and workmanship shall be thoroughly checked physically and for
their performance as per agreement.
Annexure-A
1 Sub Station, DG Set
Wheth
Location of Test
er
Total Qty
Standard proof Whether
(Each type)
Material Applicable/Test of Manufacturer's
SL.No reqd. in Sample At At
/Process Required to Dispatc test certificates
agreement Size manufacture third
beDone h required
or lot size Works party
require Lab
whichever is
d
less
1 HT Panel CPWD specs Any Y Y 1 Y N
part IV/QA
Plan: CT ratio
and accuracy
class should be
invariably
Checked
2 HT Panel: Check CT ratio Any Y Y 1 Y N
metering and accuracy
and class, Relays
protection and Meters
devices
3 LT PanelsCPWD specs Any Y Y 1 Y N
ACB with part IV/QA
Plan:
Construction,
Ratings of
SWG, air gaps
between
phases, phase
to body, IP
rating short
circuit ratings
etc.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

288
4 LT Panels CPWD specs part Up to 2 Y Y 0 Y N

incomer of IV/QA Plan:
that 200 A Construction, > 2 and < Y Y 1 Y N
With more Ratings of SWG, 10
air gaps between >10 Y Y 2 Y N
phases, phase to
body, IP rating
short circuit
ratings etc.
5 Capacitor CPWD specs part Any Y Y 1 Y N

Panel IV/QA Plan:
Check for type of
capacitors used,
operaton of
relay, settings.
Change the load
and its type and
check
Functionality
6 Rising an CPWD specs part Length Upto Y Y 75% Y N
Main d IV/QA Plan: 500 mtr length
Bus and
Trunki fittings
ng Lengt > 500 Y Y 10% Y N
h mtr length
and
fittings
7 Cable Tray CPWD Spec. Part Length Y Y N N N
I/II : Check for Upto 500
perforation area, mtr
paint/Galvanisin Leng > 500 Y Y One N Y
g thicknessand th piece
Materialcomposi mtr for
tion. every
500
Mtr
8 DWC/Corru IS 14930, Length Y N N N N
gated HDPE Check Upto 500
Pipe for mtr
thickness,
material.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

289
Mechanical strength and Length Y> 500

Y mtr
One N N
smoothness piece
for
every
500
Mtr
9 Transformer CPWD Specs. Part IV/QA Plan: Any Y Y 100% Y N
Physical verification of accessories
as per agreement and Routine
testes as per IS: 2026/IS
11171:1985
(Whichever applicable), with
particular attention to losses
meeting ECBC norms/as per
agreement, Type test certificate
for exact same design for impulse
withstand and short circuit
withstand shall be made available
by Manufacturer, Temperature
rise test of one transformerof
each design shall be done. Copies
of the certificate for pressure test,
test for bushings shall be supplied
to thedepartment.
10 DG set Load testing as per CPWDSpecs. Any Y Y 100% Y N
11 HT Cable IS 1554 Part II Up to Y Y 1 N N
100 mtr
> 100 Y Y 1 Piece N Y
mtr for
every
500 mtr
12 LT cable IS 1554 Part I Up to Y Y N N N
1000 mtr
> 1000 Y Y 1 Piece N Y
mtr for
every
1000
mtr
2- Fire Fighting
1 Pumps As per tender specs. Any Y Y 100% N N
capacity
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

290
2 MS pipes To be tested for thickness and Any Y Y 1 for N N

weight as per applicable IS every
100 mtr
3 Valves Flow and controls as per data upto 20 Y N NA N N
sheet >20 Y Y 1 for N Y
every
20
4 LT Panels with CPWD specs part IV/QA Plan: Any Y Y 1 Y N
ACB Construction, Rating of SWG, air
gaps between phases, phase to
body, IP
ratings short circuit ratings etc.
5 LT Panels with CPWD specs part IV/QA Plan: Upto 20 Y Y 0 N N
incomer of more Construction, Rating of SWG, air
that 200 A gaps between phases, phase to
body, IP rating, short circuit >2 and Y Y 1 Y N
<10
ratings etc.
>10 Y Y 2 Y N
6 Cable Tray CPWD specs part I/II: Check for Length Y Y N N N
perforation area, Upto 500
paint/Galvanising thickness and mtr
Material composition. Length > Y500Ymtr
One Y N
piece
for
every
500
Mtr
3- Street /Compound Lighting
1 LT Panels with CPWD specs part IV/QA Plan: Any Y Y 100% Y N
ACB Construction, Ratings of SWG, air
gaps between phases, phase to
body, IP rating, short circuit
ratings
etc.
2 LT Panels with CPWD specs part IV/QA Plan: Upto 2 Y Y 0 N N
incomer of more Construction, Ratings of SWG, air
that 200 A gaps between phases, phase to
body, IP rating, short circuit >2 and Y Y 1 Y N
ratings etc. <10
>10 Y Y 2 Y N
3 Poles Whether in conformity with upto 100 Y Y N N N
tender specs.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

291
>100 Y Y 2% Y N
4 LT cable IS 1554 Part 1 upto Y N N N N

2500 mtr
>2500 Y Y 1 piece N Y
mtr for
every
2500
mtr
5 DWC/Corrugated IS 14930, Check for thickness, Length Y N N N N
HDPE Pipe material, Upto 500
Mechanical strength and mtr
smoothness Length > Y500Ymtr
One N Y
piece
for
every
500
Mtr
6 Fittings Whether in conformity with >100 Y Y NA N N
tender specs.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

292
SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR ALL E & M COMPONENTS (MINOR COMPONENTS)
1. The applicant should either himself meet the eligibility conditions for the respective
E&M components or otherwise he will have to associate with agencies, fulfilling the eligibility
requirements and hence consent letter from at least One eligible Associate Agency of the
respective components of E&M work shall also be submitted as per attached Proforma as per
Form “P”, before taking up the respective work.
In case the main contractor is himself eligible (as per eligibility criteria) for executing any specific
minor component and intends doing the job himself, he may not be required to associate with
another agency for that minor component of work. In such cases the main contractor also has to
submit the documents as per eligibility criteria mentioned for associated agency of individual
E&M component.
However, the Composite category contractor shall also be eligible to carry out himself any or all
of these works without associating any specialized agencyprovided:
(a) He fulfills the prescribed eligibility criteria respectively for thesework(s)
Or
(b) He directly procures the equipment of approved make from manufacturer and gets it
installed from authorized agency/service provider of the manufacturer/specialized agency, all as
per the eligibility criteria mentioned inNIT.
2. The main tenderer has to submit the following documents for association of contractor
within one month of award ofwork.
(i) In support of the eligibility conditions of the proposed Associated Contractor, copy of
their registration documents, Electrical License, GST Documents duly attested by the applicants
(Main Contractor) shall be submitted to the Executive Engineer(Electrical), CPWD, for deciding
the eligibility. Each such Associated Contractor will certify that they are not debarred as on the
day of application for sale of tender. Proposal for associating agency for minor components of
work shall be submitted in Form- “N” of this tender document from each associate
independently for all electrical and mechanical components.
(ii) The main contractor will submit an affidavit of MOU signed with eligible
associatedcontractor.The MOU in the enclosed Form“Q”shall be signed by both the parties main
contractori.e.as1st party and associated contractor as 2nd party. Independently for all electrical
and mechanical components.
3. In the event of the concerned E&M agency not performing satisfactorily or failure of
associate contractor to complete the E&M work, the main contractor on written directions of the
department, shall remove the Associate contractor deployed on the work and shall submit name
of new associate who fulfill the conditions mentioned in NIT to execute the left over work
without any loss of time or variation in cost to the department. Such associates shall also give an
undertaking along with the main tenderer that both of them together will stand guarantee for
the equipments already supplied for which payment has been released by the department in
part or full. If any equipment supplied for the work, during the currency of the earlier Associate
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

293
contractor and paid partly by the Dept., becomes redundant /not in a position to be installed and
commissioned and put to beneficial use due to change in agency for execution of E&M work,the
main contractor shall be liable for replacement of the equipment(s)without any extra cost to
department.No change of Associated Contractor will be allowed without prior approval of the
Engineer-in-charge of thework.
4. In respect of all works i.e., IEI & Fans, Street lighting, Lifts, Fire fighting System with Down
Comer System, Fire Alarm System and Public address System, VRF AC System, IP-EPABX,
Substation, DG set and Solar water Heating Systemthe materials shall be procured only from the
original equipment manufacturers/authorized dealers of OEM. The contractor shall submit all
documentary details in fulfillment of this conditions regarding procurement of materials including
relevant testcertificates.
5. Executive Engineer(E) shall be the Engineer-in-charge as far as E & M works

areconcerned.Separate tender schedule abbreviated CPWD-7/8and Special Conditions for E & M
Work are appended with this tender. It will be obligatory on the part of the contractor/tenderer
to sign the tender documents for all the component parts.
6. The main contractor shall be responsible and liable for proper and complete execution of
the E & M work and ensure coordination and completion of both civil and E &Mworks.
7. The main contractor has to enter into agreement with contractor associated by him for
execution of minor component. Copy of such agreement shall be submitted to Executive
Engineer(E) in charge of minor component as well as E.E. in charge of majorcomponent.
8. The associate contractor shall attend the inspection of the work being done by the
Engineer-in-Charge of E&M works as and whenrequired.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

294
THE MINIMUM ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA FOR E&M COMPONENTS AND SPECIALIZED WORKS
WHEREVER APPLICABLE
Component of Estimated
Sl. E&M Works cost in Rs Eligibility
No
1. Internal Electrical 3 ,74 10,461/- The main contractor shall associate with
Installations and contractor registered in appropriate Class of
Fans, Networking composite category in CPWD for execution of
/ WIFI, External
Service this Sub head of work, possessing valid Electrical
connection and Contractor License of appropriate Voltage
street lighting issued by competent authority.
and pumpsets
2. Manual call fire 18,24,038 /- The main contractor shall have to associate
alaram system As withagency fulfilling the following eligibility
per NBC 2016 criteriahaving successfully completed during last
seven yearsending up to previous day of last
date of submissionof tender as given below with
completion certificate issued by an officer not
below the rank of Executive Engineer or
equivalent duly attested.
Three similar completed workseach of value

not lessthan Rs. 7.29 Lakhs
or
Two similar completed works each of value
not lessthan Rs.10.94 Lakhs
or
One similar completed work of value not less
than Rs.14.59 Lakhs
Similar work shall mean "SITC of Manual call fire

alaram system.."However, the Composite
category contractor shall alsobe eligible to carry
out himself without associating any specialized
agency provided:
He fulfills the prescribed eligibility criteria
respectively for this work
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

295
3. Fire Fighting 29,18,461/- The main contractor shall have to associate

with Down withagency fulfilling the following eligibility
Comer criteria having successfully completed during last
Systemand seven yearsending up to previous day of last date
Fire of submissionof tender as given below with
Extinguisher. completion certificate issued by an officer not
Three similar completed workseach of value

not lessthan Rs. 11.68 Lakhs
or
Two similar completed works each of value
not lessthan Rs.17.51 Lakhs
or
One similar completed work of value not less than Rs.2
However, the Composite category contractor
shall also be eligible to carry out himself without
associating anyspecializedagencyprovided:
(a) He fulfills the prescribed eligibility

criteriarespectively for this work
Or
(b) He directly procures the equipment of
approvedmake from manufacturer and gets it
installed fromauthorized agency/service provider
of the manufacturer/specialized agency, all as per
the eligibility criteria mentioned as above.
4. Lifts 54,45,000/- The main contractor shall associate with the Lift
Manufacturers satisfying the following Criteria
1. The Lift Manufacturer shall comply with BIS
Standards, duly certified by manufacturer itself
2. The Manufacturer shall be complaint to the
Public Procurement ( Preference to Make in
India) Order 2017 (as amended from time to
time) issuded by the Department of Industrial
policy and Promotion (DIPP), Ministry of
Commerce and Industry.
3. The experience of successful completion of
similar works shall be as per CPWD Works
Manual/SOP.
4. The Manufacturer shall furnish an undertaking
regarding availability of spares for the entire life
of lift i.e., 15 to 20 years.
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

296
5. The complete Lift installation including its

components, safety devices, various types of
controls etc., testing, inspection, operation &
maintenance shall confirm to relevant codes/
Standars / Codes of Practices/Guidelines/
Safety rules/Inspection manual(s)/Rules
issued by Bureau of Indian Standards, as
amended upto last date of receipt of
tenders.
6. Quality standards shall confirm to IS/ISO-
9001:2015 as amended.
7. The downtime of installed lifts, which are
being maintained by the Manufacturer, shall
not be more than 8 hours(average) in case of
minor faults and 7 days(average) in case of
major faults during the last financial year.
5. IP Based 21,88,847/- The main contractor shall have to associate

EPABX system withagency fulfilling the following eligibility
criteria having successfully completed during last
seven years ending up to previous day of last date
of submission of tender as given below with
Three similar completed works each
of value not less than Rs. 8.76 Lakhs
Or
Two similar completed works each of value not
lessthan Rs.13.13 Lakhs
Or
One similar completed work of value not less than Rs.
Similar work shall mean "SITC of IP based EPABX
System." However, the Composite category
contractor shall alsobe eligible to carry out
himself without associating anyspecialized agency
provided:
(a) He fulfills the prescribed eligibility criteria
respectively for this work.
OR
He directly procures the equipment of
of themanufacturer/specialized agency, all as per
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

297
6. Substation 27,22,500/- The main contractor shall have to associate

Work withagency fulfilling the following eligibility
seven years ending up to previous day of last date
of submission of tender as given below with
Three similar completed works each
Or
Or
One similar completed work of value not
less than Rs. 21.78 Lakhs
Similar work shall mean “SITC of 11/.433 KVA

Substation work.” However, the Composite
out himself without associating anyspecialized
agency provided:
(b) He fulfills the prescribed eligibility criteria
OR
7. DG Set System 16,63,750 /- The main contractor shall have to associate
with agency fulfilling the following eligibility
criteria possessing valid electrical license issued
by competent authority (if he himself does not
fulfill the eligibility criteria) having successfully
completed during last seven years ending up to
previous day of last date of submission of tender
as given below with completion certificate issued
by an officer not below the rank of Executive
Engineer or equivalent duly attested.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

298
Three similar completed works each of value not

less than Rs. 6.6 Lakhs
or
less than Rs.9.9Lakhs
or
One similar completed work of value not less than
Rs. 13.30Lakhs
Similar work shall mean “SITC of DG Set with

individual capacity not less than 125 KVA DG Set”
However, the Composite category contractor
shall also be to carry out himself without
associating any specialized agency provided:
(a) He fulfills the prescribed eligibility criteria

respectively for this work
or
(b) He directly procures the equipment of
approved make from manufacturer and gets it
installed from authorized agency/service
provider of the manufacturer/specialized
agency, all as per the eligibility criteria
mentioned as above.
8. Solar Water 5,44,500/- The main contractor shall have to associate

Heating System withagency fulfilling the following eligibility
including
providing
suitable back up seven years ending up to previous day of last date
electrical heating of submission of tender as given below with
element with completion certificate issued by an officer not
thermostat to below the rank of Executive Engineer or
use in the
absence of solar
water heating
system Three similar completed works each
Or
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

299

Or
One similar completed work of value not less than Rs.
Similar work shall mean “SITC Solar Water

heating System.” However, the Composite
out himself without associating anyspecialized
agency provided:
(c) He fulfills the prescribed eligibility criteria
OR
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

300
Note:
1) The value of executed works shall be brought to current costing level by enhancing the actual
value of work at simple rate of 7% per annum calculated from the date of completion to last date
of submission of tender. For other conditions, refer special conditions specified in Part C of E & M
works.
(i) The applicant shall either himself meet the eligibility conditions for the respective E&M
packages or otherwise, he will have to associate an agency meeting the eligibility
requirements as given in this tender document and submit the details as given in Part C of
this tender document within 30 days of award of work OR before start of minor component
of work whichever isearlier.
The applicant/ main contractor has to submit consent letters as per Form “P”, given in Part C
of this tender document from at least one eligible associate agency of the respective
component of E&M work for each of the component of E& M works by clearly indicating the
component of work within 30 days of award of work OR before start of minor component of
work whichever isearlier.
The main contractor will submit an affidavit of MOU signed with eligible associated
contractor. The MOU in the enclosed Form “Q” shall be signed by both contractors, Main
contractor as 1st party and associated contractor as 2nd party, independently for IEI & Fans,
Street lighting, Split AC, Lifts, Fire fighting System with Down Comer System, Fire Alarm
System and Public address System, IP-EPABX, Substation, DG set and Solar Water heating
System specified as above.
If the main contractor fails to associate agency for execution of minor components of work
within 30 days of award of work OR before start of minor component of work whichever is
earlier or furnishes incomplete details or furnishes details of ineligible agencies even after
the tenderer is given due opportunity, the entire scope of such component of work shall be
withdrawn from the tender and the same shall be got executed by the Engineer-in–Charge at
the risk and cost of the main contractor.
(ii) Verifiable completion certificates of the work, registration/approval documents as the case
may be, duly attested by the applicant shall be submitted within 30 days of award of work
OR before start of minor component of work whichever is earlier. Valid Electrical license, as
the case may be, duly attested by the applicant shall also be submitted within 30 days of
award of work OR before start of minor component of work whichever isearlier.
(iii) Self attested GST registration documents in respect of the associated agencies shall be
submitted within 30 days of award of work OR before start of minor component of work
whichever isearlier.
Executive Engineer (E)

Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

301
FORM–N
PROPOSAL FOR ELIGIBLE ASSOCIATING AGENCIES FOR MINOR

COMPONENTS OFWORK
I/we hereby propose the following agencies as per mentioned against each for
executing corresponding minor components of work. Their consent letters are also
attached.
Sl.No Name of Category and Enlistment Monetary Validity of Consent
Associated class of copy/completion Limit of registration letter
Contractor registration Certificates attached work attached
(Yes/No)
Package C1: Internal Electrical Installations and Fans, Networking /
WIFI, External Service connection and street lighting and pumpsets
Package C2Manual call fire alaram system.
Package C3: Fire Fighting System with Down Comer system
Package C4: Lifts
Package C5: IP Based EPABX System
Package C6: Substation
Package C7: DG Set
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
302
Package C8: Solar Water Heating System
Note: Self Attested photocopies of enlistment order, valid electrical contractor license,
work experience certificates of each agency for each component of E&M work shall
besubmitted.
Signature of contractor
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
303
FORM –P
CONSENT LETTER FROM ELIGIBLE ASSOCIATE AGENCY FOR
MINORCOMPONENT OF WORKS
Name of Work: Construction of Guest House Facilities(25+25) Rooms (G+2) floors on EPC basis
with Civil works including Internal water supply, & Sanitary Installations, Sewerage system,
Drainage & Development of Site, External water supply & Sewer lines, Storm water drains, UG
Sump, overhead terrace tank etc., and Internal Electrical Installations, Fans, Fire fighting & Fire
Alarm, Lightening conductors, SITC of Lifts, SITC of 250 KVA substation equipment,SITC of 125VA
DGset, SITC of IP based EPABX System,Solar water heating system, pumpsets etc . at
Hyderabad Central University, Hyderabad.
I / We hereby give my consent to associate with M/s …………………………………, for executing the
minor component of work of …….……… (Mention category).
1. I / We will execute the work as per specifications and conditions of the agreement and as per
directions of the Engineer –in-Charge for the corresponding minor work till the completion of
thework.
2. I / We will be responsible for necessary action to handover the installations and for rectification
of defects and repair during the maintenance / warrantyperiod.
3. Also I / We will employ full time technically qualified Engineer / supervisor for the minor
component of the work as required for the work. I / We will attend inspection of officers of the
department as and when required.
Date:
Signature with date ofMajor Signature with date of Associate/ Minor
Contractor Component Contractor
Address Address
Witnesswithaddress Witness withaddress

(From major componentcontractorside) (From minor component contractorside)
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
304
FORM-“Q”
AFFIDAVIT OF MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING (MOU)
(to be submitted for each and every E&M component).
1. M/s. (Name of the

firm with full address)
Enlistment Status
Valid Upto:
(Henceforth called the main Contractor)
2. M/s. (Name of the

firm with full address)
Enlistment Status
Valid Upto:
(Henceforth called Associated Contractor) For the execution of E & M Component
Name of Work: Construction of Guest House Facilities(25+25) Rooms (G+2) floors on EPC
system, Drainage & Development of Site, External water supply & Sewer lines, Storm water
drains, UG Sump, overhead terrace tank etc., and Internal Electrical Installations, Fans, Fire
fighting & Fire Alarm, Lightening conductors, SITC of Lifts, SITC of 250 KVA substation
equipment, SITC of 125VA DGset, SITC of IP based EPABX System, Solar water heating
system, pumpsets etc . at Hyderabad Central University, Hyderabad.
We state that M.O.U between us will be treated as an agreement and has legality as per Indian
Contract Act (amended up to date) and the department (CPWD) can enforce all the terms and
conditions of the agreement for execution of the above work. Both of us shall be responsible for
the execution of work as per the agreement to the extent this MOU allows. Both the parties shall
be paid consequent to the execution as per agreement to the extent this MOU permits. In case of
any dispute, either of us will go for mediation by the Engineer In charge. Any of us may appeal
against the mediation to the Chief Engineer, Hyderabad. His decision shall be final and binding on
both ofus.
We have agreed as under:

Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
305
1. The Associated Contractor will execute all E & M works in the wholesome
manner as per terms and conditions of theagreement.
2. The Associated Contractor shall be liable for disciplinary action if he fails to
discharge the action(s) and other legal action as peragreement.
3. All the machinery and equipments, tools and tackles required for execution of
the E & M works, as per agreement, shall be the responsibility of the
AssociatedContractor.
4. The site staff required for the E & M work shall be arranged by the Associated
Contractor as per terms and conditions of theagreement.
5. Site order book maintained for the said work shall be signed by the main
contractor as well as by the Engineer of the Associated Contractor and by
Associated Contractorhimself.
6. All the correspondence regarding execution of the E & M work shall be done by
the department with the Associated Contractor with a copy to the main
contractor. In case of non-compliance of the provisions of agreement, the main
contractor, as well as the associated contractor shall be responsible. The action
under clauses 2 and 3 shall be initiated and taken against the maincontractor.
SIGNATURE OFMAINCONTRACTORSIGNATURE OF
ASSOCIATEDCONTRACTOR
Date Date:
Place: Place:
1.Witnesswithaddress
2.Witness withaddress
(From major componentcontractorside) (From minor component

contractorside)
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
306
GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR ALL E&M COMPONENTS
1. The agency must study various CPWD specifications; get themselves acquainted with
site and site conditions, provision for firefighting system for various buildings and
local byelaws and additional conditions carefully. The work shall be executed in close
co-ordination with the progress of building work.
2. The work shall be carried out in the following order ofpreference.

(i) Indian electricity rules 2005 & Indian electricity act 2003 amended up todate.
(ii) Additional Technical specifications and list of acceptable makesattached.
(iii) CPWD general specifications for electrical works Part – I (Internal) – 2013, Part II (External)
- 1994amended up to date,CPWD general specifications for electrical works Part – III (Lifts
and Escalators)–2003 ,CPWD general specifications for electrical works Part–
IV(Substations) – 2013, Local Fire Regulations,CPWD general specifications for electrical
works Part – V (Wet riser & sprinkler system) – 2006, CPWD general specifications for
airconditioning / HVAC works – 2017,National electrical code 2011 amended up to date
and Relevant sections of National building code 2016.
(Note: The higher specifications / stringent conditions of CPWD specifications or NBC
– 2016 shall be followed).
(iv) Relevant BIS standards as modified up todate.
v) Sound Engineering practice as approved by the Engineer – in –charge.
Any additional item of work, if taken up subsequently, shall also confirm to the
relevant specifications mentioned above.
3. All the equipments shall be delivered with (i) Manufacturer´s test certificate, (ii)
Manufacturer´s technical catalogues and Installation / Instruction (O&M)manuals.
4. Scaffoldings & any other T & P required for execution, testing and commissioning of
work shall be arranged by the contractor and is included in the cost of work tendered
by thecontractor.
5. The design layout plans / drawings / other documents pertaining to E & M services
shall have to be submittedby the consultant engaged by the contractor for approval
within the time period as specified in the table of milestone.
6. Inspection before Dispatch: All routine tests shall be conducted before dispatch of
equipments. No equipment shall be dispatched out from the manufactures premises
before such tests are conducted and satisfactory results recorded. These test
certificates shall be given along the supply of equipments. The Engineer- In-charge
shall, if he so desires inspect and witness the pre-delivery tests. For this purpose, the
agency shall give 15-day advance notice. Agency shall arrange for inspection of the
department. Department shall bear expenses of its officials for inspection as far as
traveling, boarding and / lodging is concerned. However, the inspection shall be done
at the discretion of the department without any cost implication but ROUTINE TEST &
TYPE TEST Certificates shall have to be submitted forequipments.
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
307
Prior to dispatch, all equipments shall be adequately protected & insured for the
whole period of transit, storage and erection against corrosion and incidental
damages etc. from the effect of vermin, sunlight, rain, heat, humid climate and
accidents etc.
7. Procedure for approval of materials, shop floor drawings and commencement
ofworkWithin the time specified in table of milestone, the contractor shall submit the
following documents for approval.
(i) List of makes & Model numbers of all items of equipment’s and accessories each sub
Head ofwork.
(ii) Catalogues of the equipment’s to besupplied.
(iii) Shop floor drawings of each packages/ Sub work separately forapproval.
It is the responsibility of the tenderer to get the makes, models and shop floor
drawings approved by the department before placing of order.
8. Insurance: The agency shall include storage cum erection insurance including third
party insurance right from the storage to commissioning and handing over of various
equipment’s. In insurance, the beneficiary shall be Engineer-In-charge at the cost of
the agency. All insurance which the agency is required to enter into under the
contract shall be affected any authorized general insurance company and the agency
shall produce the policies of insurance. In case of any delay in ITC & handing over, the
insurance cover will be suitably extended by the contractor at his owncost.
9. Remedy of failure to insure: If the agency fails to effect and keep in force the
insurance referred to in the preceding sub-clause and in case of unforeseen
eventuality of theft/damage etc. to any material, the contractor only shall be held
responsible and necessary rectification/replacement has to be done by
contractorhimself.
10. Quality of material and workmanship: All parts of the equipment shall be of such
design, size and material so as to function satisfactorily under all rated conditions of
operation. All components of the equipment’s shall have adequate factor of safety.
The work of fabrication and assembly shall conform to sound engineering practice
and on the basis of “Fail Safe Design”. The mechanical parts subject to wear and tear
shall be easily replaceable type. The construction of the equipment’s shall be such as
to facilitate easy operation, inspection, maintenance and repairs. All connections and
contacts shall be designed to minimise risk of accidental short circuits caused by
animals, birds and vermin etc. All identical items and their component parts should
be completely interchangeable including spareparts.
11. Inspection and testing at site:

(i) The installation shall be subject to necessary inspection during every stage
of erection, by the Engineer In-charge or his authorized representative. The successful
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
308
bidder shall provide all facilities and assistance for thepurpose.

(ii) The completed installation shall be inspected and tested by the Engineer-in
charge in the manner as will be laid down bydepartment.
(iii) All instruments and facilities necessary for the tests shall be provided by
theagency.
12. Completeness of work:

(i) The installations shall be completed in all respects and put in to operation even
where certain details have not been mentioned / left out in these specifications. Any
discrepancy may be brought out in pre-bidmeeting.
(ii) All E&M services such as Internal Electrical installations,street lighting, lifts, firefighting
system, &Manuallay operated Fire alarm system, VRV / VRF type air-conditionersshall
be declared as completed after completion of trial run of 1 month or completion of
whole work whichever is later. However, these installations during the Defect Liability
Period of 24 months shall be maintained by the agency at his own cost. DLP
/Warranty period of all works / machine / equipment shall commence from date of
completion of complete work(project).
(iii) All electrical & mechanical fittings / fixture / appliances, to be provided for the
work, where BEE certification is available should have 5-star rating of BEE/ Relevant
IS Code, whichever is superior.
The CPWD specifications are available at CPWD website “cpwd.gov.in”. The

department shall not be responsible for the lack of knowledge and also the
consequences thereof to the Contractor. The information and data mentioned in the
tender document have been furnished in good faith and for general information and
guidance only. The Engineer-in-Charge in no case shall be held responsible for the
accuracy thereof and / or interpretations or conclusions drawn there from by the
Contractor and all consequences shall be borne by the Contractor and no claim,
whatsoever, shall be entertained from the Contractor, if the data or information
furnished in tender document is different from data / drawing after preparation of
architectural drawings, design and approved for construction. It is presumed that the
Contractor has satisfied himself for all possible contingencies, situations, bottlenecks
and acts of coordination, which may be required between differentagencies.
13. Incidental charges: All incidental charges of any kind including cartage, storage,
wastage and safe custody of material etc. shall be borne by the contractor.
14. Quality assurance: The Contractor shall make available, on request from the
Department, for record, copies of challans, cash memos, receipts and other
certificates, if any, vouchers towards the quantity and quality of various materials
procured and the same shall be kept in record. These shall also provideinformation
on the name of the manufacturer, Manufacturer’sproduct identification,
manufacturer's instructions, warning, date of manufacturing and test certificates
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
309
from manufacturers for the product for each consignment delivered at site, shelf
life, if any, for the department to ensure that the material have been procured from
the approved source and of the approved quality, as directed by the Engineer-in-
Charge. Day to day account of receipt ofsuch material shall be maintained at site of
work and shall be regulated by the department. Nothing extra shall be payable on
this account.
15. Storage of materials: Storage and safe custody of all materials shall be the sole
responsibility of the Contractor. Nothing extra shall be payable on thisaccount.
16. Quality control and testing ofmaterials:
(i) All the material to be used on works shall bear ISI certification mark unless
otherwise the make is specified in the item or special conditions appended this
tender document. In case ISI mark material or the materials mentioned in the tender
documents are not available, as per opinion of Engineer-in- charge,which shall be
final and binding. The material to be used shall conform to CPWD Specifications
applicable in this tender or IS Code. In such cases Engineer-in-charge shall satisfy
himself about the quality of such material and give his approval in writing. Only
articles classified as first quality by the manufacturers and newand suitable to the site
conditons shall be used unless otherwise specified. All material not having ISI mark
shall be tested as per relevant ISI specification. The Engineer in charge may relax the
condition regarding testing if the quantity of the materials required for the work is
small. In all cases of use of ISI marked materials proper proof of procurement of
materials from authentic manufacturers shall be provided by the contractor to the
entire satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge. All materials equivalent to the one specified
should be got approved by the Engineer-in-charge before using the said materials in
thework.
(ii) If the department desires to send any samples of materials for testing to an
accredited laboratory, the Contractor at his own expense shall supply all materials,
labour for preparing and testing samples as required by the Engineer-in-Charge. The
testing shall be carried out in the presence of the representative of the Engineer- in-
Charge.
17. No foreign exchange shall be made available by the department for importing
(purchase) of equipment’s, plants, machinery, materials of any kind. No concessional
document or documents for overseas sale etc. will be issued by the department. No
delay and no claim of any kind shall be entertained from the Contractor on account of
variation in the foreign exchange rate and/or any Custom duties / charges or any
otherlevies.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
310
18. No waiving of legal rights and powers :The Engineer-in-Charge shall not be
precluded or stopped from taking any measurements, and framing of estimates or
detaining any certificates made either before or after the completion and acceptance
of the work and payment, from showing the true amount and character of the works
performed and materials furnished by the Contractor and from showing that any such
measurements, estimates or certificates untrue or incorrectly made and that
Engineer-in-charge shall not be precluded or stopped from recovering from the
Contractor such damages as it may be sustained by reasons of his failure to comply
the terms and conditions of thecontract.
19. The tenderers shall take into account the element of wastage(s) those are likely to be
there in allelementsof the work and quote his price, taking that into account. The
tenderers shall study all the items from thepoint of view of wastage(s), which are
likely to takeplace.
20. Power supply required for construction testing & commissioning shall have to be
arranged by the bidder at his own costs. Water required for testing of equipment’s is
also in the scope ofagency.
21. The description of E &M service & specification are given in general but they are not
exhaustive i.e., does not mention all the incidental works required to be carried out for
complete execution of the item of work. The work shall be carried out, all in accordance
with true intent and meaning of the specifications and the drawings taken together,
regardless of whether the same may or may not be particularly shown on the drawings
and/ or described in the specifications, provided that the same can be reasonably inferred
there from. There may be several incidental works which are not mentioned in the contract
document/specifications but will be necessary to complete the item in all respects. All
these incidental works/ costs which are not mentioned, but are necessary to complete the
work shall be deemed to have been included in the overall amount quoted by the
contractor for various components of work. No adjustment of rates shall be made for any
variation in quantum of incidental works due to variation/change in actual working
drawings. Also, no adjustment of rates shall be made due to any change in incidental works
or any other deviation in such element of work (which is incidental to the items of work
and are necessary to complete such items in all respects) on account of the directions of
Engineer-in-charge. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
311
22. The scope of works also covers the preparation of layout plans, shop / detailed working
drawings, drawings for E & M schemes and approval of the same from the respective local
bodies(if required) viz. Fire Officer/Lift Inspector/ CFO / CEIG / CEA etc. before the
commencement of work. During execution, if the local bodies etc. require a modification,
the same shall be executed without any extra cost. Finally, after execution, approvals / NOCs
/ clearances from local bodies as indicated above etc. shall be the responsibility of successful
bidder for which nothing extra is payable.In case any modification / extra work is as required
by the local bodies necessary for approvals / NOCs / clearances, the same shall be get
executed and nothing extra shall be paid on this account. All statutory fees / charges
required for obtaining clearances from Fire Officer/Lift Inspector/CEA / Local Bodies etc.,
shall be reimbursed by the department to the agency on submission of documentary proof
of making payment.
23. Supervision ofwork:

The Contractor shall depute Site Engineers & skilled workers as required for the work as
per the documents required in technical bids. He shall submit organization chart along
details of Engineers and supervisory staff. It shall be ensured that all decisionmaking
powers shall be available to the representatives of the Contractor at site of work itself to
avoid any likely delays on this account. The Contractor shall also furnish list of persons for
specialized works to be executed for various items of work. The Contractor shall identify
and deploy key persons having qualifications and experience in the similar and other major
works, as per the field of their expertise. If during the course of execution of work, the
Engineer-in-Charge is of the opinion that the deployed staff is not sufficient or not well
experienced; the Contractor shall deploy more staff or better-experienced staff at site to
complete the work with stipulated quality and in stipulated timelimit.
EE(E)
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
312
C-1
Internal-External Electrical
Installations
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
313
1.SCOPE OFWORK
1.1 The scope of work shall include planning, Design & preparation of Drawings, obtaining
approvals from the department and supply, installation, testing and commissioning of
complete Internal Electrical Works per CPWD specifications, NBC-2016 as follows:
1. Point wiring for lights, fans, exhaust fans, FCU, Occupancy sensors etc., as per
approved drawings.
2. Point wiring with suitable size of FRLS PVC insulated copper conductor wires for
lights and fans to connected with UPS DB.
3. Power wiring for 5/6 A & 15/16 A socket outlets, AC power points (wherever
required).
4. Distribution boards Circuit and sub main copper wiring inPVC conduits/cable tray.
5. Main Distribution Boards(MDB’s)
6. UPS Distribution Boards (UPSDB)
7. Lighting and Power distribution boards(LDBs & PDBs)
8. AC Power distribution boards (AC DBs)
9. 2 TR 5 star inverter type Split Air Conditioning System
10. Meterpanels/boards with Energy meters.
11. Lift power supply DBs.
12. Geyser of suitable capacity in Toilets.
13. LED Lighting fixtures (Internal)
14. Occupancy Sensors
15. BLDC ceiling fans and Exhaust fans
16. Data outlets, Telephone & TV outlets
17. Cat 6A wiring for data points,EPBAX, including racks and jack panels.
18. Lightning protection system.
19. Earthing of all Lift panels, MDB’s, PDB’s, UPS DB’s, DB’s, server room,lightning
protection system, IT racks etc.
20. Decorative type Bed lamp in each side of bed,twin control lights in bedroom ,key
card type master control switch inside room to be operated by key of room which
should control all power point and light fitting except fridge and ro point, 2 no.
bracet /decorative light in each bedroom and living room.
21. Exit signage in various buildings looped from nearest lighting circuit as per exit
signage drawings including EXIT sign boards.
22. Water supply pumps of required capacity of building.
23. Street pole Light with LED Light.
24. Bollard/Garden lights in Law of required numbers and as per Engineer-in-charge
directions.
Note:UPS has not been included in scope of work but UPS point and ups power
distribution to be provided wherever mentioned.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
314
1. General
The New Building must be designed as per 3 Star Ghriha rated Building, therefore, the
energy consumption of the building should be as low as possible but without affecting
the functional requirements of the building. So all the euipments like LED fittings and
fixtures, fans and all other electrical equipments must be energy efficient. To minimize
the energy consumption of the building, maximum sun light can be utilized for working
of the offices.(a) Wiring for internal and external electric installation, copper wiring in
recessesd PVC conduit i.e. light & fan point, call bell point, light & power plug with
modular switch, socket and accessories, LED Fittings, Exhaust/Fresh air fan, BLDC
Ceiling fan, switch board, DB, MCB, MCCB, RCCB.The IP based EPBAX wiring shall be
with CAT6A cable and the server shall be installed at reception room and All room shall
connected with reception call point.
1.0 The work shall be executed on Engineering, Procurement & Construction basis from
conception to commissioning of E&M services.
1.1 The Building is a GRIHA 3 Star rated Building/ CPWD ‘GREEN’ rated Building ,
therefore, the energy consumption of the building should be minimum but without
affecting the functional requirements of the building. So, the fittings, fixtures and fans
must be energy efficient.
1.2 The scope of work covers planning, designing, supply, installation, testing and
commissioning of complete Internal and External Electrical Works which includes
wiring in recessed PVC conduit as per specifictions, LED luminaires and lighting
controls including daylight and occupancy sensors, fans, modular switch, sockets,
Master Control point, DBs, LT switchgear, UPS, raceways, cable trays, earthing,
lightening arrestor, cable TV wiring in steel conduit, networking wiring (CAT6A) in
recessed pvc conduit, wall mounted patch panels for networking system, wiring for
centralized intercom system, call bell system, street light, compound light and
landscape lights, façade light etc. as required. If any item required to make the
building / scheme habitable, is not specifically mentioned in the scope of services, the
same is deemed to be included within the scope of this tender and nothing extra shall
be paid on this account.
The following points are to be incorporated for Internal and External Installations
a. Wiring for internal and external electric installation, copper wiring in steel/PVC conduit
i.e. light & fan point, call bell point, light & power plug with modular switch, socket and
accessories, LED Fittings, Exhaust/Fresh air fan, Ceiling fan, switch board, Double door
DB, MCB, MCCB, RCCB, main panel,
b. Sandwich type Rising Mains with metal enclosure on all floors for Light, Power, UPS
with 2 No. Tap off Boxes on each floor, floor panels, cabling, connections, switchgears
etc.
c. Day Light and occupancy sensors with necessary wiring,
d. Copper and GI Earthing, minimum 4 Nos. lightening Arrestor,
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
315
e. Street Light, Compound Light, Landscape Lighting, contour & Facia Lighting with
automatic operated through weather/Day Light sensors sensor etc.
f. All pumps, comprising of submersible, booster pumps, valves, piping, cabling, motor
control panels with water level indicator with sensor based automatic operation, to
fulfill different requirement/utilities of water for Building like drinking, fire fighting
system, Toilet Flushing, Wash basin. One additional pump of each type and of same
capacity shall be provided as stand by.
g. Auto/sensor operated Hand Dryers in all toilets, Labs etc.
h. All LED fittings / fixtures shall be guaranteed for the period of 5 years.From the date of
handing over.
i. The Cable tray should be hot dipped galvanized with perforation not more than 17.5%
confirming to IS:277. Galvanisation thickness coating should not be less than 50
micron.
1. LIGHTING
1.0 General
(a) Contract Documents
(i) All work of this Section shall comply with the requirements of the Conditions of the
Contract (General, Supplementary, and Special), with the Drawings, and with all other
Contract Documents.
(b) Work Included
(i) Furnish and install a lighting fitting of the types indicated at each location as per RCP.
(ii) All materials, accessories, and any other equipment necessary for the complete and
proper installation of all lighting fittings included in this Contract shall be furnished by
the Contractor.
(iii) Conformance: Fittings shall be supplied in strict accordance with the Contract
Drawings and Specifications.
(iv) Specifications and scale drawings are intended to convey the salient features, function
and character of the fittings only, and do not undertake to illustrate or set forth every
item or detail necessary for the work.
(v) Minor details, not usually indicated on the drawings nor specified, but that are
necessary for the proper execution and completion of the fittings, shall be included,
the same as if they were herein specified or indicated on the drawings.
(vi) Omissions: The Department shall not be held responsible for the omission or absence
of any detail, construction feature, etc. which may be required in the production of the
fittings. The responsibility of accurately fabricating the fittings to the fulfillment of this
specification rests with Contractor.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
316
(c) Submittals
(i) Shop Drawings shall clearly indicate the fitting details used as reference in the
development of the shop drawings and the names of the project, Department,
Architect and Designer.
(ii) The Contractor shall coordinate all his lighting fitting drawings with the drawings and
details to the Architectural, Structural, Electrical, Mechanical, and other related trades
to assure a correct and efficient installation.
(iii) No variation from the general arrangement and details indicated on the drawings shall
be made on the shop drawings unless required to suit the actual conditions on the
premises, and then only with the written acceptance of the Engineer in Charge. All
variations must be clearly marked as such on drawings submitted for approval.
(iv) Catalogue cuts lacking sufficient detail to indicate compliance with contract
documents will not be acceptable.
(v) Timely submission: Shop drawings for all lighting fittings shall be received no later than
sixty days after award of Contract.
(vi) Review of shop drawings or samples does not waive contract requirements.
(vii) Photometric Data: Where indicated on the fitting schedule and contract drawings,
supply complete photometric data for the fitting, including optical performance
rendered by independent testing laboratory developed according to methods of VDE
or IEC as follows:
For down and semi-down lights used for general illumination: (1) coefficients of
utilization; (2) Visual Comfort Probability data (fluorescent only for 100 foot-candles),
rooms with reflectance's of 80 percent (ceiling), 50 percent (walls), and 20 percent
(floor), including a (7 m. by 7 m.) room with 3.5 m. ceiling and luminaires lengthwise;
(3) Candlepower data, presented graphically and numerically, in 5 degree increments
(5 degree, 10 degree, 15 degree, etc). Data developed for up and down quadrants
normal, parallel, and at 22-1/2 degree, 45 degree, 167-1/2 degree to lamps if light
output is asymmetric; (4) Zonal lumens stated numerically in 10 degree increments (5
degree, 15 degree, etc) as above.
(viii) The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining from his supplying lighting
manufacturers, for each type of lighting fitting, a recommended maintenance manual
including:
 Tools required
 Types of cleaners to be used
 Replacement parts identification lists
 Final, as-built shop drawings
(ix) Shop drawings for wall switches, push button stations, timers, contactors, lighting
control panels and dimmers shall include manufacturers literature, ratings, data,
dimensions and schematic diagrams.
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
317
(d) Samples
(i) After shop drawing review, and prior to release for manufacturing, the Contractor
shall furnish one sample of each fitting on the fitting schedule and contract drawings
for which sample requirement is noted.
(ii) Shipping: The samples shall be complete with specified lamps and compatible control
gear, ready for hanging, energizing, and examining, and shall be shipped, prepaid by
the Contractor to the Department and Designer.
(iii) Two weeks from date of received shall be allowed for thorough examination of the
samples by the Department and Designer.
(iv) Not returnable: Samples are not returnable, nor included in quantities listed for a
project.
(v) Samples must be actual working unit of materials to be supplied.
(e) Reference Standards
(i) Materials and installation shall be in accordance with the latest revision of the
International Electrical Code and any other applicable International and local codes
and regulations.
(ii) All equipment and accessories shall be supplied and installed to comply with the
relevant EIC Standards or demonstrated equal approved Standards. All the light
fixtures shall be with LED lamps with Green Building norm compliances.
IEC Standard 61 - Lamp holders and caps.
IEC Standard 64 - Tungsten filament lamps.
IEC Standard 81 - Tubular fluorescent lamps.
IEC Standard 82 - Control gear for tubular fluorescent lamps.
IEC Standard 155 - Starters for fluorescent lamps.
IEC Standard 188 - High-pressure lamps.
IEC Standard 259 - Miscellaneous lamps and control gear.
IEC Standard 598 Part General Requirements and Tests - 1979 including amendment
-
1: 598-1 No. 1 - 1982, amendment No. 2 - 1984, 598-1-0 section 0 - 1977.
Particular Requirements including 598-2-1; Fixed General
Purpose Luminaires - 1979, 598-2-2; Recessed Luminaires,
IEC Standard 598 Part Luminaires with Built-in Transformers for Filament Lamps -1982,
-
2: 598-2 598-2-19; Air Handling Luminaires - 1981, 598-2-20; Lighting
Chain Suspensions - 1982, 598-2-22; Luminaires for Emergency
Lighting.
NBC – 2016 (or the
For All the lights of offices, external including Emergency Lighting
latest version at the -
etc.
time of execution)
ECBC 2017 (ECBC+ For LPD to be maintained area wise
-
building)
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
318
1.1 Products
(a) Fitting Construction (General)
(i) All materials, accessories, and other related fitting parts shall be new and free from
defects which in any manner may impair their character, appearance, strength,
durability and function, and effectively protected from any damage or injury from the
time of fabrication to the time of delivery and until final acceptance of the work.
(ii) Sheet Metal Work: All sheet metal work shall be free from tool marks and dents, and
shall have accurate angles bent as sharp as compatible with the gauges of the required
metal. All intersections and joints shall be formed true of adequate strength and
structural rigidity to prevent any distortion after assembly.
(iii) Housings shall be so constructed that all electrical components are easily accessible
and replaceable without removing fittings from mountings or disassembly of adjacent
construction.
(iv) Castings: All castings shall be exact replicas of the approved patterns and shall be free
of sand pits, blemished, scales and rust, and shall be smoothly finished. Tolerance shall
be provided for any shrinkage of the metal castings in order that the finished castings
will accurately fit in their designated locations.
(v) All lamp holders in lighting fittings shall be suitable for the indicated lamps and shall be
set so that lamps are positioned in optically correct relation to all lighting fitting
components. If adjustable lamp holder positions are provided, lamp holder should be
reset in factory for lamp specified. If different lamp holder positions are specified for
same fitting, lamp holders shall be preset for each type, and cartons marked
accordingly.
(vi) All fittings shall be completely wired at the factory.
(vii) Mounting Frames and Rings: If ceiling/wall system requires, each recessed and semi-
recessed fitting shall be furnished with a mounting frame or ring compatible with the
ceiling/wall in which they are to be installed. The frames and rings shall be one piece
or constructed with electrically welded butt joints, and of sufficient size and strength
to sustain the weight of the fitting.
(viii) Light Leaks between ceiling/wall trims of recessed lighting equipment and the
ceilings/walls will not be tolerated. If fitting is used in partially transparent
ceiling/wall, light leaks above the ceiling/wall line will not be acceptable.
(ix) Stirrups, brackets and supplementary supporting members needed to mount lighting
fittings to carrier channels or other suitable ceiling members shall be furnished and
installed by the Contractor.
(x) Outdoor Fittings: Fittings for use outdoors or in areas designated as damp locations
shall be suitably gasketed to prevent the entrance of moisture. Provide approved wire
mesh screens for ventilation openings and shall have IP66 protection.
(xi) Hardware: For steel and aluminum fittings, all screws, bolts, nuts and other fastening
and latching hardware shall be cadmium or equivalent plated. For stainless steel
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
319
fittings, all hardware shall be stainless steel. For bronze fittings, all hardware shall be
stainless steel or bronze.
(xii) Temperature: All fittings and control gear must operate within the temperature limits
of their design and as specified by IEC or applicable local requirements, in the
applications and mounting conditions herein specified.
(xiii) Adjustable Angle Fittings: Each lighting fitting which has a beam angle adjustment shall
have reliable angle locking devices.
(xiv) Oval Beam Fittings: Each lighting fitting which has a lamp with an oval shape beam
pattern shall contain lamp orientation locking devices to insure that beam orientation
is not disturbed during fitting lamp replacement or cleaning.
(xv) Spread Lens Fittings: Each light fitting which has a spread lens shall contain lens
orientation locking devices to insure that lens orientation is not disturbed during
future lamp replacement or cleaning.
(b) Reflectors & Trims
(i) Installation: Reflectors, reflector cones and visible trim of all lighting fittings shall not
be installed until completion of plastering, ceiling tile work, painting and general clean-
up. They shall be carefully handled to avoid scratching or finger printing and shall be,
at the time of acceptance by the Department, Architect and Designer, completely
clean.
(ii) All silver anodized parabolic cones shall be guaranteed against discoloration for a
minimum of ten years, and, in the event of premature discoloration, shall be replaced
by the manufacturer, including both materials and the cost of labor.
(iii) Aluminum reflectors shall be finished specular, semi-specular, or diffuse as required.
Minimum requirements of reflector finished for interior and exterior service shall be as
follows:
Minimum Reflectance Percent
Minimum Weight of
Description of Service specular diffuse)
Coating per 25mm square
Specular Diffuse
Exterior industrial and
commercial reflector not 10 78 78
protected
Exterior marine service
13 78 65
reflector not protected
(c) Lenses
(i) Plastic for lenses and diffusers shall be formed of colorless 100% Plexiglas or
polycarbonate as manufactured by 'I.C.I.' or by 'Elkamet". The quality of the raw
material must equal or exceed IEC Specifications by at least 100% which, as a
minimum standard, shall not exceed a yellowness factor of 3 after 2,000 hours of
exposure in the Fade-meter or as tested by an independent test laboratory.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
320
(ii) Plexiglas plastic lenses and diffusers shall be properly cast, molded or extruded as
specified, and shall remain free of any dimensional instability, discoloration,
embrittlement, or loss of light transmittance for at least 15 years.
(iii) Where optical lenses are used, they shall be free from spherical and chromatic
aberrations and other imperfections, which may hinder the functional performance of
the lenses.
(iv) Mechanical: All lenses, louvers, or other light diffusing elements shall be removable,
but positively held so that hinging or other normal motion will not cause them to drop
out.
(v) All lenses shall be turned over to the Department clean and free of dust.
(d) Finishes
(i) Painted Surfaces: Synthetic enamel, with acrylic, alkyd, epoxy, polyester, or
polyurethane base, light stabilized, baked on at 350 degree Fahrenheit minimum,
catalytically or photo-chemically polymerized after application.
(ii) Ceiling/wall opening frames shall either be manufactured of non-ferrous metal, or be
suitably rustproof after fabrication.
(iii) Selection: Unless otherwise noted, finishes shall be as selected by the Department.
(iv) Undercoat: Except for stainless steel give ferrous metal surfaces a five stage
phosphate treatment or other acceptable base bonding treatment before final
painting and after fabrication.
(v) Unpainted non-reflecting surfaces shall be satin finished and coated with a stoved
clear lacquer to preserve the surface. Where aluminum surfaces are treated with an
anodic process, the clear lacquer coating may be omitted.
(e) LAMPS
(i) All lamps shall be LED in accordance with Green Building norms.
(f) CLEANUP
(i) At the time of final acceptance by the Department, all lighting fittings shall have been
thoroughly cleaned with materials and methods recommended by the manufacturers,
all broken parts shall have been replaced, and all lamps shall be operative.
1.2 Specifications for General light fixtures
(i) All light fixtures shall be LED having LM79 and LM80 certification from NABL
accredited laboratory and relevant approved IES files for Dialux. Before dispatch of
approved light fixtures, third party test shall be carried out by NABL accredited lab and
the test reports shall be submitted
(ii) The Service Life of the fixture including driver/control gear should be minimum 50,000
burning hours.
(iii) The CRI of the fixture should be minimum 80 unless otherwise mentioned for both
indoor applications and outdoor applications.
(iv) The THD should be less than 10%.
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
321
(v) The housing of the indoor fixtures should be extruded aluminium/CRCA.

(vi) For outdoor fixtures the housing shall be of high pressure die cast aluminium.
(vii) The IP category should be IP20 or higher for indoor applications and IP65 or higher for
outdoor applications.
(viii) The IP category of light fixtures used in entire basements should be IP65 or higher.
(ix) The Surge Protection to be provided conforming to relevant IS standards/IEC 61643-II
Class-2 & EN 61643-II Type-2.
(x) The manufacturer’s name/logo should be engraved/embossed on the housing/body or
Name/Logo on aluminium plate labels or Name/logo printed on housing/body.
(xi) The warranty period on complete luminaire including driver/control gear, LED, all
accessories should be 5 years from the actual date of completion of work.
(xii) The Power factor should be 0.90 or higher.
(xiii) All light fixtures (internal/external) and drivers shall be BIS certified. The manufacturer
shall submit BIS certificates with respective R codes for each fitting and driver for
approval before execution.
(xiv) Before execution, the contractor should get light level calculations from the supplier
after selection of fixtures.
(xv) The fixtures shall be selected as required as per Reflected Ceiling Plan.
1.3 Specifications for Specialised light fixtures (bed room ,living room, common room)
(i) The CRI of the fixtures used in should be minimum 80.
(ii) LED binning < 3-Step MacAdam
(iii) UGR<19
(iv) All light fixtures shall be LED having LM79 and LM80 certification from NABL
accredited laboratory and relevant approved IES files for Dialux. Before dispatch of
approved light fixtures, third party test shall be carried out by NABL accredited lab and
the test reports shall be submitted
(v) The Service Life of the fixture including driver/control gear should be minimum 50,000
burning hours.
(vi) The THD should be less than 10%.
(vii) The housing of the indoor fixtures should be extruded aluminium/CRCA.
(viii) The IP category should be IP20 or higher for indoor applications and IP65 or higher for
outdoor applications.
(ix) The Surge Protection to be provided conforming to relevant IS standards/IEC 61643-II
Class-2 & EN 61643-II Type-2.
(x) The manufacturer’s name/logo should be engraved/embossed on the housing/body or
Name/Logo on aluminium plate labels or Name/logo printed on housing/body.
(xi) The warranty period on complete luminaire including driver/control gear, LED, all
accessories should be 5 years from the actual date of completion of work.
(xii) The Power factor should be 0.90 or higher.
(xiii) All light fixtures (internal/external) and drivers shall be BIS certified. The manufacturer
shall submit BIS certificates with respective R codes for each fitting and driver for
approval before execution.
(xiv) Before execution, the contractor should get light level calculations from the supplier
after selection of fixtures.
(xv) The Fixtures shall be selected as per reflected ceiling plan.
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
322
1.4 Lux Level Requirements

(i) The number of fittings shall be provided to maintain required lux level as well as to
maintain the aesthetic look.
(ii) Number of fittings shall be provided on the basis of average illumination range for
different areas mentioned below subject to maximum LPD specified in CPWD internal
specification 2013 & ECBC 2017 (ECBC+ Building).
(iii) Internal Lighting Levels:
Lighting of Common Areas and Utility Rooms shall be based on following average
lighting level considerations, which are as per NBC-2016.
The below details are indicative and are for some main part of the buidling and Lux
level of the rest part of the building shall be designed as per NBC-2016.
Properties of all proposed luminaire products for the following criteria shall be as per
the table below which is for reference purpose only. However, EPC contractor is to
provide all necessary other luminaries as per the functional requirement of the
building as per approved drawing.
TYPE DESCRIPTIONS / TECHNICAL DETAILS OF LIGHT FIXTURE FIXTURES IMAGE
36W, 4 FEET LED LINEAR SUSPENDED LIGHT FIXTURE

4 feet Suspended Mounted Linear LED luminaire with only
downward lights having width of 57 mm & height of 85mm.
The housing shall made of Extruded Aluminium with white
powder coating. The luminaire shall be suitable for end-to-
end connectivity for continuous installation & shall not be
standalone type to ensure smooth connectivity. The diffuser
should be made of Polycarbonate/PMMA/Polystyrene. The
luminaire shall have minimum system efficacy of 100lm/w &
01
shall deliver minimum system lumens of 4000lm. The LED
used shall be with life of 50000hrs@L70, CCT: 4000K and CRI
≥80. The luminaire shall use BIS registered electronic driver
with PF ≥0.90, THD≤10%, Minimum Internal Surge Protection
2KV, operating Voltage Range of 150V - 270 V, 50Hz. The
luminaire shall be IP-20 rated . The luminaire shall be so
designed that it can be suspended using 10mm/12mm
threaded road or SS sling wire of 1.5meter length & each
luminaires shall have minimum three suspensions.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
323
40W, 4 FEET LED LINEAR BATTEN TYPE LIGHT FIXTURE

4 feet Surface Mounted Linear LED luminaire with
02 should be made of Polycarbonate / PMMA /Polystyrene. The
≥80. The luminaire should be BIS registered electronic driver
luminaire shall be IP-20 rated.
20W LED CEILING SURFACE MOUNTED LINEAR LIGHT
FIXTURE
03
24W LED CEILING SURFACE MOUNTED LINEAR LIGHT
FIXTURE
downward lights having width of 23mm & height of 37mm.
04
luminaire shall be IP-20 rated .The luminaire shall be so
designed that it can be suspended using 10mm/12mm
threaded road or SS sling wire of 1.5meter length & each
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
324
luminaires shall have minimum three suspensions.

20W LED SURFACE WALL MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE
4 feet Surface/wall Mounted Linear LED luminaire with
05 should be made of Polycarbonate/PMMA/Polystyrene. The
18W LED ROUND TYPE RECESS MOUNTED DOWN LIGHT
FIXTURE
Recessed mounted circular LED downlighters having approx.
cut-out dia of 175mm & lip to lip dia of 197mm. The housing
shall made of pressure die cast Aluminium with white
powder coating. The diffuser should be made of
Polycarbonate/PMMA/Polystyrene. The luminaire shall have
06 minimum system efficacy of 100lm/w & shall deliver
minimum system lumens of 900lm. The LED used shall be
with life of 50000hrs@L70, CCT: 4000K and CRI ≥80. The
luminaire should be BIS registered. The luminaire shall use
BIS registered electronic driver with PF ≥0.90, THD≤10%,
Minimum Internal Surge Protection 2KV, operating Voltage
Range of 150V - 270 V, 50Hz. The luminaire shall be IP-40
rated.
FIXTURE
07 minimum system efficacy of 100lm/w & shall deliver
rated.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
325
34W 2'X2' LED NON-DIMMABLE TYPE LIGHT FIXTURE

Recess Mounted LED Bottom Opening minimum
595x595x65mm Luminaire.The housing shall made of CRCA
with white powder coating. The diffuser should be Satin
finish high efficiency translucence sealed with bottom frame
and non-hygroscopic VHB gasket to ensure dust proofing
suitable for Class 10,000 & 100,000 cleanroom applications.
08
The luminaire shall have minimum system efficacy of
95lm/w & shall deliver minimum system lumens of 2940lm.
The LED used shall be with life of 50000hrs@L70, CCT:
5700K and CRI ≥80. The luminaire shall use BIS registered
electronic driver with PF ≥0.90, THD≤10%, Minimum
Internal Surge Protection 2KV, operating Voltage Range of
150V - 270 V, 50Hz. The luminaire shall be IP-54 rated.
34W 2'X2' LED DIMMABLE TYPE LIGHT FIXTURE
Recess Mounted LED Bottom Opening minimum
595x595x65mm Luminaire. The housing shall made of CRCA
09
Surface Mounted LED Bottom Opening minimum
595x595x65mm Luminaire.The housing shall made of CRCA
10
FIXTURE
11 cut-out dia of 138mm & lip to lip dia of 158mm. The housing
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
326
minimum system efficacy of 100lm/w & shall deliver

rated.
15W LED ROUND TYPE SURFACE MOUNTED DOWN LIGHT
FIXTURE
Surface mounted circular LED downlighters having approx.
dia of 200mm. The housing shall made of ABS plastic / die-
cast aluminium heat sink with CRCA reflector & PC diffuser in
opal finish. The luminaire shall have minimum system
12 efficacy of 70lm/w & shall deliver minimum system lumens
of 96lm. The LED used shall be with life of 50000hrs@L70,
CCT: 4000K and CRI ≥70. The luminaire shall use BIS
registered electronic driver with PF ≥0.80, THD≤10%,
rated
20W, 2 FEET LED LINEAR BATTEN TYPE LIGHT FIXTURE
2 feet Surface/Wall Mounted Linear LED luminaire with
13 should be made of Polycarbonate/PMMA/Polystyrene. The
10W LED LINEAR BULKHEAD TYPE LIGHT FIXTUREWall
mounted bukhead light fixture made of pressure die-cast
aluminium housing for better thermal efficiency with high
efficiency long life LED module. Electronic ballast with THD<
20% & PF>0.95, The luminaire shall have minimum system
efficacy of 100lm/w, The LED used shall be with life of
14
50000hrs@L70, CCT: 4000K and CRI ≥80. The luminaire
should be BIS registered electronic driver with PF ≥0.90,
THD≤10%, IP66 rating, connector for power cable
connection, Suitable for wall or ceiling through mounting
hole, the light fixture to be supplied with all necessary
accessories.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
327
7W LED FOOT LAMP TYPE LIGHT FIXTURE

3 Module Wall recessed Mounted LED luminaire. The
housing shall made of pressure die-cast aluminium housing
for better thermal efficiency with high efficiency long life
LED module with SMD LED package mounted on MCPCB.
15 Electronic ballast with THD< 20% & PF>0.95, The luminaire
shall have minimum system efficacy of 100lm/w, The LED
with PF ≥0.90, THD≤10%, IP66 rating IP66 rating light fixture
to be supplied with all necessary accessories.
11W/Mtr Flexible LED Striplight TYPE LIGHT FIXTURE

Body: Flexible PCB, Dual layers, 5000x10x2mm Cable:Dual
wires: red and black color single sided tape is used at the
back of the strip to mount it mounted on MCPCB. Lumen
efficacy of LED >130lm/W High quality polycarbonate
diffuser
Control gear: Powered by a separate, replaceable, constant
16
voltage electronic driver, Output Short-Circiut Protection
and other safety test as per IS 15885 Part 2/Sec 13
IP Rating: IP20 rating
Wiring Connectors : 3 way wire connector for power cable
connection
Accessories : All the light fixture to be supplied with all
necessary accessories
FIXTURE
Surface mounted circular LED down lighters having approx.
rated
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
328

FIXTURE
rated
20W LED FLOOD LIGHT FIXTURE
Wall / Suspend mounted LED Flood light with housing made
of Extruded Aluminium duly powder coated. The luminaire
should have Highly advanced LEDs mounted on metal-clad
PCB’s. The luminaire shall have system efficacy ≥ 130lm/w &
19 minimum system lumen output of minimum 18200lm. The
LED used shall be with life of 50000hrs@L70, CCT: 5700K and
CRI ≥70. The luminaire shall use BIS registered electronic
driver with PF ≥0.90, THD≤20%, Minimum Internal Surge
Protection 4KV, operating Voltage Range of 150V - 270 V,
50Hz. The luminaire shall be IP-65 rated.
36W, 600 dia LED SUSPENDED TYPE LIGHT FIXTURE
Pendant / Suspend mounted Round shape LED lumminaire
having approx. dia of 600mm (± 10%). The housing shall
made of extruded Aluminum powder coated in White /
Black. The luminaire shall have diffuser made of PMMA
acrylic. The luminaire shall have minimum system wattage of
20
36W. The LED used shall be with life of 50000hrs@L70, CCT:
electronic driver with PF ≥0.90, THD≤20%, Minimum Internal
Surge Protection 2KV, operating Voltage Range of 150V - 270
V, 50Hz. The
10W LED BULK HEAD TYPE LIGHT FIXTURE
Wall mounted bulkhead light fixture made of pressure die-
cast Aluminium housing for better thermal efficiency with
high efficiency long life LED module. Electronic ballast with
THD< 20% & PF>0.95, The luminaire shall have minimum
system efficacy of 100lm/w, The LED used shall be with life
21
of 50000hrs@L70, CCT: 4000K and CRI ≥80. The luminaire
should be BIS registered electronic driver with PF ≥0.90,
THD≤10%, IP66 rating, connector for power cable
connection, Suitable for wall or ceiling through mounting
hole, the light fixture to be supplied with all necessary
accessories.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
329
60W LED HIGH BAY TYPE LIGHT FIXTURE

Surface / suspend mounted LED High Bay with housing made
of Extruded Aluminium duly powder coated. The luminaire
should have Highly advanced LEDs mounted on metal-clad
PCB’s. The luminaire shall have system efficacy ≥ 130lm/w &
minimum system lumen output of minimum 18200lm. The
22
LED used shall be with life of 50000hrs@L70, CCT: 5700k and
CRI ≥70. The luminaire should be BIS registered. The
luminaire shall use BIS registered electronic driver with PF
≥0.90, THD≤20%, Minimum Internal Surge Protection 4KV,
operating Voltage Range of 150V - 270 V, 50Hz. The

4 feet Surface Mounted LED minimum 280mm width and
65mm height Luminaire.The housing shall made of CRCA
23
FIXTURE
rated
FIXTURE
25
minimum system efficacy of 100lm/w & shall deliver
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
330

rated.
Lighting shall be based on following average lighting level considerations, which are as
per NBC-2016
S.No. Area/Space Average Illumination Type of Type of Mounting
Range in Lux Lamps
1. Toilets/bathroom 50-100-150
2. Bedroom,living room 200-300-500 LED
3. Dinning hall 150-200-300 LED
4. Lift,store rooms 50-100-150 LED

5. Entrance, Entrance Hall, Lift 150-200-300 LED As per the approved
Lobby, Waiting Lobby drawing / Reflected
Ceiling Plan
6. Corridors, Passageway, 50-100-150 LED
Staircase
7. Record Room 200 LED
8. Electrical Room, UPS Room 200-250-300 LED
9. Reception and waiting 300-400 LED
10. kitchen 400-500 LED
NOTE:
1. The above Lux level is taken from NBC-2016. In case of any discrepancy Lux level
mentioned in NBC-2016 will prevail subjected to approval of engineer –in-charge,
while designing Lux level medium to higher range to be considered according to
furniture layout. The workplane height and type of mounting will be decided by
Engineer-in-charge.
2. Lighting fixtures in rooms to be done as per pattern of false ceiling or POP to
maintain asthetic look in bedrooms and living room.
3. the switch board for lighting to be provided in such a way thatfirst switch should be
of light switch .
 All light fixtures shall be LED having LM79 and LM80 certification from NABL accredited
laboratory (NABL labratory shall be independent and not same as make of LED
fixture)and relevant approved IES files for Dialux.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
331
Nos. of fittings shall be provided to have required LUX level as well as maintaining
aesthetic look. The Lux level required for different areas shall be as per NBC – 2016 and
CPWD internal electrical 2013 specification.
The fixtures shall be of surface/ recessed type as per site requirement and drawing
approved.
1.1 Number of fittings shall be provided on the basis of average illumination range for
different areas subject to maximum LPD specified in CPWD internal specification 2013
(Section 2.9 and Table 11) & ECBC+ Building 2017 Table 6.2.
1.2 Only 5 Star rating BLDC ceiling fans should be provided in the various part of building
as per healthy engineering practice and as per prescribed norms/architectural
drawings.
1.3 As a general practice, following type of fixtures / poles shall be used for lightning:
Area / Space Average Illumination Type of Lamps / Fixtures

Range in Lux
Indoor Areas As per NBC-2016 and LED. The driver must have
CPWD internal electrical minimum 2 KV surge
specification - 2013 protection. Edgelit models are
not accepted.
Road & outdoor Parking 15 Lux LED Lamps Street light fixtures
Areas Mounted on 6 to 7m High
decorative/octagonal poles as
per decision of Engineer-in-
charge. LED shall be IP66 rated
for ingress protection with
luminous efficacy not less than
100 lumens/watts. LED driver
must have surge protection of
2KV minimum. Edgelit models
are not accepted.
Path & Landscape areas Aesthetical LED
Consideration
Façade As per Aesthetic Intent LED
i) Only LED Light fittings to be provided. Switching of Light fittings to be managed with
Occupancy Sensors, Day Light Sensors for energy savings for area’s exposed to direct
sunlight, individualrooms and common areas. The general specification of LED is given
in table below:
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
332
ii)
S. No Criteria Specification
1 Luminaries type High energy efficiency LED
luminaire
2 Housing/ body of fitting Pressure Die cast Aluminium
3 Cover/ Diffuser Poly carbonate/ Acrylic UV
protected/ PMMA / Toughened
glass
4 Finish Aesthetically designed housing
with corrosion resistant powder
coating suitable for hospital
application
5 Protection (Minimum) IP20 for indoor and IP65 for
outdoor
6 Operating Voltage 150V to 270V universal electronic
driver with internal surge
protection. ( Surge protection 2 KV
for both Live and Neutral for
Indoor Lighting , 5 KV for outdoor
lighting)
7 Frequency 47 to 50 Hz
8 Fixture Ambient temperature + 40 ˚C
9 Operating temperature Range from 0 ˚C to +55 ˚C
10 Power factor >0.9
11 Efficacy of Luminaire ( including power loss) >100 lumen per watt for both
indoor and outdoor
12 Efficacy of LED >100 lumen per watt
13 Co-related colour temperature 5700 deg Kelvin to 6500 deg Kelvin
14 C.R.I. >80
15 Heat dissipation/ Heat sink Well designed thermal
management system with
aluminium heat sink.
16 LED Drive current Not more than 750mA
17 Driver efficiency > 85%
18 Certificates to be submitted LM79, LM80, Surge test and IP test
(outdoor fittings)
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
333
2.5 LED STREET LIGHTNING
Average Illumination
Area / Space Type of Lamps / Fixtures
Range in Lux
LED Lamps Street light fixtures
Road & outdoor Mounted on 6 to 7m High Decorative
15 – 20 Lux
Parking Areas or Octogonal poles as per the decision
of Engineer in Charge.
Path & Landscape Aesthetical
LED
areas Consideration
Facade As per Aesthetic Intent LED
(a) Compound Lighting to be provided with LED lighting placed on Octagonal/Decorative

Poles at suitable height & spacing along the Road and Boundary Wall.
(b) Gates of the campus are to be provided with appropriate Illumination as per
Architectural Considerations.
(c) The bracket of streetlight shall be of the same make of street light pole. The bracket
can be single arm or double arm as per the decision of Engineer in Charge. The bracket
shall be Hot Dipped Galvanized and shall be provided with suitable 12 mm thick
Gussets.
(d) The street light pole shall be compulsorily provided with minimum 4 Nos. 12 mm Thick
Hot Dipped Galvanized Gussets plates at the junction where base plate is fitted.
(e) The Electrical panel board for outdoor lights shall be with programmable Logic Timer
controller.
Specification for the street light poles

Supplying & Erection of Hot Dipped galvanized 6/7 meter height octagonal/Decorative pole
with 1.0 meter long single arm Hot Dipped Galvanized GI bracket in approved design capable
of holding the weight of the luminaire. The pole structural design shall be as per ILE TR7
considering the wind speed as per IS:875, the HT steel for construction should be as pre
BSEN10025 grade S355Jo, minimum thicknes 3 mm, hot dip galvanizing on both internal and
external surafaces as per IS:2629/IS:2633/IS:4759 with average coating thickness of 65/70
microns through a single dipping process. The pole shall also be provided with hinged/chained
flush door of length not less than 300 mm at an elevation of 1.5m (approx) from the base
plate with proper strengthining to the cutout of the door opening. Each pole shall be
complete with a bakelite sheet complete with DIN Rail, 2 amps, 10KA SPN MCB, Screwless DIN
mounting connectors suitable for 2 core 16/32 Sq.mm terminations complete with DIN bar,
shorting links, end locks, suitable FRLS multicore copper cable from MCB to street light fitting,
etc as required. The pole shall be provided with 12 mm thick 4 Nos. Gussets welded the base
plate and the base plate shall be made of GI sheet of size not less than
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
334
200mmx200mmx12mm, 800mm long 'J' GI Foundation bolts (EN 8 Grade) of min. 20 mm dia
each with three GI nuts and two GI washers etc complete as per drawing. The pole shall have
a minimum of OAF of 130mm at bottom and 70 mm at top. The pole shall have a section
thickness of not less than 3 mm. The pole shall be fabricated in a single section. The pole and
pole foundation should be got approved from Engineer- in-charge. The item includes making
RCC (1:3:6)foundation with 8 mm and 12 mm steel reinforcement for the pole as per
manufacturers design anad recomendations and 40 mm OD HDPE pipe for cable entry and
Exit. (Design & drawing must be got approved).
Each Street light poles and LED fitting shall be marked. The marking shall be done using
weather proof paint.
Specification for Street Light Timer Box
Fabrication, supplying, installing, testing and commissioning of dust and vermin proof outdoor
type street light control box having IP 65 degree of protection, having sloped roof, made out
of 2 mm thick MS/CRCA sheet complete with hinged front single door with locking
arrangement, gasketting, ventilation arrangement, detachable gland plate, including
arragement for fixing switchgears, busbar etc., connections, inter connections with suitable
size FRLS PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable, body earthing with 2 Nos. of 25 x
5 mm GI strip across the width of the box, , painting with one coat of approved quality of
primer and 2 coat of approved enamel/epoxy coated paint, lettering etc, including supplying
and fixing the following accessories complete as required. The size of the Control box shall not
be less than 600 mm x 500 mm x 250 mm deep, and erected on a suitable size CC pedestal of
450 mm height above the ground/MS chanel angles and 300mm bleow the ground level etc.
complete as per site condition. The Panel shall have suitable nos. and suitable capacity MCCB
for each incoming and outgoings, Multifunction meters, LED indication lamps along with
suitable numbers of Programmable Digital Timer for automatic switching on and off the LED
Street lights.
Specification for Street Light fitting
The street light fitting must be high energy efficient LED luminarie with minimum efficiacy of
100 Lumens/Watt. LED street light fitting must be outdoor type with classification of IP 66,
Class-I, body made out of pressure diecast aluminium, high efficiency with metallic finish
paint, poly carbonate designed reflector for light distribution, toughened glass sealed with
silicon gaskets, suitable fins for heat rejection and integral driver unit, not less than inbuilt 2
KV short circuit and surge protection suitable for operation on 240Volts, 50Hz, single phase AC
etc. complete as required. The system lumens shall not less than 4000 lumens and full system
power rating not more than 45 watt
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
335
Cable Laying for Street Light

a) The cable for street light shall be XLPE insulated aluminium armoured sheathed
multicore cable of suitable core and size as per the load and voltage drop calculation.
The Voltage should not be more than 40V and calulation to be submitted before
excuation of work.
b) The cable shall be laid as per CPWD External Specification. The depth and width of the
trench shall be as per the CPWD specification.
c) The cable shall be laid inside a suitable size DWC pipe. The DWC pipe shall be complete
with ISI marked couplings etc. All the accessories shall be complusorily ISI marked.
d) A GI wire of 6 SWG for Loop Earthing shall also be laid along with the street light cable.
Thi GI wire shall connect to each pole.Single GI wore for 2 core cable and 2 nos of GI
wire for 3 core cable.
e) The trench must be complusorily shown to the Engineer in Charge or to his authorized
representative before refilling the trench. Any trench refilled without showing to the
Engineer in Charge or his authorized representative shall be at the risk and cost of the
contractor and the trench may be re opened till the satifcation of the Engineer in
Charge or his authorized representative. The decision of the Engineer in Charge shall
be final and binding on the contractor.
(iv) Fans:
1.0 5 star rated BLDC Ceiling fans with electronic regulator should be provided in each
cabin /room/ work areas as per prescribed norms.
2.0 ISI marked pedestal fans /wall fans shall be used only in areas where using ceiling fans
is not possible. These fans will be highest star rated as per availability in the market.
2.6Internal & External Lighting Fixture Details
(i) Color temperature of the light fixtures shall be decided area wise at the time of
execution. All fittings proposed should be available in 3000/
4000K/5600K/6000K/6500K for indoor fixtures depending on the functional usage of
the space concerned.
(ii) For outdoor fixtures the CCT shall be 6000K/6500K.
(iii) Color Temperature of fixtures used for façade lighting and landscape lighting shall be
approved by the Department.
(iv) All the light fixtures used for facade application should be available with
DMX/Ethernet controllable driver option.
(v) Different types of fittings are required in different areas. Specifications of different
type of fittings have been mentioned below to provide reference to the bidding
parties on the design intent and the energy efficiency. These fixtures are for reference
only. Any other fixture with specification mentioned below or better out of the
mentioned makes maybe used subject to approval from Engineer-Incharge.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
336
Lumen Package Minimum System

Type of Fixture Mounting Type
(in lumens) Efficacy
2ft x 2ft LED Panel Recessed 2500/3000/3600 lm 100 lm/W
2ft x 2ft LED Panel Surface Mounted 3300 lm 100 lm/W
Downlight Recessed 600-4000 lm 100 lm/W
Downlight Surface Mounted 700-2000 lm 100 lm/W
4ft/8ft linear channel Recessed/ Surface 1300/1800/2300
100 lm/W
light Mounted lm/4ft
4ft/8ft linear channel Recessed/ Surface
2600/2900lm/4ft 100 lm/W
light Mounted
4ft/8ft linear channel 1300/1800/2300
Suspended 100 lm/W
light (Direct light only) lm/4ft
4ft/8ft linear channel
Suspended 2600/2900lm/4ft 100 lm/W
light (Direct light only)
4ft/8ft linear channel
Suspended 2300/2700/3300 lm 100 lm/W
light (Direct/Indirect)
Mirror Light Wall mounted 800/1600 lm 100 lm/W
Surface/ wall
IP 20 Batten 20W mounted/ 2000 lm 100 lm/W
suspended
Surface/ wall
suspended
Surface/ wall
suspended
Surface/ wall
suspended
Bulkhead Wall mounted 700 lm 100 lm/W
4000/6500/7200/9200
Pole Light Pole mounted 100 lm/W
lm
Uplighter Inground recessed 900 lm 60 lm/W
Spike Light Surface mounted 250 lm 70 lm/W
IP 20 Strip Light Cove 430 lm/W 100 lm/W
IP 65 Strip Light Cove 250 lm/ft 100 lm/w
Step Light Wall recessed 200 lm 50 lm/w
Bollard Surface mounted 300/400 lm 35 lm/W
General area
Flood Light 3500-25000 lm 100 lm/W
illumination
Wall grazing Facade 125-635lm/ft(RGB) / >50 lm/W
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
337
210-870lm/ft(white)
1500-
Wall washing Facade 2100lm(RGB)/2400- >45 lm/W
3200lm(white)
Flooding Facade 4000-10000lm >45 lm/W
Spots Facade 1000-1500lm >45 lm/W
3. LIGHTING AUTOMATION & CONTROL SYSTEM MOTORIZED SHADES AND AUTOMATION
2.0 General Requirements:

(i) Illumination, ceiling fan shall be subject to compliance to the CPWD Specification &
NBC 2016.
(ii) Only LED Light fittings should be provided.
(iii) Switching of Light fittingsto be managed with wired/wireless Occupancy Sensors,
wired/wireless Day Light Sensors for energy savings, in addition to normal switches.
(iv) Switching of ceiling fans to be managed with wired/wireless Occupancy Sensors, in
addition to normal switches.
2.1 The building has following Areas:

(i) Entrace Hall
(ii) Dining
(iii) Kitchen
(iv) Bed Rooms
(v) Living Rooms
(vi) Pantry
(vii) Toilet
(viii) Dressing Room
(ix) Common Room
(x) Lift Lobby
(xi) Store
(xii) Toilets
(xiii) Lobby/corridor (Including facade and landscape lighting)
2.2 Area wise lighting automation and type of light and control system solution
required is mentioned below:
 Kitchen/ Bed Rooms/ Living Rooms/ Dressing Room/ Store/Dining
The lighting scheme shall be provided with normal LED panel fixtures.in
case of 600x 600mm type GRG type false ceiling ,600mmx600mm led panel
fitiing to be provided in living and bedroom,in case of other type of false
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
338
ceiling fitting to be approved by engineer –in-charge to meet asthetic look of

room. and in other areas type of panel to be approved by engineer –in –
charge.
Corridor/ Passage Area/lift lobbies/common areas/Entrace Hall:
This area will be on Timer. The scheduling and programming shall be as per
requirement.
 Toilets:
This area will be on Timer. The scheduling and programming shall be as per
requirement.
 External lighting (Including facade and landscape lighting):
All external light fixtures shall be on timer. The scheduling and programming shall be
as per requirement.
DESIGN INTENT FOR LIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
a) Occupancy detection is when occupancy sensors automatically turn
lights on when a room becomes occupied, and off when the room is vacant.
Sensors may have a preset or adjustable time-out depending on the sensor.
3.4 Signages / Sign boards: The scope of work consists of
Signages: Designing, manufacturing, providing and fixing of self glowing photo

luminescent safety signages on 1.2 mm thick aluminium sheet of various matter
as briefed by the Engineer-incharge such as electrical safety precaution,
instructions for lift passangers, fire safety measures, indication of various
shafts, entrance , exit, stairs, toilets, fire exit etc having single side printing
/computerized setting of letters on the photo luminescent as base chemical
covered with stabilizer coating complete as required for the office building under
construction.
Sign Boards (For all buildings): The scope of work also consists of design, supply,
fabrication and fixing of sign board using word made of acrylic cut out letter with
LED and reflecting vinyl sheet as per design approved by Engineer-in-charge. The
board shall be fabricated with 3mm thick ACP sheet. Powder coated aluminum
sheet shall be fixed from the rear side of the entire board to make box section.
Powder coated aluminum cuts and bracket shall be used of minimum 3mm
thickness
2. Power Points and Light Plug Points
iii) The number of 16 Amp Power Plug, 6amp light plug outlet, LAN point outlet,
Telephone outlet and cable TV outlet to be provided as per good engineering practice.
However, it may be ensured that the following minimum sets power plug points, 6
Amp light plug outlet, LAN point outlet, Telephone outlet should be provided.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
339
iv) Apart from the points mentioned below minimum 1 no. 6/16A Power point is to be
provided per 10 Sq. mt. of useful office area of office/ room etc.
v) In EACH BED ROOM: One Set of (5+16) on each side of bed, 1 No. 25 Amps AC Point
with DPMCB, which provision of controlling from near bed side, 1 No.15/16 Amps
point for Heater, 1 No.15/16 Amps point for Electrical cattle, 1 No. LAN point, 1 No.
Telephone point, 1 No. TV point and Power point for TV, 2 Nos. Additional 6 Amps
point for Mobile.
vi) In EACH LIVING ROOM : Minimum 4 Nos. 15/16 Amps power point, minimum 4 Nos. 6
Amps point, 1 No. TV point and power point for TV, 1 No. LAN point, 2 Nos. 25 Amps
AC point.
vii) IN DRESSING ROOM: Minimum 1 No.15/16 Amps & 1 No.6 Amps point.
viii) EACH BALCONY: Minimum 1 No. 15/16 Amps point
ix) EACH ELECTRICAL ROOM should have minimum 4 no. 15/16 6pin power point.
x) In Entrance Hall minimum 4 Nos. 15/16 Amps point
xi) IN KITCHEN: Minimum 8 Nos. 15/16 Amps point, 1 No. Three phase point for Chimney
(Chimney is not scope of work but point to be provided).
xii) IN DINING HALL: 2 nos. TV point with Power point, minimum 8 Nos. 15/16 Amps point
for Mosquito device, 4 Nos. 15/16 for RO and Water cooler, Minimum 8 Nos. AC point.
xiii) AT TERRACE: Near staircase – 1 No.15/16 Amps point.
xiv) In each guest house 1 no. master key card switch to be provided near entry gate in
living room which should have provision of control all power point and fitting except
RO and fridge or other essential accessories.
xv) Load for each workstation is to be considered as 120 W, with provision for 1 no. LAN
point, 1 no. phone point for IP phone, 1 no. 6/16A power point & 2 Nos. 6A
International UPS power points.
xvi) Each shaft have one no. bulk head fitting and 1 no. 16/6 socket at every floor.
xvii) At Reception desks shall have 1 no. LAN points, 2 no. phone points for IP phone, 1 no.
6/16 A power point, 2 Nos. 6A International UPS power points for workstation & 1 no.
6/16 A power point for printer. Each combined toilet will have 1 no. 6/16 A power
point for hand-dryers and additionally 1 no. 6/16 A power point for maintenance
purpose near mirror or wash basin but at the distance of 2m from water tap . Hand
drier shall be provided by the EPC contractor.
xviii) Each pantry will have 2 no. 6/16 A power points and 1 no. phone point for IP phone.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
340
xix) All switch boards, power/light/UPS, LAN& Telephone Socket outlets with modular
type. Extra opening in modular boxes shall be closed with modular blanking plates.
xx) All the major distribution of power and data to be done at floor level .
xxi) Every floor shall have suitable no. of floor-standing / wall-mounted racks with suitable
no. of POE managed switch in each wing where the CAT-6 A cabling from the
respective floor data points shall terminate with all accessories like cable ties,
patchcords etc. The contractor shall ensure that the maximum length from the switch
to the data point including the patch cords etc. does not exceeds 80m. There shall be
20% redundancy on each switch.
xxii) Each floor rack shall be connected to the Server Room Main racks through backbone
Optical Fibre cable and links. Each rack shall have dual-linkage from the different
server racks.
xxiii) LED Lights to be provided for all trees with cable, control panel, timer etc.
xxiv) Compound Lights and façade with LED Fittings, cable, control panel, timer etc. to be
provided.
xxv) In corridor and lift lobby- 1 No. power plug at every 5 Mtrs. Span
xxvi) The power points/LAN points/telephone points shall at same height i.e 1100 mm from
finshing floor height.
Note:
i. All wiring should be done with 1100 V grade FRLS PVC insulated, flexible, copper
conductor wires. PVC/Metallic conduit used shall be ISI marked. Black colour
conduit is not acceptable at all.
ii.
For each circuit separate neutral and earth wire shall be compulsorily drawn.
Looping of neutral and earth wire in the circuit is not acceptable. Each
submain/circuit shall be compulsorily marked with ferrules on both end i.e. DB
and switchboard for indication of the source of power supply. Ferrules are used
for ease of electrical maintenance of the building.
6.0Emergency Lightening and signage
Intelligent Emergency Lighting – System: Independent emergency lighting system shall be

provided for the building.
6.1General
The emergency lighting system will be a fully addressable, self-test system using selfcontained
or with central battery luminaires and comply with the requirements of BS5266 and all other
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
341
related standards. All luminaires and exit signs shall incorporate an LED light source and
Lithium Polymer battery technology to improve operational efficiency, reduce costs and
protect the environment. Luminaires incorporating fluorescent lamp technology, nickel
cadmium or nickel metal hydride batteries will not be accepted.The emergency lighting
control panel shall be capable of supporting up to minimum two circuits of emergency lighting
luminaires. Each of these circuits shall be capable of supporting up to 95 devices.. It shall be
possible to connect up to 15 panels onto a single network.The user interface shall consist of a
minimum 30-character LCD display. The Panel shall have central battery or UPS for powering
all connected device of minimum 90 minutes for full load. The panel shall have display and
programing keypad.
6.2 Luminaires and Signages
Each luminaire microprocessor controlled and allocated an individual address shall be self-
contained or powered by main panel and consist of a single LED light source -with a specially
designed lens to provide optimum light distribution, electronics and battery, all contained
within a single plug-in housing. Each luminaire and signages shall be capable of a minimum of
2 hrs continuous operation in an active mode. Each luminaire shall be fitted with a LED to
indicate its status. Each luminaire shall be site programmable for operation in a maintained or
non-maintained mode and shall provide a minimum of 2 hours continuous operation in the
event of a mains power supply failure. The standby batteries incorporated into each luminaire
shall be rechargeable type. LED Down-light with specially designed lens for corridor area
applications. Both surface and semi-flush mounting models shall be available. LED Down-light
with specially designed lens for open area applications. Both surface and semi-flush mounting
models shall be available. LED recessed mounting single/ double signages.
6.3 Emergency Lighting Control Panel (ELCP)
The ELCP shall consist of a sheet steel enclosure with a white powder coat finish and contain
an internal termination board for all incoming and outgoing cables. The panel shall be
designed for surface mounting. All external cabling connections are via plug-in screw
terminals. Terminals are of the rising-clamp style suitable for cables size up to 2.5mm2. The
ELCP shall have a transactions log of minimum1000 events.
Subsequent events should overwrite the logon a FIFO principle. The data shall be held in non-
volatile memory
6.4 Network Communications Outputs
The ELCP shall be able to communicate to PC via Ethernet port for programming and logs.The
ELCP shall include an RS485 port for communication with up-to eight combined keypad and
display units. One serial port shall be dedicated for uploading and downloading the
programmed data to and from a PC, or to provide data to a network interface module.The
ELCP shall allow networking between multiple panels which will allow up-to 15 panels to be
connected via an existing or dedicated TCPIP Ethernet network to a graphical interface.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
342
6.5 User Interface

The user interface shall consist of a LCD display in a surface mounting enclosure.The LCD
shall be menu driven and incorporate the following capabilities:
6.6 Service State
It shall be possible to set a line into a “service state. In this state, the power will be removed
from the line (to allow maintenance work on the line wiring to be carried out). When switched
into this mode, the luminaires shall remain off so as to prevent discharge of the luminaire
standby batteries.
6.7 Wiring
The cable that interconnects the luminaires, I/O units and the panel shall be a screened and
twisted single pair1.5mm² cable with a maximum length of up to 1000M.
6.8 Panel Programming Software
The Control Panel shall be fully site configurable and programmable using a PC-based
programme and allow the data to be backed-up to a disc for archiving purposes.This
programme shall also include the ability to produce reports of all the system programming in
a printable format.
7.0 Power Back- Up
Note:the provision of UPS has not been taken in scope of work but following to be considered
while designing layout of power point and lighting
uninterrupted power to life safety circuits should be considered comprising as below :

i) 100% lighting in staircases
ii) 100% Exit signage’s
iii) All Computer points in all areas.
iv) Part lighting load (Atleast 20% fittings subject to minimum one fitting) in all areas of the
building.
Fire Alarm & PA system, Server for LAN &WiFi, shall have independent UPS back up
depending on the system requirement.
8.0 CABLES AND CABLE TRAYS
The Laying of cable should be done as per external specification – 1994 part-II. The following
condition shall be read. If any discrepancy occurs between specifications and conditions thn
decision of Engineer – in –charge will be decide.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
343
GENERAL SCOPE:
Supply, installation, storing, laying,fixing, jointing/termination, testing and

commissioning of Medium Voltage PVC/XLPE insulated, galvanised flat steel strip
Armoured, inner and outer sheath of FRLS PVC cable aluminium/ copperconductor
cables laid in builtup trenches, directly buried underground, oncabletrays, inpipes,
clamped directly to wall or Structures etc. ascalledfor in the drawing.
Type
Medium voltage cables shall be circular, multi core annealed copper or aluminium
conductor, XLPE insulated, PVC extruded inner sheatedan FRLS PVC overall sheathed
and steel wire armoured or steel tape armoured construction or unarmoured. The
conductors of cable shall be stranded. Sector shaped stranded conductors shall be
used for cables of 50 sqmm size and above. The cables shall conform to IS:1554 part-I
in all respects.
MV power cables shall be2, 3, 3.5 or 4 cores, as required and shall have
conductors made from electrical purity aluminium conductors conforming to
IS:8130-84.
Conductors shall be XLPE insulated, PVC extruded inner sheated an FRLS PVC
overall sheathed and steel wire armoured or steel tape armoured construction or
unarmoured.
A common overing shall be applied over the laid-up cores by an extruded PVC
inner sheath.
Armouring of galvanised round steel wires or galvanised flat steel strips shall be
provided over the inner sheath.
Outer sheathof PVC shall be extruded over the armouring. Cables shall be
manufactured and tested in accordance with IS7098 Part I.
Unless otherwise specified, all control cables shall be multicore,1100V grade PVC
insulated, armoured and overall PVC sheathed with stranded copper conductors
of 2.5 sq.mm, conforming to IS 1554 Part I. Cores shall be identified by colour
scheme of PVC insulation.
Rating
The cables shall be rated for a voltage of 1100 Volts.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
344
Core Identifications
Cores shall be provided with the following colour scheme of PVC insulation
1. SingleCore : Green yellow for earthing.
2. TwoCores : Red and Black,Blue & Black, Yellow & Black.
3. ThreeCores : Red, Yellow& Blue
4 Four Core : Red, Yellow, Blue & Black
Selection of Cable:
1. Cables sizes shall be selected considering the current carrying capacity,

voltage drop, maximum short circuit duty and the period of short circuit
to meet the present and future anticipated loads.
2. While deciding cable sizes, the de rating factors for type and depth of
laying, grouping, ambient temperature, ground temperature and soil
resistivity shall be taken into account.
Standards
Standards
The following standards and rules shall be applicable.
IS1554 : PVC insulated (heavyduty) electric cables Part I for working

voltages upto and including 1100V.
IS7098–I : XLPE insulated, Aluminium conductor, PVC sheathed, 1100V

cables.
IS8130 : Conductors for insulated electric cables and flexible cords.
IS3961 : Recommended current ratings for cables:(Part2) PVC Insulated

and PVC sheathed heavy duty cables.
IS5831 : PVC insulation and sheath of electric cables.
The individual cores shall have continuous numbering of the core all along its
length and also be provided with identification ferrules at both ends. Individual
control cables shall have 20% spare cores.
PVC / XLPE cables shall be used for all electrical works to prevent flame
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
345
propagation, smoke reduction and to avoid toxic gas emission in the event of a
fire. FRLS compound shall be tested rigorously for oxygen index as per ASTMD
2863, acid gas generation to IEC754-1, smoke density to ASTMD 2843 and
flammability SS 4241475 class F3, IEEE383 and IEC 332-1.
Manufacturer'sname, ISIMark, cable size and type shall be clearly embossed at

regular intervals on all cables.
Inspection
All cables shall be tested in spected at manufacturers works. However upon

receipt at site cables shall be checked for physical damages during transit.
JointsinCables
The contractor shall take care to see that all the cables received at site are
apportioned to various locations in such a manner as to ensure maximum
utilization and avoidance of straight cable jointing.This apportioning shall be got
approved by the Construction manager/ Consultant before the cables are cut to
lengths.
Where straight joints in cable are unavoidable, the use and location of such
straight joints shall be got approved by Construction manager /Consultant.
Jointing Boxes for Cables
Cable joint boxes shall be of appropriate size, suitable for XLPE insulated PVC
Sheathed armoured cables of particular voltage rating.
Jointing of Cables
All cable joints shall be made in suitable, approved cable joint boxes, jointing of
cables in the joint boxes and the filling in of compound shall be done
inaccordance with manufacturer's instructions and in an approved manner. All
straight joints shall be done in epoxy mould boxes with epoxyres in (Tropolin/M-
Seal resin or approved equal). All jointing accessories shall be of CCI/INCAB or
approved equal. All terminal leads of conductors shall be heavy soldered upto
atleast 50mm length.
All cables shall be joined colour to colour and tested for continuity and insulation
resistance before jointing commences. These also of cables shall not be removed
until preparations for jointing are completed. Joints shall be finished on the
same day as commenced and sufficient protection from the weather shall be
arranged. The conductors shall be efficiently insulated with high voltage
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
346
insulating tape and by using spreaders of approved size and pattern. The joints
shall be completely filled with epoxy compound and tapped so as to ensure that
the box is properly filled.
Epoxy compound shall be filled as follows:
Equal quantities of resin and hardener shall be mixed thoroughly by hand until
the mixtureis free from white patches and has uniform colour. No water,oil orany
other liquid shall be added to the mixture to make it soft as this will affect the
properties of the compound. The mixture shall be used within 30-40 minutes of
mixing. The surface on which epoxy compound is to be used, shall be free from
dust,rust,oil,grease and shall be dry. The joints hall neither be disturbed no
rmoved till the epoxy compound is completely hardened. A smooth surface can
be made by rubbing adamp cloth smoothly on the compound before it sets. The
joints shall be painted after it has completely hardened.
Alternatively, ready mix of epoxy cable jointing compound may also be used.
Cable Markers/CableTags
Cable Markers
All underg round cables and cable joints shall be marked on the surface by
markers generally manufactured and tested to her equirements of relevant ISS.
Approved CI cable markers shall be provided at every 30m along the route of the
cables and at both ends of road crossing, indicating cable joints and cables as
applicable. Special CI markers shall be provided at all buried cable joints
indicating"Electrical Cable Joints". CI plates duly engraved with the size of the
cable and the place it serves shall be tied to the cable at regular intervals of 5m
for easy identification of cables.
CableTags
Cable tags shall be made out of 2mm thick aluminium sheets, each tag 32mm
india with one hole of 2.5mmdia. 6mm be low the periphery shall be provided for
clamping the same with cables.
Cable design nation are to be punched with letter/number punches and the tags
are to be tied to cables with pian owires of approved quality and size.Tags shall
be tied inside the panels beyond the glands as well as below the glands at cable
entires.Along trays,tags are to be tied at all bends on straight lengths, tags shall
be provided at every 5 meter.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
347
TERMINATION OF CABLES
Cable termination shall be done in terminal box or cable end box or distribution
boards, or apparatus/equipments.Terminations are to be made with mechanical
gland and of the tinned nickel plated, anti-corrosive, three piece improved
pattern which is to gripinner and outer PVC sheaths as well as the armour of the
cable.The cable ends or the core conductor are to be connected by solder less
lugs or sockets using crimping tool of approved make for all cables.
All terminations of cable conductors and base conductors shall be mechanically

and electrically sound and shall comply with the requirements of relevant
Standards and Indian electricity regulations.
The connectors or connecting sockets are to have such dimensions so as to limit

temperature rise.
When required the water tightness of the terminal boxes may be obtained by filling
with a compound preferably plastic flame retarding and non-dripping type with in
the norma lrange of temperatures.
When the cable is cut during the course of installation the open ends are to be
sealed immediately by means of self-adhesiven on hygroscopic tape over awax
water seal to make an air and water tight joint.
INSTALLATIONOFCABLES
Cable shall be laid ina manner as indicated on the drawings .Generally cables are
laid in the following manner.
i. In the underground masonrytrench.
ii. On the cable tray/or on cable ladders.
iii. Buried underground.
iv. Through pipesleeves.
Various installation methods are discussed in the following paragraphs.
Cables shall be laid by skilled and experienced workmen using adequate rollers to
minimize stretching of the cable.The cable drums shall be placed on jacks before
unwinding the cable. The cable drums shall be rotated in a direction as indicated
by the manufacturer. Care shall be exercised in laying cables to avoid forming
kinks.The drums shall be unrolled and cables run over wood enrollers, placed at
intervals not exceeding 2 meters.
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
348
General
All cables shall be adequately protected against any risk of mechanical damage to
which they may be liable in normal conditions of service.
When cable pass through holes in metal work,precautions shall be taken to

prevent abrasion of the cables on any sharpedges.
In every vertical cablel adders,channel or ductort runking or cable

trenchcontaining cables and exceeding three meters in length, internal barriers
shall be provided so as to prevent the air at the top of the unit from at taining
anexcessively high temperature. In every vertical cable shaft,cable trench or any
passage of cable through wall,ceiling ,floor barriers against spread of fire and
smoke shall be provided for compliance with IEE regulations. `Viper' CABLE
MASTIC fr903 fire resistant painting shall be applied on all power cables.
Where cable passes through walls,ceiling, floor, it shall run through sleeve of PVC
pipes/GI Pipes or hume pipes of adequate diameter. After pulling the cable
through sleeve, both the ends of the sleeve shall be sealed water tight with fire
resistance material to prevent spread of fire and see page of water.
Generally along each cable route either in tern chorin cable trays/ladders or in
pipe separate
Two Nos.of earth strips/wires shall run exposed.
Where an installation comprises medium voltage cables as well as extral

owvoltage circuits, precaution shall be taken in accordance with relevant
regulations and shall be physically separated by minimum of300mm distance.
Metal sheaths and armour of all cables, metal conduits,ducts, trunking, and bare
earth continuity conductors associated with such cables, which might otherwise
come into fortuitous contact with other fixed metal work shall be effectively
bonded there to earth so as to prevent appreciable potential difference at such
possible points of contact.
Underground Installations
The cables shall be laid in an excavated trench. The depth of the trench shall be
minimum 750mm below the final ground level but shall be decided on the
number of cables to be laid in the trench so that the vertical distance between
two adjacent layers of cables shall not be less than 350mm. The width of the
trench shall be decided on the number of cables to be laid in the trench so that
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
349
the distance between two adjacent cables shall not be less than one cable
diameter.
Width of Trench
i) The minimum width of trench for laying single cable shall be350mm.
ii) Where more than over cable is to be laid in the same trench in horizontal
formation, the width of trench shall be increased such that the inter axial
spacing between the cables, except whether otherwise specified shall
beat least 200mm.
iii) Thereshall be clearance of atleast 150mm between axis of the end cables
and the sides of the trench.
b) Depth of Trench:
i) Where cables are laid in single tier formation, the total depth of the
trench shall not be less than 750mm.
ii) When more than one tier of cables is un avoidable and vertical formation
of laying adopted, depth of trench in (i) above shall be increasedby 300
mm for each additional tier to be formed.
In addition to above, where gradients and changes indepth are unavoidable,

these shall be gradual. The cables shall be protected by placing precast
concretetiles or burnt bricks over the cables on to player of sand and for the ful
length of underground cables. Wheremore than one cable is running in the same
trench,the concretetiles/bricks shall cover all the cables and shall project a
minimum of 150mm on either side of the cables.
In any case the to player of the cables shall be minimum 600 mm below the
finished level of the ground.
The top of the cable trench shall be well compacted till the finished level of the
ground and shall be approved by the Construction Manager/Consultant. If
required a laboratory compaction test shall be carried out in presence of the
Construction Manager/Consultant.
H.V.,M.V.,cables shall not be laid in the same trench/cable tray and/or along side
of water main.
Cables under road crossings and any surfaces subjected to heavy traffic shall be
protected by running them through Humepipes of suitable size.
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
350
Where cables cross one another,the cables of higher voltages shall be laid at
lowerl evel than the cable of lower voltage.
There lative position of the cables laid in the same trench shall be preserved and
the cables shall not cross each other as far as possible. At all changes in direction
in horizontal and vertica lplanes ,the cable shall be bent smooth with a radius of
bend not less than 15 times the diameter of the cable. Minimum 3 meters long
loop shall be provided at both sides of every straight joint and 5 meters at each
end of the cable. Distinguishing marks shall be made at the cable ends for
identification.
Proximity to Communication Cables
MV Cables and communication cables shall as per as possible cross at right

angles where power cables are laid in proximity to communication cables the
horizontal and vertical clearance shall not normally be less than 600mm.
Insulation tapes of appropriate voltage and inred, yellow, and blue colors shall be
wrapped just below the sockets for phase identification.
All the excavation and back fill including timbering, shoring, and pumping
required for the installation of the cables shall be carried out as indicated on the
drawing and as per requirements laid down else where or as per Construction
manager/Consultant direction. Trenches shall be dugtruetoline and grades. Back
fill for trenches shall be filled in layers not exceeding 150 mm. At each layer
compaction test shall be carried out in presence of Construction
manager/Consultant Each layer shall be properly rammed and consolidated
before laying then extlayer. The contractor shall restore all surfaces, roadways,
sidewalls, curbs, walls, land scaping or other works cut for excavation to their
original condition, the satisfaction of the Construction manager/Consultant.
Suitable approved type cable markers shall be installed along the cable route &
where ever change of direction takes place.
Cables Installed Inside the Building
The cables inside the building shall be installed in one of the following manner,as
indicated in the drawing and approved by the Construction manager/Consultant.
Installedin Built-upTrench
The cables laid on the bottom of the structural trenches shall not lay freely up on
the trench bottom. They shall be raised to prevent the possibility of their coming
into contact with deleterious materials.
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
351
The cables laid in the trench shall be laid on angle iron brackets/cabletray/cable
ladder/cable troughs/cable racks as indicated on the drawings, and as approved
by the Construction manager/Consultant.Where cables are clamped to the wall a
minimum clearance of 100mm shall be maintained between wall and cable and
minimum 150mm vertical clearance shall be maintained between two cables.
Where cables are laid on brackets the brackets shall not be fixed more than
500mm a part to avoid sag in the cables. Where the cables are laid on cable
tray/ladder/troughs/racks, minimum 300 mm distance shall be observed
between adjacent tier of tray/ladder/troughs/racks, and cable shall be fixed
minimum 25mm away from the wall,and minimum of one cable diameter
distance shall be observed between two adjacent cables. Cables shall be properly
fixed with the tray/ladder/ troughs/racks with cable tie or saddles or straps.
Cables on CableTrays/Ladders under the Ceiling or on Wall
Where cables are installed under above suspended ceiling or below ceiling or on
wall,they shall be laid on a ladder/perforated G.I. cable tray and shall be run in
such positions that they are not liable to be damaged by contact with the floor or
the ceiling or otherfixtures.
The ladder/perforated cable tray shall be properly fixed with channels,

angles,tierod ,flats to the ceiling. The metal inserts for fixing channels, angles,
tierod,flats shall be put in place while casting the slab. Ifinsert plates are not
placed inposition, Anchor fasteners shall be used to support cable trays if
required. The cable tray route shall be co-ordinated with other services to avoid
crisscross of all the services. While laying the cables on the tray minimum one
cable diameter distance shall be observed between two adjacent cables about
20% space shall be kept spare for any future installation.
The trays shall be made of 2mm thick perforated sheet having minimum 75 mm
depth.The width of perforation shall be maximum 10mm spaced at maximum
20mm distance .The width of the cable tray shall be selected so as to
accommodate required number of cables to be laid onit,with minimum
separation of minimum one cable diameter between two adjacent cables. The
cables shall be tied with the cable tray with nylon strip/Aluminium clamps/GI
clamps.
Wherever, MS painted cables tray to be used,all steel work shall be treated in

accordance with the following procedure and in accordance with IS:6005"Code of
Practice for Phosphate Iron and Steel".
Oil,grease,dirtand swab shall be thoroughly removed by emulsion cleaning.

Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
352
Rusting and scale shall be removed by Pickling with dilute acid followed by
washing with running water,rinsing with slightly alkaline hotwater and over
drying.
The phosphate coating shall be sealed by the application of two coats of ready
mixed stoving type zinc chromate primer.
After application of the primer, two coats of finishing stove enamelled paint shall
be applied. The final finished thickness of paint film on steel shall not be less than
50microns and shall not be morethan 100microns.
Finish painted surface of steel shall present anaesthetically pleasing appearance

free from un even surface.
The finish painting shall be black matt as per ISS or as approved by consultants.
Cables installed in the Mechanical Room
The cable reaching the motors in the mechanical room or plant room or
machines room or service are a shall be laid on cable tray except where indicated
in masonry underground trenches.
The cable reaching the motors shall be protected by rigid galvanized conduits
upto a height of 300mm above the floor. Above that height, the cable shall be
protected by means of oil tight flexible metallic G.I.conduits to the terminal box
of the motor. The connection between the rigid conduit and the flexible conduit
shall be done by as crewed coupling of an approved type. The flexible conduit
shall be properly fixed with the terminal box of the motor by means of double
hexagonal check nut.
Hot Dipped Galvanized IronCable TraySpecification
The cable tray shall be fabricated out of slotted/perforated Hot Dipped

Galvanized Iron sheets as channel sections, single or double bended. The channel
sections shall be supplied inconvenient lengths and assembled at side to the
desired lengths.These may be galvanised or painted to the desired
lengths.Alternatively, where specified,the cable tray may be fabricated by two
angle irons of 50mmx50mmx6mm as two longitudinal members, with croses
bracings between hemby 50mmx5mmflatswelded/bolted to the angles at 1m
spacing.1.6/2.0mm thick Stain less steel ( SS-304)/Hot Dipped Galvanized Iron
perforated sheet shall be suitably welded/bolted to the base as well as on the
two sides.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
353
Typically,the dimensions, fabrication details etc.Are shown in CPWD General

Specification forElectrical Works- PartII-External,1994.
The jointing between the sections shall be made with coupler plates of the same
material and thickness as the channel section. Two coupler plates, each of
minimum 200mm length, shall be bolted on each of the two sides of the channel
section with 8mm dia round headed bolts, nuts and washers. Inorder to maintain
proper earth continuity bond, the paint on the contact surfaces between the
coupler plates and cabletray shall be scraped and removed before the
installation.
The maximum permissible uniformly distributed load forvarious sizes of cable

strays and for different supported span areas per CPWD General Specification of
Electrical Work PartII -1994.The sizes shall be specified considering the same.
The width of the cable tray shall be chosen so as to accommodate all the cable in
one tier, plus 30to50%additional width for future expansion.This additional width
shall be minimum 100mm.The overall width of one cable tray shall be limited to
1200mm.
Factory fabricated bends,reducers,tee/cross junctions,etc.Shall be provided as

per good engineering practice.(Details are typically shown in figure3)ofCPWD
General Specification of Electrical Work PartII-1994. The radius of bends,
junctions etc.Shall not be less than the minimum permissible radius of bending of
the largest size of cable to be carried by the cable tray.
The cable tray shall be suspended from the ceiling slab with the help of 12mm
dia Electro Galvanized MSrods or 25mmx5mm flats at specified spacing as per of
CPWD General Specification of Electrical Work PartII-1994. Flat type suspenders
may be used for channels upto 450mm width bolted to cable trays.Round
suspenders shall be threaded and bolted to the cable trays or to independent
support angles 50mmx50mmx5mmat the bottom end as specified.These shall be
grouted to the ceilings lab at the other end through an effective means,as
approved by the Engineer,to take the weight of the cablet ray with the cables.
The cable tray shall be bonded to the earth Terminal of the switch bonds at both
ends.
The cable trays shall be measured on unit length basis,along the centreline of the
cable tray, including bends,reducers,tees, cross joints,etc,and paid for
accordingly.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
354
All accessories like bends, tees, crosses, reducers etc. shall be factory fabricated. Site
fabricated will not be accepted.
CABLE TAGS
Cable tags shall be made out of 2mm thick aluminium sheets. Each tag shall be 2” in dia or 3”
x 3” square with one hole of 2.5mm dia, 6 mm below the periphery, or as approved by
Consultant. Cable designations are to be punched with letters / number punches and the tags
are to be tied to cables with piano wires of approve quality & size. Tags shall be tied inside the
panels beyond the glanding as well as above the glands at cable entries. Along trays tags are
to be tied at all bends. On straight lengths, tags shall be provided at every 5 meters.
Cables shall be secured to cable trays with 3mm thick x 25mm wide aluminium strips/suitable
GI clamp, or as approved by Consultant, at 1000 mm intervals and screwed by means of rust
proof screws, washers and bolts, of adequate but not excessive lengths. Cable trays for
horizontal runs suspended from the ceiling will be supported with mild steel straps or
brackets, at 1000 mm intervals and the overall tray arrangement shall be of a rigid
construction. External cabling route marker with GI plate marked with “DANGER 1.1 KV
CABLE” with 1 meter long GI angle iron grouting bracket including 1:3:6 ratio cement
concrete base block of minimum size 200 x 200 x 350 mm to be provided or as approved by
Elect. Supply Company
CABLE TAGS
Cable tags shall be made out of 2mm thick aluminium sheets. Each tag shall be 2” in dia or 3”
x 3” square with one hole of 2.5mm dia, 6 mm below the periphery, or as approved by
Consultant. Cable designations are to be punched with letters / number punches and the tags
are to be tied to cables with piano wires of approve quality & size. Tags shall be tied inside the
panels beyond the glanding as well as above the glands at cable entries. Along trays tags are
to be tied at all bends. On straight lengths, tags shall be provided at every 5 meters.
Cables shall be secured to cable trays with 3mm thick x 25mm wide aluminium strips/suitable
GI clamp, or as approved by Consultant, at 1000 mm intervals and screwed by means of rust
proof screws, washers and bolts, of adequate but not excessive lengths. Cable trays for
horizontal runs suspended from the ceiling will be supported with mild steel straps or
brackets, at 1000 mm intervals and the overall tray arrangement shall be of a rigid
construction. External cabling route marker with GI plate marked with “DANGER 1.1 KV
CABLE” with 1 meter long GI angle iron grouting bracket including 1:3:6 ratio cement
concrete base block of minimum size 200 x 200 x 350 mm to be provided or as approved by
Elect. Supply Company
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
355
8. CABLING FOR TV SYSTEM:
a) The Co-axial shall be of wide band type with operation capability upto 500 MHz.
b) The ageing resistance of the co-axial cable shall comply with DIN 47252. Part 2, i.e.
max. 5% increase in attenuation at 200 MHz measured by artificial ageing (14 days at
80 deg.C).
c) Cables shall meet or exceed the following specifications.
RG-6 MATV Type RG-11 MATV Type
a. Centre Conductor 18 AWG copper coated steel 12 AWG copper coated steel 18%
18% conductivity conductivity.
b. Dielectric Foam polyethylene Nom. Dia. Foam polyethylene Nom. Dia. 0.280
0.180
c. Shield Foil – 0.003 Al. Tape Braid – 34 Foil – 0.003 Al. Tape Braid – 34
AWG 4 end Al. 60% coverage AWG 6 end Al. 60% coverage dia.
dia. 0.212 0.314
d. Jacket Black PVC flame retardant dia. Black PVC flame retardant dia. Over
Over jacket 0.272 ± 0.008 Min. jacket 0.405 ± 0.010 Min spot
spot 0.023 0.032.
Electrical Properties
a. Dielectric Strength Conductor to shield 2000 VDC Conductor to shield 1500 VDC
b. Capacitance 16.2 PF/Ft. Nom. 16.2 PF/Ft. Nom.
c. Impedance 75.0 ± 3.0 ohms 75.0 ± 3.0 ohms
d. Attnuation DB/100 ft. DB/100 ft.
0.65 DB at 5 MHz 0.35 DB at 5 MHz
0.76 DB at 10MHz 0.94 DB at 50MHz
0.96 DB at 20 MHz 1.28 DB at 100 MHz
1.98 DB at 100 MHz 1.78 DB at 200 MHz
4.21 DB at 450 MHz 2.20 DB at 300 MHz
4.80 Db at 550 MHz 2.75 Db at 450 MHz
6.49 DB at 1000 MHz 4.30 DB at 1000 MHz
e. Velocityof 82.0% Nom 92.0% Nom
Propagation
f. DCR 35.47 ohms/1000 ft. 14.29 ohms/1000 ft.
g. SRL 30 DB (10 MHz to 300 MHz) 20 DB (5 to 450 MHz)
d) Directional Couplers
i. These shall be of Ultra Wideband type and of hybrid circuit design.
ii. These shall have a near flat frequency response over the entire operating
range.
iii. These shall have an aluminium cast housing for high frequency radiation
resistance.
iv. These shall have ‘F’ sockets for all input, output and branch ports.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
356
v. The Tap offs shall be available in one way, two way and four way
configurations.
vi. The splitters shall be available in two way, three way and four way
configurations.
vii. The Tap offs shall be available in different tap values ranging from 11 dB, 15
dB, 20 dB, 25 dB and 30 dB.
viii. These shall meet or exceed the following specifications:
Tap offs Splitters

a) Tap Loss 11-30 dB ----
b) Through Loss 0.5-4 dB 4.0 – 8.0 dB
c) Isolation >22 dB > 22 dB
d) Screening Factor > 50 dB > 50 Db
10. EXIT AND OTHER SIGN BOARD
LED type Exit Sign Boards IP-42, single/ Double sided shall be provided near staircase, lift
lobby, fire hydrant,Toilets, Water cooler location,Sub Station, AC plant , AHUs, DG Set,
CCTVRoom, Fire Control Room, Entrance,Exit, parking in basement and wherever required
as per NBC 2016 with self containedrechargable LED lit Lazer ETCHED Acrylic signages
Emergency board with super bright Red, Green LED's having inbuilt rechargable battery of
Ni-Mh/Ni-cd battery backup of atleast 4 Hrs having wattage less than 2 watts LED lamp
fitting housed in Epoxy polyester powder coating acrylic sheet of thickness 8mm with
recharging period of 16 - 24 Hrs. with constant current charger having current through
LED's under all conditions 20 mA ± 20% and Voltage 3.5V ± 10%, input supply single phase
230 V 50 HZ incorporating indicaters showing following features (A) normal supply
connected (B) Battery is being charged (C) Circuit continuity exists and confiming to IS:
9583- 1981, with suitable hanging arrangement with SS chain/ directely on wall/ false
ceiling as per site requirment.
Note: The Cable trench must be complusorily shown to the Engineer in Charge or to his
authorized representative before refilling the trench. Any trench refilled without showing
to the Engineer in Charge or his authorized representative shall be at the risk and cost of
the contractor and the trench may be re opened till the satifcation of the Engineer in
Charge or his authorized representative. The decision of the Engineer in Charge shall be
final and binding on the contractor.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
357
11.TESTING & COMMISSIONING

As per CPWD Specifications for Electrical Works Part I Internal Electrical– 2013.
All the LED bulbs/ LED fittings shall be guaranteed for a period of 5 years.
50% of the performance guarantee of total amount of pacakage-1 shall be refunded
to the contractor soon after the completion of work and recording of the completion
certificate.
50% of the performance guarantee shall be retained as security Deposite.
50% of the performance guarantee retained as Security Deposite plus 2.50 %
Security Deposite (with respect to package -1 amount)already deducted from
running bills (Total 2.5+2.5=5%) shall be refunded year wise proportionately
Technical Specifications for Internal-External Electrical Installations
1. Electric Power Distribution And Wiring
The electric power will be received and distributed in a building, through following means:-
(i) Cabling and switchgear to receive power.
(ii) The building is divided into convenient number of parts, each part served by a
rising main system to distribute power vertically/horizontally.
(iii) Power flows from rising main through tap-off box to floor main board to final
DBs and then to wiring.
(iv) Dedicatedcircuitfordifferentloadssuchaslighting,HVAC,powerplugloadsshall be
provided, whereverpossible
(v) Rising main, which takes care of general lighting and power outlet load of the
building, should have independent cables for lighting as well as power,
wherever possible. Other loads like lifts, water pump sets, other motor loads
are fed by independent cables of suitable capacity fed from properly designed
essential/non- essential LT power panels with suitably designed switchgear
having necessary control and safely features.
(vi) Therefore the distribution/wiringsystemessentially consists of provision of

cables, switchgear, rising main, bus-ducting, earthing, laying of pipes/ conduits
etc. (insurface or recess) based on proper detailed designing to decide on
various sizes/ capacities of these components and various controls and safeties
involved, to provide an efficient, reliable, safe and adequate electrical
distribution and wiring system.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
358
2.2 System of Distribution andWiring
(i) The wiring shall be done from a distribution system through main and/or branch
distribution boards. The system design and location of boards will be properly
worked out.
(ii) Each main distribution board and branch distribution board shall be controlled by
an incoming circuit breaker/linked switch with fuse. Each outgoing circuit shall be
controlled by a circuit breaker/switch withfuse.
(iii) For non-residential and residential buildings as far as possible DBs shall be
separate for light and power.
(iv) Only MCCB/MCB/ type DBs double Door shall be used.
(v) Double door DBs shall not be used for final circuit distribution as far aspossible.
(vi) ‘Power’wiringshallbekeptseparateanddistinctfromlightwiring,fromthelevelof
circuits,i.e.,beyondthebranchdistributionboards.Conduitsforlight/powerwiring
shall be separate.
(vii) Essential/non-essential/UPS distribution each will have a completely independent

and separate distribution system starting from the main, switchboard upto final
wiring for each system.As for example,conduit carrying non-essential wiring shall
not have essential or UPS wiring. Wiring for essential and UPS supply will have
their own conduit system. No mixing of wiring isallowed.
(viii) Generally, no switchboard will have more than one source of incoming supply.
More than one incoming supply will be allowed only at main board with proper
safety and interlocking so that only one source can be switched on at a time.
(ix) Each MDB/DB/Switch Board will have reasonable spare outgoing ways for future
expansion.
(x) Balancing of 3-phase circuit shall be done.
2.3 Wiring
2.2.1 Submain & Circuit Wiring
(a) Submain Wiring
Submain wiring shall mean the wiring from one main/distribution switchboard to
another.
(b) Circuit Wiring
Circuit wiring shall mean the wiring from the distribution board to the 1st tapping
point inside the switch box, from where point wiring starts.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
359
Note: Conduit carrying submain will not carry circuit/point wiring. Similarly conduit carrying
circuit wiring will not carry submain/point wiring. Conduit carrying point wiring will not carry
submain/circuit wiring.
2.4 PointWiring
2.3.1 Definition
A point (other than socket outlet point) shall include all work necessary in
complete wiring to the following outlets from the controlling switch or MCB.
(a) Ceiling rose or connector (in the case of points for ceiling/exhaust fan points,
prewired light fittings, and callbells).
(b) Ceiling rose (in case of pendants except stiffpendants).
(c) Back plate (in the case of stiffpendants).
(d) Lamp holder (in the case of goose neck type wall brackets, batten holders
and fittings which are notprewired).
2.3.2 Scope
Following shall be deemed to be included in point wiring:
(a) Conduit/channel as the case may be, accessories for the same and wiring cables
between the switch box and the point outlet, loop protective earthing of each fan/
light fixture.
(b) All fixing accessories such as clips, screws, Phil plug, rawl plug etc. Asrequired.
(c) Metal or PVC switch boxes for control switches, regulators, sockets etc, recessed or
surface type, and phenolic laminated sheet covers over thesame.
(d) Outlet boxes, junction boxes, pull-through boxes etc. but excluding metal boxes if any,
provided with switchboards for loose wires/conduitterminations.
(e) Control switch or MCB, asspecified.
(f) 3pinor6pinsocket,ceilingroseorconnectorasrequired.(2pinand5pinsocket outlet shall

not bepermitted.)
(g) Connections to ceiling rose, connector, socket outlet, lamp holder, switchetc.
(h) Bushed conduit or porcelain tubing where wiring cables pass through walletc.
(Note: In areas where false ceiling are provided, termination of wires should be at the
fittings. Flexible conduits from ceiling junction box to the fittings shall be provided duly
coupled at both ends.This shall be included within the scope of point wiring.)
(i) Inter connecting wiring between switches with in the switch box on the same circuit.
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
360
2.3.3 Point Wiring for Socket OutletPoints
(i) The light plug(6A) point and power(16A) point wiring shall be measured on linear basis,
from the respective tapping point of live cable, namely, switch box, another socket
outlet point, or the sub-distribution board as the case may be, up to the socket outlet.
(ii) The metal/PVC box with cover, switch/MCB, socket outlet and other accessories shall
be measured and paid as a separate item.
Note: There shall normally be no “on the board” light plug point.
(iii) The power point outlet may be 16 A/6 A six pin socket outlet, where so specified in the
tender documents.
2.3.4 Group Control PointWiring
In the case of points with more than one point controlled by the same switch, such points
shall be (a) from the switch to the first point outlet as one point and classified according
to 3.4.4, and (b) for the subsequent points, the distance from that outlet to the next one
and so on, shall be treated as separate point(s) and classified according to3.4.4.
2.3.5 Twin Control Light PointWiring
(i) A light point controlled by two numbers of two way switches shall be two points from
the fitting to the switches on either side.
(ii) No recovery shall be made for non-provision of more than one ceiling rose or
connector in such cases.
2.3.6 Multiple Controlled Call Bell PointWiring
(i) In the case of call bell points with a single call bell outlet,controlled from more than
one place, the points shall be measured in partsi.e.
(a) From the call bell out let to one of the nearest ceiling roses meant for
connection to bell push, treated as one point
(b) From that ceiling rose to the next one and soon,shall be treated as separate
point(s)
(ii) No recovery shall be made for non-provision of more than one ceiling rose or
connector for connection to call bell in suchcases.
2.5 WiringSystem
(i) Wiring shall be done only by the looping system. Phase/live conductors shall be looped
at the switch box. For point wiring, neutral wire/earth wire looping for the 1st point
shall be done in the switch box; and neutral/earth looping of subsequent points will
be made from pointoutlets.
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
361
(ii) In wiring, no joints in wiring will be permitted any where, except in switch box or point
outlets,where jointing of wires will be allowed with use of suitable connector.
(iii) The wiring throughout the installation shall be such that there is no break in the
neutral wire except in the form of linkedswitchgear.
(iv) Light, fans and call bells shall be wired in the ‘lighting’ circuits. 15A/16A socket outlets
and other power outlets shall be wired in the ‘power’ circuits. 5A/6Asocket outlets
shall also be wired in the ‘power’ circuit both in residential as well as non-
residential buildings.
(v) ColourCoding
Following colour coding shall be followed in wiring:

Phase : Red/Yellow/Blue.(Three phase wiring)
Live : Red (Single phase wiring)
Neutral: Black
Earth : Yellow/Green.
(vi) Termination of Circuit into Switchboard
Circuit will consist of phase/neutral/earth wire. Circuit will terminate in a switch

board (first tapping point, where from point wiring starts) in following manner:
Phase wire terminated in phase connector. Neutral wire terminated in neutral

connector. Earth wire terminated in earth connector.
The switchboard will have phase, neutral and earth terminal connector blocks to
receive phase/ neutral/ earth wire.
2.6 Run ofWiring
(i) The type of wiring shall besurface/recessed steel conduit, for electrical wiring and
surface/ recessed PVC conduit for networking/telephone cable.
(ii) Surface wiring shall run as far as possible along the walls and ceiling, so as to be easily
accessible forinspection.
(iii) Above false ceiling, in no case,open wiring shall be allowed.Wiring will be done in
recessed conduit or surface steel conduit.
(iv) In recessed conduit system, routes of conduit will be planned, so that various
inspection boxes provided don’t present a shabby look. Such boxes can be provided 5
mm above plaster level, and they can be covered with plaster of paris with marking
of junctionboxes.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
362
(v) Where number of electrical services like electrical wiring, telephone wiring, computer
cabling, pass through corridors, it may be proper to plan such service with properly
designed aluminium/PVC channels duly covered by a false ceiling, so that
subsequently such service can be maintained and additional cables can be provided.
(vi) Generally conduits for wiring will not be taken in floors labs. When it is unavoidable
special precaution to be taken to provide floor channels with provision for safety and
maintenance. Alternatively false flooring can beprovided.
2.7 Passing through Walls orFloors
(i) When wiring cables are to pass through a wall, these shall be taken through a
protection (steel/ PVC) pipe or porcelain tube of suitable size such that they pass
through in a straight line without twist or cross in them on either porcelain, PVCor
other approved material.
(ii) All floor openings for carrying any wiring shall be suitably sealed afterinstallation.
2.8 Joints inWiring
(i) No bare conductor in phase and/or neutral or twisted joints in phase, neutral,and/
or protective conductors in wiring shall bepermitted.
(ii) There shall be no joints in the through-runs of cables.If the length of final circuitor
submain is more than the length of a standard coil, thus necessitating a through
joint, such joints shall be made by means of approved mechanical connectors in
suitable junction boxes.
(iii) Termination of multi-stranded conductors shall be done using suitable crimping type
thimbles.
2.9 Ratings of Outlets
(to be adopted for design).
(i) Incandescent lamps in residential and non-residential buildings shall be rated at 60W
and 100Wrespectively.
(ii) 6A and 16A socket outlet points shall be rated at 100W and 1000W respectively,
unless the actual values of loads are specified.
2.10 Capacity of Circuits
(i) Lightingcircuitshallfeedlight/fan/callbellpoints.Eachcircuitshallnothavemore than 800

Watt connected load or more than 10 points whichever is less.
(ii) Power circuit in non-residential building will have only one outlet percircuit.
(iii) Each power circuit in residential building can feed followingoutlets:

(a) Not more than 2 Nos. 16Aoutlets.
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
363
(b) Not more than 3 Nos. 6Aoutlets.

(c) Not more than 1 No.16A and 2 Nos. 6Aoutlets.
(iv) Load more than 1 KW shall be controlled by suitably rated MCB and cable size shall
be decided as percalculations.
(v) Power Wiring with Bus Trunking
It is permitted to meet large-scale power requirement in a hall, or floor, with use of single
phase or 3 phase bus bars running inside a metal enclosure. This will be provided with
careful design and use of factory fabricated bus-trunking of reputed make, conforming to
relevant BIS standards and with standard accessories like End feed unit, tap off with
necessary safety features like over current, short-circuit and earth fault protection. Such
trunking will be of specified breaking KArating.
2.11 Socket Outlets
(i) Socket outlets modular type shall be 6A 3 pin, 16 Amp 3 pin or 16/6 Amp 6 pin. 5 pin
socket outlets will not bepermitted.
The third pin shall be connected to earth through protective (loop earthing)
conductor. 2 pin or 5 pin sockets shall not be permitted to be used.
(ii) Conductors connecting electrical appliances with socket outlets shall be of flexible type
with an earthing conductor for connection to the earth terminal of plug and the
metallic body of the electrical appliance.
(iii) Sockets for the power outlets of rating above 1KW shall be of industrial type with
associated plug top and controlling MCB.
(iv) Where specified, shutter type (interlocking type) of sockets shall be used.
(v) Every socket outlet shall be controlled by a switch or MCB, as specified. The control
switch/MCB shall be connected on the ‘live’ side of the line.
(vi) 5A/6A and 15A/16A socket outlets shall be installed at the following positions, unless
otherwise specified.
(a) Non-residential buildings – 1.1m above floorlevel.
(b) Kitchen – 23 cm above working platform and away from the likely positions of
stove and sink.
(c) Bathroom – No socket outlet is permitted for connecting a portable appliance
thereto. MCB/IC switch may be provided above 2 m for fixed appliances, and at
least 1 m away from shower.
(d) Rooms in residences – 1.1m above floor level, or any other level in special cases
as desired by the Engineer-in-charge.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
364
(vii) Unless and otherwise specified, the control switches for the 6A and 16A socket outlets
shall be kept along with the socketoutlets.
2.12 Cables
(i) Copper conductor cable only will be used for submain/ circuit/ pointwiring.
(ii) Minimum size ofwiring:
LightWiring : 1.5sq.mm.
Power Wiring: 4.0 sq.mm.
Powercircuit rated: More than 1 KW, Size as percalculation.
(iii) Insulation :Copper conduct or cable shall be PVC insulated conforming to
BIS Specification.
(iv) Multistranded :Cables are permitted to be used.
2.13 Flexible Cable

(i) Conductor of flexible cables shall be of copper. The cross sectional area of conductor
for flexible cable shall be as perdesign.
(ii) Only 3 core flexible cables shall be used for connecting single-phaseappliances.
(iii) Unless the flexible cables are mechanically protected by armour, or tough rubber, or
PVC sheath, these shall not be used in workshops and other places where they are
liable to mechanical damage.
(iv) Flexible cable connection to bell push from ceiling rose shall be taken through steel
conduit/metallic casing and capping.
2.14 Wiring Accessories
(a) Control Switches for Point
(i) Control switches (single pole switch) carrying not more than 16A shall be
modular type. The switch shall be ‘On’ when the knob isdown.
(ii) (a)In type I, II & III quarters, Barracks & school buildings (except principal’s &
staff rooms) etc. Piano type switches shall be provided (unless specifically asked
for by the user department /Architect.)
(b) Modular type switches to beprovided for remaining types of buildings i.e. in all
types of remaining non-residential buildings & residential buildings of type IV &
above & Transit hostel or as may be decided by the Architect/ user department.
(Note: Provision is meant for new constructions and in existing buildings during
rewiring if the building work renovation is also in progress in the area.Otherwise
existing type of piano switches will becontinued.)
(i) It is recommended to provide double pole MCB in proper enclosure as power
outlet for window type AC units, geysersetc.
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
365
(c) Switch Box
(i) Switch box shall be hot dip galvanized, factory fabricated, suitable in sizefor
surface/ recess mounting and suitable in size for accommodating the required
number of switches and accessories (where required to be usedfor applications
other then modular switches/sockets).
(ii) Switch box also can be of non-metallic material. The technical sanctioning
authority will approve specified makes of reputed quality and specifications.
(d) Switch Box Covers (for application other than modular type)
Phenolic laminated sheets of approved shade shall be used for switch box covers.
These shall be of 3 mm thick synthetic phenolic resin bonded laminated sheet as
base material and conforming to grade P- I of IS 2036 :1974.
Note: Specification for switch boxes is covered in the chapters on the various
types of wiring.
(e) Ceiling Rose
(i) A ceiling rose shall not be used on a circuit, the voltage of which normally
exceeds 250V.
(ii) Only one flexible cord shall be connected to a ceiling rose. Specially designed
ceiling roses shall be used for multiple pendants.
(iii) A ceiling rose shall not embody fuse terminal as an integral part of it.
(f) Lamp Holders
(i) Lamp holders may be batten, angle, pendant or bracket holder type as
required. The holder shall be made of brass and shall be rigid enough to
maintain shape on application of a nominal external pressure. There should
be sufficient threading for fixing the base to the lamp holder part so thatthey
do not open out during attention to the lamp orshade.
(ii) Lamp holders for use on brackets and the like shall have not less than 1.3 cm
nipple, and all those for use with flexible pendant shall be provided with cord
grips.
(iii) All lamp holders shall be provided with shade carriers.
(iv) Where center contact Edison Screw lamp holders are used, the outer or screw
contact shall be connected to the ‘middle wire’, or the neutral conductor of
the circuit.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
366
(g) Fittings
Types :The type of fittings shall be as specified in tender documents.
Indoor Type Fittings
(i) Where conductors are required to be drawn through tube or channel leading to
the fitting,the tube or channel must be free from sharp angles or projecting
edge, and of such size as will enable them to be wired with the conductors
used for the final circuit without removing the braiding or sheathing. As far as
possible all such tubes or channels should be of sufficient size to permit
looping back.
(ii) Wires used within prewired fittings shall be flexible with PVC insulation and
14/0.193 mm (minimum) copper conductors. The leads shall be terminated on
built-in-terminal block, ceiling rose or connector, asrequired.
(iii) Fittings using discharge lamps shall be complete with power factor correction
capacitors, either integrally or externally. An earth terminal with suitable
marking shall be provided for each fitting for dischargelamps.
(iv) Fittings shall be installed such that the lamp is at a height of 2.4m above floor
level, unless otherwise directed by theEngineer-in-charge.
(v) Fittings made of CRCA shall be phosphatized and powder/epoxy painted. For
coastal areas and humid area like toilets, kitchen, for prolonging the life of
such fittings, corrosion free materials like engineering plastic, aluminium,
stainless steel etc. should be used.
OutdoorFittings
Outdoor fittings shall have suitable IP protection. It is preferable that street lightfittings
are of cast aluminium body of IP 65, for reducing recurring maintenance
costandimprovedperformance.WhererequiredIP66fittingsalsocanbeprovided for reducing
maintenance frequency andcost.
Other fittings, which are not available with tested IP 65/54 protection, can be properly
fabricated with weatherproof features, proper gasketing etc. As far as possible corrosion
free material like cast aluminium, stainless steel, engineering plastics may be used for
fabrication of such fittings, to prolong life of such fittings. There should not be any
exposed wiring in such outdoor fittings.
2.15 Attachment of Fittings andAccessories
(a) Conduit WiringSystem
(i) All accessories like switches, socket outlets, call bell pushes and regulators shall be
fixed in flush pattern inside the switch/regulator boxes. Accessories like ceiling
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
367
roses,brackets,batten holders etc. Shall be fixed on outlet boxes. The fan

regulators may also be fixed on outlet boxes, if so directed by the Engineer-in-
charge.
(ii) Aluminium alloy or cadmium plated iron screws shall be used to fix the accessories
to their bases.
(iii) The switch box/regulator box shall normally be mounted with their bottom 1.25 m
from floor level, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
(b) Fixing to Walls andCeiling
(i) Wooden plugs for fixing to wall/ceiling will not be allowed.Fixing will be done
with the help of PVC sleeves/Rowel plugs/ dash fasteners asrequired.
(ii) Drilling of holes shall be done by drilling machines only. No manual drilling of hole
will be allowed.
2.16 Fans, Regulators and Clamps
(a) Ceiling Fans
(i) Ceiling fans including their suspension shall conform to relevant Indian Standards.
(ii) The capacity of a ceiling fan to meet the requirement of a room with the longer
dimension D meters should be about 55 D m3/min.
(iii)The height of fan blades above the floor should be (3H + W)/4, where H is the height of
the room, and W is the height of the work plane.
(iv) The minimum distance between fan blades and the ceiling should be about 0.3
meters.
(v) When actual ventilated zone does not cover the entire room area, then optimum size
of ceiling fan should be chosen based on the actual usable area of the room,
rather than the total floor area of the room.
(vi) The number of fans and the optimum sizes for rooms of different dimensions are
given in the following table:
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
368
Optimum Size/Number of Fans for Rooms of Different Sizes
Room Room Length

Width
m 4m 5m 6m 7m 8m 9m 10m 11m 12m 14m 16m
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
3 1200/1 1400/1 1500/1 1050/2 1200/2 1400/2 1400/2 1400/2 1200/3 1400/3 1400/3
4 1200/1 1400/1 1200/2 1200/2 1200/2 1400/2 1400/2 1500/2 1200/3 1400/3 1500/3
5 1400/1 1400/1 1400/2 1400/2 1400/2 1400/2 1400/2 1500/2 1400/3 1400/3 1500/3
6 1200/2 1400/2 900/4 1050/4 1200/4 1400/4 1400/4 1500/4 1200/6 1400/6 1500/6
7 1200/2 1400/2 1050/4 1050/4 1200/4 1400/4 1400/4 1500/4 1200/6 1400/6 1500/6
8 1200/2 1400/2 1200/4 1200/4 1200/4 1400/4 1400/4 1500/4 1200/6 1400/6 1500/6
9 1400/2 1400/2 1400/4 1400/4 1400/4 1400/4 1400/4 1500/4 1400/6 1400/6 1500/6
10 1400/2 1400/2 1400/4 1400/4 1400/4 1400/4 1400/4 1500/4 1400/6 1400/6 1500/6
11 1500/2 1500/2 1500/4 1500/4 1500/4 1500/4 1500/4 1500/4 1500/6 1500/6 1500/6
12 1200/3 1400/3 1200/6 1200/6 1200/6 1400/6 1400/6 1500/6 1200/7 1400/9 1400/9
13 1400/3 1400/3 1200/6 1200/6 1200/6 1400/6 1400/6 1500/6 1400/9 1400/9 1500/9
14 1400/3 1400/3 1400/6 1400/6 1400/6 1400/6 1400/6 1500/6 1400/9 1400/9 1500/9
Note: This table is indicative only. Case specific design should be done by field officers
based on site conditions & constraints.
(i) Energy Efficient fans with BEE5 star rating or complying with IS374:1979,shall be
used.The minimum service value of fans shall be 6.87 m3/min/Wand air delivery
200m3/min.
Standard Power with Air Delivery of Fan as per the IS 374 Code
Fan Size Type Minimum Air Minimum Maximum

Delivery Service Value Power Input
(mm) m3/min m3/min/W W
900 Capacitor AC 130 3.1 42

DC 130 3.4 38
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
369
1050 Capacitor AC 150 3.1 48

DC 150 3.4 44
1200 Capacitor AC 200 4 50
DC 200 4.6 44
1400 Capacitor AC 245 4.1 60
DC 245 4.8 51
1500 Capacitor AC 270 4.3 63
DC 270 5.1 53
Note:Air delivery values are on the basis of air velocity measurements upto 15m/
min.
(ii) Step Type Electronic regulators should be used instead of resistance type regulators for
controlling speed offans.
(iii) All ceiling fans shall be wired to ceiling roses or to special connector boxes, and
suspended from hooks or shackles, with insulators between hooks and suspension
rods. There shall be no joint in the suspensionrod.
(iv) For wooden or steel joists and beams, the suspension shall consist of GI flat of size not
less than 40 mm x 6 mm, secured on the sides of the joists or beams by means of two
coach screws of size not less than 5 cm for each flat. Where there is space above the
beam, a through-bolt of size not less than 1.5 cm dia, shall be placed above the beam
from which the flats are suspended. In the latter case, the flats shall be secured from
movements by means of another bolt and nut at the bottom of the beam. A hook
consisting of MS rod of size not less than 1.5 cm dia shall be inserted between the MS
flat through oval holes on their sides. Alternatively, the flats may be bent inwards to
hold tightly between them by means of a bolt and nut, a hook of ‘S’form.
(v) In the case of ‘I’ beams, flats shall be shaped suitably to catch the flanges and shall be
held together by means of a long bolt andnut.
(vi) For concrete roofs, a 12 mm dia.MS rod in the shape of ‘U’with their vertical legs bent
horizontally at the top at least 19 cm on either side, and bound to the top
reinforcement of the roof shall be used.
(vii) In buildings with concrete roofs having a low ceiling height, where the fan clamp
mentioned under sub-clause (v) above cannot be used, or wherever specified, recessed
type fan clamp inside metallic box shall be used.
(viii) Canopies on top of suspension rod shall effectively hide the suspension.
(ix) The leading in wire shall be of nominal cross sectional area not less than 1.5 sq. mm.
and shall be protected fromabrasion.
(x) Unless otherwise specified, all ceiling fans shall be hung 2.75 m above the floor.
(xi) In the case of measurement of extra down rod for ceiling fan including wiring, the same
shall be measured in units of 10cm. Any length less than 5cm shall be ignored.
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
370
(xii) The wiring of extra downrod shall be paid as supplying and drawing cable in existing
conduit.
(b) Exhaust Fans
(i) Exhaust fans shall conform to relevant Indian Standards.
(ii) Exhaust fans shall be erected at the places indicated by the Engineer-in- charge. For
fixing an exhaust fan, a circular opening shall be provided in the wall to suit the size
of the frame, which shall be fixed by means of rag bolts embedded in the wall. The
hole shall be neatly plastered to the original finish of the wall. The exhaust fan shall
be connected to the exhaust fan point, which shall be wired as near to the opening
as possible, by means of a flexible cord, care being taken to see that the blades
rotate in the proper direction.
(iii)Exhaust fans for installation in corrosive atmosphere, shall be painted with special PVC
paint or chlorinated rubber paint.
(iv) Installation of exhaust fans in kitchens, dark rooms and such other special locations
need careful consideration; any special provisions needed shall be specified.
(c) Regulators
The metallic body of regulators of ceiling fans/exhaust fans shall be connected to

earth by protective conductor.
2.17 Marking of Switch Boards
(i) SchematicDiagram
(i) First a comprehensive schematic diagram for each building is to be prepared, starting
from Main LTPanel, rising main, submain boards, DBs, etc. and themanner in which
they are connected. This will include essential, non-essential and UPS systems. Sizes
of interconnecting main/submain cables shall be indicated.
(ii) Marking of each Main Board
(iii)Each main board/submain board shall be marked indicating rating of each incoming/
outgoing switch and the details of load/area it feeds. Detail/size of incoming and
outgoing cable also shall be marked indicating from where the incoming cable has
originated.
(ii) Marking of Distribution Board
Each Distribution Board shall be marked indicating detail of incoming switch(Size

ofcableandfromwhereitisfed)andmarkingofeachoutgoingMCBindicatingthe
areaitfeeds.Suitablemarkingstickerwillbesuitablyfixedtoindicatesuchdetails.
(iii) Marking of Power/Light DBs
Power/light DBs shall be marked ‘P’ and ‘L’ respectively.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
371
(iv) Marking for Non-essential/Essential/UPS/Switch Boards
Each switchboard shall be marked essential/non-essential/UPS to indicate

thenature of such switchboards.
(v) Marking of Main EarthingTerminal
Main earthingterminalsinmain/submainswitchboardshallbepermanentlymarked,
as “Safety Earth – Don’tRemove”.
Cable Tag & Marker
(i) Each cable and Metal conduit run shall be tagged with numbers that appear in the
cable and Metal conduit schedules.
(ii) Cables and Metal conduits shall be tagged at their entrance, every 30m and exit from
any equipment, junction box.
(iii) The tags shall be of Aluminum with the number punched on it and securely attached
to the cable by not less than two turns of nylon 6 cable ties.
(iv) The location of cable joints, if any, shall be clearly indicated with cable marker with an
additional inscription ‗cable-joint‘. The Successful Bidder shall furnish and install all
tags and markers stated above. For buried cable, the marker shall project 150 mm
above ground and shall be spaced at an interval of 30 meters and at every change of
direction.
2.18 LTDistributionSwitchgear
Only following type switchboards will be used:
(a) Main/Submain switchboard of cubicletype.
(b) DBs – Conventional DBs of reputed makes can also be used with the approval of
technical sanctioning authority in addition to prewiredDB.
(c) Specially designedswitchboards.
Also specially designed switchboards can be used with detailed specification and
fabrication drawings approved by the technical sanctioning authority.
d)Specifications of cubicle panel and pre-wired DB are given in Clause 7.1.2 of

Chapter 7.
2.19 Location of Switchboards
(i) Switchboards are to be located in common areas like corridors, lobby etc. and not
to be located in locked room.
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
372
(ii) Switchboard shall be located only in dry situation and in well-ventilated space. They
shall not be placed in the vicinity of storage battery or exposed to chemical fume.
(iii) Switchboards shall not be erected above gas stove, or sinks or within 2.5 meter of
any washing unit in washing rooms of launderings or in the bath rooms, toilets, or
kitchen.
(iv) As far as possible main boards shall not be located in basement. Such main boards
can be located in ground floor.
(v) It is preferable to locate floor main boards in rising main shafts of adequate size,
with steel doors (having ventilation) or in suitable room.
(vi) Similarly DBs can be in suitable nitches in corridor walls having doors.
(vii) Locating main boards under staircase or standing open in corridor is not a desirable
practice, besides being highly unaesthetic.
(viii) The main switchboard, which receives power to the building, should be invariably
locatedinaswitchroom,havingroundtheclockaccess,foremergencyattendance to the
switchboard.
2.20 Guidelines for Planning OfficeBuildings
(i) Themainobjectiveistoavoidpossiblefirehazards,whichcallsforsounddetailed
designing and use of quality equipments and materials executed with sound
workmanship andsupervision.
(ii) All control LTP anels,controlling power supply to the entire building will be located
in a centralized room, from where centralized control and monitoring of the entire
power supply system can bemade.
(iii) Earth fault protection shall be provided for each individual building at the LT
receiving point i.e. Main LT Panel. ELCB shall not be provided as a matter of
routine in distribution boards. These can be provided, if required, by the Chief
Engineer (E), in charge.
(iv) Office buildings are prone to fire hazard during night hours. Therefore, after office
hours, all the LT Panels should be switched off. Based on need of the building,
onlythespecified LTpaneltobekept‘ON’whichfeedtheloadsduringnighthours. Such
panel, called common service panel, may feed following loads, which are normally
used after officehours:-
(a) Some specified lifts.

(b) Staircase/ Corridor/ Compoundlight.
(c) Fire protection loads.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
373
(d) Pump Sets.

(e) Other loads which are kept ‘ON’ after officehours.
(v) Reliability of Power Supply
Minimum two transformers to be provided to provide certain redundancy. Also a

smaller size transformer may be provided to take care of reduced load during
‘after office’ hours to have energy saving of transformer, after proper technical
evaluation.
(vi) It is preferable to plan for a separate service building, to combine all electrical and
mechanical services of the building, so that the services can be maintained
comprehensively at a lower cost and also reducing the overall area requirement.
Such service building can combine electric sub-station, DG Sets, UPS, Air-
conditioning Plant, water supply pump sets, etc.
(vii) While planning, maintainability of various services to be ensured, like providing

facilities like access, approachability of various equipments, maintenance space
etc.
Metallic Conduit Wiring System
3.0 Scope
Thischaptercoversthedetailedrequirementsforwiringworkinmetallicconduits.This
chapter covers both surface and recessed types of works.
3.1 Application
3.1.1 Recessed conduit is suitable generally for all applications. Surface conduit work may
be adopted in places like workshops,plantrooms, pumprooms,wiring above false
ceiling/below false flooring, and at locations where recessed work may not be
possible to be done. The type of work, viz. surface or recessed, shall be as specified
in the respective works.
3.1.2 Flexible conduits may only be permitted for interconnections between switchgear,
DBs and conduit terminations inwall.
3.2 Material
3.2.1 Conduits
(i) All rigid conduit pipes shall be of steel and be ISI marked. The wall thickness shall be
not less than 1.6 mm (16 SWG) for conduits upto 32 mm dia and not less than 2
mm (14 SWG) for conduits above 32 mm dia. These shall be solid drawn or reamed by
welding, and finished with galvanized or stove enameled surface.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
374
(ii) The maximum number of PVC insulated cables conforming to IS 694 : 1990 that can
be drawn in one conduit is given size wise in Table I, and the number of cables per
conduit shall not be exceeded. Conduit sizes shall be selected accordingly in each run.
(iii)No steel conduit less than 20 mm in diameter shall beused.
3.2.2 ConduitAccessories
(i) The conduit wiring system shall be complete in all respects, including their accessories.
(ii) All conduit accessories shall be of threaded type, and under no circumstancespin
grip type or clamp grip type accessories shall beused.
(iii) Bends, couplers etc.Shall be solid type inrecessed type of works and may besolid or
inspection type as required, in surface type ofworks.
(iv) (a) Saddles for surface conduit work on wall shall not be less than 0.55 mm (24
gauges) for conduits upto 25 mm dia and not less than 0.9 mm (20 gauges) for larger
diameter. The corresponding widths shall be 19 mm & 25mm.
(b) The minimum width and the thickness of girder clips used for fixing conduits to
steel joists, and clamps shall be as per Table II.
3.2.3 Outlets
(i) The switch box or regulator box shall be made of metal on all sides, except on the
front. In the case of cast boxes, the wall thickness shall be at least 3mm and in case of
welded mild steel sheetboxes,the wall thickness shall not be less than 1.2 mm (18
gauge) for boxes upto a size of 20 cm x 30 cm, and above thissize1.6mm(16gauge)
thick MS boxes shall be used.The metallic boxes shall be duly painted with anti
corrosive paint before erection as per chapter 15 ofthese Specifications.
(ii) (a) Outlet boxes shall be of one of the size, covered in the Schedule of Rates (Elect.),
2012
(b) Where a large number of control switches and/or fan regulators are required to be
installed at one place, these shall be installed in more than one outlet box
adjacent to each other for ease of maintenance.
(iii) An earth terminal with studand 2 metal washers and terminal block shall be
provided in each MS box for termination of protective conductors and for
connection to socket outlet/metallic body of fan regulatoretc.
(iv) A metal strip shall be welded/screwed, to the metal box as support if tumbler type
of control switches, sockets and/or fan regulators in flushpattern.
(v) Clear depth of the box shall not be less than 60 mm and this shall be increased
suitably to accommodate mounting of fan regulators in flush pattern.
(vi) The fan regulators can also be mounted on the switch box covers, if so stipulated in
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
375
the tender specifications, or if so directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
(vii) Except where otherwise stated, 3 mm thick phenolic laminated sheets as per clause
3.14(c) shall be fixed on the front with brass screws, or aluminium alloy/ cadmium
plated iron screws as approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
3.3 Installation
3.3.1 Common Aspects for Recessed and Surface ConduitWorks
(i) Conduit Joints
(a) The conduit work of each circuit or section shall be completed before the cables are
drawn in.
(b) Conduit pipes shall be joined by means of screwed couplers and screwed accessories
only. Threads on conduit pipes in all cases shall be between 13 mm to 19 mm long,
sufficient to accommodate pipes to full threaded portion of couplers or accessories.
(c) Cut ends of conduit pipes shall have no sharp edges, nor any burrs left to avoid
damage to the insulation of the conductors while pulling them through such pipes.
(d) The Engineer-in-charge, with a view to ensuring that the above provision has been
carried out, may require that the separate lengths of conduit etc., after they have
been prepared, shall be submitted for inspection before being fixed.
(e) No bare threaded portion of conduit pipe shall be allowed, unless such bare threaded
portion is treated with anticorrosive preservative or covered with approved plastic
compound.
(ii)Bends in Conduit
(a) All necessary bends in the system, including diversion, shall be done either by
neatly bending the pipes without cracking with a bending radius of not less than
7.5 cm, or alternatively, by inserting suitable solid or inspection type normal
bends, elbows or similar fittings, or by fixing cast ironinspection boxes,
whichever is mostsuitable.
(b) No length of conduit shall have more than the equivalent of four quarter bends
from outlet to outlet.
(c) Conduit fittings shall be avoided as far as possible on conduit system exposed to
weather. Where necessary, solid type fittings shall be used.
(iii) Outlets
(a) All outlets such as switches, wall sockets etc. may be either flush mounting type,or
of surface mounting type, as specified in the Additional Specifications.
(b) All switches (except piano type switches), socket outlets and fan regulators shall be
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
376
fixed on metal strips which shall be screwed / welded to the box. Piano type
switches and accessories shall be fixed on the phenolic laminated sheet covers in
flush pattern.
(iv) Painting after Erection
After installation, all accessible surfaces of conduit pipes, fittings, switch and
regulator boxes etc. Shall be painted in compliance with the clauses under Chapter
15 “Painting”.
3.3.2 Additional Requirements for Surface ConduitWork
(i) Painting before Erection
The outer surface of conduit including all bends, unions, tees, junction boxes etc.
forming part of the conduit system, shall be adequately protected against rust when
such system is exposed to weather, by being painted with 2 coats of red oxide paint
applied before they are fixed.
(ii)Fixing Conduit onSurface
(a) Conduit pipes shall be fixed by saddles, secured to suitable approved plugs with
screws in an approved manner at an interval of not more than one meter, but on
eitherside of the couplers or bends o rsimilar fittings, saddles shallbe fixed at a
distance of 30 cm from the center of suchfittings
(b) Where conduit pipes are to be laid along the trusses, steel joists etc. the same
shall be secured by means of saddles or girder clips or clamps as required by the
Engineer-in-charge.
(c) In long distance straight run of conduit, inspection type couplers at reasonable
intervals shall be provided, or running threads with couplers and jam nuts shall
be provided.
(iii) Fixing Outlet Boxes
Only portion of the switch box shall be sunk in the wall, the other portion being
projected out for suitable entry of conduit pipes into the box.
3.3.3 Additional Requirements for Recessed ConduitWork
(i) Making Chase
(a) The chase in the wall shall be neatly made and of ampledimensions to permit the
conduit to be fixed in the mannerdesired.
(b) In the case of buildings under construction,the conduits shall be buried in the wall
before plastering, and shall be finished neatly after erection ofconduit.
(c) In case of exposed brick/rubble masonry work, special care shall be taken to fix the
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
377
conduit and accessories in position along with the buildingwork.
(ii)Fixing Conduits inChase
(a) The conduit pipe shall be fixed by means of staples, J-hooks, or by means of
saddles, not more than 60 cm apart or by any other approved means of fixing.
(b) All threaded joints of conduit pipes shall be treated with some approved
preservative compound to secure protection against rust.
(iii) Fixing Conduits in RCCWork
(a) The conduit pipes shall be laid in position and fixed to the steel reinforcement
bars by steel binding wires before the concreting is done. The conduit pipes shall
be fixed firmly to the steel reinforcement bars to avoid their dislocation during
pouring of cement concrete and subsequent tamping of the same.
(b) Fixing of standard bends or elbows shall be avoided as far as practicable, and all
curves shall be maintained by bending the conduit pipe itself with a long radius,
which will permit easy drawing in of conductors.
(c) Location of inspection / junction boxes in RCC work should be identified by

suitable means to avoid unnecessary chipping of the RCC slab subsequently to
locate these boxes.
(iv) Fixing Inspection Boxes
(a) Suitable inspection boxes to the minimum requirement shall be provided to

permit inspection and to facilitate replacement of wires, ifnecessary.
(b) These shall be mounted flush with the wall or ceiling concrete. Minimum 65 mm
depth junction boxes shall be used in roof slabs and the depth of the boxes in
other places shall be as per IS 2667 : 1988.
(c) Suitable ventilating holes shall be provided in the inspection box covers.
(v) Fixing Switch Boxes andAccessories
Switch boxes shall be mounted flush with the wall. All outlets such as switches,
socket outlets etc. shall be flush mounting type, unless otherwise specified in the
Additional Specifications.
(vi) FishWire
To facilitate subsequent drawing of wires in the conduit, GI fish wire of 1.6 mm/1.2
mm (16/18 SWG) shall be provided along with the laying of the recessed conduit.
(vii) Bunching of Cables

Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
378
(a) Cables carrying Direct Current may, if desired, be bunched whatever their
polarity, but cables carrying alternating current, if installed in metal conduit shall
always be bunched so that the outgoing and return cables are drawn into the
same conduit.
(b) Where the distribution is for single phase loads only, conductors for these phases
shall be drawn in one conduit.
(c) In case of three phase loads, separate conduits shall be run from the distribution
boards to the load points, or outlets as the case may be.
3.3.4 Earthing Requirements
(i) The entire system of metallic conduit work, including the outlet boxes and other
metallic accessories, shall be mechanically and electrically continuous by proper
screwed joints, or by double check nuts at terminations. The conduit shall be
continuous when passing through walls orfloors.
(ii) A protective (loop earthing) conductor(s) shall be laid inside the conduit between the
metallic switch boxes and distribution switch boards and terminated with proper
earth lugs/ terminals. Only PVC insulated copper conductor cable of specified size
green in colour shall be allowed.
(iii) The protective conductors shall be terminated properly using earth studs, earth
terminal block etc. as the case may be.
(iv) Gas or water pipe shall not be used as protective conductor (earth medium).
TABLE I
Maximum Number of PVC Insulated 650/1100 V grade Copper Conductor Cable

conforming to IS 694 :1990
Nominal cross 20 mm 25 mm 32 mm 38 mm 51 mm 64 mm
sectional area of
S B S B S B S B S B S B
conductor in
sq.mm
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
1.50 5 4 10 8 18 12 – – – – – –
2.50 5 3 8 6 12 10 – – – – – –
4 3 2 6 5 10 8 – – – – – –
6 2 – 5 4 8 7 – – – – – –
10 2 – 4 3 6 5 8 6 – – – –
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
379
16 – – 2 2 3 3 6 5 10 7 12 8
25 – – – – 3 2 5 3 8 6 9 7
35 – – – – – – 3 2 6 5 8 6
50 – – – – – – – – 5 3 6 5
70 – – – – – – – – 4 3 5 4
Note:The above table shows the maximum capacity of conduits for a simultaneous drawing in of
cables.
(1) The column sheaded‘S’ apply to runs of conduits which have distance not exceeding
4.25 m between draw in boxes and which do not deflect from the straight by an angle
of more than 15 degrees. The columns headed ‘B’ apply to runs of conduit, which
deflect from the straight by an angle of more than 15 degrees.
(2) Conduit sizes are the nominal externaldiameters.
Girder Clips or Clamps
Size of Conduit Width Thickness

(i) 20 mm 19 mm 0.9 mm (20 SWG)
(ii) 25 mm 19 mm 0.9 mm (20 SWG)
(iii) 32 mm & above 25 mm 1.2 mm (18 SWG)
4.1 M.V PANEL
4.1.1 General Construction
The switchboard shall be floor mounted free standing totally enclosed and
extensible type. The switch board shall be dust & vermin proof and shall be
suitable for the climate conditions as specified. The design shall include all
provisions for safety of operation and maintenance personnel. The general
construction shall conform to IS 8623:1993 for factory assembled switch
board.all panel should be type tested assembly.
4.1.2 Cubical Type Panels
4.1.2.1 Cubical type panels shall be fabricated out of sheet steel not less than 2.0 mm
thick. Wherever necessary, such sheet steel members shall be stiffened by
angle iron frame work. General construction shall employ the principle of
compart mentalization and segregation for each circuit. Unless otherwise
approved, incomer and bus section panels or sections shall be separate and
independent and shall not be mixed with sections required for feeders. Each
section of the rear accessible type panel shall have hinged access doors at the
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
380
rear.Over all height of the panel shall not exceed 2.4 meters. Operating levers,
handle etc. of highest unit shall not be higher than 1.7 meters . Multi-
tiermounting of feeder is permissible.The general arrangement formulti-tier
construction shall be such that the horizontal tiers formed present a pleasing
and aesthetic look. The general arrangement shall be approved before
fabrication. Cable entries for various feeders shall be either from top or
bottom. Through cable alleys located in between two circuit sections, either
in the rear or in the front of the panel. All cable terminations shall be through
gland plates. There shall be separate gland plate for each cable entry so that
there will not be dislocation of already wired circuits when new feeders are
added. Cable entry plates shall therefore be sectionalized. The construction
shall include necessary cable supports for clamping the cable in the cable alley
or rear cable chamber.
Cubicle panels with more than 1000 Amps bus shall be made of tested
structural modular sections.
4.1.2.2 Bus Bar and Connections
The bus bars shall be of Copper of high conductivity electrolytic quality and of
adequate section. Current density for copper shall not exceed 160 amps/sq.
cm. The bus bar system may comprise of a system of main horizontal bus bars
and ancillary vertical bus bars run in bus bar alleys on either side of which the
circuit could be arranged with front access cable entries. In the case of rear
access, horizontal bus system shall run suitably either at the top or bottom. All
connections to individual circuits from the bus bar shall preferably be solid
connections; however flexible connections shall also be permitted as per
recommendations of the Panel Manufacturer. All bus bars and connections
shall be suitably sleeved / insulated in approved manner.
4.1.2.3 Incomer / Termination
Incomertermination shall be suitable for receiving bus trunking /

undergroundcables.
Cableterminationsshallinvariablybethroughterminalblocks(Polyamideorsuperio
r) or brought out solidterminals.
4.1.2.4 Instruments
All voltmeters and ammeters shall be flush mounted of size minimum 96 mm

conforming to class 1.5 of IS 1248 for accuracy. All voltmeters shall be
protected with MCB.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
381
4.1.2.5 Indicating Lamps
On all the incomers of M.V panels, ON/OFF indicating LED lamps shall be
provided and shall be suitable for operation on AC supply. Phase indicating LED
lamps shall be associated with necessary ON/OFF toggle switch.
4.1.2.6 Small Wiring
All small wiring for Controls, Indication etc. shall be with suitable ZHFR/ HFFR
(halogen free fire retardant) copper conductor cables. Wiring shall be suitably
protected within switch board. Runs of wires shall be neatly bunched, suitably
supported and clamped. Means shall be provided for easy identifications of
the wires. Where wires are drawn through steel conduits, the works shall
conform to CPWD General Specifications for Electrical Works (Part I- Internal),
2013 and IS 732 as the case may be. Identification ferrules shall be used at
both ends of the wires. All control wiring meant for external connections are
to be brought out of terminal board.
4.2. OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS
The indoor type MV panel shall conform to the following : -
(a) The panel shall comprise of incomers, outgoing feeders and bus coupler as
specified.Theincomershallbeeitheradoublebreak/contactrepulsionMCCB or an Air Circuit
Breaker. The bus coupler shall be either a circuit breaker ora double break / contact
repulsion MCCB or switch disconnector fuse unit as specified.The outgoing feeders shall
be circuit breakers/MCCBs as specified.
(b) Busbars for phase and neutral shall have a rating as specified in the format of
Appendix II.
(c ) The entire switch panel shall be cubical type generally conforming toIS 8623:1993
for factory assembled switchboard.
(d) The incomer panel shall be suitable for receiving bus trunking or MV cable of size
specified either from top or frombottom.
(e) All incoming AIR CIRCUIT BREAKER/ MCCB shall have suitable adjustable tripping
current and the time delaysettings.
(f) The entire panel shall have a common earth bar of size as specified with two
terminals for earthconnections.
4.2 RATINGANDREQUIREMENTS
4.2.1 Air CircuitBreaker
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
382
All Air Circuit Breakers shall be 3/4 pole with minimum 50 KA breaking capacity (35
MVAat433V)conforming toIS13947(Part-II).Rated current shall be as per capacities specified.
The equipment shall be complete with the following :-
• Necessary circuit breaker carriage with 3 position (isolate, test, service) drawout
mechanism.
• Necessary isolating plugs andsockets.
• Necessary mechanism interlock and automatic safe shutters gear with arrangement
for padlocking.
• Necessary independent manual spring mechanism with mechanical On/Offindication

as well as electrical On/Offindication.
• Necessary bus bars with bolted type neutrallinks.
• ACB shall be provided with microprocessor based releases having built in over load,
short circuit & earth fault protection. Microprocessor release shall be EMI (Electro
Magnetic Induction)/ EMC (Electro Magnetic Compatible) certified.
• Necessary set of auxiliaryswitches.
• Necessary set of CTs with ratios asspecified.
• Necessary identification, metering requirements as specified i/c. ON/ OFF indication

lamps, selector switches, fuses, ammeter, voltmeteretc.
• In case of 4 pole breaker neutral shall be fully rated with adjustable settings from 50%
to 100% ofIn.
• ACB terminals shall be suitable/ suitably brought out for direct aluminum termination
as per IS 13947Part-II.
(b) MCCB
4.2.3All MCCBs shall be current limiting type with features of load line reversibility and
suitable for Horizontal/ Vertical mounting without any derating. Beyond 300 Amps
capacity MCCBs shall have positive isolation and preferably double break / contact
repulsion & double insulation features.
The MCCBs shall invariably be used with terminal spreaders.
4.3 TEST AT MANUFACTURERSWORK
All routine tests shall be carried out and test certificates produced to the
department.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
383
4.4 INSTALLATION
The installation work shall cover assembly of various sections of the panels lining up,
grouting the units etc. In the case of multiple panel switch boards after connecting up the
bus bars etc., all joints shall be insulated with necessary insulation tape or approved
insulation compound. A common earth bar as per section 7 of these specifications shall be
run inside at the back of switch panel connecting all the sections for connection to frame
earth system. All protection and other small wirings for indication etc. shall be completed
before calibration and commissioning checks are commenced. All relays, meters etc. shall
be mounted and connected with appropriate wiring.
TESTING AND COMMISSIONING
Commissioning checks and tests shall include all wiring checks and checking up of
connections. Relay adjustment/setting shall be done before commissioning in addition to
routine Megger tests. Checks and tests shall include the following : -
(a) Operation checks and lubrication of all movingparts.
(b) Interlock function checks.
(c) Continuity checks of wiring, fuses etc. asrequired.
(d) Insulation test: When measured with 500 V Megger the insulation resistance
shall not be less than 100 megaohms.
(e) Trip tests and protection geartest.
5.0 Cable Works
5.1 SCOPE
This section covers supply, laying and jointing as required and testing and
energizing all cable work.
5.2 SPECIFICATION OFCABLE
5.2.1 11 KV grade XLPE insulated PVC sheathed armoured Aluminum/ Copper cable shall
be 3 core earthed of sizes as specified. The cable shall conform to IS 1554, PartII
5.2.2 1.1 KV grade XLPE insulated PVC sheathed armoured Aluminum / Copper cable shall
be 3 ½ /4 core of sizes as specified. The cable shall conform to IS 1554 Part I.
5.2.3 All control wires shall be 650 V grade copper conductor Halogen free fire retardantor
ZHFR PVC insulated, conforming to IS 1554-Part I. The minimum size of the control
wires shall be 1.5 sq.mm.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
384
5.3 INSTALLATION
Cable shall be laid in ground, trenches, cable trays and on walls as specified.
Installation shall include all supports and clamps as required. The complete work
shall be in accordance to CPWD General Specifications for Electrical Works - Part II
(External) 1994 amended upto date. As far as possible cables shall not be fixed on
walls directly but laid on cable trays.
5.4 JOINTING FOR 11 KV GRADE CABLEGLANDS
Jointing work shall be carried out only by licensed experienced cable jointer and
shall be in accordance to CPWD General Specifications for Electrical Works - Part II
(External) 1994 amended uptodate.
5.5 EARTHING FOR 11 KV GRADE CABLEGLANDS
All HV cable glands shall be connected to the earth with 2 Nos. 38.6 mm copper or
equivalent G.I. conductors.
5.6 Selection shall be made as per tables given under Table V of CPWD General
Specifications for Electrical Works Part-II (External) - 1994 amended uptodate.
5.7 TESTING
Testing of the complete cable installation shall be as per clause 2.8.2 and 2.8.3 of
CPWD General Specifications for Electrical Works - Part II (External) 1994 amended
upto date.
5.8 POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM LOSSES
Thepowercablingshallbeadequatelysizedastomaintainthedistribution losses not to

exceed 1% of the total power usage. Record of design calculation for the losses
shall be maintained. The cables be designed as per the voltage drop regulations at
peak load, and the losses be calculated on the basis of the assessed load during the
day, week and year and should not be limited to the peak load.
6.0 Bus Trunking
This section covers manufacture, supply installation, testing and commissioning of

enclosed type bus ducts indoor type tor connection between the Transformer and
MV panels. Bus Trunking shall be used for all sub-stations of capacity 500 KVA and
more. These may be used even for smaller sub-stations judiciously.
SANDWITCH INSULATED BUS TRUNKING AND RISINGMAINS
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
385
6.1 SUPPLY VOLTAGE
For 3 phase, 4 wire, 50 cycles AC supply, operation voltage 415/440 volts.
6.2 STANDARD FORCOMPLIANCE
IS 8623: 1993 / I & II and IEC 60439 / I & II.
6.3 CONSTRUCTION
6 The enclosure will be made from 16 SWG GI/ CRCA sheet steel powder coated to
shadeRAL7032(orsuchothershade).Busbarswouldbein‘Sandwitch’construction
and the conductors will be individually insulated with 4 layers of insulation
film. Inner layer will be of glass MICA and outer layer of polyester material
Class‘F’.Alternatively extrusion of Class‘F’ material inform of epoxy insulation
may be provided.Nodrilling of bus bars is permitted. Aluminium conductors
will be of 19501 grade and copper conductor of 99.9% purity and ETP grade
with radialised edges. Length of section will be limited to max. 3 Mtrs. Bus bars
of one section will be connected to bus bars of adjacent section by uniblock
joint system removable as separate sub-assembly,so that it can be inserted or
removed without disturbing the adjacentsections.
7 Installation: Normally manufacturer’s recommendations should be followed.
8 For installation as Rising Mains / Vertical installation, at each floor, a set consisting of
two Spring Hangers will be provided for fixing it on channels grouted in wall.At
the start of run, Hangers without springs may be used for rigid support. In
addition Horizontal supports will be provided (2 Nos. per floor) to hold bus
bars in position. On Rising Mains, on front face of the bus bar trunking tap off
points will be provided for inserting plug in boxes. Number of tap off points at
each floor will be as per requirement but minimum distance between tap off
points may be kept around 500 mm. Each Tap off opening will be closed by
insulated shutters forming part of BBT, when not occupied by Plug in Boxes.
Neutral cross section will be same as phase cross section.
Enclosure will be tested for protection degree IP – 54.
Necessary Vertical / Horizontal bends / Tees will be provided as required by

layout.
Bus bars trunking will be rigidly fixed to the side walls or suspended from
ceiling by supports as per requirement detailed in the layout.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
386
At the termination either on the transformer side or on generator end or on

switchgear panel, bus duct will be provided with flange ends, adopter box and
copper flexible (preferably multispeed types)to connect busbars of bus duct to
busbars of switchgear panel or transformer terminals or generatorterminals.
All the components like Busbar ducting, Bends, hanger ends, Adopter Boxes
etc. will be made from CRCA or GI sheets. Two earth strips of copper or
aluminum of size as mentioned in IEC 60439, dependent on short circuit
withstand capacity required will be provided throughout the length.
Expansion units are to be installed after every uninterrupted run of 50 Mtrs.

for composite expansion of complete Bus trunking run.
8.1 TECHNICAL PARAMETERS FORCOMPLIANCE
9 Bus trunking will be designed to withstand short circuit current for onesecond.
10 Bus bar system should be designed for an ambient temperature of 40 deg. C and
temperature risere stricted to 55deg.Cmax. Above ambient on conductors above
ambient.
11 Temperature rise of the enclosure 40 deg. C maximum. Temperature rise at terminals

70 deg. C max.
12 Maximum operating voltage = 1000 Volts. (600Volts).
13 Insulation voltage = 1000 Volts.
14 Bus trunking will be suitably chosen to give permissible voltagedrop.
15 Rated impulse withstand voltage 12 KV at 1000 V (600Volts).
15.1 PLUG IN BOXES
16 Plug in Boxes will be of draw out type. Contacts will be of silver plated copper
andspring loaded. Earth connection will be the first to make and last to break
during insertion and withdrawal. Plug in Box will be made from 1.6 mm CRCA
sheet steel powder coated or GI.Inside the plug in Boxes MCCB or SFU with fuses
will be located as per requirements. The operation handle will be interlocked
with plug in Box cover so that MCCB can be operated only with suitable cover in
closed position. If required the plug in Box will be interlocked with Bus bar
trunking so that it can not be inserted or removed with the plug in Box lid
opened.MCCB/SFU will be of 4 pole type unless otherwise specified in BOQ.
Short circuit breaking capacity of MCCB in PIB should preferably be same as
short circuit withstand for one second of Bus BarTrunking.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
387
16.1 LIST OF TEST TO BE CARRIEDOUT
Type Tests :Copies of the following certificates should be submitted.
(1) Verification of Temperature Riselimits.
(2) Verification of dielectricproperties.
(3) Verification of short circuitstrength.
(4) Verification of degree ofprotection.
16.2 ROUTINE TESTS
(1) Verification of insulationresistance.
(2) Inspection of assembly, interlocks, locksetc.
(3) Check on wiring ifprovided.
(4) Dielectric test.
7.0 Earthing System
7.1 SCOPE
This section covers the general requirements of the earthing system for Sub-station
installation. G.I. plate earthing with G.I. strip for sub-stations of 500 KVA capacityand
copper plate earthing for sub-stations of higher capacity shall preferably beused.
7.2 SYSTEMS
Earthing system shall comprise earth electrodes in accordance with clause 8.2.1 of
General Specifications for Electrical Works (Part I-Internal), 2013. For every
additional transformer 2 more separate and distinct earth electrodes shall be
provided for neutral earthing. The body earthing for transformers, HV & MV panels
shall be done to a common earth bus connected to two separate and distinct earth
electrodes.
Note: For a single transformer Sub-station, the total number of earth electrodes shall
be 4 (2 for neutral and 2 for connection to a common earth bus for body earthing).
For a two transformer Sub-station total number of earth electrodes shall be 6 (4 for
neutral earthing, two each for two transformers, and 2 for connection to a common
earth bus for body earthing).
7.3 ELECTRODES
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
388
The earth electrodes shall be as per CPWD General Specifications for Electrical
Works (Part I-Internal), 2013.
7.4 LOCATION OF EARTHELECTRODES
Normally an earth electrode shall not be situated less than 1.5 m from any building.
Care shall be taken that the excavation of earth electrode may not affect the column
footings or foundation of the building. In such cases electrodes may be farther away
from the building.
The location of the electrode earth will be a place where the soil has reasonable
chance of remaining moist. As far as possible, entrances, pavements and road ways,
are to be definitely avoided for locating the earth electrode.
7.5 WATERINGARRANGEMENT
Method of watering arrangement shall comply with CPWD general specifications.
7.6 SIZE OF EARTH LEAD
The recommended sizes of copper earth bus lead in case of Sub-stations shall be in
accordance with clause 8.2.2 of General Specifications for Electrical Works (Part I-
Internal), 2013 amended upto date. The minimum size of earth lead shall be 25 mm x 5
mm copper or equivalent GI strip.
7.7 INSTALLATION
All joints shall be riveted and sweated. Joints in the earth bar shall be bolted and the
joints faces tinned. Where the diameter of the bolt for connecting earth bar to
apparatus exceeds one quarter of the width of the earth bar, the connection to the
bolt shall be made with a wider piece of flange of copper jointed to earth bar. These
shall be tinned at the point of connection to equipment and special care taken to
ensure a permanent low resistance contact to iron or steel. All steel bolts, nuts,
washers etc. shall be cadmium plated, main earth bars shall be spaced sufficiently on
the surface to which they are fixed such as walls or the side trenches to allow for ease
of connections. Copper earthing shall not be fixed by ferrous fittings. The earthing shall
suitably be protected from mechanical injury by galvanized pipe wherever it passes
through wall and floor. The portion within ground shall be buried at least 60 cm deep.
The earthing lead shall be securely bolted and soldered to plate or pipe as the case
may be. In the case of plate earthing the lead shall be connected by means of a cable
socket with two bolts and nuts. All washers shall be of the same materials as the plate
or pipe. All iron bolts, nuts and washers shall be galvanized.
7.8 TESTING
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
389
After installation, the tests as specified in CPWD General Specifications for

Electrical Work (Part I-Internal), 2013 shall be carried out and results recorded.
8.0 Power Factor Improvement
8.1 SCOPE
Thissectioncoversthespecificationforsupply,installation,testingandcommissioning
of 433 volts, 3 phase, 50 Hz capacitor banks and other suchdevices.
8.2 REQUIREMENTS
Capacities of the capacitor banks/ RLC panels shall be indicated in the format vide
Appendix II.
8.3 CONSTRUCTION
8.3.1 ThecapacitorbanksshallgenerallyconformtoIS13341:1992,13340:1993.
8.3.2 The capacitor units shall be indoor type, air-cooled with low viscosity impregnated
paper dielectric hermitically sealed. The impregnation used shall be non-
inflammable, non-oxidizing, lower freezing point type synthetic compound. Each
individual cell shall be provided with pressuresensitive disconnectors / devices.
8.3.3 Main connections from the active element shall be brought out through porcelain
bushing. Care shall be taken to solder the bushing to the cover to ensure perfect
hermeticsealing.
8.3.4 Capacitor units shall be provided with externally mounted discharge resistors to
reduce the residual voltage to less than 50 Volts in one minute of switching off.
8.3.5 Individual unit shall be provided with HRC fuses/ adequate capacity of
MCBs/ MCCBs, contactors (capacitor duty) bus bars and terminal chambers to
make bank of required KVAR. Terminal chamber shall be suitable for bottom/top
cable entry. Two earth terminals shall be provided to each capacitorbank.
8.4 TESTS AT MANUFACTURER’SWORK
All routine and type tests as per IS 2834 relevant to capacitor banks as amended
upto date shall be carried out at manufacturer’s works and test certificates shall
be furnished to the department.
8.5 INSTALLATION
Capacitor banks shall be installed at least 30 cm away from the walls on suitable
metal frame work of welded construction. The earth terminals provided on the
body of capacitor bank shall be bonded to the main capacitor panel earth bus
with 2 Nos. 8 SWG copper or 6 SWG GI earth wires.
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
390
8.6 TESTS AT SITE
Insulation resistance with 500 V DC Megger shall be carried out and test results
recorded.
8.7 POWER CONDITIONER SAVERS
Recently RLC circuit operated power factor improvement panels (power

correction & saver system) are available in the market. These are more suitable
for installations with electronic equipments (computers, servers, medical
equipments, electronic ballasts etc.). Capacitor banks are prone to introduce
additional harmonics at such installations and therefore their use should be
restricted at such installations.
The equipments are called power conditioner savers. These are waveform
correction and power factor improvement devices using Rapid Instruction Semi
Conductor (RISC) micro controllers / capacitor duty contactor switching.
These work on principle of using low loss continuously variable reactance &
adjustable phase wise capacitance to provide optimum impedance to the circuit
for transfer efficiently.
Technical Features:
1. A micro controller & RISCprocessor.
2. Intelligent switching operation, fast response, high break relays(imported).
3. Polarity reversal indication.
4. Phase wise dynamically reactivecompensation.
5. Operating power factor 0.6 – 0.99Lag.
These devices may save upto 30% energy & provide pure near true, quality
power.
9.0 Safety Requirements
9.1 SCOPE
This section covers the requirements of items to be provided in the sub-station for
compliance with statutory regulations, safety and operational needs.
9.2 REQUIREMENTS
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
391
Safety provisions shall be generally in conformity with appendices (A) and (C) of
CPWD General Specifications of Electrical Works (Part I-Internal), 2013. In particular
following items shall be provided:
(a) Insulation Mats
Insulation mats conforming to IS15652:2006 shall be provided infront of main

switch boards as well as other control equipments asspecified.
(b) First Aid Charts and First AidBox
10 Charts (one in English, one in Hindi, one in Regional language), displaying methods of
giving artificial respiration to a recipient of electrical shock shall be
prominently provided at appropriate place. Standard first aid boxes containing
materials as prescribed by St. John Ambulance brigade or Indian Red Cross
should be provided in eachsub-station.
(a) Danger Plate
Danger Plates shall be provided on HV and MV equipments. MV danger notice plate

shall be 200mmx150mm made of mild steel atleast 2mm thick vitreous enameled
white on both sides and with the descriptions in signal red colour on front side as
required. Notice plates of other suitable materials such as stainless steel, brass or
such other permanent nature material shall also be accepted with the description
engraved in signal redcolour.
(b) Fire Extinguishers
Portable CO2 conforming to IS 2878: 1976/ chemical conforming to IS 2171: 1976

extinguishers, HCFCB lendA(P-IV)shall be installed in the sub-station at suitable
places. Other extinguishers recommended for electric fires may also be used.
(c) Fire Buckets
Fire buckets conforming to IS 2546: 1974 shall be installed with the suitable
stand for storage of water and sand.
(d) Tool Box
A Standard tool box containing necessary tools required for operation and
maintenance shall be provided in the sub-station.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
392
(e) Caution Board
Necessary number of caution boards such as “Man on Line” ‘Don’t Switch on’ etc.
shall be available in the sub-station.
(f) Key Board
A keyboard of required size shall be provided at a proper place containing castle

keys, and all other keys of sub-station and allied areas.
LIST OF INDIAN STANDARDS
I : ELECTRO-TECHNICALVOCABULARY
(1) Fundamentaldefinition IS 1885 (Part-I) : 1961
(2) Secondary cells andbatteries (Superceding IS 1885 (Part-VIII) :

1986 IS 1147 :1957)
(3) Electrical powersystem protection IS 1885 (Part-X) : 1993
(4) ElectricalMeasurement IS 1885 (Part-XI) : 1966
(5) Switchgear and control gear(First revision) IS 1885 (Part-XVII) : 1979
(6) Overhead transmission anddistribution of IS 1885 (Part-XXX) :

1971 electrical energy
(7) Cables, conductor and accessoriesfor Electrical IS 1885 (Part-XXXII) :

1993 supply (Superseding IS 1591 :1960)
(8) Transformers(Firstrevision) IS 1885 (Part-XXXVIII)

:1993
II : GRAPHICAL SYMBOLS USED IN ELECTROTECHNOLOGY
(1) Guide for preparation of diagrams,charts& IS 8270 (Part-I)

:1976 tables for electro technology. Defenitionsand
classification [Superceding IS 2032 (Part-I) : 1962]
(2) Itemdesignation IS 8270 (Part-II) : 1976
(3) General requirementsfor diagrams IS 8270 (Part-III) : 1977
(4) Circuitdiagrams IS 8270 (Part-IV) : 1977
(5) Inter connection diagramsand table IS 8270 (Part-V) : 1976
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
393
III : CONDUCTOR AND POWERCABLES
(1) PVC insulated cable forworking voltages IS 694 :

1990 and including 1100 volts (Secondrevision)
(2) [Superceding IS 3035 (Part I) : 1965]
(3) (i) PVC insulated (Heavy duty) working
(4) dielectric cables for voltage upto & i/c. IS 1554

(Part-I) : 1988 1100 volts (Second revision)
(5) (ii) For working voltage from 3.3 KV upto IS:

1554 (Part II) : 1988 and including 11 KV
(6) (i) Recommended current ratingsfor cables: IS 3961 (Part I)

:1967 Paper insulated lead sheathedcables.
(7) (ii) PVC insulated and PVC sheathed heavy duty cables IS 3961 (Part II)
:1967
(8) Application guide for non-linear resistortype Surge IS 15086

(Part-5). arrester for alternating current system (Firstrevision)
(9) Recommended short circuit ratings of highvoltage PVC IS 5819 :

1970 cable
(10) Conductors for insulated electric cables and flexible cords IS 8130 :1984
(11) Busbar trunking system (Air insulated& sandwitch IS 8623 Part I & II :
1993, insulatedtype) IEC 60439 Part I &
II
IV : ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION CODE OFPRACTICES
(1) Installation and maintenanceof transformers IS 10028 (Part - II & III)
(2) Insulation oil in service,maintenance and IS 1866 :

2000 supervision code of practicefor
(3) Earthing IS 3043 :1987
(4) Guide for shortcircuit calculations IS 13234
(5) Electrical wiring installation (system voltagenot
Exceeding650 volts) IS 732 : 1989
(6) Paper insulated power cables (Uptoand including IS 1255 :

1983 33 KV (firstrevision)
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
394
V : SWITCH GEAR AND CONTROLGEAR
(1) Degree of protection provided by the(enclosure for IS 13947

(Part-I) low voltage switchgear and controlgear)
(2) HRC cartridge fuse links upto650 volts. IS 9224 (Part-II)
(3) (i) Circuit breaker AC requirements & tests forvoltages
(4) not exceeding 1000 Volts a.c or 1200 volts d.c. IS 13947 (Part -II)
(ii) General and definition.Section2-Voltages IS 13118

:1991 above 1000 volt a.c.
(iii) Type tests & Routine test forvoltage above IS 13118

:1991 1000 Volt a.c.
(5) Heavy duty air break switches andcomposite units

IS
4064 of air break switches & fuses for voltagesnot exceeding
1000 volts.
(6) General requirements for switch gear,control IS 13947

(Part-I) gear for voltage not exceeding 1000volts.
(7) (i) Factory built assemblies of switch gearand control IS 8623 :

1993 gear for voltages upto & including 1000 V ACor
(8) 1200 V DC.
(9) (ii) Particular requirements for bus bar trunking system IS 8623
(Part II) : 1993 (Bus ways)
(10) High Voltage alternating currentcircuitbreakers IS 13118 :1991
(11) IEC 60056
(12) High Voltage Switches –Part I : Switches for
(13) Rated Voltages Above I Kv and less than 52 Kv IS 9920 : 2002
(14) A.C. Metal Enclosed Switchgear and Control IS 3427 : 1997 gear for
Rated Voltages Above I KV and up
(15) to and Including 52 KV
(16) Electrical Measuring Instruments andtheirAccessories IS 1248
VI : TRANSFORMERS ANDREACTORS
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
395
(1) Dry typepower transformer IS 11171 :1985
(2) PowerTransformer
(i) General IS 2026 (Part-I) :1977
(ii) Temperaturerise IS 2026 (Part-II) : 1977
(iii) Insulation level anddi-electric tests IS 2026 (Part-III) : 1981
(3) Distributiontransformers IS 1180 :1989
(4) Gasoperated relays IS 3637 : 1966
(5) Power transformers fittingsand accessories IS 3639 : 1966
(6) Guide for loading of oilimmersed transformers IS 6600 : 1972
(7) (i) Current transformers Part Ito III IS 2705 :1992
(8) (ii) Voltage transformers Part I to III IS 3156 : 1992
(9) Outdoor type three-phasedistribution transformers IS 2099 : 1986
VII : CHEMECALS
(1) Colours for ready mixed paintsand enamels IS 5 : 1994 (Third

revision)
(2) Ready mixed paint brushingzinc chrome IS 104 : 1979 (IInd
revision) priming
(3) Enamel, synthetic exterior (a)under coating IS 2932 : 2003 (Ist
revision)
(b) finishing
VIII : INSULATINGLIQUIDS
(1) Specific resistance (resistivity)or electrical IS 6103 :

1971 insulating liquids, methods of testsfor
(2) Electric strength of insulating oils,methods for IS 6792 :

1992 determination of
(3) New insulation oils for transformersand switchgears IS 335 :

1993 (2nd revision)
(4) InsulatingMats IS 15625 : 2006
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
396
IX: SAFETY EQUIPMENTS
(1) CO2 basedFire Extinguisher IS 2878 : 1976
(2) Chemical basedFire Extinguishers IS 2171 : 1976
(3) HCFC Blend- AExtinguishing System IS 15505 : 2004
(4) InsulatingMats IS 15625 : 2006
SPECIFICATIONS For ACB / MCCB / COMPACT BUS TRUNKING
LT SWITCHGEAR
(1) Preferred Specification/Selection of Air Circuit Breaker and Moulded Case Circuit
Breakers; These should be confirmed entering into the agreements:-
(II) MCCBs: MCCBs should preferably be used for loads below 800Amperes.
(1) Upto 160 A MCCBs shall be of > 20 Ka (Ics=Icu) at 433 V Short CKt. Current
rating and should be ThermalMagnetic.
(2) From 200 A- 250 A MCCBs shall be of > 35 Ka (Ics= Icu) at 433 V Short Ckt.
Current rating and should be ThermalMagnetic.
(3) From 200 A-250 A MCCBs shall be of > 50 Ka (Ics=Icu) at 433 V Short Ckt.
Current rating and should be micro process or based having overload and
short circuit protection. If used as incomer should also have earth fault
protection &time delay and inbuilt earth fault protection.
(4) Note: Rated operational voltage = 415 V; Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui) = 750
V are additional features. These should have Rated Impulse Voltage (Uimp)
8KV for all frame sizes.
(5) Electrical/Mechanical : Following Endurance values are available for MCCBs

of some of the reputed manufacturers which are higher than BIS/IES
provisions.
S. BIS E/M End. C&S L&T Schneider ABB
Requirement
No.
IS13947-2, GB range DX range Simpact T. Max
Clause 7.2.4.2
1. upto 160 A 8500/1500 10000/5000 20000/6000 15000/6000 25000/8000
2. 200-250 A 7000/1000 10000/5000 20000/3500 15000/6000 25000/8000
3. 300 A 7000/1000 1000/5000 20000/1250 15000/6000 20000/6000
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
397
Micro
Processor
Susol MP D Sine MP NS MP T. Max
4. 400 A 4000/1000 20000/6000 INA 15000/6000 20000/7000
5. 630 A 2500/500 20000/6000 INA 15000/4000 20000/5000
6. 800 A 2500/500 10000/3000 INA 10000/4000
Information is from catalogoues of competitors
MCCBs for sub-station panels should have single/double break, positive isolation current
limiting, load line reversibility & horizontal-cum-vertical mounting features.
Frame Size
MCCB are available in the following Frame Sizes:
(a) Upto 160A. Rating 160 AFrame
(b) From 160 A. to250A. 250 AFrame
(c) From 250 A . to400A. 400 AFrame
(d) From 400 A. to630A. 630 AFrame
(e) From 800 A.to higher Different frame size
(III) For Thermal Magnetic protection the O/L adjustment should be 80% - 100% and
for S/C it should be 5 to 10 times. For Microprocessor-based release the
adjustment should be 50% - 100% and S/C for 4 to 10 times.
(IV) ACBs: From 800 A onwards ACBs shall normally (MCCBs should be used judiciously
for such loads) be used. These should have 50 Ka (Icu=Ics) Short Ckt. Current rating
with microprocessor based overload, short circuit and earth fault protection at 415
volts, 50 Hz.
(V) Electrical/ Mechanical Endurance: Endurance values are available for ACBs of
reputed manufacturers which are many times higher than BIS/IES standards. These
are given in Annexure enclosed.
(VI) The air circuit-breakers (ACBs) used in low-voltage installations shall be designed,
built and tested in compliance with the standards of the IEC 947-2 & EN 60947/ IS
19947 (Part-II) : 1993
(VII) The ACBs shall be suitable for service from -5° C to +70°C.
(VIII) Rated operational voltage Ue should be 415/690 V.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
398
(IX) Note : C&S & LT are manufacturing MCCBs/ACBs of 415 & 690 V; AB, Siemens, MG
manufacture MCCBs of rated voltage of only 690 volts.
(X) The rated insulation voltage shall be equal to or greater than 1000 V.
(XI) The rated impulse withstand voltage shall be equal to 8 KV for MCCB and 12 KV for
ACB.
(XII) Setting range of protection release :
(XIII) Overload protection shall have adjustable setting from 50% to 100% of the ACB’s
rating.
(XIV) Current in steps of 10% and adjustable time setting from 3-18 m sec. For generator
application lower settings may be used.
(XV) Short circuit protection shall have adjustable current setting from 400% to 100% of
rated current.
(XVI) The short circuit setting and adjustable time delay setting for fault discrimination
from 50- 500 m sec.
(a) E/F protection if specified will have adjustable current setting from 20% to 100%
ofACB’s rated current and adjustable time setting from 100-400 msec.
(b) The ACB release shall be self-powered, requiring no external power supply. For it
to
operate,itissufficientforonephasetobeloadedat20%oftheratedcurrentofthecurrent
transformer.
(c) Note :
(1) With judicious application of mind MCCBs may be used for greater than
800 Amp. capacity also both for incoming as well as outgoing sections.
(2) Wherever MCCBs are used as incomer these shall be provided with
earth fault protection.
(3) Power loss in breakers should also be watched forselection.
(4) Utilization category
(5) Releases are also available with LCD display (ACB only) which display all
three phase current & neutral current. These releases will also display
maintenance date like no. of operations, contact wear & fault history (10
trips). To protect the load and cables from repetitive over temperature
protection. In case of BMS connectivity through RS 485 port, the release
shall enable the user full control over the breaker and also to get the
protection data.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
399
M.V. Panel, D.B., Rising Mains, Bus Trunking
4.0 Scope
Thiscoverssupply/erection/testingandcommissioningoftheequipmentssuitablefor 415
Volt, 3 Phase, 50 HZ 4 wiresystem.
4.1 Requirements
(i) For each equipment, required IP rating and short circuit rating capacity will be
specified. Governing BIS also will bespecified.
(ii) Alltheequipmentswillbefactoryfabricatedinanapprovedfactoryhavingmodern
fabrication and testing process. It shall have seven tank pre-treatment process
comprising of degreasing, rinsing, de-rusting, rinsing, phosphatising, rinsing and
passivation followed by powder coat painting having a paint thickness of 60 microns
or as specified. The powder paint will be subjected to oven-heated process. All panels
will be provided with suitable gasket to make it dust/ vermin proof.
4.1.1 Specification of LT CubiclePanel
(a) Cubicle panel shall be floor mounted (on a base frame) totally enclosed and
extensibletype TTA PANEL.The general construction shall conformtoIS8623:93.The
design shall include all provisions for safety of operating and maintenance
personnel. Degree of IP protection shall be IP-42for in door application and IP-65 for
out doors, unless otherwise specified.
(b) The panel shall be compartmentalized type having space and arrangement for
incoming cable/ bus ducting, incoming switchgear/ switchgears, bus coupler,
insulated and properly supported compartmentalized bus bars, outgoing
compartmentalized switchgear, bus bar supports, joint shrouds, cable alleys of
suitable size for cabling routing, support and terminations, inter-connection between
bus bars and switchgear with auxiliary bus bars/ insulated conductors/ strips etc. Also
the panel will be provided with necessary instrumentation like CTs, PTs, Ammeters,
Voltmeters, phase indicating lamps, other required instruments, wiring, fuses etc. All
main cum essential panel and synchronization panel shall be provided with Form 4B
segregation and IK 08 impact protection with transparent glass/fibre window. All
other sub panels shall be provided with Form 4B segregation.
(c) It shall be fabricated out of CRCA sheet not less than 2.0 mm thick for load bearing
members and 1.6 mm for doors of LT panels. The framework may be Angle Iron/
Channel/ Bolted type construction. General constructions shall employ the principle
of compartmentalization and segregation of each circuit. Unless otherwise approved,
incomer and bus section panels shall be separate and independent and shall not be
mixed with sections required for feeders. Each section of the rear accessible type
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
400
board shall have hinged access door at the rear. Operating handle of the highest unit
shall be at a height not more than 1.7 mt. Overall height of the board shall not
exceed 2.3 metre.
(d) Arrangement for Incoming/Outgoing Cable Termination
Cable entries shall be provided either from the rear or from the front through cable
alleys of suitable size. Removable gland plate to be provided for each cable
entry.Cable support arrangement to be provided inside cable alley so that cables are
neatly arranged and fixed. From each outgoing switch, insulated strip/ conductor of
suitable size to be provided up to suitable terminal block, which will receive
incoming/ outgoing cable termination. It is desirable that cables are not terminated
directly to switchgear, but terminated through proper terminal blocks.
(e)Specification of Cable Terminal Block
Terminal block of reputed make shall be used. The housing material shall be
polyamide having unbreakable and fire-retardant characteristic. All the metal parts
shall be made up of copper alloy including the screws. Mounting shall be ‘Din’ or ‘G-
rail’ type. Screws shall be self captive type. No protection cover is required, and the
block should be touch proof.
(f) Bus bars/ Supports/ Clearances
The bus bar system may comprise of a system of main/ auxiliary bus bars run in bus
bar alleys.
For bus bar material, ratings, current density, insulation, supports, bus bar clearances
and joints
(g)Earthing
2 Nos. 20 x 3 mm copper strip for LT panel upto 400 Amp. capacity or 2 Nos. 20 x 5
mm copper strip for LT panel of higher capacity shall be fixed all around the panel
connected to 2 Nos. earth bus copper strips connected to incoming earth
conductors.
(h)Commissioning
After erection, the LT panel will be commissioned after:
(a) Tightening of all nuts andbolts.

(b) Closing any left out holes to ensure the entire panel is insectproof.
(c) Megger testing.
(d) Earth testing.
4.1.2 Specification of Prewired DB

Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
401
As a general practice only prewired MCB DBs shall be used, on accountof their
superior technical features, compared to conventional DBs, which don’t allow for
proper wiring space and wiring termination. Rewirable fuse type DBs shall not be
used.
Prewired DBs shall have following features:
(a) Recess/ Surface type with integral loose wirebox.
(b) Phase/neutral/earthterminalblocksforterminationofincoming&outgoingwires.
(c) Din Channel for mountingMCBs
(d) Arrangement for mounting incomer MCB/ RCCB/ RCBO/ MCCB asrequired.
(e) Copper Bus bar.
(f) Earthing terminals.
(g) Wiring from MCBs to phase terminalblock.
(h) Interconnectionbetweenterminalblock/incomingswitch/busbar/neutralterminal
block/ earth terminal connector with specified size of ZHFR preinsulated copper
conductor cable duly fitted with copper lugs/thimbles.
(i) Terminal blocks should be suitable for termination of conductor/ cable of required
size but minimum rated cross section of the terminal blocks should be 6 sq.mm.
(j) Terminal block shall be made of flame retardant polymidematerial.
(k) Colour terminal blocks and ZHFR wires for easy identification of RYB Phases, Neutral
and Earth.
(l) Prewired DB shall be provided with a detachable cassette for safe removal of MCBs,
RCCBs. Terminal connectors from the DB without loosening the internal cable
connections of phase and neutral circuits. (This is an optionalfeature.)
(m) The prewired DB shall have peelable poly layer on the cover for protection from
cement, plaster, paints etc. during the constructionperiod.
(n) Detachable plate with Knock out holes shall be provided at the top/ bottom of
board. Complete board shall be factory fabricated and pre-wired in factory ready for
installation at site. The box and cover shall be fabricated from 1.6mm sheet steel,
properly pre-treated, phosphatized with powder coatedfinish.
Where specified it shall be of double door construction provided with hinged cover in
the front.
Note: Prewired DB will be factory manufactured by reputed manufacturer of MCB DBs.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
402
TTA Load Banks
TTA load banks shall be provided in each floor for each rising main for distributing the
power supply for that floor. The power shall flow from Rising Main tap off box to Load bank to
different DB’s. This load bank shall be provided in the electrical rooms of each floor. TTA load
banks are selected because of its compact design and superior quality. The load banks shall be
complete with Multifunction meters, Voltmeters, ammeters etc.
Specification of load banks
 Compliance with latest electricity standard - IEC 61439-2

 DEKRA and ASTA certified
 Short-time withstand current of minimum 36kA
 Ingress protection - IP 43 minimum.
 Suitable for range of MCCBs
 Metering accessories for each incoming and outgoing.
Rising Mains
Rising Mains for Lighting, Power and UPS and capacity as per actual design in various floors
and required number of location. Seperate metering shall be provided for each type of load/
rising main as per GRIHA requirement. With2 No. Tap off Boxes per rising main in each room,
floor panels, cabling, connections, switchgears etc. shall be provided
Sandwich type Rising mains with Al. Bus-Bars for elect. supply to various floors shall be
provided.
The supply shall be given from Main LT panel to end feed unit of each rising mains through
suitable size and rating XLPE cable armoured cable. From rising main, suitable capacity tap off
box (2 No. per each floor) shall be provided to connect the TPDB with incomer of suitable size
4 pole MCCB through XLPE Cableunarmoured cable. Separate tap off box for light, UPS and
power shall be provided from TPDB, the supply shall be connected to different Horizontal
TPDBs at different locations for further distribution to the circuits through MCBs with suitable
size copper conductor cables in MS conduit. RCCB of 100 mA sensitivity shall be used in the
incomer for all DBs (other than TPDBs). MCB of required rating and “C” curve charateristic
(matching with the load current) shall be provided for protection of each circuit.
For each circuit separate neutral and earth wire shall be compulsorily drawn. Looping of
neutral and earth wire in the circuit is not acceptable. Each submain/circuit shall be
compulsorily marked with ferrules on both end i.e. DB and switchboard for indication of the
source of power supply. Ferrules are used for ease of electrical maintenance of the building.
Power distribution (Light, UPS and power load) shall be made inside the building at various
floors with the help of 3 Sets X 3 Nos. nos. suitable capacity, Sandwiched type rising mains
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
403
suitable for use on 3 Phase, 4 Wire, 415 Volts, 50 Hz AC supply with metal clad enclosures
made of 1.6 mm thick steel sheet duly powder coated with 4 Nos. Aluminium bus bars (100%
neutral), necessary joints, elbow joints and, expansion joints, fire barriers at regular interval of
3 Meter approx. (Each floor crossing), Continuous earthing with two nos. copper strip of
suitable size (one on each side) including GI clamping brackets, suspenders, angle iron
brackets, steel fasteners, connecting to earthing system. Opening in rising mains for tap off
box shall be at regular interval of one meter. All these Rising Mains upto 800 Amp capacity
shall be fed though sheathed XLPE insulated Cables and Sandwitch type bus trunking above
800 Amp Capacity.
Bus bar thrust pads at the end feed unit for ensuring only upward movement of busbar shall
be compulsorily provided for each vertical rising mains for 10 meter run. For rising main above
10 meters, 2 No. bus bar thrust pads shall be provided, 1 at End Feed Unit and another after
10 meter run. The bus bar thrust pads must be provided by the Manufacturer of Bus bar
trunking and shall not be site fabricated.
Neoprene gasket between front cover and side channel to be provided. EPDM gasket is not
acceptable as it not flame retardant.
Ventilation with suitable number of non ferrous metallic mesh in the 1.6 mm metal enclosure
surrounding the busbar shall be provided for rejection of heat inside the metal enclosure.
4.1.3 Application
(a) These are only for indoor applications. For vertical power distribution, this is a
preferred method, compared to rising cable system and is more reliable and safe
from point of view of fire hazard.
(b) Tap-off arrangements shall be provided on the rising main swith tap-off boxes.
(c) The rising main shall comprise of sheet metal enclosure, bus bars, tap-off points,
tap-off boxes, end feed units, fire barriers, expansion joints, bus bar thrust pads,
end covers and fixing bracketsetc.
(d) The rising main shall conform to IS 8623 and IEC 60439-1&2 / IEC 61439-1&6 and
shall be suitable for 415 V, 3 phase, 50 Hz supply and insulation of rising mains shall
be capable of withstanding the voltage of 660 volt AC. Degree of IP protection and
short circuit rating shall bespecified.
4.1.4 Enclosure
The enclosure shall be made from sheet steel of 1.6 mm thickness.
4.1.5 Bus bars
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
404
(a) Rating
Bus bars shall be made of wrought aluminium or aluminium alloy, or electric grade
copper, conforming to relevant Indian Standard, as specified. The ratings of the bus
bars shall be 100A, 200A, 300A, 400A, 500A, 600A, or 800A as specified.
(b) Current Density
Busbars shall be of sufficient cross-section so that acurrent density of 130A/

sq.cm(800A/sq.inch)is not exceeded at nominal current rating for aluminium
busbars,and160A/sq.cm(1000A/sq.inch)for copper busbars.Cross Section of Bus
Bars
The cross section of the neutral bus bar shall be the same as that of the phase bus
bar for bus bars of capacities upto 200A; for higher capacities, the neutral busbar
must not be less than half the cross-section of that of the phase bus bar.
(c) Insulation
Each bus bar shall be suitably insulated with PVC sleeves/ tapes.
The insulation of the rising mains shall be capable of withstanding the voltage of
660 V of AC.
(d) Bus Bar Supports
Bus bar support insulators shall be class F insulators made of non- hygroscopic,
non-combustible, track resistant and high strength FRP/ SMC/ DMC material, and
shall be of suitable size and spacing to with-stand the dynamic stresses due to
short circuit currents. The spacing between two insulators should be provided by
the manufacturers according to the design approved by CPRI for their bus bar
supports.
(e) Bus Bar Clearances
(a) The minimum clearance to be maintained for enclosed indoor air insulated
bus bars for medium voltage applications shall be asfollows:
Between Min. Clearances
Phaseto earth 26 mm
Phaseto phase 32 mm
Note: For strip connection from bus bars to switchgear, the above clearances
don’t apply.
(b) (a) Bus bar joints shall be thoroughly cleaned and a suitable
oxidizing grease shall be applied before making thejoint.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
405
(b) Hightensilebolts,plainandspringwashersshallbeprovidedtoensure
good contact at the joints.
(c) The overlap of the bus bars at the joints shall be not less than
thearea of the cross section of the busbars.
(f) Bus Bar Marking
4.1.6 Bus bars and main connections shall be marked by color or letter as per Table
4.1.7 Expansion Joint
Expansion joint made of aluminium/copper strips shall be provided wherever

necessary, to take care of expansion and contraction of the busbars under
normal operating conditions. This shall be invariably provided whenever the
length of the rising mains exceeds 15m.
4.1.8 Thrust Pads
a) The bus bars shall be provided with thrust pads so that the expansion of the
conductors is upwards only.
b) The bus bar clamps and insulators shall be designed to withstand theforces due
to short circuit current. They shall also permit free vertical movement of the bus
bars during expansion andcontraction. Bus bar thrust pads at the end feed unit
for ensuring only upward movement of busbar shall be compulsorily provided for
each vertical rising mains for 10 meter run. For rising main above 10 meters, 2
No. bus bar thrust pads shall be provided, 1 at End Feed Unit and another after
10 meter run. The bus bar thrust pads must be provided by the Manufacturer of
Bus bar trunking and shall not be site fabricated.
4.1.9 Mounting
(i) Incoming cable will be connected to the rising main through an end feed unit,
consisting of switch fuse unit with MCCB/ ACB of required capacity and cable
endbox.
(ii) Tap-off boxes at specified intervals and height shall be provided on rising main to
tap power. The box shall consist of set of MCCB/ Switch fuse unit, so that power
from rising main can be switched ON/OFF and provided with suitable overload/
short circuitprotection.
(iii) Distribution boards/ switch boards will not be mounted on rising main. Such
boards will be separately erected on floor/ wall and connected to tap-off box
with suitable copper conductor cable
4.1.1 Construction Features
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
406
(a) The rising mains shall be manufactured in convenient sections to facilitate easy
transportation and installation. The sections shall be connected toform a vertical
run at site. Each section shall be provided with suitable wallstraps at convenient
intervals for fixing to thewall.
(b) The enclosure shall be sturdy so as to withstand the internal and external forces
resulting from the various operatingconditions.
(c) The front covers shall be detachable. Neoprene gaskets shall be provided
between the covers and the sidechannels.
(d) The enclosure shall have a degree of protection not less than IP42.
(e) The rising main shall be designed for temperature rise not exceeding 40 degree C
over ambient temperature of 45 degreeC.
(f) Built-in fireproof barriers having 2 hr. fire rating shall be provided to restrict the
spread of fire through the rising mains from one section to the adjacent section.
(g) Necessary provisions for ventilation shall be made at suitable intervals. These
shall be complete with welded non-ferrous metallic mesh to prevent entry of
vermin.
(h) Two numbers of copper earth strips of 20 x 3 mm (for Rising Main upto 400
Amp.) and 20 x 5 mm (for Rising main above 400 Amp. and upto 800 Amp.) shall
be provided along side the rising mains enclosure, and shall be bolted to each
section of the risingmains.
4.1.2 Installation of Rising Mains
(i) Rising mains shall be installed on walls, to which the foundation bolts shall be
suitably grouted (in a shaft of adequate size for rising main and floor
distribution panel). The foundation bolts shall be provided by the contractor
without extra payment.
(ii) (a)No structural member in the building shall be damaged/ altered, without
prior approval from the competent authority through the Engineer-in-
charge.
(b) Structural provisions like openings, cutouts, if any, provided by the

department for the work, shall be used. Where these require
modifications, or where fresh provisions are required to be made, such
contingent works shall be carried out by the contractor at hiscost
(c) All such openings in floors provided shall be closed by the contractor after
installing the cables/ conduits/ rising mains etc. as the case may be, by any
suitable means as approved by the Engineer-in-charge without any
extrapayment.
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
407
(d) All chases required in connection with the electrical works shall be
provided and filled by the contractor at his own cost to the original
architectural finish of thebuildings.
4.1.3 Commissioning
Before connecting mains supply after installation, pre-commissioning checks

comprising megger test, checking the tightness of connections, body earth
connection etc. shall be carried out and recorded.
The manufacturer of the Bus Bar Trunking shall certify in writing for each rising main
route after the installation is done as a part of pre commissioning activity. Only
after receipt of certification by the manufacturer, the rising main will be allowed to
energized.
4.2 Danger Notice Board
These shall be provided on the enclosure at suitable intervals and not exceeding 5
m.
4.2.1 Pre-commissioning checks shall beconducted.
TABLE VI
Aluminium/ Copper Bus Bar Sections
Current Ratings Recommended Rectangular Cross-section

in amps. upto Aluminium Copper
No. of Strips/ Size in mm No. of Strips/ Size in
Phase Phase mm
100 1 20 x 5 1 20 x 3
200 1 30 x 5 1 25 x 5
300 1 50 x 5 1 40 x 5
400 1 50 x 6 1 50 x 5
500 1 75 x 6 1 60 x 5
600 1 80 x 6 – –
800 1 100 x 6 – –
1000 1 100 x 10 – –
1200 1 125 x 10 – –
1600 2 100 x 10 – –
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
408
2000 2 125 x 10 – –
2500 3 125 x 10 – –
Note:
(i) In larger busbars of sizes above 1000 amps,the sections can be accepted in
other rectangular cross-sections and numbers also, provided the total cross-
sectional area offered is not less than the total cross-sectionalarea shown in the
above table against the respective bus barrating.
(ii) With aluminium bus bars, only aluminium wire/ solid bar connections shall be
made for incoming/ outgoing mountings on the switchboards.
(iii) With copper bus bars, only copper wire/ solid bar connections shall be made
for incoming/ outgoing mountings on the switchboards.
Earth Continuity Strip for Bus Trunking and Rising Main
S.No. Type of Installation Material of Earth Strip

Main
Conductor
1. Bus trunking upto 2500 Amp Copper/ 2 Nos. 25 x 5 mm copper strip
capacity Aluminium
2. Bus above 2500 Amp Copper/ 2 Nos. 32 x 5 mm copper strip

trunkingcapac Aluminium
ity
3. Bus trunkingforconnecting Copper/ 2 Nos. 25 x 5 mm copper strip
generating set and LTpanel Aluminium
4. Rising main up to 400 Amp capacity Copper/ 2 Nos. 20 x 3 mm copper strip

Aluminium
5. Rising main above 400 Amp and up Copper/ 2 Nos. 20 x 5 mm copper strip
to 800 Amp capacity Aluminium
MCCB’s
 All MCCB’s provided shall be complete with spreader links, phase separation pades for
both incoming and outgoing side.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
409
 All MCCB’s shall be 1cs = 100% Icu
Earthing
5.0 Scope
This chapter covers the essential requirements of earthing system components and
their installation. This shall be read with Appendix F, which lays down criteria for
their design. For details not covered in these specifications IS code of Practice on
Earthing (IS 3043 : 1987) shall be referred to.
5.1 Application
(i) The electrical distribution system in the Department is with earthed neutral (i.e.
neutral earthed at the transformer / generator end). In addition to the neutral
earthing, provision is made for earthing the metallic body of equipments and non-
current carrying metallic components in the sub-station, as well as in the internal/
external electrical installations.
(ii) Earthing system is also required for lightning protection, computer installations and
hospital operation theaters, etc. for functional reasons.
(iii) Each electrical panel, DG Sets, Transformer shall have separate and independent 2
Nos. body earthing with copper earth plates with salt/charcoal as per CPWD
specification.
(iv) Earthing requirements are laid down in Indian Electricity Rules, 1956, as amended
from time to time, and in the Regulations of the Electricity Supply Authority
concerned. These shall be compliedwith.
(v) Application for Internal E.I.
(a) Every sub-main will have earth continuity conductor to run along with sub-main
wiring. In case of 3-phase sub-main wiring two earth continuity conductors shall
be provided.
(b) Every circuit will have its earth continuity conductor to run alongwith circuit
wiring. In case of 3-phase circuit two earth continuity conductors shall be
provided.
(c) Looping of earth is allowed only in case of pointwiring.
(d) When 2/3 power outlets are looped to one circuit, earth looping of these
outlets is permissible.
5.2 Types of Electrodes &Material
5.2.1 Earth Electrodes
(i) Types
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
410
The type of earth electrode shall be any of the following, as specified. (For
selection criteria in designs, Appendix F may be referred to).
(i) Pipe earth electrode.

(ii) Plate earth electrode.
(ii) Strip or conductor earthelectrode.
(iii)Electrode Materials andDimensions
5.2.2
(i) The materials and minimum sizes of earth electrodes shall be as per Table IX (revised).
(ii) GI pipe electrodes shall be cut tapered at the bottom, and provided with holes of
12mmdia,drilled not less than7.5cm from each other upto 2m of length from the
bottom.
(iii) The length of the buried strip or conductor earth electrode shall be not less than 15 m.
This length shall suitably be increased if necessary, on the basis of the information
available about soil resistance, so that the required earth resistance is obtained.
Prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge shall be taken for any such increase in
length.
(iv) All hardware items used for connecting the earthing conductor with the electrode shall
be of GI in the case of GI pipe and GI plate earth electrodes, and forged tinned brass
in case of copper plateelectrodes.
5.2.3 Earthing Conductor & Sizes
(i) The earthing conductor (protective conductor from earth electrode up to the main
earthing terminal/earth bus, as the case may be) shall be of the same material as the
electrode, viz. GI or copper, and in the form of wire or strip as specified.
(a) The size of earthing conductor shall be specified, but this shall not be
less than the following (For calculating the size of the earthing conductor in
design,
(b) 4 mm dia. (8 SWG) copper wire,
(c) 25 mm x 4 mm in the case of GI strip, or
(d) 20 mm x 3 mm in the case of copper strip.

(ii) Earthing conductor larger than the following sectional areas need not be used,
unless otherwise specified.
(a) 150 sq.mm. in case of GI,or
(b) 100 sq.mm.in case ofcopper.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
411
5.2.4 Earth Continuity / Loop Earthing Conductor & Sizes

(i) The material and size of protective conductors shall be as specified below
Size of phase conductor Sizeofprotectiveconductorofthesame

material as phaseconductor
Upto 4 sq.mm. Same size as that of phase conductor
Above 4 sq.mm. up to 16 sq.mm. Same size as that of phase conductor
Above 16 sq.mm. up to 35 sq.mm.
16 sq.mm.
Above 35 sq.mm.
Half of the phase conductor
5.3 Location for Earth Electrodes
(i) Normally an earth electrode shall not be located closer than 1.5 m from any building.
(ii) Care shall be taken to see that the excavation for earth electrode does not affect the
foundation of the building; in such cases, electrodes may be located further away
from the building, with the prior approval of theEngineer-in-charge.
(iii) The location of the earth electrode will be such that the soil has a reasonable
chanceofremainingmoistasfaraspossible.Entrances,pavementsandroadways, should
be avoided for locating earthelectrodes.
(iv) Each electrical panel shall have separate and independent 2 No. body earthing.
5.4 Installation
(i) Electrodes
5.4.i.1 Various Types of Electrodes

(i) (a) Pipe electrode shall be buried in the ground vertically with its top at not less than
20 cm below the ground level.
(ii) (b) In locations where the full length of pipe electrode is not possible to be installed
due to meeting a water table, hard soil or rock, the electrode may be of reduced
length, provided the required earth resistance result is achieved with or without
additional electrodes, or any alternative method of earthing may be adopted, with
the prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge. Pipe electrodes may also be installed
in horizontal formation in such exceptional cases.
(iii) Plate electrode shall be burieding round with its faces vertical, and it stop not less than
3.0 m below the ground level.
(iv) When more than one electrode (plate/pipe) is to be installed, a separation of not less
than 2 m shall be maintained between two adjacent electrodes.
(v) (a) The strip or conductor electrode shall be buried in trench not less than 0.5 m deep.
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
412
(b) If conditions necessitate the use of more than one strip or conductor electrode,
they shall be laid as widely distributed as possible, in a single straight trench where
feasible, or preferably in a number of trenches radiating from one point.
(c) If the electrode cannot be laid in a straight length, it may be laid in a zigzag
manner with adeviation upto 45 degrees from the axis of the strip.It can also be
laid in the form of an arc with curvature more than 1 m or apolygon.
5.4.i.2 Artificial Treatment of Soil
When artificial treatment of soil is to be resorted to, the same shall be specified
in the schedule of work. The electrode shall be surrounded by charcoal / coke
and salt. In such cases, excavation for earth electrode shall be increased.
5.4.i.3 WateringArrangement
(i) In the case of plate earth electrodes, a watering pipe 20 mm dia. Medium class pipe
shall be provided and attached to the electrodes. A funnel with mesh shall be
provided on the top of this pipe for watering the earth.
(ii) In the case of pipe electrodes, a 40 mm x 20 mm reducer shall be used for fixing the
funnel with mesh.
(iii) The watering funnel attachment shall be housed in a masonry enclosure of size not
less than 30 cm x 30 cm x 30cm.
(iv) Acastiron/MSframewithMScover,6mmthick,andhavinglockingarrangement shall be

suitably embedded in the masonryenclosure.
(ii) Earthing Conductor (Main Earthing Lead)
(i) In the case of plate earth electrode, the earthing conductor shall be securely
terminated on to the plate with two bolts, nuts, check nuts andwashers.
(ii) In the case of pipe earth electrode, wire type earthing conductor shall be using a
through bolt, nuts and washers and terminating socket.
(iii) Adouble C-clamp arrangement shall be provided for terminating tape type earthing
conductor with GI watering pipe coupled to the pipe earth electrode. Galvanized “C”
shaped strips, bolts, washers, nuts and check nuts of adequate size shall be used for
the purpose.
(iv) The earthing conductor from the electrode up to the building shall be protected from
mechanical injury by a medium class,15mmdia.GI pipe in the case of wire, and by 40
mm dia, medium class GI pipe in the case of strip. The protection pipe in ground shall
be buried at least 30 cm deep (to be increased to 60 cm in case of road crossing and
pavements).The portion with in the building shall be recessed in walls and floors to
adequate depth in due co-ordination with the buildingwork.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
413
(v) The earthing conductor shall be securely connected at the other end to the earth
stud/earth bar provided on the switch boardby:
(a) Soldered or preferably crimped lug, bolt, nut and washer in the case of wire, and
(b) Bolt, nut and washer in case of stripconductor.
In the case of sub-stations or alternators, the termination shall be made on the

earthing terminal of the neutral point on the equipment and/or the earthbus,as
the case may be.
(iii) Loop Earthing/ Earth Continuity Conductor
(i) Earth terminal of every switchboard in the distribution system shall be bonded to the
earth bar/ terminal of the upstream switch board by protectiveconductor(s).
(ii) Two protective conductors shall be provided for a switchboard carrying a 3-phase
switchgear thereon.
(iii)Loop earthing of individual units will not be however necessary in the case of cubicle
type switchboards.
(iv) The earth connector in every distribution board (DB) shall be securely connected to
the earth stud/ earth bar of the corresponding switch board by a protective
conductor.
5.5 The earth pin of socket outlets as well as metallic body of fan regulators shall be
connected to the earth stud in switch boxes by protective conductor. Where the
switch boxes are of non-metallic type, these shall be looped at the socket earth
terminals, or at an independent screwed connector inside the switch box. Twisted
earth connections shall not be accepted in any case.
5.6 Earth Resistance
(i) The earth resistance at each electrode shall be measured.No earth electrode shall have a greater ohmic
resistance than 5 ohms as measured by an approved earth testing apparatus. In rocky soil the
resistance may be up to 8ohms.
(ii)Where the above stated earth resistance is not achieved,necessary improvement shall be made by
additional provisions, such as additional electrode(s), different type of electrode,or artificial chemical
treatment of soil etc.,as may be directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
5.7 Marking
(i) Earth bars/terminals at all switch boards shall be marked permanently, either as “E” or
as
(ii) Main earthing terminal shall be marked“SAFETYEARTH–DONOTDISCONNECT”.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
414
5.8 Use of Residual Current Devices(RCDs)
An extract on selection and application of RCDs (also known as RCCBs) from IS

12640: 1988 is given at Appendix G. Provision of RCD shall be specified in
individual cases keeping in view the type, use, importance, system of earthing
and nature of
electricalinstallationstobeprotectedbytheRCCBs,requirementsofthelocalelectric
supply company, etc. The sensitivity shall be 30 mA, 100 mA, 300 mA, or 500 mA,
as specified.
Materials and Sizes of Earth Electrodes
Type of Electrodes Material Size

Pipe GI medium class 40 mm dia
4.50 m long (without any joint)
Plate (i) GI 60 cm x 60 cm x 6 mmthick

(ii) Copper 60 cm x 60 cm x 3 mmthick
Strip (i) GI 100 sq. mm section 40 sq. mm
(ii) Copper section
Conductor (i) Copper 4 mm dia (8 SWG)
Note :Galvanisation of GI items shall conform to Class IV of IS 4736 : 1986

Protection Of Building Against Lightning
6.0 Scope
This chapter covers the detailed requirements of installation of lightning conductor

system for protection of buildings against lightning. For details not covered in these
specifications, reference may be made to IS 2309 : 1989.
6.1 Application
This system shall be provided where specified.The decision whether or not to provide
this system should be taken by the competent authority considering all relevant factors
as per AppendixH.
6.2 Principal Components
The principal components of a lightning protective system are :-
(i) Air terminations,
(ii) Down conductors,
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
415
(iii) Joint and bonds,
(iv) Testing joints,
(v) Earth terminations, and
(vi)Earth electrodes.
6.3 Materials
8.75.1 The materials of air terminations, down conductors, earth termination etc. of the
protective system shall be reliably resistant to corrosion, or be adequately
protected against corrosion. The material shall be one of the following, asspecified.
8.75.2
(a) Copper: Solid or flat copper strip of at least 98% conductivity conforming to
relevant I.S. Specifications shall beused.
(b) Copper Clad Steel: Copper clad steel with copper covering permanently and
effectively welded to the steel core shall be used. The proportion of copper
and steel shall be such that the conductance of the material is not less than
30% of conductance of the solid copper of the same total cross-
sectionalarea.
(c) Galvanized Steel: Steel thoroughly protected against corrosion by a zinc
coating shall be used.
(d) Aluminium: Aluminium, 99% pure, and with sufficient mechanical strength,
and protected against corrosion shall beused.
8.75.3 Aluminium should not be used underground, or in direct contactwithwalls .
8.75.4 All air terminations shall be of GI and all down conductors shall be of GI or
aluminium, except where the atmospheric conditions necessitate the use of
copperor copper clad steel for air terminations and downconductors.
8.75.5 The recommended shape and minimum sizes of conductors for use above and
below ground are given in Tables.
6.1 Layout
6.4.1 The system design and layout shall be done in accordance with IS 2309 : 1989 and
specifiedinthetenderdocuments.Theworkshallbecarriedoutaccordinglysatisfying at
the same time
6.4.2 AirTerminations
(i) Air termination networks may consist of vertical or horizontal conductors,or

combinations of both. For the purpose of lightning protection, the vertical and
horizontal conductors are considered equivalent and the use of pointed air
terminations, or vertical finial is, therefore, not regarded asessential.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
416
(ii) Avertical air termination, where provided, need not have more than one point, and
shall project at least 30 cm, above the object, salient point or network on which it is
fixed.
(iii)For a flat roof, horizontal air termination along the outer perimeter of the roof shall be
used. For a roof of larger area a network of parallel horizontal conductors shall be
installed. No part of the roof should be more than 9 m from the nearest horizontal
protective conductor.
(iv) Horizontal air terminations should be carried along the contours such as ridges,
parapets and edges of flat roofs, and, where necessary, over flat surfaces, in such a
way as to join each air termination to the rest, and should themselves form a closed
network.
(v) All metallic projections including reinforcement, on or above the main surface of the
roof which are connected to the general mass of the earth, should be bonded and
form a part of the air termination network.
(vi) If portions of a structure vary considerably in height, any necessary air terminations or
air termination network for the lower portions should be bonded to the down
conductors of the taller portions, in addition to their own down conductors.
6.4.3 Down Conductors
(i) The number and spacing of down conductors shall be as specified, or as directed by
the Engineer-in-charge.
(ii) Routing
(a) A down conductor should follow the most direct path possible between the air
terminal network and the earth termination network. Where more than one down
conductor is used, the conductors should be arranged as evenly as practicable
around the outside walls of the structures.
(b) The walls of light wells may be used for fixing down conductors, but lift shafts
should not be used for this purpose.
(c) Metal pipes leading rainwater from the roof to the ground may be connected to
the down conductors, but cannot replace them, such connections should have
disconnecting joints.
(d) In deciding on the routing of the down conductor, its accessibility for inspection,
testing and maintenance should be taken into consideration.
(iii) Provision when External Route is Not Availabl
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
417
(a) Where the provision of external routes for down conductors isimpracticable, for
example,in buildings of can til ever construction from the first floor upwards,
down conductors should not follow the outside contours of the building.Todo so
would create a hazard to persons standing under the over hang. In such cases,
the down conductors may be housed in an air space provided by a non-metallic
and non-combustible internal duct and taken straight down to the ground.
(b) Any suitable covere drecess,not smaller than76mmx13mm,or any suitable

vertical service duct running the full height of the building may be used for this
purpose, provided it does not contain an unarmoured or a non-metal sheathed
cable.
(c) In cases where an un restricted duct is used,seal sateach floor level may be
required for fire protection. As far as possible, access to the interior of the duct
should beavailable.
6.4.4 The lightning protective system should be so installed that it does not spoil the
architectural or aesthetic beauty of thebuilding.
6.4 Installation
6.5.1 General
(i) The entire lightning protective system should be mechanically strong to withstand the
mechanical forces produced in the event of a lightningstrike.
(ii) Conductors shall be securely attached to the building, or other object to be protected
by fasteners, which shall be substantial in construction, not subject to breakage,and
shall be of galvanized steel or other suitable materials,with suitable precautions to
avoid corrosion.
(iii)The lightning conductors shall be secured not more than1.2m a part for horizontal run,
and 1 m for vertical run.
6.5.2 AirTerminations
All air terminals shall be effectively secured against overturning either by attachment to
the object to be protected, or by means of substantial bracings and fixings which shall be
permanently and rigidly attached to the building.The method and nature of the fixings
should be simple,solid and permanent,due attention being given to the climatic
conditions and possiblecorrosion.
6.5.3 Down Conductors

(i) The down conductor system must, where practicable, be directly routed from the air
termination to the earth termination network, and as far as possible, be
symmetrically placed around the outside walls of the structure starting from the
corners. In all cases consideration to side flashing must always be given.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
418
(ii) (a) Practical reasons may not sometimes allow the most direct route to be
followed.Whiles harpbends,such as arise at the end of roof are in escapable (and
hence permissible), re-entrant loops in a conductor can produce high inductive
voltage drops so that the lightning discharge may jump across the open side of a
loop. As a rough guide, this risk may arise when the length of the conductor forming
the loop exceeds 8 times the width of the open side of the loop.
(b) When large re-entrant loops as defined above cannot be avoided, such asin the
case of some cornices or parapets,the conductors should be arranged in such
away that the distance across the open side of a loop complies with the
requirement indicated above.Alternatively, such cornices or parapets should be
provided with holes through which the conductor can passfreely.
(iii) Bonding to Prevent SideFlashing
Any metal in, or forming a part of the structure, or any building services
having metallic parts which are in contact with the general mass of the earth,
should be either isolated from, or bonded to the down conductor. This also
applies to all exposed large metal items having any dimension greater than
2 m whetherconnected to the earth ornot.
6.5.4 Joints and Bonds

(i) Joints
(i) A lightning protective system should have as few joints aspossible.
(ii) Joints should be mechanically and electrically effective, for example, clamped,
screwed, bolted, crimped, riveted orwelded.
(iii) Withoverlappingjoints,thelengthoftheoverlapshouldnotbelessthan20mmfor all

types of conductors.
(iv) Contact surfaces should first be cleaned, and then inhibited from oxidation
with a suitable non-corrosivecompound.
(v) Joints of dissimilar metals should be protected against corrosion or erosion

fromthe elements, or the environment and should present an adequate
contactarea.
(ii) Bonds
(vi) Bonds have to join a variety of metallic parts of different shapes and
composition, and cannot therefore be of a standardform.
(vii) There is the constant problem of corrosion and careful attention must be given
to the metals involved, i.e. the metal from which the bond is made, and
those of the items being bonded.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
419
(viii) The bond must be mechanically and electrically effective, and protected from
corrosion in, and erosion by the operatingenvironment.
(ix) External metal on, or forming part of a structure, may have to discharge the
full lightning current, and its bond to the lightning protective system should
have a cross-sectional area not less than that employed for the
mainconductors.
(x) Structures supporting overhead electric supply, telephone and other lines
must not be bonded to a lightning protective system without the permission
of the appropriateauthority.
(xi) Gas pipe in no case shall be bonded to the lightning protective earth
termination system.
6.5.5 Test Joints
Each down conductor should be provided with a test joint in such a position that,
while not inviting unauthorized interference, it is convenient for use when
testing.
6.5.6 Earth TerminationNetwork

(i) An earth station comprising one or more earth electrodes as required, should be
connected to each down conductor. This shall be specified.
(ii) Each of the earth stations should have a resistance not exceeding the product
given by 10 ohms multiplied by the number of earth electrodes to be provided
therein. The whole of the lightning protective system, including any ring earth,
should have a combined resistance to earth not exceeding 10 ohms without
taking account of any bonding.
(iii) If the value obtained for the whole of the lightning protection system exceeds 10
ohms, a reduction can be achieved by extending or adding to the electrodes, or by
interconnecting the individual earth terminations of the down conductors by a
conductor installed below ground, sometimes referred to as a ring conductor.Buried
ring conductors laid in this manner are considered to be an integral part of the earth
termination network, and should be taken into account when assessing the overall
value of resistance to earth of theinstallation.
(iv) A reduction of the resistance to the earth to a value below 10 ohms has the advantage
of further reducing the potential gradient around the earth electrode when
discharging lightning current. It also further reduces the risk of side flashing to metal
in, or of structure.
(v) Earth electrodes should be capable of being isolated and a reference earth point
should be provided for testingpurposes.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
420
Shapes and Minimum Sizes of Conductors for Use Above Ground
SI. No. Material and Shape Minimum Size

1. Round copper wire or copper clad steel wire 6 mm diameter
2. Stranded copper wire 50 sq. mm or (7/3.00 mm dia)
3. Copper strip 20 mm x 3 mm
4. Galvanized iron strip 20 mm x 3 mm
5. Round aluminium wire 8 mm diameter
6. Aluminium strip 25 mm x 3 mm
Shapes and Minimum Sizes of Conductors for Use Below Ground
SI. No. Material and Shape Minimum Size

1. Round copper wire or copper clad steel wire 8 mm diameter
2. Copper strip 32 mm x 6 mm
3. Round galvanized iron wire 10 mm x 6 mm
4. Galvanized iron strip 32 mm x 6 mm
Safety Procedure
7.1 While the Indian Electricity Rules 1956, as amended upto date, are to be
followed in their entirety, particular attention is drawn to the various clauses.
Any installation or portion of installation, which does not comply with these
rules, should be got rectified immediately.
7.2 The detailed instructions on safety procedures given in B.I.S. Code No. 5216
:1982
“CodeofSafetyProceduresandPracticesinElectricalWorks”shallbestrictlyfollowed
.
7.3 (a) SchematicDiagram
It shall be responsibility of the contractor to ensure that for each building, a

comprehensive schematic diagram is prepared starting from the main board
upto the final DBs. All such boards are to be duly marked and numbered.
Similarly, for each campus consisting of sub-station/ sub-stations and a

number of buildings, a comprehensive power distribution schematic diagram
for the entire campus shall beprepared.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
421
Based on additions/ alterations such diagrams should be updated from time

to time.
 Keep Premises Clean
Premises like sub-stations, switch rooms, pump house, generating

roomsetc.shall be kept clean. Such premises should not be used to store
broken furniture, dismantled materials, waste material, packing boxes etc.
 Keep all Electrical Shafts Clean and Locked
Such shafts should not be used for dumping floor malba etc.
 Protected Premises
Allpremiseslikesub-station,pumphouseetc.tobemaintainedasprotectedarea,
admission allowed to authorized persons only.
 Also,thefrontageofsuchareasshallbekeptfreeandparkingetc.infrontshallnot be
allowed.
7.4 No inflammable materials shall be stored in places other than the rooms
specially constructed for this purpose in accordance with the provisions of
Indian Explosives Act.
7.5 Rubber or insulating mats should be provided infront of the main switch boards
or any other control equipments of medium voltage andabove.
7.6 Protective and safety equipments such as rubber gauntlets or gloves, earthing
rods, linemen’s belt, portable artificial respiration apparatus etc. should be
provided ineach sub-station, service center/enquiry office and important
installations. Where electric welding or such other nature of work is
undertaken, goggles shall also beprovided.
7.7 Necessary number of caution boards such as “Man on Line, Don’t switch on”
should be readily available in each sub-station, enquiry office and
importantinstallations.
7.8 Standard firstaid boxes containing materials as prescribed by the St.John

Ambulance Brigade or Indian Red Cross should be provided in each sub-station,
enquiry office and important installations and should be readilyavailable.
7.9 Periodical examination of the first aid facilities and protective and safety
equipments provided at the various installations shall be undertaken for their
adequacy and effectiveness and a proper record shall bemaintained.
7.10 Charts (one in English and another one in the regional language) displaying
methods of giving artificial respiration to a recipient of electrical shock should
be prominently displayed at appropriateplaces.
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
422
7.11 A chart containing the names, addresses and telephone numbers of nearest
authorized medical practitioners ,hospitals, firebrigade and also of the officers
in executive charge shall be displayed prominently along with the First AidBox.
7.12 Executive Engineers should take immediate steps to train supervisory

andauthorized persons of the Engineering staff viz. A.Es, J.Es, Head Electricians,
Foremen, Electricians and Wiremen in the First Aid Practices, including various
methods of artificial respiration with the help of local authorities such as Fire
Brigade, St. John Ambulance Brigade, Indian Red Cross or other recognized
institutions equipped to impart such training, as prompt rendering of artificial
respiration can save life at times of electric shock.
7.13 All new recruits should be given such FirstAid Training immediately after
appointment.
7.14 All supervisory and authorized persons of the Engineering staff should be
deputedfor refresher course in First Aid Training after every twoyears.
7.15 Details of preventive maintenance to be undertaken shall be in accordance with

the chapter 14 of these specifications. All preventive maintenance works shall
be pre- planned as far as possible and names of persons who areas signed to
this work should be entered in alogbook.
7.16 Electrical wiring and control switches should be periodically inspected and any
defective wiring, broken parts of switches which will expose live parts, should
be replaced immediately to make the installations safe for the user.
7.17 Reports indicating details of preventive maintenance works done should be

kept in a register by each Junior Engineer(E) and should be are signatures of
Assistant Engineer and Executive Engineer by way of checks.
7.18 No work shall be undertaken on live installations, or on installations, which
could be energized unless another person is present to immediately isolate the
electric supply in case of any accident and to render first aid, ifnecessary.
7.19 No work of live L.T. switch board in the sub-stations should be handled by a
person below the rank of a Wireman and such a work should preferably be
done in the presence of the Junior Engineer (E) in charge of thework.
7.20 When working on or near live installations, suitably insulated tools should be
used,and special care should be taken to see that those tools accidentally do
not drop on live terminals causing shock or deadshort.
7.21 The electrica lswitchgears and distribution boards should be clearly marked to
indicate the areas being controlled bythem.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
423
7.22 Before starting any work on the existing installation, it should be ensured that
the electric supply to that portion in which the work is undertaken is preferably
cut off. Precautions like displaying “Men at Work” caution boards on the
controlling switches, removing fuse carrier from these switches, and these fuse
carriers being kept with the person working on the installation,etc. Should be
taken against accident alenergisation. “Permit to Work” should be obtained
from the Junior Engineer-in-charge. No workon H.T.main should be undertake
nunless it is made dead and discharged to earth with an earthing lead of
appropriate size. The discharge operation shall be repeated several times and
the installation connected to earth positively before any work isstarted.
7.23 Before energizing on an installation after the work is completed, it should be

ensured that all tools have been removed and accounted, no person is present
inside any enclosure of the switch board etc., any earthing connection made for
doing the work has been removed, “Permit to Work” is received back duly
signed by the person to whom it was issued in token of having completed the
work and the installation being ready for re-energising and “Men at Work”
caution boardsremoved.
7.24 In case of electrical accidents and shock, the electrical installation on which the
accident occurred should be switched off immediately and the affected
personshould be immediately removed from the live installation by pulling him
with the help of his coat, shirt, wooden rod, broom handle or with any other
dry cloth or paper. He should be removed from the place of accident to a
nearby safe place and artificialrespiration continuously given as contained in
B.I.S. Code and Standard prescribed by St. John Ambulance Brigade or
FireBrigade.
7.25 While artificial respiration on the affected person is started immediately, help
of Fire Brigade and Medical Practitioner should be called for and artificial
respiration should be continued uninterrupted until such helparrives.
7.26 TheseinstructionsshouldbeexplainedinHindi/locallanguagetothosestaffthatdoes
not understand English.
7.27 Executive Engineers should take particular care to ensure that these
instructions are imparted to the existing staff and as well as to the
newentrants.
Fire Hazards
6.1 The main pre-requisites of a fire hazard free building are: -
(a) Installation based on sound design and use of quality materials
andequipments.
(b) Good house keeping.
(c) Propermaintenancebasedonskilledpersonnel,propersupervisionandprev
entive maintenance.
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
424
(d) Periodic inspection from fire hazard point of view by a

qualifiedengineer.
6.2 Following instructions should be followed. Besides, based on the requirement of a
particular building, other instructions may be issued for avoidance of possible fire
hazard.
(i) No over loading of main board, DB, submain,wiring.
(ii) No loose wiring.
(iii) One socket outlet to feed one appliance only and do not use multipleoutlets.
(iv) The AE (E) in charge will have an annual inspection of the building and list out
deficiencies and report to the EE who will take necessary remedialaction.
(v) Only MCB type DBs to be provided, so that overload, short circuit currents
are interrupted immediately. Rewirable type fuses not to beused.
(vi) Change old/ outlived wiring, switchboard, andappliance.
(vii) Extension to wiring/ EI only after proper design and capacity of

augmentation of the existing installation
(viii) Record Room – No power outlet / switches should be provided inside the
room. Use flameproof electrical fittings. In case it is a must to provide
switches / outlets in a record room, they should beflameproof.
(ix) Fire Protection
(a) The building should have a comprehensive fire protection system in conformity with
CFO’s requirement, backed by proper manning and maintenance.
(b) Important building will have a fire control room, for monitoring and control of fire
safety of thebuilding.
(c) Local fire extinguishers for various electrical Switchgears Locations, Lift Machine
Room, Electrical Sub-station, Generating Rooms, Pump Houses etc.
(d) Get CFO’s annual inspection of the buildingdone.
(e) Organize fire drill periodically, at least once in sixmonths.
(x) Maintenance
Maintenance by qualified/ licensed (as applicable) personnel. When

maintenance is done by contract system, only properly prequalified and
skilled contractors to be deployed. Such contract should have preventive
maintenance items.
Only quality and genuine material should beused.
(i) When repairs are needed, act immediately, don’t postponerepairs.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
425
(ii) Keep telephone/ address details of Fire Station/ Police/ Hospital/ Departmental
Officials/Client Department Officials, both Office and Residence (in case of
emergency).
(iii) All switch rooms/ electrical shafts to be kept clean and duly locked. All locks
will have common key, with keys available to all authorizedpersonnel.
(iv) Keep appliances ‘OFF’ after office hours. Instruction to be issued, so that all
switches and appliances are ‘OFF’ after officehours.
Energy Conservation
Energy is very costly. Guidelines for energy conservation:
9.1 Lighting and Controls
9.1.1 Lighting Design
Lighting design to be done in such a way that it achieves the required visual
comfort at working plane and is energy efficient. Visual comfort can be defined
in terms of lux level at the working plane and energy efficiency can be defined in
terms of lighting power density (Watt/m2). The recommended lux levels and
lighting power densities have been specified
Wherever possible,a combination of task lighting and general lighting shall be

provided to get desired lighting levels. In addition to general lighting, local task
luminaires shall be provided for adequate lighting level and quality in the
taskareas.
For general lighting, lux levels required for circulation and other non-critica
lapplications should be maintained.
9.1.2 Efficient Lamp Selection
Selection of lamp is the most important criterion for lighting design.The lamp
selection should be on the basis of efficacy and good colour rendering
index(CRI).
Lamps used for general lighting scheme should comply to the following:
 Point Light Source – All the point light sources installed in the building for general
lighting should be LED based with minimum lamp efficacy of 120 lm/W.
 Linear Light Source–All the linear light sources installed in the building for general
lighting should be LED
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
426
Table lists the Wattage, luminous flux, efficacy and CRI of different types of
lamps. Incandescent lamps and CFL should not be used at all.
New high frequency electronic ballasts should be used instead of traditional

magnetic ballasts.
9.2 Lighting Controls
9.2.1 Automatic LightingShutoff
10 Interior lighting systems in buildings larger than 500 m2 (5000 ft2) shall be equipped with
an automatic control device. Within these buildings, all office areas less than
30m2(300ft2)enclosed by walls or ceiling-height partitions, all meeting and conference
rooms,all school classrooms, and all storage spaces shall be equipped with occupancy
sensors.
For other spaces, this automatic control device shall function on either :
 A scheduled basis at specific programmed times. An independent

program schedule shall be provided for areas of no more than 2500 m 2
(25000 ft2) and not more than one floor,
Or
11 Occupancy sensor that shall turn the lighting off within 3 minutes of an occupant leaving
the space.Light fixtures controlled by occupancy sensors shall have a wall mounted,
manual switch capable to turning off lights when the space is occupied.
12 Exception to above: Lighting systems designed for 24-hour use.
12.1.1 Space Control
Each space enclosed by ceiling-height partitions shall have atleast one control
device to independently control the general lighting with in the space. Each
control device shall be activated either manually by an occupant or automatically
by sensing an occupant. The maximum coverage area for each control device is
given in the tablebelow:
Space Area and Lighting Control
Sl. No. Space Area (m2) Maximum Coverage Area for each
Control Device (m2)
1 < 1000 250
2 > 1000 1000
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
427
Each control device shall be capable of overriding the required shut off control
for no more than 2hours.Its hould be readily accessible and located such that the
occupant can see the control.
Exception to above: The required control device may be remotely installed if

required for reasons of safety or security. A remotely located device shall have a
pilot light indicator as part of or next to the control device and shall be clearly
labeled toidentify the controlled lighting.
12.1.2 Day-lighting Controls
Luminaires in day lighted areas greater than 25 m2 (250 ft2) shall be equipped
with either a manual or automatic lighting control device that is capable of
reducing lighting output of the luminaires in the day lighted areas by at least
50% and controls only the luminaires located entirely within the day
lightedarea.
12.1.3 Exterior Lighting Control
Lighting for exterior applications shall be controlled by a photo sensor or
astronomical time switch that is capable of automatically turning off the exterior
lighting when day light is available or the lighting is notrequired.
12.1.4 Lighting Control Devices

Following is a description of different types of control devices available for
controlling the lighting:
Timers: These are the simplest type of controls and are most popular. Some
areas in buildings may require lighting for specific durations like security lighting,
landscape lighting or building floodlighting. Timers allow this type of control by
switching ‘on’and ‘off’ as per preset times.These can have one
setting(sametime)for the wholeyear or several (seasonal/ weekly/daily) settings
to take care of the changing sunsettimes.
Photocell Lighting Control: These measure the amount of natural light available
and suitable for both indoor and outdoor applications. When available light falls
below a specified level,a control unit switches the lights on(or adjusts a driver to
provide more light). Photocells can be programmed so that lights do not flip on
and off on partially cloudy days.
Occupancy Sensors :These devices – also known as ‘motion detectors’ – turn

lights off and on in response to human presence. Once sensitivity and coverage
area is established, sensors are selected from two predominant technology
types.
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
428
Passive Infrared Sensors : These detect the motion or heat between vertical and
horizontal detection zones. This technology requires a direct line of sight and is
more sensitive to lateral motion, but it requires layer motion as distance from
the sensor increases. The coverage pattern and field of view can also be
precisely controlled. It typically finds its best application in smaller spaces with a
direct line of sight, such as restrooms.
UltrasonicSensors:These detect movement by sensing disturbances in high-

frequency ultrasonic patterns. Because this technology emits ultrasonic waves
that arereflected around the room surfaces, it does not require a direct line of
sight. It is moresensitive to motion towards and away from the sensor and its
sensitivity decreases relative to its distances from the sensor. It also does not
have a definable coverage pattern or field of view. These characteristics make it
suitable for use in layer-enclosed areas that may have cabinets, shelving,
partitions, or other obstructions. If necessary,thesetechnologies can also be
combined into one product to improve detection and reduce the likelihood of
triggering a false on or offmode.
Painting
13 Scope
This chapter covers the requirements of painting work in internal electrical installations,
carried out manually by brush. This does not cover spray-painting work of factory made
items.
13.1 Painting Work inGeneral

13.1.1 Paints
Paints, oils, varnishes etc. of approved make in original tin to the satisfaction of the Engineer-
in-charge shall only be used.
13.1.2 Preparation of the Surface
The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned and made free from dust or foreign matter before
painting is started.The proposed surface may be inspected by the Engineer-in- charge before
the paint isapplied.
13.1.3 Application
(i) Paint shall be applied with brush. The paint shall be spread as smooth and even as
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
429
possible. Particular care shall be paid to rivets, nuts, bolts and over- lapping. Before
drawing out in smaller containers, it shall be continuously stirred with a smooth stick,
while painting work is takenup.
(ii) Primer coat of anti-corrosive paint shall be given in the case of steel work, after
preparing the surface. In all cases of painting work, finishing shall be with 2 coats of
paint in approvedshade.
(iii) Each coat shall be allowed to dry out sufficiently before a subsequent coat is applied.
13.1.4 Precautions
All furniture, fixtures, glazing, floors etc. shall be protected by suitable

covering. All stains, smears, splashing, dropping etc. Shall be removed. While
painting of wiring etc. it shall be ensured that the painting of wall and ceiling
etc. is not spoiled in anyway.
13.1.5 Repainting
(iv) Painting on old surface in indoor situations will not include primer coat except
where specially mentioned in the tender documents. However, where rust has
formed on iron and steel surfaces, the spots will be painted with one anti-rust
primer coat, after preparing thesurface.
(v) In cases of repainting, the old paint shall be removed by first scrapping, or by
applyingasuitablesolvent,andthereafterafreshcoatofthepaintshallbeapplied.
13.2 Painting of Conduits andAccessories
(i) Requirement of painting of metallic conduits before installation on surface

shallbe met
(ii) Requirementofpaintingofmetallicboxes
(iii) After installation in surface or recess, all accessible surface of metallic

conduit pipes and fittings, switch boxes and regulator boxes etc. shall be
painted with two coats of enamel paint of approvedshade.
13.3 Repainting of Ceiling Fan by Spray Painting
The spray painting of ceiling fan shall be done as per following procedure:
(i) Clean the surface free from all foreign and harmful materials as dirt, moisture,
greasy dirt, salts, rust etc. by means of any suitable detergent as required
anddry the surface.
(ii) Rub down lightly with waterproof emery paper, if required in case surface is
rusty and wipe off the surface using a piece of clean and dry softcloth.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
430
(iii) Apply one coat of finishing enamel conforming to IS 2932 : 1974 uniformly by
spraying and allow it to dry.
Testing Of Installation
14 Scope
This chapter describes the details of tests to be conducted in the completed internal electrical
installations, before commissioning.
General
14.1 Tests
On completion of installation, the following tests shall be carried out:-
(i) Insulation resistance test.
(ii) Polarity test of switch.
(iii) Earth continuity test.
(iv) Earth electrode resistance test.

14.1.1 Witnessing ofTests
Testing shall be carried out for the completed installations, in the presence of
and to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge by the contractor. All test
results shall be recorded and submitted to the Department.
14.1.2 Test Instruments
All necessary test instruments for the tests shall be arranged by the contractor if
so required by the Engineer-in-charge.
14.2 Insulation Resistance

14.2.1 The insulation resistance shall be measured by applying between earth and the whole
system of conductors, or any section thereof with all fuses in place, and all switches
closed, and except in earthed concentric wiring, all lamps in position, or both poles of
the installation otherwise electrically connected together, a direct current pressure of
not less than twice the working pressure, provided it need not exceed 500 voltsfor
medium voltage circuits. Where the supply is derived from a three wire D.C., or a
polyphase A.C. system, the neutral pole of which is connected to earth either directly
or through added resistance, the working pressure shall be deemed to be that which is
maintained between the phase conductor and theneutral.
14.2.2 The insulation resistance shall also be measured between all the conductors
connected to one pole,or phase conductor of the supply,and all the conductors
connected to the neutral, or to the other pole, or phase conductors of the supply with
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
431
all the lamps in position and switches in“off” position ,and its value shall be not less
than that specified
14.2.3 The insulation resistance in mega ohms measured as above shall not be less than12.5
mega ohms for the wiring with PVC insulated cables, subject to a minimum of 1 mega
ohm.
14.2.4 Where a whole installation is being tested, a lower value than that given by the
formula, subject to a minimum of 1 mega ohm, is acceptable.
14.2.5 A preliminary and similar test may be made before the lamps etc. are installed, and in
this event the insulation resistance to earth should not be less than 25 mega ohms for
the wiring with PVC insulted cables, subject to a minimum of 2 mega ohms.
14.2.6 The term “outlet” includes every point along with every switch, except that a switch
combined with a socket outlet, appliance or lighting fitting is regarded as one outlet.
14.2.7 Control
rheostats, heating and power appliances and electric signs may,if required, be
disconnected from the circuit during the test,but in that event the insulation resistance
between the case or frame work, and all live parts of each rheostat, appliance and
electric sign, shall be not less than that specified in the relevant Indian Standard
Specifications,or where there is no such specification, shall be not less than one mega
ohm.
14.3 Polarity Test ofSwitch
14.3.1 In a two wire installation, a test shall be made to verify that all the switches in every
circuit have been fitted in the same conductor throughout, and such conductor shall be
labeled or marked for connection to the phase conductor, or to the non-earthed
conductors of the supply.
14.3.2 In a three wire or a four wire installation, a test shall be made to verify that every non-
linked single pole switch is fitted in a conductor which is labeled, or marked for
connection to one of the phase conductors of the supply.
14.3.3 The installation shall be connected to the supply for testing. The terminals of all
switches shall be tested by a test lamp, one lead of which is connected to the earth.
Glowing of test lamp to its full brilliance, when the switch is in “on” position
irrespective of appliance in position or not, shall indicate that the switch is connected
to the right polarity.
14.4 Testing of Earth ContinuityPath
The earth continuity conductor, including metal conduits and metallic envelopes
of cables in all cases, shall be tested for electric continuity. The electrical
resistance of the same along with the earthing lead, but excluding any added
resistance, or earth leakage circuit breaker, measured from the connection with
the earth electrode toany
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
432
point in the earth continuity conductor in the completed installation shall not
exceed one ohm.
14.5 Measurement of Earth ElectrodeResistance

14.5.1 Twoauxiliary earth electrodes, besides the test electrode, are placed at suitable
distance from the test electrode (see Fig. 13). A measured current is passedbetween
the electrode ‘A’ to be tested and an auxiliary current electrode ‘C’, and the potential
difference between the electrode ‘A’ and auxiliary potential ‘B’ is measured. The
resistance of the test electrode ‘A’ is then givenby:
V
R=
I
Where,
R- Resistance of the test electrode in ohms, V - Reading of the
voltmeter involts,
I- Reading of the ammeter inamps.

14.5.2 (i) Stray currents flowing in the soil may produce serious errors in the measurement of
earth resistance. To eliminate this, hand driven generator isused.
(ii) If the frequency of the supply of hand driven generator coincides with the
frequency of stray current, there will be wandering of instrument pointer.
An increase or decrease of generator speed will cause this todisappear.
14.5.3 At the time of test, the test electrode shall be separated from the earthing system.
14.5.4 The auxiliary electrodes shall be of 13 mm diameter mild steel rod driven upto 1 m into
the ground.
14.5.5 All the three electrodes shall be so placed that they are independent of the resistance
area of each other. If the test electrode is in the form of a rod, pipe or plate, the
auxiliary current electrode ‘C’ shall be placed at least 30 m away from it, and the
auxiliary potential electrode ‘B’ shall be placed mid-way between them.
14.5.6 Unless three consecutive readings of test electrode resistance agree, the test shall be
repeated by increasing the distance between electrodes A and C upto 50 m, and each
time placing the electrode B midway between them.
14.5.7 On these principles, “Megger Earth Tester”, containing a direct reading ohm-meter, a
hand driven generator and auxiliary electrodes are manufactured for direct reading of
earth resistance ofelectrodes.
14.6 Test Certificate
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
433
On completion of an electrical installation(or an extension to an installation),a certificate

shall be furnished by the contractor, countersigned by the certified supervisor under
whose directs upper vision the installation was carried out.This certificate shall be in the
prescribed form in addition to the test certificate required by the local Electric Supply
Authorities.
Earthing
15 General
This Appendix indicates details useful in the design of earthing as applicable to the
installations generally encountered in the Department. For complete details, IS
3043: 1987 shall be referred to. This Appendix shall supplement the requirements
laid down in Chapter 8 of these specifications.
15.1 Earthing Requirements

15.1.1 Statutory Requirement
15.1.1.1 All medium voltage equipments shall be earthed by two separate and distinct
connections with earth.In the case of high and extra high voltages, the neutral
points shall be earthed by not less than two separate and distinct connections
with earth, each having its own electrode at the generating station or sub-
station, and may be earthed at any other point, provided no interference is
caused by such earthing. If necessary, the neutral may be earthed through
suitableimpedance.
Necessary protective device shall be provided against earthleakage

15.1.2 Supply System Requirement
16 “System Earthing” is provided to preserve the security of the supply system. This is done
by limiting the potential of live conductors with reference to earth, to such values as
consistent with the level of insulation applied. Earthing the neutral point of the
transformer ensures reasonable potential to earth, including at the time when the HV
supply is impressed on the transformer. Earthing also ensures efficient operation of
protective gear in the case of earth faults. Earthing may not give protection against faults
that are not essentially earth faults. For example, if a phase conductor on an overhead
spur line breaks, and the part remote fromthe supply falls to the ground, it is unlikely that
any protective gear relying on earthing, other than current balance protection at the sub-
station, will operate, since the earth fault current circuit includes the impedance of the
load that would be high relative to the rest of thecircuit.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
434
16.1.1 Installation Protection Requirement
“Equipment Earthing” is provided to ensure that the exposed conductive

parts in the installation do not become dangerous by attaining a high touch
potential under conditions of faults. It should also carry the earth fault
currents, till clearance by protective devices, without creating a firehazard.
16.1.2 Special Requirements
(i) “Static Earthing” is provided to prevent building up of static charges, by

connections to earth at appropriate locations.Example,operation theaters in
hospitals. (For details, please refer to IS 7689 : 1974 and the National Electrical
Code).
(ii) “CleanEarth’’may be needed for some of the data processing equipments.
These are to be independent of any other earthing in the building. (For details,
please refer to IS 10422 : 1982 and IS 3043 :1987).
(iii)Earthing is essentially required in protection of buildings against lightning. (For

details, please refer to Chapter 9 and Appendix I of these Specifications).
16.2 Types of SystemEarthing

16.2.1 The various types of system earthing in practice are indicated below, out of which TN-
S and T-TN-S systems are generally applicable to installations in the Department.
16.2.1.1 TN-S System
Neutral is earthed at source. In addition to the phase and neutral conductors,

an independent protective earth (PE) conductor connected to the source earth
is also run with the supply line. All the exposed conductive parts of an
installation are connected to this PE conductor via the main earthing terminal
of the installation. Independent earth electrode is also necessary within the
consumer premises at the main earthing terminal.
16.2.1.2 TN-C System
Neutral is earthed at source. No separate PE conductor is run with the supply

line, nor in the internal installations, since neutral and PE are on a common
conductor. All exposed conductive parts of an installation as well as the neutral
line are connected to this PE & N conductor. (A CNE cable is used for wiring such
installations).Additional earth electrode has to be provided for this conductor
locally for 3 phase consumers.
16.2.1.3 TN-C-S System (Also called Protective Multiple Earthing – PMEsystem)
Neutral is earthed at source. No separate PE conductor is run with the supply

line, nor in the internal installations, since neutral and PE are on a common
conductor. All exposed conductive parts of an installation as well as the neutral
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
435
line are connected to this PE & N conductor. (A CNE cable is used for wiring
such installations).Additional earth electrode has to be provided for this
conductor locally for 3 phase consumers.
All the exposed conductive parts in the installation are connected to the PE & N
conductor, through protective conductors and this main earthing terminal link.
16.2.1.4 T-TN-S System (for 6, 6.6 or 11 KV bulksupply)
No earth is provided with HV supply line, which is terminated in delta

connected transformer primary. Neutral of the transformer (starconnected)
secondary is earthed. Independent earth electrodes and bus are provided for
the body earthing. Protective conductors are run throughout the LT distribution
from the same for equipotentialbonding.
16.2.1.5 TT System
Neutralisear the donly at source and no PE conductor is given with supply line.
All the exposed conductive parts of the installation are connected to an earth
electrode at consumer end, which is independent of the source earth,
electrically.
16.2.1.6 IT System
The source has either no earth or is earthed through high impedance. All the
exposed conductive parts of the installation are connected to an earth
electrode, which is independent of the source earth, electrically.
16.2.2 Concept of Protection Against IndirectContact

16.2.2.1 The most commonly and successfully used method of protection against
indirect contact is by “Earthed Equipotential bonding andautomatic disconnection of
supply”details of which are elaborated in IS732:1989 and IS 3043 : 1987. All the
exposed conductive parts are connected through protective (loopearthing)conductors
to the main earthing terminal. All the extraneous conductive parts, which are
simultaneously accessible with the exposed conductive parts, are also bonded to the
main earthing terminal through main bonding conductor so that there is no dangerous
potential between the exposed and the extraneous conductive parts.The earth fault
loop impedance (EFLI) and the characteristics of the tripping devices are coordinated
such that the faulty circuit is automatically disconnected before there is a persistent
touch voltage at the exposed conductive part over a period of time, causing a shock
hazard. If the disconnecting time is not satisfactory due to large EFLI, supplementary
bonding between the exposed and the extraneous conductive parts is provided.
Alternatively, use of RCDs becomes very relevant in most such situations. (See
Appendix H for information on selection of RCDs). For more details, IS 3043 : 1987 may
be referredto.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
436
Note: Decision regarding the providing of RCD (RCCB) shall be taken in individual cases
keeping in view the type, use, importance, system of earthing and nature of electrical
installations to be protected by the RCD, requirements of the local Electric Supply
Companiesetc.
Earthing (comprising the electrode, earthing conductor, main earthing terminal etc.) and
protective conductors in an installation are thus vital components in this system of protection
against shock hazards. The concept is indicated diagrammatically in Fig. 14 & Fig. 15 indicates
the method of ensuring the same, as envisaged in thesespecifications.
16.2.2.2 Rule 61A of I.E. Rules, 1956 calls for protective devices against earth leakages
for certain loads. This should be complied with.
16.2.2.3 The following exposed conductive parts are exempted from bonding to earth:
(i) Overhead line insulator, wall brackets or another metal connected to
them, provided they are out of arm’sreach.
(ii) Inaccessible steel reinforcement in RCCpoles.
(iii) Exposed conductive parts that cannot be gripped or contacted by a major

surface of the human body provided a protective conductor connection
couldn’t be readily made, or reliablymaintained.
(iv) Fixing screws of non-metallic parts provided there is no risk of them
contacting live parts.
(v) Short lengths of conduits or similar items which are notaccessible.
(vi) Metal enclosure for mechanical protection of double insulated
equipments.
16.2.3 Selection of Type of Electrodes
Following are general guidelines for the selection of the type of electrodes.
Type ofelectrode Application
GIplate (i)For Fire fighting pumps and water supply

pumps.
(ii) Lightning conductors.
Copperplate Neutral earthing of transformers/ generating sets.

Body earthing fo electrical panels
Number of Earth Electrodes
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
437
(i) In all cases, relevant provisions of Rules 33,61 and 67 of the Indian Electricity
Rules, 1956 as amended, shall be compliedwith.
(ii) Non-current carrying metal parts of all apparatus utilizing power supply at
voltage exceeding 250 volts shall be earthed by two separate and distinct
connections to the earth bus, or to two separate and distinct earthingsets.
(iii) The number of earthing electrodes for sub-stations and generating sets shall be
as under:-
For neutral earthing ofeachtransformer - 2sets
For body earthing of allthetransformers, - 2 sets for each HT/LT Panels

and other electricalequipments
in the Sub-station/ power house
For neutral earthing of eachgeneratingsets- 2sets
For body earthing of all thegeneratingsets- 2 sets for eachLT panels and
other electrical
equipments in the
generator room
(iv) Separate earth electrodes shall be provided for lightning arrester/ lightning
conductors.
16.2.4 Size of Protective Conductor

16.2.4.1 The cross section of a proactive conductor may be calculated by
either of the following 2 methods, the second one being used for
design in general, and the first one for checking purpose
Where, S = Cross sectional area of protective conductor in sq.mm.
I= Earth fault (Leakage) current inAmp.
t =Total tripping time of the device in sec. (not exceeding 5 sec)
K = Factor dependent on the material of the protective conductor insulation if any

thereon, and initial and final temperatures.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
438
where, Uo = Nominal phase voltage toearth.

Zs = Earth fault loop impedance, (considering its 5 secondsvalue).
Note 1 :Valuesof Zs are available in Tables in IEE Wiring Regulations, U, K, dependent on
tripping devices. Alternatively, this can be calculated.
Note 2 : Values of K for different materials are given in IS 3043 for various parameters.
(i) The minimum crosssection of a protective conductor shall be as per the

following:
Size of phase Size of protective conductor of the same

conductor material as phase conductor
S upto16sq.mm. S sq.mm. S = 16 to35sq.mm. 16 sq.mm.S

>35sq.mm S/2sq.mm.
Note: If the material of the protective conductor is different from that of the phase
conductor, the size as per the above should be multiplied by K1/K2 where K1 is the K factor
for phase conductor material, and K2 is K factor for the protective conductor material. As a
rough guide, the following values can betaken.
K1/K2 for
16.2.4.2 The minimum acceptable size of a protective conductor shall be 2.5

sq.mm. if protected mechanically, and 4 sq.mm. ifotherwise.
16.2.5 Size of Earthing Conductor
16.2.5.1 The earthing conductors shall comply with the provisions of clause F.3.5
above, except that the minimum cross sectional area shall be 16sq.mm.
(Copper or steel) when protected against corrosion, and 25 sq.mm.
copper, or 50 sq.mm. steel when not protected against corrosion.
16.2.5.2 For determining the size of earthing conductor for sub-stationsand
generating sets, IS 3043 : 1987 may be referredto.
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
439
16.2.5.3 Size of Bonding Conductor
The main bonding conductor should be half the size of the earthing
conductor, subject to a minimum of 6sq.mm.and maximum
of25sq.mm.copper, or equivalent sizes for other materials. This is applicable
for TN-S and TN-C-S systemonly.
16.2.6 Details for Contract Purposes
While this Appendix provides information on design considerations, the sizes

of the conductors, types of electrodes etc. Shall be as laid down in the tender
documents of individual works, and as directed by theEngineer-in-charge.
Important Indian Standards
CODES OF PRACTICE GUIDE
Sl.No Standard Title Reaffirm Amdt.

. Date
(1) IS 732:1989 Code of practice for electrical wiring installations March 2010
(third revision)
(2) IS 4648:1968 Guide for electrical layout in residential buildings August 2012
(3) IS 8061:1976 Code of practice for design, installation and March 2011
maintenance of service lines upto and including 650
V
(4) IS 8884:1978 Code of practice for the installation of electric bells August 2012
and call systems
(5) IS 5578:1984/ Guide for marking of insulated conductors (first March 2011
IEC 60391 revision)
(1972)
(6) IS Guide for uniform system of marking and July 2012
11353:1985/ identification of conductors and apparatus
IEC 60445 terminals
(1973)
(7) IS Guide for short circuit current calculations in three- August 2012
13234:1991/ phase ac systems (superseding IS 5728)
IEC 60909:
1988
(8) IS 7752 (Part Guide for improvement of power factor in March 2011
1): consumer installation: Part 1 Low and medium
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
440
1975 supply voltages
(9) IS 3646 (Part Code of practice for interior illumination: Part 1 March 2008
1): General requirements and recommendations for
1992 working interiors (first revision)
(10) IS 3646 (Part Code of practice for interior illumination: Part 2 March 2008
2): Schedule of illumination and glare index
1966
(11) IS 3646 (Part Code of practice fori nterior March 2008
3): illumination:Part3Calculation of coefficients of
1968 utilization by the BZmethod
(12) IS 4347:1967 Code of practice for hospital lighting May 2010
(13) IS 6665:1972 Code of practice for industrial lighting May 2010
(14) IS 2672:1966 Code of practice for library lighting May 2010
(15) IS 10118 Codeofpracticeforselection,installationandmaintena March 2011

(Part 1):1982 nce of switchgear and controlgear : Part 1General
(Part 2):1982 nce of Switchgear and controlgear : Part 2Selection
(Part 3):1982 nce of switchgear and controlgear : Part
3Installation
(18) IS 10118 Code of practice for selection, installation and March 2011
(Part 4):1982 maintenance of switchgear and controlgear : Part
4Maintenance
(19) IS 4146:1983 Application guide for voltage transformers (first September
revision) 2011
(20) IS 4201:1983 Application guide for current transformers (first September
revision) 2011
(21) IS 5547:1983 Application guide for capacitor voltage transformers September
(first revision) 2011
(22) IS 2309:1989 Code of practice for protection of buildings and March 2010 1
allied structures against lightning (second revision)
(23) IS 3043:1987 Code of practice for earthing March 2011 2
(24) IS 5216 Recommendations on safety procedures and March 2010

(Part 1):1982 practices in electrical work: Part 1 General (first
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
441
revision)
(25) IS 5216 Recommendations on safety procedures and March 2010

(Part 2):1982 practices in electrical work: Part 2 Life saving
techniques (first revision)
ELECTRIC FANS

. Date
(1) IS 555:1979 Electric table type fans and regulators (third July 2010 2
revision)
(2) IS 1169:1967 Electric pedestal type fans and regulators (first Mar 2009 6
revision)
(3) IS 374:1979 Electric ceiling type fans and regulators (third September 6
revision) 2010
(4) IS 2997:1964 Air circulator type electric fans and regulators July 2010 8
(5) IEC: 60665 Propeller type ac ventilating fans (first revision) July 2010 8
(1981) Draft Standard issued in wide circulation
IS 2312:1967
(6) IS 3588:1987 Electric axial flow fans (first revision) August 2009 1
(7) IS 3963:1987 Roof extractor units (first revision) August 2009 3
(8) IS 4283:1981 Hot air fans (first revision) August 2009 3
(9) IS 6272:1987 Industrial cooling fans (man coolers) (first August 2009 2
revision)
(10) IS 4894:1987 Centrifugal fans (first revision) August 2009 3
(11) IS 11037:1984 Electronic type fan regulators August 2010 3
(12) IS 12155:1987 General and safety requirements for fans and
regulators for household and similar purposes

. Date
(14) IS 5039:1983 Distribution pillars for voltages not exceeding March 2011 2
1000 volts (first revision)
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
442
(15) IS 8623 (Part Specification for low voltage switchgear and March 2008 2
1): 1993/ controlgear assemblies: Part 1 Requirements
IEC 60439-1 for type-tested and partially type tested
(1985) assemblies (first revision).
(16) IS 8623 (Part Specification for low voltage switchgear and March 2008 2
2):1993/ controlgear assemblies: Part 2 Particular
IEC 60439-2 requirements for busbar trunking systems
(1987) (busways)-(first revision)
(17) IS 8544 (Part Motor starters for voltages not exceeding 1000 2
1): V: Part Direction line ac starters [superseded
1977 by IS 13947 (Part 4/Section 1): 1993]
(18) IS 8544 (Part Motor starters for voltages not exceeding 1000
2): V : Part 2 Star-delta starters [superseded by IS
1977 13947 (Part 4/ Section 1): 1993]
3/ Sec 1): 1979 V : Part 3
Rheostaticmotorstarters,Section1Generalrequir
ements [superseded by IS 13947 (Part 4/Section
1):1993]
4): V: Part 4 Reduced voltage ac starters: two step
1979 auto-transformer starters [superseded by IS
13947 (Part 4/Section 1): 1993]
POWER CABLE

. Date
(1) IS 694:1990/ PVC Insulated cables for working voltages upto February 2010 5
IEC 60227- and including 1100 V
1 to 5 (1979)
(2) IS 694: 2010 Polyvinyl chloride insulated sheathed and 1
unsheathed cables with rigid and flexible
conductor for rated voltages upto and
including 450/750 V :
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
443
Part 1 General requirements (fourth revision)
(3) IS 1554 (Part PVC insulated (heavy duty) electric cables:

1): 1988/ Part 2 For working voltages upto and including
IEC 60502 1100 V (Third revision)
(1983)
(4) IS 3961 (Part Recommended current ratings for cables: Part November 2011
1): 1 Paper insulated lead sheathed cables
1967
(5) IS 4288:1988 PVC insulated (heavy duty) electric cables with
solid aluminium conductors for voltages upto
and including 1100 V (second revision)
(withdrawn)
(6) IS 4289 (Part Flexible cables for lifts and other flexible
1): 1984/ connections: Part 1 Elastomer insulated cables
IEC 60245-5 (first revision)
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
444
ELECTRIC WIRING ACCESSORIES CODES OF PRACTICE GUIDE
Sl.No Standard Title Reaffirm Date Amdt

. .
(1) IS 9537 (Part 1): Conduits for electrical installations: Part 1 November 2010 (1)
1980/ General Requirements
IEC 60614-1 (1978)
(2) IS 9537 (Part 2): Conduits for electrical installations: Part 2 Rigid May 2012 (2)
1981 steel conduits (superseding IS:1653)
(3) IS 3480:1966 Flexible steel conduits for electrical wiring May 2012 (1)
(4) IS 2667:1988 Fittings for rigid steel conduits for electrical wiring February 2008
(first revision) [Superseded by IS 14768 (Part 2):
2003]
(5) IS 3837:1976 Accessories for rigid steel conduits for electrical May 2012 (1)
wiring (first revision)
(6) IS 9537 (Part 4): Conduits for electrical installations: Part 4 Pliable May 2012
1983 self- recovering conduits of insulating materials
(7) IS 9537 (Part 5): Conduits for a electrical installations: Part 5 June 2010
2000/ Pliable conduits of insulating material
IEC 60614-2-3 [Superseding IS 6946]
(1990)
(8) IS 3419:1989 Fittings for rigid non-metallic conduits (second May 2012
revision)
(9) IS 14772:2000/ Enclosures for accessories for household and May 2010
IEC 60670-1 similar fixed electrical installations
(1989) [Superseding IS 5133 (Part 1 and 2)]
(10) IS 2412:1975 Link clips for electrical wiring (first revision) May 2012 (2)
(11) IS 371:1999 Ceiling roses (third revision) March 2010 (4)
(12) IS 3854:1997/ Switches for domestic and similar purposes July 2012 (6)
IEC 60669-1 (second revision)
(1998)
(13) IS 4615:1968 Switch-socket outlets (non-interlocking type)
(Withdrawn)
(14) IS 4160:2005/ Interlocking switch socket outlets - Specification June 2010
IEC 60884-2-6 (first revision)
(1997)
(15) IS 1293:2005/ Plugs and socket outlets of rated voltage upto June 2010 (5)
IEC 60884-1 and including 250 volts and rated current upto
(2002) and including 16 amperes - Specification (third
revision)
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(E) EE(C)
445

. Date
(4) IS 10322 (Part Luminaires: Part 5 Particular requirements, Sec March 2012
5/ Sec. 2):2012 2 Recessed luminaires (First Revision)
(5) IS 10322 (Part Luminaires: Part 5 Particular requirements, Sec March 2012
5/ Sec. 3 Luminaires for road and street lighting (First
3):2012/ IEC revision)
60598-2-3
(1979)
(6) IS 10322 (Part Luminaires: Part 5 Particular requirements, May 2010 1
5/ Sec 4):1987/ Section 4 Portable general purpose
IEC60598-2-4
(1979)
(7) IS 10322 (Part Luminaires: Part 5 Particular requirements, May 2010 (1)
5/ Sec 5):1987/ Section 5 Flood lights [superseding IS 1947]
IEC60598-2-5
(8) IS 3287:1965 Industrial lighting fittings with plastic reflectors
(9) IS 1777:1978 Industrial luminaires with metal reflectors (first
revision)
(10) IS 2206 (Part Flameproof electric lighting fittings: Part 1
1): Well-glass and bulkhead types (first revision)
1984
(11) IS 3528:1966 Waterproof electric lighting fittings May 2010
(12) IS 3553:1966 Watertight electric lighting fittings May 2010
(13) IS 8030:1976/ Luminaires for hospitals March 2008
IEC 162 (1972)
(14) IS 7537:1974 Road traffic signals March 2008
(15) IS 9583:1981/ Emergency lighting units March 2008
IEC 598-2-22
(1980)
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

446
ELECTRICAL APPLIANCES
Sl.No Standard Title Reaffirm Amdt

. Date .
(1) IS 302 (Part 1): Safety of household and similar electrical (1)
2008/ appliances: Part 1 General requirements (sixth
IEC 60335-1 revision)
(2006)
(2) IS 2268:1994 Electric call bells and buzzers for indoor use March 2009
(second revision)
(3) IS 3412:1994 Electric water boilers (second revision) March 2009
ELECTRICAL INSTRUMENTS
Sl.No Standard Title Reaffirm Amdt

. Date .
(1) IS 6236:1971/ Direct recording electrical measuring January 2010
IEC 60258 (1968) Instruments
(2) IS 1248(Part 1): Direct acting indicating analogue electrical Sep 2008
2003/ measuring instruments and their accessories:
IEC 600 51-1 Part 1 General requirements (fourth revision)
(1997)
(3) IS 1248(Part 2): Direct acting indicating analogue electrical Aug 2008
IEC 600 51-2 Part 2 Ammeters and voltmeters (third
(1984) revision)
2003/ measuring
IEC 600 51-3 instrumentsandtheiraccessories:Part3Wattm
(1984) etersand varmeters (thirdrevision)
IEC 600 51-4 Part 4 Frequency meters (third revision)
(1984)
(6) IS 1248 (Part 5): Direct acting indicating analogue electrical Aug 2008
IEC 600 51-5 Part 5 Phase meters, power factor meters and
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

447
(1984) synchroscope (third revision)
(7) IS 722(Part 1): AC electricity meters : General requirement

1998 and tests
(8) IS 722 (Part 2): AC electricity meters: Part 2 Single-phase
1977 whole-current watt-hour meters, Class 2 (first
revision)
(9) IS 722 (Part 3): AC electricity meters: Part 3 Three-phase
1988 whole current and transformer operated and
single-phase transformer operated watt-hour
meters, class 2 (second revision)
(10) IS 722 (Part 5): AC electricity meters: Part 5 Volt-ampere
1980 hour meters for restricted power factor
range, class 3.5 (first revision)
(11) IS 722 (Part AC electricity meters: Part 7 Volt-ampere
7/Sec 1): 1987 hour meters for full power factor range,
Section 1 General requirements (first revision)
(12) IS 722 (Part 8): AC electricity meters: Part 8 Single-phase 2-
1972 wire whole current watt-hour meter (class
1.0)
(13) IS 722 (Part 9): AC electricity meters: Part 9 Three-phase
1972 whole current and transformer operated
watt-hour meters and single- phase two-wire
transformer operated watt-hour meters (class
1.0)
(14) IS 8530: 1977 Maximum demand indicators (class 1)
IEC 60211:1966
(15) *IS 2992:1987 Insulation resistance testers, hand operated Jan 2010
(magneto generator type) (second revision)
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

448
INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMERS

. Date
(1) IS 2705 (Part Current Part 1 General requirements Aug 2012 (1)
1): 1992/ transformers:
IEC 60185 (second revision)
(1966)
(2) IS 2705 (Part Current transformers: Part 2 Aug 2012
2): 1992/ Measuring current transformers
IEC 60185 (secondrevision)
(1966)
(3) IS 2705 (Part Current transformers: Part 3 Aug 2012
3): 1992/ Protective current transformers
IEC 60185 (secondrevision)
(1966)
(4) IS 2705 (Part Current transformers: Part 4 Protective current Aug 2012
4): 1992/ transformers for special purpose applications
IEC 60185 (second revision)
(1966)
(5) IS 6949:1973 Summation current transformers Sep 2011
MISCELLANEOUS

. Date
(1) IS 2551:1982 Danger notice plates (first revision) Mar 2010
(2) IS 2448 (Part Adhesive insulating tapes for electrical Oct 2010 (5)
1): purposes: Part 1 Tapes with cotton textile
1963 substrates
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

449
ELECTROTECHNICAL VOCABULARY
CODES OF PRACTICE GUIDE Date Amdt

. Date
(1) IS 1885 (Part Electrotechnical vocabulary: Part 1 Jul 2012 (2)
1): Fundamental Definitions
1961
(2) IS 1885 (Part Electrotechnical Vocabulary: Part 9 Electrical Jul 2012
9): 1992/ relays (second revision)
IEC60050
(446):1983
(3) IS 1885 (Part Electrotechnical vocabulary: Part 11 Jul 2012
11): Electrical Measurements
1966
(4) IS 1885 (Part Electrotechnical vocabulary: Part 16 Lighting, Jul 2012
16/ Sec Section 1 General aspects
1):1968
16/ Sec. Section
2):1968 2Generalillumination,lightingfittingsandlighting
fortraffic and signaling
16/ Sec. Section 3 Lamps and auxiliary apparatus
3):1967
(7) IS 1885 (Part Electrotechnical vocabulary: Part 17 Jul 2012
17): Switchgear and controlgear (first revision)
1979
(8) IS 1885 (Part Electrotechnical Vocabulary: Part 32 Electric Mar 2009
32):1993/ cables (first revision)
IEC 60050
(461):
1984
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

450
SAFETY

. Date
(1) IS 4770:1991 Rubber Gloves for electrical purposes
(2) IS 5424:1969 Rubber mats for electrical purpose April 2011 (2)
(Superseded by IS 15652:2006)
Form Of Completion Certificate
I/Wecertifythattheinstallationdetailedbelowhasbeeninstalledbyme/usandtestedand
that to the best of my/our knowledge and belief it complies with Indian Electricity Rules,
1956,as well as the C.P.W.D. General Specifications of Electrical Works2013.
Electrical installation at.................................................................................................................
Voltage and system of supply.........................................................................................................
I. Particulars ofwork:
(a) Internal Electrical Installation No. Total Type or system Loadofwiring

(i) Lightpoint
(ii) Fanpoint
(iii) Plug Point
(a)3 pin 5Amp.
(b)3 pin 15Amp.
(b) Others Description HP/KW TypeofStarting

(a)Motors:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(b) Otherplants:
(c) If the work involves installation of overhead line and/or undergroundcable.
(d) (i) Type & description of overheadline.
(ii) Total length and no. of spans.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

451
(iii) No. of street lights and itsdescription.
(e) (i) Total length of underground cable & itssize.

(ii) No.ofjoints: End joint :Teejoint:
St. through joint:

II. Earthing
(i) Description of earthingelectrode.
(ii) No. of earthelectrodes.
(iii) Size of main earthlead.
III. Testresults:
(a) Insulation resistance
(i) Insulation resistance of the whole system of Conductorstoearth –
Megaohms
(ii) Insulation between the phase conductor and neutral Between Phase
Randneutral – Mega ohms Between Phase Yandneutral –
Mega ohms Between Phase Bandneutral – Megaohms
(iii) Insulation resistance between the phase conductors in case of polyphase supply.
Between Phase R and Phase Y – Mega ohms Between Phase Y and Phase B –
Mega ohms Between Phase B and Phase R – Mega ohms
(b) Polarity test

Polarity of linked single pole branch switches.
(c) Earth continuity test

Maximum resistance between any point in the earth continuity conductor including
metal conduits and mainearthinglead Ohms
(d) Earth electrode resistance Resistance of each earthelectrode
(i) Ohms
(ii) Ohms
(iii) Ohms
(iv) Ohms
(e) Lighting protectivesystem

Resistance of the whole of lightning protective system to earth before any bonding is
effected with earth electrode and metal in/on the structure …… Ohms.
Signature andnameof Contractor Signature and Name of the Junior Engineer (E)
/AE (E)
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

452
Chart showing the Distance upto which Different Sizes of UG Aluminium Conductor Cables can
be used for Different Peak Load Current Ratings for 8 Volts Drop when Laid in Ground (PVC
Insulated, PVC Sheathed, 3 core or 4 core) when Cable Grading is 1.1 KV
(Maximum Conductor Temperature - 70 deg C)

S.No Curren Distance in mtrs for the following cable sizes in sqmm
. t
Amp 6 10 16 25 35 50 70 95 120 150 185 240 300
1 5 165 260 415 725 895 1300 1925 2360 3065 3555 4300 5770 6460
2 10 80 130 205 360 450 650 960 1180 1530 1775 2150 2885 3230
3 15 55 85 140 240 300 430 640 785 1020 1185 1430 1920 2155
4 20 40 65 100 180 225 325 480 590 765 890 1075 1440 1615
5 25 30 50 80 145 180 260 385 470 610 710 860 1150 1290
6 30 25 40 70 120 150 215 320 390 570 590 715 960 1075
7 40 20 30 50 90 110 160 240 295 380 445 535 720 805
8 50 – 25 40 70 90 130 190 235 305 355 430 575 645
9 60 – – 35 60 75 110 160 195 255 295 355 480 535
10 70 – – 30 50 65 90 135 165 215 255 305 410 460
11 80 – – – 45 55 80 120 145 190 220 265 360 405
12 90 – – – 40 50 70 105 130 170 195 235 320 360
13 100 – – – 35 45 65 95 115 150 175 215 290 320
14 110 – – – – 40 60 85 105 140 160 195 260 290
15 120 – – – – 35 55 80 95 125 145 180 240 270
16 130 – – – – – 50 75 90 115 135 165 220 250
17 140 – – – – – 45 70 80 110 125 150 205 230
18 150 – – – – – – 65 75 100 115 140 190 215
19 160 – – – – – – 60 70 95 110 130 180 200
20 170 – – – – – – 55 70 90 105 125 170 190
21 180 – – – – – – 50 65 85 100 120 160 180
22 190 – – – – – – – 60 80 90 110 150 170
23 200 – – – – – – – 60 75 90 105 145 160
24 225 – – – – – – – – 65 80 95 125 145
25 250 – – – – – – – – – 70 85 115 130
26 275 – – – – – – – – – – 80 105 115
27 300 – – – – – – – – – – 70 95 105
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

453
Note 1 : PVC Insulated electrical cable for voltage grade upto 1.1 KV is based on 8 volts drop.
1 This table is based on current and resistance as given in M/s lncab’s table for cables
(April 1964. Table No.17 and 33)
2 The distances are given in meters and after rounding.
3 The condition of installation of cable is ground temp.15 degree C.
Note 2 : For Temperature Correction please see as detailed below:
1 Whenthevoltagedropandlengthisconstantthentofindthesizeofcableforfollowingcurre
ntratingsof the chart to obtain the calculated load current by the following factors
and then see the size according to that ratings which was multiplied by the
temperaturefactor.
Ground Temp: 20 Degree C 25 Degree C 30 Degree C 35 Degree C
Rating Factors: 0.95 0.9 0.85 0.8
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

454
Current Rating (in Ground) for XLPE Insulated 1.1 KV Grade Cables
Nominal Aluminium Conductor Copper Conductor

Area of the
Single Core MultiCore Single Core Multi Core Unity
Conductor
mm2 PVC XLPE PVC XLPE PVC XLPE PVC XLPE
10 51 55 46 50 65 71 60 65
16 66 74 60 68 85 95 77 87
25 86 98 76 90 110 125 99 115
35 100 118 92 108 130 150 120 138
50 120 137 110 126 155 175 145 161
70 140 172 135 158 190 220 175 202
95 175 204 165 187 220 260 210 239
120 195 234 185 215 250 301 240 276
150 220 262 210 240 280 336 270 308
185 240 298 235 273 305 381 300 350
240 270 344 275 316 345 441 345 405
300 295 387 305 355 375 496 385 455
400 325 458 335 420 400 586 425 538
500 345 495 - - 425 635 - -
630 390 555 - - 470 710 - -
800 440 625 - - - - -
1000 490 685 - - - - - -
RATING FACTORS FOR VARIATION IN AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE
Air Temperature (OC) 40 45 50
Rating Factor (XLPE) 1.00 0.94 0.88

Rating Factor (PVC) 1.00 0.90 0.81
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

455
Permissible Maximum Short Circuit Current Ratings for XLPE Cables
Conductor Area Short Circuit Ratings for One SecondDuration

Copper Conductors Aluminium Conductors
Sq.mm. A B
16 2570 1730
25 3970 2670
35 5500 3690
50 7800 5220
70 10850 7400
95 14600 9740
120 18400 12200
150 23000 15200
185 28200 18700
240 36400 24200
300 45300 30100
400 60200 39900
500 74800 49800
630 92700 62000
800 – 78800
1000 – 97800
Initial ConductorTemperature 90 Deg. C Final ConductorTemperature 250 Deg.C
For durations other than one second the short circuit current may be calculated from the
following formula:
Isc = I
t
Where Isc – Short circuit current during time t,amperes.
I – Short circuit current during the time one second as given in above table.
t – Short circuit current duration,seconds.
Note :For large currents the force between the conductors must be considered especially
When single core cable are used.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

456
Tripping Characteristics of MCBs
Based onthetrippingcharacteristics,MCBsareavailablein‘B’and‘C’curvetosuitdifferenttypes ofapplications.
‘B’ Curve: For protection of electric circuits with equipment that does not cause surge current (lighting and
socket outlet circuits)
Short circuit release is set to 3 - 5 In
‘C’ Curve: For protection of electric circuits with equipment that cause surge current (inductive and motor
circuits)
‘D’ Curve: For protection of electric circuits which cause high in rush current when they are switched ON,
typically 15 times the normal running current (Transformers, Heavy Start Motors, 2 PoleMotors)
13.0 DEVELOPMENT
(i) Compound Lighting to be provided with LED lighting placed on Octagonal Poles at suitable height &
spacing along the Road and Boundary Wall.
(ii) Gates of the campus are to be provided with appropriate Illumination as per Architectural
Considerations.
(iii) The Horticultural Work, Landscaping, Water Bodies, Façade Lighting to be provided with appropriate
illumination as per Aesthetic Considerations.
(iv) The Electrical panel board for out door lights shall be with programmable Logic Timer controller.
(v) The bracket of street light shall be of the same make of street light pole.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

457
14.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE PLANS
14.1 Internal Electrical Installations
a) The detailed instructions on safety procedures given in BIS code no. 5216:1982 “Code of safety
Procedures and Practices in Electrical works” shall be strictly followed.
b) Safety procedures given in Chapter 10 of CPWD General Specifications for Electrical works Part-
1(Internal) shall be followed.
c) Safety recommendation as per IE rules 1956 as per Appendix “C”.
d) The materials shall be tested from 3rd Party laboratories are conduit, wires, cables etc.
e) Provisions and fixing of check-nuts for conduit work as per CPWD Specifications.
f) No. of wires in one conduit shall be ensure as per CPWD Specifications.
g) Colour coding of wires to be ensure.
h) Lugs and thimbles at cable/ wire ends in switch boxes as per CPWD Specifications.
i) Labeling of switch boxes shall be ensured.
j) Termination of earth terminals in earth pits, switch box, DBs and accessories to be ensured. Earth
chamber to be constructed and proper marking to be done.
k) A comprehensive schematic diagram is prepared starting from the main board up to the final DBs. All
such boards are duly marked and numbered.
l) The pre-commissioning testing of the installation shall be carried out such as
i) Insulation resistance test.
ii) Polarity test of switch.
iii) Earth continuity test.
iv) Earth electrode resistance test.
m) All the tests at site shall be carried out for the completed installations, in the presence of and to the
satisfaction of the Engineer in Charge by the contractor. All the test results shall be recorded and
submitted to the Department.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

458
n) On completion of an electrical installation (or an extension to an installation), a certificate shall be

furnished by the electrical contractor, countersigned by the certified supervisor under whose direct
supervision the installation was carried out. This certificate shall be in the prescribed form as given in
Appendix “E” of CPWD General Specifications for Electrical Works Part-1(Internal) in addition to the
test certificate required by the local electric supply authorities.
o) All electrical fittings ,fans, fixtures, to be provided for the work, should have latest minimum 5-star
rating (of BEE).
4.0 WATER SUPPLY PUMPS

The scope of work includes the following complete with planning, designing, supplying, installation,
testing & commissioning all system & equipment as mentioned below:
The contractor will assess the requirement of water supply for domestic, Air conditioning, flushing and
gardening as per NBC-2016 norms.
The pumps will be designed for 4-6 hours pumping during the day.
All pumps will be in 1W+1S combination.
1. All pumps, valves, piping, cabling, protection and safety devices, electrical control panels with
BMS compatibility, earthing etc as required for the building for all the water based services to
collect the water in the underground/ on ground/ overhead tanks and to pump them to the
required tanks, as required to ensure the availability of the water for different type of utilities.
2. This will include the water being received from local body, borewells etc besides others if any
as applicable
Water supply pumping and treatment system of suitably designed capacity pumping system ( for
potable water, air-conditioning water,ordinary water etc., each separately ) with minimum 100%
standby capacity for each type of pumping arrangement, with required Electrical Panels, cabling, GI
piping , controls , control wiring, safety and control equipment, earthing etc. as required.
The scope shall include following:
1. Type, Pressure, Head and discharge of the pumps, sizes and type of valve shall be designed bythe
contractor for proper service.
2. Minimum 100% standby pumps shall be provided.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

459
3. Layout drawing (working) shall be prepare by contractor indicating dimension of each and every
equipment, foundation, hanging arrangement etc and shall be submitted to the Department for the
approval.
4. Layout of pumps shall be prepared for easy maintenance.
5.0 NETWORKING and WIFI SYSTEM:
SCOPE OF WORK
1. The scope of work shall include planning, designing, supply, installation, testing and
commissioning of complete of LAN and WiFiSystemsystem.
2. The no of data outlets to be provided are as described above. The scope of work also includes
the provision of both Active & Passive Components.
3. The core switch shall be N working + 1 Stand-by.
4. The complete system has to be supplied, installed, tested and commissioned in complete
manner to have a fully functional system, as required.
5. The entire office shall be Wi-fi enabled. Contractor shall submit wi-fi hot mapping. Each wi-fi
point will have 2 sources i.e. 2 separate networking cables for redundancy. The required no of
transmitters and receivers shall be provided as per the requirement and approved scheme. The
scheme shall be got approved from the Engineer In Charge.
6. Every floor shall have suitable no. of floor-standing / wall-mounted racks with suitable no. of
switch in each wing. The LAN wiring shall be carried out with CAT-6 A cabling from the
respective floor data points which shall terminate in the LAN switches.
7. The contractor shall ensure that the maximum length from the switch to the data point
including the patch cords etc. does not exceeds 80m. There shall be 20% redundancy on each
switch.
8. Each floor rack shall be connected to the Server Room Main racks through backbone Optical
Fibre cable and links. Each rack shall have dual-linkage from the different server racks.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

460
6.0 Split 2 TR Air-condtion

SCOPE OF WORK
Supply, Installation,Testing and Commissioning of 2TR rating wall mounted, highly energy efficient
inverter splti type 5 star Air Conditioner, certified by Bureau of Energy Efficient (BEE), fitted with high
efficiency, higher energy, efficient rotary compressor, larger surface copper condenser coil, electrical
connectivity, between indoor and out - door units, refrigerant piping of suitable size and standard lenghts,
precharged out - door unit operating on R-410A / R32 refrigerant and suitable for operation on 230 V AC
supply including making suitable hole in the wall / ceiling using core cutting machine, providing copper piping
upto 3 mtrs. length with nitrile rubber insulation for suction and discharge lines for the above capacity AC Unit
as per connections between indoor and outdoor units accessories etc., as required. capable of performing the
following functions in Bed Rooms. The total quatity of AC are 54 numbers.
A) Cooling
B) Dehumidifying
C) Air Circulation
D) Filtering.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

461
C-2
Fire Alarm SystemSystem
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

462
1. Scope of Work
1.0 GENERAL
The scope of work consists of Planning, designing & preparation of Drawings, obtaining approvals from the
Department, Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Manual Fire alarm system ,Fire Exit LED
signages with 4 hours battery backup etc ,manual call boxes, Sounders of low intensity and high intensity
typesas mentioned in hereafter and tender drawings as per EN54, BS: 5839 or NFPA 71/72, NBC-2016, CPWD
Specifications-PART-VI- Fire Detection and Alarm System-2018, TelanganaBuilding Rules, 2012 (as applicable in
TS) with up-to date amendments, UBBL code. The Manual Fire Alarm system shall be same as that of
Automatic Addressable Fire Alarm System except for the non-provision of detectors.
2. GENERAL
2.1 SITE INFORMATION

The tenderer should, in his own interest, visit the site and familiarize himself with the site conditions
before tendering.For any clarification, tenderer may discuss with the Engineer-in-Charge.
2.2 RATES
The rates quoted by the tenderer, shall be firm and inclusive of all taxes (including GST), duties and
levies and all charges for packing, forwarding, insurance, freight and delivery, installation, testing,
commissioning etc. at site including temporary constructional storage, risks, overhead charges, general
liabilities/ obligations etc.
2.3 MACHINERY FOR ERECTION

All tools and tackles required for unloading / handling of equipment’s and materials at site, their
assembly, erection, testing and commissioning shall be the responsibility of the contractor.
2.4 CONFORMITY WITH STATUTORY ACTS, RULES, ORDERS, STANDARDS AND CODES
(i) All components and their installation shall conform to relevant Indian Standard Specifications,
wherever existing, amended to date.
(ii) As per Public Procurement (Preference to Make in India) Order (PPP-MII Order), inclusion of
foreign standards/certification in tenders, there by excluding local manufacturers is violative of
theOrder.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

463
(iii) Therefore,utmost care shall be taken to stipulate Indian Standards/certifications instead of

foreign standards/certifications for various products/materials in the tender documents. In all
cases, the PPP-MII Order 2017 as amended shall be strictly complied.
(iv) All electrical works shall be carried out in accordance with the provisions of Indian Electricity Act,
2003 and Electricity Authority (Measures Relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Regulations, 2010,
NEC 2011 amended to date. They shall also conform to CPWD General Specifications for Electrical
Works, Part-I (Internal)-2013, Part-II (External)- 1994, Part IV (Sub-station) 2013 and Part-VII(DG
Sets)-2013 amended to date.
SAFETY CODES AND LABOUR REGULATIONS
(i) In respect of all labour employed directly or indirectly on the work for the performance of the fire
fighting contractor’s part of work, the contractor athisown expense, will arrange for the safety
provisions as per the statutory provisions including “Safety, Health and Environment Hand book
2019” published by CPWD, B.I.S recommendations, Factory Act, Workman’s Compensation Act,
CPWD Code and instructions issued from time to time.Failure to provide such safety requirements
would make the tenderer liablefor penalty to be decided by Engineer-in-charge. In addition, the
Engineer-in-charge, shall be at liberty to make arrangements and provide facilities as aforesaid and
recover the cost incurred thereon from the contractor.
(ii) The contractor shall provide necessary barriers, warning signals and other safety measures while
laying pipelines, cables etc. or wherever necessary so as to avoid accident. He shall also indemnify
CPWD against claims for compensation arising out of negligence in this respect. Contractor shall be
liable, in accordance with the Indian Law and Regulations, for any accident occurring due to any
cause. The department shall not be responsible for any accident occurred or damage incurred or
claims arising there from during the execution of work. The contractor shall also provide all
insurance including third party insurance as may be necessary to cover the risk. No extra payment
would be made to the contractor due to the above provisions thereof.
2.5 WORKS TO BE DONE BY THE CONTRACTOR

Unless otherwise mentioned in the tender documents, the following works shall be done by the
contractor and therefore, their cost shall be deemed to be included in the tendered cost- whether
specifically indicated in the Schedule of Work or not:-
i. Extension of the conduit ends upto the FAS / AFAS Equipment’s and loop
earthling as required.
ii. All minor building work such as cutting and making good the damages.
iii. Necessary testing equipment’s.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

464
iv. Watch and ward of the equipment’s, materials and installation, till their handing over to the
department duly installed and commissioned.
v. Approval from the concerned fire authorities as may be required as per the local Fire Regulations
and bye laws.
2.6 POWER SUPPLY,WATER SUPPLY AND DRAINAGE
The power supply and water supply for testing and commissioning of the complete installation shall be
made by the agency /contractor only.
2.7 COMPLETENESS OFTHETENDER,SUBMISSIONOFPROGRAMME,APPROVALOFDRAWING

ANDCOMMENCEMENTOFWORK
(i) Completeness of the tender:
All sun dry equipment, fittings, assemblies, accessories, hardware items, foundation bolts, supports,
termination lugs for electrical connections, cable glands, junction boxes and all other items which are
useful and necessary for proper assembly and efficient working of the various equipment and
components of the work shall be deemed to have been included in the tender, irrespective of the fact
whether such items are specifically mentioned in the tender or not.
(ii) Submission of programme:

Within fifteen days from the date of receipt of the letter of award, the successful tenderer shall
submit his programme for submission of drawings, supply of equipment, installation, testing,
commissioning and handing overof the installation to the Engineer-in-Charge. This programme shall be
framed keeping in view the building progress and the Milestones fixed in Schedule ‘F’ Clause-5 of
General Conditions of Contract.
(iii) Submission of Drawings:
The contractor shall submit the drawings to the Engineer-in-Charge as per specification for approval
within 60 days from the start of work.
(iv) Commencement of work:
The contractor shall commence work as soon as the drawings submitted by him are approved either in
full or in part as the case may be.
2.9 DISPATCH OF MATERIALS TO SITE AND THEIR SAFE CUSTODY

The contractor shall dispatch materials to site in consultation with the Engineer-in-Charge. Watch
and ward however, shall be the responsibility of contractor. Programme of dispatch of material shall be
framed keeping in view the building progress. Safe custody of all machinery and equipment supplied
bythe contractor shall be the responsibility of the contractor till final taking over by the department.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

465
2.10 CO-ORDINATION WITH OTHER AGENCIES

The contractor shall co-ordinate with all other agencies involved in the work so that thework of other
agencies is not hampered due to delay in his work.
2.11 QUALITY OF MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP
(i) The components of the installation shall be of such design so as to satisfactorily function under
all conditions of operation.
(ii) The entire work of manufacture/fabrication, assembly and installation shall conform to sound
engineering practice.
(iii) All equipment and materials to be used in work shall be manufactured in factories of good repute
having excellent track record of quality manufacturing, performance and proper after sales service.
2.12 CARE OF THE BUILDING

Care shall be taken by the contractor during execution of the work to avoiddamage to the
building. He shall be responsible for repairing all such damages and restoring the same to the original
finish at his cost. He shall also remove all unwanted and waste materials arising out of the installation
from the site ofwork from time to time.
2.13 INSPECTIONANDTESTING
2.13.1 Initial Inspection and testing
(i) Initial inspection of materials and equipment at manufacturer’s works may be done by the
Engineer-in-Charge or his representative. For item the date of testing of equipment at the
manufacturer’s works before dispatch.The contractor shall give sufficient advance notice regarding
the dates proposed for such tests to the department’s representative(s) to facilitate hispresence
during testing. The Engineer-in-charge at his discretion may witnesss such testing. Equipment will
be inspected at the manufacturer/ authorized dealer’s premises, before dispatch to the site by the
contractor.
(ii) The department also reserves the right to inspect the fabrication job at factory and the successful
tenderer has to make arrangements for the same.
(iii) The materials duly inspected by Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representative shall be
dispatched to site by the contractor.
(iv) No additional payment shall be made to the contractor for initial inspection/testing at the
manufacturer’s works by the representative of the Engineer-in-Charge. However, the department
will bear the expenses of its representative deputed for carrying out initial inspection/testing.
2.13.3 GUARANTEE
(i) The contractor shall guarantee the complete system to provide the specified flow and pressure
under all conditions at outlets.
(ii) All equipment shall be guaranteed for a period of 36 months from the dateof completion of
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

466
entire scope of agreement.The equipment or component or any part thereof so found defective
duringthe guarantee period shall be repaired or replaced free of cost to the satisfaction of the
Engineer-in-charge. In case, it is felt by the department that undue delay is being caused by the
contractor in doing this, the same will be got done by the department at the risk and cost of the
contractor. The decision of Engineer-in-charge in this regard shall be final.
2.14 TENDER DRAWINGS, DRAWINGS FOR APPROVAL AND COMPLETION DRAWINGS:

2.14.1 Tender Drawings
The drawings appended with the tender documents are intended to show theareasallotted for
various equipment, tentative pipe routes. The equipment offered shall be suitable for installation
in the spaces shown in these drawings.
2.14.2 Drawings for approval on award of the work
(a) The contractor shall submit in duplicate the following drawings within a fortnight of the award
of work for approval by the department:
(i) Layout of detectors, manual call boxes and all other accessories.
(ii) Wiring diagram including connection topology for the complete system.
(iii) Circuit diagram of individual panels, P.A. system and detectors.
(iv) Constructional details of the various control and indicating panels and mimic diagram(s).
(b) Before commencement of the installation:
The above drawings, with observations of the Department duly incorporated, shall be submitted
to the Engineer-in-Charge in triplicate along with any special instructions, with regard to
handling, storage and installation.
(c) Documents to be furnished on completion of installation:
Three sets of the following documents shall be furnished to the department by the contractor on
completion of work:-
(i) Completion drawings.
(ii) Manufacturer's technical catalogues of all equipments and accessories.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

467
(iii) Operation and maintenance manual of all major equipments, detailing all adjustments,
operation and maintenance procedures.
2.14.3 Completion Drawings

Three sets of following laminated drawings shall be submitted by the contractor while handing
over the installations to the Department. Out of this one of the sets shall be laminated on a hard
base for display in the fire control room. In addition one soft copy shall also be furnished.
(a) Installation drawings giving complete details of all the components/items such as detectors,
call boxes etc.
(b) Line diagram and layout of all electrical control panels and work station.
(c) Control wiring drawings with all control components and sequence of operation to explain the
operation of control circuits.
2.15 DOCUMENTS TO BE FURNISHED ON COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION

Three sets of the following documents shall be furnished to the department bythe contractor
oncompletion of work:
(a) Completion drawings.

(b) 3 sets of manufacturer’s technical catalogues of all equipment and accessories.
(c) Operation and maintenance manual of all major equipment, detailing all adjustments,
operation and maintenance procedure.
(d) Name plate details of all equipment.
2. TECHNICAL
The work under this subhead shall be carried out as per CPWD General Specification for Electrical Works
Part VI Fire Detection and Alarm System – 2018, NBC 2016, relevant IS codes amended upto date.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

468
List Of Referred Indian Standards
IS No. Title
694: 2010 Polyvinyl chloride insulated unsheathed and sheathed cables/ cords
with rigid and flexible conductor for rated voltages up to and including
450/750 V (fourth revision)
1255 : 1983 Code of practice for installation and maintenance of power cables upto and
including 33 KV rating (second revision)
1554(Part-I): 1988 PVC insulated (heavy duty) electric cables: Part 1 for working voltage upto
and including 1100 V (third revision)
2175 : 1988 Specification for heat sensitive fire detectors for use in automatic fire alarm
system (Second revision)
9968(part 1) :1988 Elastomer insulated cables : Part 1 for working voltage upto and including
1100 V (first revision)
11360 : 1985 Specification for smoke detectors for use in automatic electrical fire alarm
system.
2189 : 2008 Code of Practice for selection , installation and maintenance of Automatic
fire detection and alarm system (second revision )- Code of Practice
National Building Code, 2016
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

469
C-3
Fire-Fighting Down ComerSystemandFire
Extingushers
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

470
1. SCOPE OF WORK
The scope of work consists of Planning, designing & preparation of Drawings, obtaining approvals from the
Department, Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of firefighting system with Down Comer, fire
hydrant system, fire extinguishers including providing of electric fire pumps, terrace pumps, internal hydrants,
first AID Hose reels, hose pipes, branch pipes, electrical panels and cables for the electrical panel and motors
as mentioned in hereafter and tender drawings as per NBC-2016, CPWD General Specification for Electrical
Works (Wet Riser)- 2020, TELANGANA Building Rules, 2012 (as applicable in TS) with up-to date amendments,
UBBL code and requirement of TELANGANA State Disaster Response fire service for all the buildings.
The scope of work includes the following points:
1) To get the fire fighting scheme approved first from Telangana Sate Fire Service before taking up
execution of work, if required.
2) To execute the work as per approval of Telangana Sate Fire Service and as directed by Engineer in
charge.
3) Agency shall obtain clearance certificate from Telangana Sate Fire Service. for installations of Fire
Fightingsystem.if required
4) 2 Nos. Down comer pump (1 working + 1 standby) at terrace of capacity as per NBC 2016.
5) Electrical panels for Down comer system i/c provision of automatic on /off during low pressure in pipes
with pressure gauges.
6) The number of pumps,HEAD OF PUMP,LPM OF PUMP will be calculated as per the NBC 2016.
7) The location of fire brigade inlet, external fire hydrants, etc. to be marked in the drawings and submit
to the department for approval and subsequent execution of work.
8) The provision of 2/4 way fire brigade connection shall be made as per the provision of NBC 2016.
However, for each vertical riser there should be provision of 2-way fire brigade connection.
9) The separate ring mains for external hydrants shall be laid and appropriate number of external
hydrants shall be provided as per the guidelines laid in NBC 2016.
10) Different types of fire extinguishers (ABC &CO2)shall be provided in all the floors as per the guidelines
of NBC 2016.
11) The all-electrical shafts, electrical room, lift machine rooms shall be provided sufficient number of 4.5
KG CO2 cylinders.
12) Extra number of fire extinguishers shall be provided at the locations where hazardous materials to be
stored.
13) Contractor shall provide all tools, equipment, metering and testing devices required for the
purpose. On award of work, Contractor shall submit a detailed proposal giving methods of testing
and gauging the performance of the equipment to be supplied and installed under this contract
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

471
14) All tests shall be made in the presence of the Engineer-in-charge or his representative or any inspecting
authority. At least five working days notice in writing shall be given to the inspecting parties before
performing anytest.
15) Three copies of all test results shall be submitted to the Engineer in A4 size sheet paper in two
weeks after completion of the tests.
16) However, terrace water tank and underground sump shall be covered by the respective civil work
under Part-B.
17) Atleast, one number 4.5 kg Co2 type fire extinguisher and one number 9.00 ltr water type extinguisher
(gas pressure type) shall be installed at each floor near each staircase in SEST building. (as per
NBC/Telangana State Fire Service. norms). In addition to this, Co2 type fire extinguishers and ABC type
fire extinguishers of not less than 4.5 kg capacity shall also be installed in Electrical rooms, fire pump
house, LT rooms, Lift machine rooms (are as per NBC/Telangana Sate Fire Service).
18) Fire buckets shall be provided as per the fire norms.
19) The agency must study specifications, provision for fire-fighting system for various buildings, NBC code
– 2016, local byelaws and additional conditions carefully. The work shall be executed in close co-
ordination with the progress of buildingwork.
20) Contractor shall provide all tools, equipment, metering and testing devices required for the purpose.
On award of work, Contractor shall submit a detailed proposal giving methods of testing and gauging
the performance of the equipment to be supplied and installed under this contract
21) All tests shall be made in the presence of the Engineer-in-charge or his representative or any inspecting
authority. At least five working days notice in writing shall be given to the inspecting parties before
performing anytest.
22) Three copies of all test results shall be submitted to the Engineer in A4 size sheet paper in two weeks
after completion of the tests.
23) All the E&M fittings, fixtures, machinery and equipment proposed to be used in the execution shall
confirm to highest start rating i.e. ‘5 STAR’ rating under star labelling program of Bureau of Energy
Efficiency (BEE).
The above requirement is indicative only not exhaustive, the contractor should plan, design and
submit the requirement AS NBC 2016 along with layout drawings for approval and execution.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

472
2. GENERAL

The tenderer should, in his own interest, visit the site and familiarize himself with the site conditions
before tendering.For any clarification, tenderer may discuss with the Engineer-in-Charge.
2.2 RATES
The rates quoted by the tenderer, shall be firm and inclusive of all taxes (including GST), duties and
levies and all charges for packing, forwarding, insurance, freight and delivery, installation, testing,
commissioning etc. at site including temporary constructional storage, risks, overhead charges, general
liabilities/ obligations etc.

All tools and tackles required for unloading / handling of equipment’s and materials at site, their
assembly, erection, testing and commissioning shall be the responsibility of the contractor.
(v) All components and their installation shall conform to relevant Indian Standard Specifications,
wherever existing, amended to date.
(vi) As per Public Procurement (Preference to Make in India) Order (PPP-MII Order), inclusion of
foreign standards/certification in tenders, there by excluding local manufacturers is violative of
the Order.
(vii) Therefore,utmost care shall be taken to stipulate Indian Standards/certifications instead of
foreign standards/certifications for various products/materials in the tender documents. In all
cases, the PPP-MII Order 2017 as amended shall be strictly complied.
(viii) All electrical works shall be carried out in accordance with the provisions of Indian Electricity Act,
2003 and Electricity Authority (Measures Relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Regulations, 2010,
NEC 2011 amended to date. They shall also conform to CPWD General Specifications for Electrical
Works, Part-I (Internal)-2013, Part-II (External)- 1994, Part IV (Sub-station) 2013 and Part-VII(DG
Sets)-2013 amended to date.
SAFETY CODES AND LABOUR REGULATIONS
(iii) In respect of all labour employed directly or indirectly on the work for the performance of the fire
fighting contractor’s part of work, the contractor athisown expense, will arrange for the safety
provisions as per the statutory provisions including “Safety, Health and Environment Hand book
2019” published by CPWD, B.I.S recommendations, Factory Act, Workman’s Compensation Act,
CPWD Code and instructions issued from time to time.Failure to provide such safety requirements
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

473
would make the tenderer liablefor penalty to be decided by Engineer-in-charge. In addition, the
Engineer-in-charge, shall be at liberty to make arrangements and provide facilities as aforesaid and
recover the cost incurred thereon from the contractor.
(iv) The contractor shall provide necessary barriers, warning signals and other safety measures while
laying pipelines, cables etc. or wherever necessary so as to avoid accident. He shall also indemnify
CPWD against claims for compensation arising out of negligence in this respect. Contractor shall be
liable, in accordance with the Indian Law and Regulations, for any accident occurring due to any
cause. The department shall not be responsible for any accident occurred or damage incurred or
claims arising there from during the execution of work. The contractor shall also provide all
insurance including third party insurance as may be necessary to cover the risk. No extra payment
would be made to the contractor due to the above provisions thereof.

Unless otherwise mentioned in the tender documents, the following works shall be done by the
contractor and therefore, their cost shall be deemed to be included in the tendered cost- whether
specifically indicated in the Schedule of Work or not:-
vi. Extension of the conduit ends upto the FAS / AFAS Equipment’s and loop
earthling as required.
vii. All minor building work such as cutting and making good the damages.
viii. Necessary testing equipment’s.
ix. Watch and ward of the equipment’s, materials and installation, till their handing over to the
department duly installed and commissioned.
x. Approval from the concerned fire authorities as may be required as per the local Fire Regulations
and bye laws.
2.7 POWER SUPPLY,WATER SUPPLY AND DRAINAGE

The power supply and water supply for testing and commissioning of the complete installation shall be
made by the agency /contractor only.
2.8 COMPLETENESS OFTHETENDER,SUBMISSIONOFPROGRAMME,APPROVALOFDRAWING

ANDCOMMENCEMENTOFWORK
(I) Completeness of the tender:
All sun dry equipment, fittings, assemblies, accessories, hardware items, foundation bolts, supports,
termination lugs for electrical connections, cable glands, junction boxes and all other items which are
useful and necessary for proper assembly and efficient working of the various equipment and
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

474
components of the work shall be deemed to have been included in the tender, irrespective of the fact
whether such items are specifically mentioned in the tender or not.
2. Submission of programme:
Within fifteen days from the date of receipt of the letter of award, the successful tenderer shall
submit his programme for submission of drawings, supply of equipment, installation, testing,
commissioning and handing overof the installation to the Engineer-in-Charge. This programme shall be
framed keeping in view the building progress and the Milestones fixed in Schedule ‘F’ Clause-5 of
General Conditions of Contract.
3. Submission of Drawings:
The contractor shall submit the drawings to the Engineer-in-Charge as per specification for approval
within 60 days from the start of work.
4. Commencement of work:
The contractor shall commence work as soon as the drawings submitted by him are approved either in
full or inpart as the case may be.

The contractor shall dispatch materials to site in consultation with the Engineer-in-Charge. Watch
and ward however, shall be the responsibility of contractor. Programme of dispatch of material shall be
framed keeping in view the building progress. Safe custody of all machinery and equipment supplied
bythe contractor shall be the responsibility of the contractor till final taking over by the department.
The contractor shall co-ordinate with all other agencies involved in the work so that thework of other
agencies is not hampered due to delay in his work.
(iv) The components of the installation shall be of such design so as to satisfactorily function under all
conditions of operation.
(v) The entire work of manufacture/fabrication, assembly and installation shall conform to so
undengineering practice.
(vi) All equipment and materials to be used in work shall be manufactured in factories of good repute
having excellent track record of quality manufacturing, performance and proper after sales service.
2.15 CARE OF THE BUILDING

building. He shall be responsible for repairing all such damages and restoring the same to the original
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

475
finish at his cost. He shall also remove all unwanted and waste materials arising out of the installation
from the site ofwork from time to time.
2.13.1 Initial Inspection and testing
(v) Initial inspection of materials and equipment at manufacturer’s works may be done by the
Engineer-in-Charge or his representative. For item/ equipment requiring initial inspection at
manufacturer’s works, the contractor will intimate the date of testing of equipment at the
manufacturer’s works before dispatch.The contractor shall give sufficient advance notice regarding
the dates proposed for such tests to the department’s representative(s) to facilitate hispresence
during testing. The Engineer-in-charge at his discretion may witnesss such testing. Equipment will
be inspected at the manufacturer/ authorized dealer’s premises, before dispatch to the site by the
contractor.
(vi) The department also reserves the right to inspect the fabrication job at factory and the successful
tenderer has to make arrangements for the same.
(vii) The materials duly inspected by Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representative shall be
dispatched to site by the contractor.
(viii) No additional payment shall be made to the contractor for initial inspection/testing at the
manufacturer’s works by the representative of the Engineer-in-Charge. However, the department
will bear the expenses of its representative deputed for carrying out initial inspection/testing.
2.13.3 SafetyMeasures
All equipment shall incorporate suitable safety provisions to ensure safety of theoperating
personnel at all times. The initial and final inspection reports shall bring out explicitly the
safetyprovisions incorporated in each equipment.
2.17 GUARANTEE
(iii)The contractor shall guarantee the complete system to provide the specified flow and pressure
under all conditions at outlets.
(iv) All equipment shall be guaranteed for a period of 36 months from the dateof completion of
entire scope of agreement.The equipment or component or any part thereof so found defective
duringthe guarantee period shall be repaired or replaced free of cost to the satisfaction of the
Engineer-in-charge. In case, it is felt by the department that undue delay is being caused by the
contractor. The decision of Engineer-in-charge in this regard shall be final.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

476
2.18 TENDER DRAWINGS, DRAWINGS FOR APPROVAL AND COMPLETION DRAWINGS:

2.15.1 Tender Drawings
The drawings appended with the tender documents are intended to show theareasallotted for
various equipment, tentative pipe routes. The equipment offered shall be suitable for installation
in the spaces shown in these drawings.
2.15.2 Drawings for approval on award of the work
(a) The contractor shall submit in triplicate the following drawings within a fortnight of the award
of work for approval by the department:
(i) Layout of manual call boxes and all other accessories.
(ii) Wiring diagram including connection topology for the complete system.
(iv) Constructional details of the various control and indicating panels and mimic diagram(s).
(b) Before commencement of the installation:
The above drawings, with observations of the Department duly incorporated, shall be submitted
to the Engineer-in-Charge in triplicate along with any special instructions, with regard to
handling, storage and installation.
(c) Documents to be furnished on completion of installation:
Three sets of the following documents shall be furnished to the department by the contractor on
completion of work:-
(i) Completion drawings.
(ii) Manufacturer's technical catalogues of all equipments and accessories.
(iii) Operation and maintenance manual of all major equipments, detailing all adjustments,
operation and maintenance procedures.
2.15.3 Completion Drawings

Three sets of following laminated drawings shall be submitted by the contractor while handing
over the installations to the Department. Out of this one of the sets shall be laminated on a hard
base for display in the fire control room. In addition one soft copy shall also be furnished.
(a) Installation drawings giving complete details of all the components/items such as detectors,
call boxes etc.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

477
(c) Control wiring drawings with all control components and sequence of operation to explain the
operation of control circuits.
2.16DOCUMENTS TO BE FURNISHED ON COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION

Three sets of the following documents shall be furnished to the department bythe contractor
oncompletion of work:
(e) Completion drawings.

(f) 3 sets of manufacturer’s technical catalogues of all equipment and accessories.
(g) Operation and maintenance manual of all major equipment, detailing all adjustments,
operation and maintenance procedure.
(h) Name plate details of all equipment.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

478
3. TECHNICAL
The work under this subhead shall be carried out as per CPWD General Specification for Electrical Works Part V Wet
Riser and Sprinkler System – 2020, NBC 2016, relevant IS codes amended upto date.Air vessels for Downcomer
system.
14.0 TECHNICAL DATA SHEET FORMAT (To be submitted after award of work)
14.1 Electrical Motor Driven Fire Pumps:
Description Terrace Pump
Quantity
Make
Model
Fluid Handled
Type
Suction
Delivery
Impeller Type
Coupling
Base Plate with Foundation Bolt
No. of Stage
Flow Rate (m3/hr)
Total Head (m)
Speed of Pump (rpm)
Efficiency at rated duty point
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

479
Description Terrace Pump
Material of construction (MOC)
Casing material
Impeller material
Shaft material
Shaft sleeve
Casing Ring
Impeller Ring
APPLICABLE CODES, STANDARDS AND PUBLICATIONS
1.0 All equipment, supply, erection, testing and commissioning shall comply with the requirements of
Indian Standards and code of practices. All equipment and material being supplied by the Contractor shall
meet the requirements of IS., Tariff advisory committee’s regulation (fire insurance), electrical inspectorate
and Indian Electricity rules and other Codes/Publications as given below.
A) General :
SP : 6 (1) Structural steel sections
IS : 27 Pig lead
IS : 325 Three phase induction motors
IS : 554 Dimensions for pipe threads where pressure tight joints are
required on the threads.
IS : 694 PVC insulated cables for working voltages up to and

including 1100 V.
IS : 779 Specification for water meters (domestic type)
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

480
IS : 782 Specification for caulking lead
IS : 800 Code of Practice for general construction in steel
IS : 1068 Electroplated coatings of nickel plus chromium and copper

plus nickel plus chromium
IS : 1172 Code of basic requirements for water supply drainage and

sanitation
IS : 1367 (Part- 1) Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners :

Part 1 introduction and general information.
IS : 1367 (Part- 2) Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners :

Part 2 product grades and tolerances.
IS : 1554 (Part- 1) PVC insulated (heavy duty) electric cables : Part 1 for
working voltages up to and including 1100V.
IS : 1554 (Part- 2) PVC insulated (heavy duty) electric cables : Part 2 for
working voltages from 3.3 kV up to and including 11 kV.
IS : 1726 Specification for cast iron manhole covers and frames
IS : 1742 Code of practice for building drainage.
IS : 2064 Selection, installation and maintenance of sanitary

appliances – Code of practice.
IS : 2065 Code of practice for water supply in buildings.
IS : 2104 Specification for water meter boxes (domestic type)
IS : 2373 Specification for water meters (bulk type)
IS : 2379 Colour code for identification of pipe lines
IS : 2527 Code of practice for fixing rainwater gutters and down pipes
for roof drainage.
IS : 2629 Recommended practice for hot dip galvanizing on iron and
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

481
steel
IS : 3114 Code of practice for laying of cast iron pipes
IS : 4111 (Part 1) Code of practice for ancillary structures in sewerage system :

Part 1 manholes
IS : 4127 Code of practice for laying glazed stoneware pipes.
IS : 4853 Recommended practice for radiographic inspection of fusion

welded butt joints in steel pipes
IS : 5329 Code of practice for sanitary pipe work above ground for
buildings.
IS : 5455 Cast iron steps for manholes.
IS : 6159 Recommended practice for design and fabrication of

material prior to galvanizing
IS : 7558 Code of practice for domestic hot water installations
IS : 8321 Glossary of terms applicable to plumbing work
IS : 9668 Code of practice for provision and maintenance of water

supplies and fire fighting.
IS : 9842 Preformed fibrous pipe insulation
IS : 9912 Coal tar based coating materials and suitable primers for
protecting iron and steel pipe lines.
IS : 10221 Code of practice for coating and wrapping of underground

mild steel pipelines
IS : 10234 Recommendations for general pipeline welding.
IS : 10446 Glossary of terms relating to water supply and sanitation.
IS : 11149 Rubber Gaskets
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

482
IS : 11790 Code of practice for preparation of butt-welding ends for

pipes, valves, flanges and fittings.
IS: 12183 (Part 1) Code of practice for plumbing in multistoried buildings :

Part 1 Water supply
IS : 12251 Code of practice for drainage of building basements
IS : 5572 Code of practice for sanitary pipe work
IS : 6700 Specification for design, installation, testing and

maintenance of services supplying water for domestic use
within buildings and their cartilage.
IS : 8301 Code of practice for building drainage
BSEN : 274 Sanitary tapware, waste fittings for basins, bidets and baths.
General technical specifications.
B) PIPES AND FITTINGS:
IS : 458 Specification for precast concrete pipes (with and without

reinforcement)
IS : 651 Salt glazed stone-ware pipes and fittings
IS : 1239 (Part 1) Mild steel tubes, tubular and other wrought steel fittings
Part 1 Mild Steel tubes
IS : 1239 (Part 2) Mild steel tubes, tubular and other wrought steel fittings :
Part 2 Mild steel tubular and other wrought steel pipe
fittings.
IS : 1536 Centrifugally cast (spun) iron pressure pipes for water, gas
and sewage
IS : 1537 Vertically cast iron pressure pipes for water, gas and
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

483
sewage.
IS : 1538 Cast iron fittings for pressure pipes for water, gas and
sewage
IS : 1729 Sand cast iron spigot and socket soil, waste and ventilating
pipes, fittings and accessories.
IS : 1879 Malleable cast iron pipe fittings
IS : 1978 Line pipe
IS : 1979 High test line pipe
IS : 2501 Copper tubes for general engineering purposes
IS : 2643 (Part 1) Dimensions for pipe threads for fastening purposes : Part 1
Basic profile and dimensions.
Tolerances
Limits of sizes.
IS : 3468 Pipe nuts
IS : 3589 Seamless or electrically welded steel pipes for water, gas

and sewage (168.3 mm to 2032 mm outside diameter)
IS : 3989 Centrifugally cast (spun) iron spigot and socket soil, waste
and ventilating pipes, fittings and accessories.
IS : 4346 Specifications for washers for use with fittings for water
services.
IS : 4711 Methods for sampling steel pipes, tubes and fittings
IS : 6392 Steel pipe flanges
IS : 6418 Cast iron and malleable cast iron flanges for general
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

484
engineering purposes.
IS : 7181 Specification for horizontally cast iron double flanged pipe

for water, gas and sewage.
C) VALVES :
IS : 778 Specification for copper alloy gate, globe and check valves
for water works purposes
IS : 14846 Specification for sluice valves for water works purposes (50
mm to 1200 mm size)
IS : 1703 Specification copper alloy float valves (horizontal plunger

type) for water supply fittings
IS : 2906 Specification for sluice valves for water works purposes

(350 mm to 1200 mm size)
IS : 3950 Specification for surface boxes for sluice valves
IS : 5312 (Part 1) Specification for swing check type reflux (non return)
valves : Part 1 Single door pattern
IS : 5312 (Part 2) Specification for swing check type reflux (non return)
valves : Part 2 Multi door pattern
IS : 12992 (Part 1) Safety relief valves, spring loaded : Part 1 – Design
IS : 13095 Butterfly valves for general purposes.
D) FIRE FIGHTING EQUIPMENT:
TAC Tariff advisory committee fire protection manual Part I
TAC Rules of Tariff Advisory Committee for Automatic Sprinkler

system
NFPA : Standards on Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing System
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

485
12, 1993
IS : 636 Non- percolating flexible fire fighting delivery hose
IS : 884 Specification for First Aid Hose Reel for fire fighting
IS : 901 Specification for first aid hose reel for fire fighting
IS : 902 Specification for couplings, double male and double female,

instantaneous pattern for fire fighting
IS : 903 Suction hose coupling for fir fighting purposes
IS : 904 Specification for fire hose delivery couplings, branch pipe,

nozzles and nozzle spanner
IS : 905 Specification for 2-way and 3-way suction collecting heads

for fire fighting purposes
IS : 907 Specification for delivery breechings, dividing and collecting

instantaneous pattern for fire fighting purposes
IS : 908 Specification for suction strainers, cylindrical type for fire

fighting purposes.
IS : 909 Specification for underground fire hydrant, sluice valve type
IS : 910 Specification for combined key for hydrant, hydrant cover

and lower valve.
IS : 15683 Specification for portable chemical foam fire extinguisher
IS : 1648 Code of practice for fire safety of building (general) : Fir

fighting equipment and its maintenance.
IS : 15683 Specification for portable fire extinguishers dry powder

(cartridge type)
IS : 2190 Selection installation and maintenance of first-aid fire

extinguishers- Code of practice
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

486
IS : 2871 Specification for branch pipe, universal for fire fighting

purposes.
IS : 15683 Specification for fire extinguishers, carbon dioxide type

(portable and trolley mounted)
IS : 3844 Code of practice for installation and maintenance of internal

fire hydrants and hose reel on premises
IS : 5290 Specification for landing valves
IS : 5714 Specification for hydrant, stand pipe for fire fighting
IS : 8090 Specification for coupling, branch pipe, nozzle, used in hose

reel tubing for fire fighting
IS : 8423 Specification for controlled percolation type hose for fire

fighting
IS : 10658 Specification for higher capacity dry powder fire extinguisher

(trolley mounted)
IS : 11460 Code of practice for fire safety of libraries and archived

buildings
IS : 13039 External hydrant system – provision and maintenance – Code

of practice.
IS : 5514 Reciprocating internal combustion engines: performance.
E) PUMPS AND VESSELS:
IS : 1520 Specification for horizontal centrifugal pumps for clear cold

fresh water
IS : 2002 Steel plates for pressure vessels for intermediate and high
temperature service including boilers
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

487
IS : 2825 Code for unfired pressure vessels
IS : 4682 (Part 1) Code of practice for lining of vessels and equipment for
chemical processes Part 1 : Rubber lining
IS : 5600 Specification for sewage and drainage pumps
IS : 8034 Specification for submersible pump sets for clear, cold, fresh
water
IS : 8418 Specification for horizontal centrifugal self priming pumps
ANNEXURE- B
Pipe Colour Code
S.No. Pipe lines Ground Colour 1stColour Band 2ndColour Band
Filtered water (all cold water

1. Sea green French blue Signal red
lines after filter)
Drinking water (normal

2. Sea green Light orange
temperature)
Drinking water (chilled

3. Sea green Light orange Signal red
temperature)
4. Domestic hot water Sea green Light grey
5. Drainage Black
6. Fire Lines Red
This colour code is as per I.S. 2379-1983.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

488
C-4
Lifts
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

489
SCOPE OF WORK and DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS:
A. The Scope of work of the successful tenderer shall be inclusive of the following and shall be done
by the contractor.
Providing, Installation, Testing and Commissioning & putting into operation of of 2 no. 13 passngers lift
(machine room less ) with all control equipments& accessories for the required nos. of
landings/openings and speed of lifts in accordance with NBC 2016 as amended up to the date.
1. All electrical works including interconnections from MCCB (including MCCB) and loop earthing
from the earth bar provided in the machine room.
2. Provision of adequate lighting in the machine rooms, lift shafts and all landings.
3. Provision of proper ventilation in machine rooms, lift wells and water proof lift pits including
lighting.
4. Provision of hoisting beam or hook above the lift well and trap door
5. Architrave work at lift entrance
6. Temporary barricades with caution boards at each landing to prevent accident during execution
of work.
7. Electric supply to individual lift shall be given from the dedicated lift panel.
General Commercial & Technical Conditions
1. All the works shall be carried out as per CPWD General specification for Electrical Works, Part-I
(Internal-2013); Part-II (External) and Part-III (Lifts & Escalators)-2003, amended up to date and
should also comply with relevant provisions of the Indian Electricity Rules and Acts, BIS for Lifts
and Escalators as applicable, amended up to date.
2. The contractor is advised to visit the site of work to have an idea of the execution of the work;
failure to do so shall not absolve their responsibility to do the work as specified in agreement.
3. The lifts are to be provided as per the details provided below in the tables.
ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS:
1. The works will be executed to comply with the CPWD General Specifications for Electrical works
Part-I Internal (2013), Part II External (1994), and Part-III (Lifts & Escalators-2003) and with up
to date amendments and to confirm to the Indian Electricity Act & rules, BIS for Lifts and
Escalators & direction of Engineer-in-charge.
2. The work will be executed as per general arrangement drawing and detailed fabrication
drawings duly approved by the Engineer-in-charge. The various items of equipment will be
ordered only after the drawings are approved and quantities in detail of various items are
ascertained as per actual requirements. Therefore, the actual quantities / measurement may
vary from the stipulated quantities, which are only indicative.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

490
3. The contractor / agency will engage suitable qualified / experienced / licensed engineering
supervisor for the work and suitable skilled personnel with required license for doing the
erection work. Required special tools to be used in the execution of the job.
4. The work will be performed as per the day to day instruction and approval of the engineer-in-
charge. All materials/ equipments will be used after taking approval of the Engineer-in-charge.
5. Equipments will be duly inspected in the manufacturer’s premises before dispatch to the site,
as per instructions of Engineer-in charge.
6. The work will be executed as per the programme of the completion of the project, The delivery
& erection schedule of various materials / equipments will be as per approval of Engineer-in-
charge.
7. This is a turnkey contract and the contractor is responsible for the entire job as per relevant
CPWD specification. If any item is left out within the schedule of work but if it is considered
essential for the completion of the job, the contractor has to carry out the items within the
tendered amount & nothing extra shall be paid on this account.
8. The contractor shall have to make arrangements, at his own risk and cost, for transportation of
materials from the point of issue of stores to site of work, if any.
9. The contractor shall ensure that the staff employed by him for execution of the electrical work,
possess the valid electrical license issued by competent authority. Consequences arising due to
the default of the contractor in not complying with the above condition shall be the entire
responsibility of the contractor.
10. All concealed work and earthing shall be done in the presence of the Engineer-in-charge or his
authorized representative.
II. DETAILS OF THE LIFTS

*** Car size may be as per vendor but floor area shall be not less than NBC-2016 and hoistway size
shall be as per NBC-2016.
INSTRUCTION TO BE DISPLAYED IN TELUGU/ ENGLISH IN THE LIFT CARS AND LIFT LANDINGS
S.No. Inside the Car S.No. Outside the Car
1. Lift Number _________ 1. Lift Number _________
Capacity ____________kg.
2. 2. Capacity ________ Persons____
Persons_______
3. No smoking 3. Please stand in 'Q'
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

491
Operate push buttons/ switches

4. 4. Smoking not permitted inside the car.
correctly.
5. Do not lean against the lift door. 5. Passenger travel at their own risk.
6. Watch before stepping out. 6. Please keep the lift neat and clean
Do not panic in the event of

7. breakdown. Press alarm buttons and 7. Do not force open the landing door.
follow instructions of authorised staff
Watch before you step into and out of the

8.
lift
9. Heavy article/luggage not allowed.
10. Avoid use of lift during fire.
11. Complaints if any may be sent to______
12. Hours of operation___________
NOTE:
1. The above-mentioned lift number capacity and speed are the minimum requirement.
2. The EPC Contractor will plan and design the elevators as per architectural plans.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

492
III. TECHNICAL DATA

(To be provided by the firm to whom the work is awarded, before placing order to the Lift
OEM, for approval of the department
(TO BE FURNISHED IN METRIC SYSTEM FOR EACH TYPE OF LIFT IN NIT)
DETAILS TO BE
S.NO PARTICULARS OF DETAILS PROVIDED AS PER REMARKS
FIRM’S PROPOSAL
A General :
1. Name of Manufacturer.
2. Country of Manufacture.
3. Capacities (Personal Weight).
4. Service
5. Speed of Travel
6. Height of Travel.
7. No. of Floors served.
8. No. of openings.
9. Position of counterweight.
10. Type of Levelling method.
B Machine:
1. Type of Motor
2. Capacity of Motor
3. Make.
4. Whether confirm to BIS
5. Class of Insulation
6. Voltage Tolerance
7. General/Geared
8. RPM
C ROPE
1. Size with No. of Strands.
2. Make
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

493

4. Factory of Safety as per IS: 4666
D. Door Opening Motor

1. Capacity of Motor
2. Make of Motor
E. Counterweight
1. Position of Weights
2. Weights (Kgs.)
F. Travelling Cable
1. Size
2. Make
G. Automatic Rescue Device

1. Make
2. No. of Batteries & Capacity in (Amp/Hr.)
3. No. operation per hour.
H. Car and Doors:

1. Clear inside size of the Car.
2. Thickness of Stainless steel sheet.
3. Outside dimensions of car.
4. Construction of car
5. Design type of enclosure of car.
6. Details of flooring
7. Attachment and fitting inside
8. Car Doors:
(a) Size
(b) Operation
(c) Construction, Design & finish
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

494
I. Safety Devices:
1. Car safety-type
2. Counter weight safety-type
3. Door inter locks in car-type
4. Door locks in landing-type.
J. Other Safeties included in the offer:
II. Detailed Specifications for Lifts:
Lift Type Passenger Lifts (13 Passenger - 1 Nos)
No. of lifts 2 Nos
Location University of Hyderbad, Gachibowli, Hyderabad.
Speed 1.0 m/sec
Floors served G + 2 Upper floors
Stops & Openings 3 Stops 3 Openings (All opening on same side)
Power supply 415 V, 3 phase, 50 Hz AC
Control AC Variable Voltage Variable Frequency
Operation Duplex with / without attendant
Machine Without Machine room & permanent magnet

Gearless motor.
Car enclosure Car ceiling with sleek small circular LED lights &
Regular FAN) - Stainless Steel MoonRock finish
2 Nos car operating panels shall be provided- one on

each side of the lift car at a average height of 800
mm
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

495
Car entrance (Minimum) Power operated - Centre opening SS doors with SS

door frame and Landing doors shall have fire
resistance as per NBC 2016 norms – SS Doors with
Moonrock finish
Hoist way Entrances Centre opening sliding Stainless steel Moonrock

finish doors as per directions of Engineer-in-charge
Door operator Automatic with AC-Door operator having VF –

Controls
Hand rails Stainless steel on all the three sides of the Car
Flooring As per design and type approved by Engineer-in-

charge
Signals Combined luminous hall buttons and digital hall

position
indicator with directional arrow.
All push button shall be in Braille.
Integral full height car operating panel with luminous
buttons.
Digital car position indicator combined with
directional arrow.
Battery operated alarm bell and emergency light with
batteries as required.
Overload warning and service cabinet.
Auto fan ON/OFF feature.
LED Lights in the car.
Fireman’s switch at ground floor.
Intercom system in car ( in built )
(All plates should be of stainless steel
Lift out of order/under maintenance indication at all
floors.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

496
Door Safety Mechanical & Full height infrared door protection

system
Face plate in hair line finish of stainless steel and of
rectangular shape
ARD Automatic Rescue Device
Hall Call Fixture at all landings with illuminated arrows to

Lantern/Arrival indicate the direction in which the lift is travelling. A
Gong ring tone/bell shall also sound when the lift stops at
the landing.
The above specifications are illustrative only and any additional features as required shall be provided to meet
the requirements of NBC 2016 guidelines and Accessible India Norms.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

497
C-5
IP Based EPABX System
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

498
IP BASED EPABX System
IP based voice communication system with 2No. PRI Trunks lines (30 channels) with CLI facility for minimum
896 IP/Analog/Digital users license for life time. 55 Nos. IP Based Smart telephone instruments, 55 Nos. IP
Phones, and 10 Analog Phones with cabling and latest Pure IP at core Server based Voice communication
system. IP based operator console, In-skin Voice mail for all the users and access to call outside the campus
through analog trunks or PRI trunks via local service provider (MTNL).The system should be provided in such
that all phone should be connected to common reception number and all other important essential areas.
SCOPE OF WORK
Providing complete of IP based voice communication system with 2 no. PRI Trunks lines (30 channels) with clip
facility for 55 IP users license for life time. The outlets are as described in the Internal EI subhead. The scope of
work also includes the provision of the IP based telephones.
The wiring shall be in the scope of the work of the firm and shall be IP based LAN networking, as described in
the Internal EI sub-head. LAN networking shall be covered in the LAN subhead. The complete system has to be
supplied, installed, tested and commissioned in complete manner to have a fully functional system, as
required.
The Scope and purpose are to provide the voice communication with latest Pure IP at core Server based Voice
communication system in Guest House including IP based operator console, In-skin Voice mail for all the users
& access to call outside the campus through analog trunks or PRI trunks via local service provider (e.g MTNL
etc.).
The Scope and purpose are to provide the internal as well as external voice communication for all the users in
entire campus.
The architecture of the system should be IP at Core (Server based solution).
The system should have in-skin voice mail used to play the welcome message during the incoming call through
the analog or PRI trunk.
Voicemail will be used to leave the voice message in user’s voicemail box. Like, if user doesn’t answer the call.
Then caller will get the guided message to leave the voice message for the user. The user will get visual
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

499
indication in the analog phone he will know that there is some message in his voicemail box & he will retrieve
the message by dialing a code followed by his PIN.
The hardware& software required for the system including Servers, gateways, workstations, IP based Operator
console, 19” rack, online UPS, Access switches, gateways for analog as well as PRI trunks Cards will be in
Vendor’s scope.
It will be the responsibility of the vendor/bidder to make the entire system fully functional as per the
specifications. Vendor/ bidder shall consider any equipment/devices required to make the system functional if
not mentioned herewith.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR IP-PBX System
S.NO SPECIFICATION
1  The offered system shall be full-featured IP based communications system providing a rich feature
set of the system, with pure Voice over IP (VoIP) communications, across corporate Local and
Wide Area Networks (LAN and WAN).The Architecture of the IP-PBX shall be capable of seamless
migration to its maximum capacity by simply adding peripheral cards on the gateways without
compromising on any function, features of this system or any degradation of service. The system
shall support IP distributed architecture. The system shall have universal ports for line / trunk
cards, wherein any peripheral card can be inserted in any slot of the peripheral shelf, thereby
enhancing the flexibility of the configuration. The system should provide 19” rack mountable
chassis. System should be ROHS complied as green product with power saving
System must have TEC Certificate.
Environmental Condition:
The offered system shall be capable of maintaining its guaranteed performance when operating
continuously for 24 hours a day and 365 days a year under the following environmental conditions.
Operational temperature: 0 to 45 Degree C.
Humidity: 10% to 95% RH (non-condensing)
Note: Offered product must be IS9000 Certified for Environmental conditions. Bidder must submit test
report from Central Govt/ NABL approved / ILAC accredited lab to provide conformity to the specifications
including Environmental Test Sequence.
i) Cold Test: At Zero degree C for 2 Hrs as per IS9000/ Pt 2/Sec4
ii) Dry Test: At 45 degree C for 16 Hrs as per IS9000/ Pt 3/Sec5/1977
iii) Damp Heat (Steady State) Test: At 40 degree C & 95% RH for 2 cycles as per IS9000/ Pt 5/Sec
1/1977.
2 The system is full featured, modular and expandable for port capacity atleast upto 896 IP extensions and
400 Trunks.
3 The system shall support in-built music-on-hold. It shall also be able to interlace with an external music
device
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

500
4 The system shall support Voice over IP (VOIP) applications. The VOIP card should be daughter board type
not consuming any additional slot. There should not be any restriction in capacity for User or Trunk type
i.e. system should support all Users as Analog/ Digital/ SIP and Trunk as Analog/ ISDN PRI/ SIP.
5 The IP Phones should be designed to provide a converged infrastructure at the desktop, with a
10/100BASE-TX connection to the LAN and built-in hub for a PC connection to the telephone itself. IP
Phones are Modular in design and flexible to incorporate more number of keys without replacing Phone,
i.e. 6 or 12 key phone can be upgraded to 24 key whenever required protecting initial investment just by
replacing key Module/pad
6 The system shall be equipped with integrated (in-skin) Voice Response System (VRS) with a minimum of
16 channels for voice processing applications allowing the incoming call to be directly connected to the
desired extension number after the voice response from the VRS. The VRS should not occupy any slot or
result in decrease of any ports.
7 The system should have in built battery charging facility
8  Both peer-to-peer connections and TDM-based connections are controlled by the CPU board. The
CPU incorporates a built-in Device Registration Server (DRS) and a single interface point of IP
connection to IP telephone.
9 The legacy TDM circuits should not utilize any IP bandwidth when any TDM-TDM switching is being done
in the system.
10 The system should have extensions lock facility, Toll restricted features along with malicious call tracing,
blacklisting feature. System should support in-skin application for malicious call trace, Number blacklist
feature, Auto Pop-up/ alert in case of outgoing or incoming call from blacklist number.
11  System Architecture is latest pure IP and is 19”Rack mount with 2U chassis based architecture
12 The system should have abbreviated( Speed) dialing

13 It shall be possible for extension user to initiate up to 3 conferences of maximum 32 parties each with any
combination of internal stations & outside circuits to talk to each other at the same time on the
conference circuit. The conference call facility initialized by one of the extension users or by an attendant
should be able to opt out on that conference without break up of ongoing conference. It should also
support split in conference, barge-in conference and meet-me conference facility. Any following
combination of conferences should be possible 3 x 32party, 6 x 16party, 8 x 12party
14  Universal Port Architecture that has the flexibility to accommodate station terminal equipment,
trunks and adjunct processors in any available slot in the system.,
15 System supports traditional circuit switching as well as VoIP functionalities
16 Support feature transparency over networked PBXs
17 Support wide range of terminals including IP phone
18  System supports built in ACD function and no external server should be needed for ACD
functionality.
19 The system should have last number redial
20 The system should have least cost routing
21 The system should have hotline facility
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

501
22 The system should have GUI and web based configuration manger
23 The system should have toll restriction, dial block, override
24 The system should have door lock facility
25 The system should support minimum 49 Remote Nodes and if link between Main System and Remote
System fails then all Remote Systems should work in self-survivable mode and must be able to
communicate with each other.
26 The system should have in-skin mobile client (Android/ iOS) facility with P2P Video Calling
27 The system should support in-skin Contact Centre (55 Seat) with MIS Reporting, ACD, Skill based Routing,
Whispering, Monitoring and Reporting functionality.
28 The system modularity shall be such that there is no requirement of traffic study or load study to
configure the system in case more numbers of lines of applications are added. The system shall be of
completely Non-Blocking type & all the cards shall have equal access to any free available time slot, i.e.
there shall be no segmentation of the time slots required for particular shelf of cards.
29 Suitable marking shall be done for different types of cards to enable easy identification & replacement.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

502
Technical Specification of IP Telephone Instrument (Voice Only):
IP Telephone should have the following minimum specifications:
 Gray Scale Monochrome display, 3 Inch, 168 x 41 Pixel

 XML support
 Dual ports, 10/100base-TX, Full Duplex, Auto Negotiation/Fixed LAN interface
 Voice Codec G.711, G.729a/G.722
 IP address setting direct or via DHCP server
 Qos: ToS (IP Precedence, Diffserv)
 VLAN Tagged IEEE802.1Q/p
 Security IEEE802.1x authentication (EAP-MD5/ EAP-TLS, EAPOL Forwarding), RTP encryption,
Autoconfig encryption
 PoE (IEEE802.3at) or Local POE Injector
 3 line X 24 digit display
 Backlit Display
 6 Programmable keys with Dual Color LED support
 8 Fixed feature keys, 4 Navigator Keys
 4 Soft keys
 Full Duplex Hands free mode, Wideband Codec
 RJ9 Headset Port
 ROHS Compliant
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

503
C- 6
Substation
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

504
1. Scope of Work
The scope of work under this sub-head shall consists of Planning, preparation of Designs, Drawings/SLDs for
HT and LT power distribution for entire buiding, getting CEA approval,obtaining approvals from the
departmentand Supplying, installation, testing and commissioning of 11kV/0.433 kV substation equipments
comprising HT Panel, Dry type Transformers of 11KV/0.433KV (1X 250 KVA (working) , HT cable, Bus trunking
from Transformer to LT Panel, LT Panel, Automatic Power factor correction panel to Maintain .99 power
factor, Active Harmonic Filters, TVSS (Transient Voltage suppression system),SPD ( Surge protection system),
Essential panel, Earthing, required inter-connections,substation safety equipments including LT cabling from
sub station to the buildings fed by the sub station. The work also includes earthing, safety equipments, Gas
suppression system as per specifications and NBC -2016. If any item required to make the system functional, is
not specifically mentioned in the scope of services, the same is deemed to be included within the scope of this
tender and nothing extra shall be paid on this account.The system is three phase, 50 Hz, A.C, and power is to
be distributed in the Building, , HCU at 11KV voltage level at receiving and distribution at 11KV voltage level
with power and distribution sub-station 11 KV/ 0.433 .
Part-I: General scope.

Part-II: 11KV/433V sub-stations and LT cabling from SS to Feeder pillars near Load centers/buildings
and From feeder pillars to main incoming panel of the buildings.
Part-III: Substation building (payable under separate item in part D) .
Part-iV: Other Miscellaneous Services.
Part-V: Detailed scope of work and power distribution system and the scheme for the sub station:-
1. Part-I: General scope.
i. The scope of work covers working out the power requirement of proposed buildings and future
loads and design the 11KV HT Panel with 11KV VCB panels, Bus coupler VCB, inter connecting
cables/Bus ducts in Main sub-station, integrating DG sets supply, Suitable number of feeders,
11KV HT cable, Feeder pillars for feeding power supply to buildings with spare switchgears, LT
cables of suitable sizes from SS to feeder pillars for feeding buildings.
ii. The design of entire, 11KV HT and MV power distribution, HT and LT cables shall be verified
through ETAP software and should submit load flow analysis, SC Fault level calculations etc
and get the design and capacities/ sizes approved by Engineer-in-charge before execution of
work. The agency should submit the above in both soft and hard copies.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

505
iii. Within the period of 60 days from award of work, the contractor shall submit 3 sets of drawings,
for approval by the Engineer-in-charge. All detail drawings submitted for approval shall be to scale
not less than 1:20. Lettering sizes and thickness of lettering and lines shall be selected so that if
reduced by two stages to one quarter of their size, the alphanumeric characters and lines are still
perfectly be seen.
For presentation of design drawings and circuit documents IEC Publication 617 or IS:12032-11
standards for graphical symbols are to be followed.
iv. Preparation of required drawings, documents, submission of the application for approval
along with required documents to CEA, arranging the required testing procedures, testing
equipments, technicians during the CEA inspection, getting the approval from CEA,
commissioning of the entire power supply network, Operation and maintenance of
substations with required technical staff up to a period of three months beyond the
completion of whole project.
v. All the E&M fittings, fixtures, machinery and equipment proposed to be used in the execution
shall confirm to highest star rating i.e. ‘5 STAR’ rating under star labeling program of Bureau
of Energy Efficiency (BEE). Machinery and equipment which does not fall under star labeling
program of Bureau of Energy Efficiency, shall meet SUPER ECBC 2017 norms.
vi. Nothing extra shall be paid on this account as this is included in the scope of work of design and
engineering of following parts.
2. Part-II: 11KV/433V sub-stations and LT cabling from SS to Feeder pillars near Load
centers/buildings and From feeder pillars to main incoming panel of the buildings.
i. The scope of work includes Planning, Designing, Supplying, installation, testing and
commissioning of 11kV/0.433 kV substation (SS) equipments comprising, Dry type
Transformer, interconnecting HT cable, LT Panels, Feeder pillars, TVSS (Transient Voltage
suppression system), SPD (Surge protection system), Essential panel, Power factor correction
Equipment, Earthing, required inter-connections, substation safety equipments including LT
cabling from compact substation to feeder pillars near load centers/buildings and LT cables
from feeder pillars to main incoming panel of the buildings, Earthing.
ii. The payment for 11KV/433V sub-stations and LT cabling from SS to Feeder pillars near Load
centers/buildings and From feeder pillars to main incoming panel of the buildings shall be
included in the cost of 11/0.433 KV substation accordingly EPC contractor is to quote ,nothing
extra shall be paid on this account.
3. Part-III: Substation building.

i. The scope of work includes Planning, designing & Construction of cast in situ RCC Sub Station
(Ground Floor Only) as per the specifications mentioned in part-B of the bid document.
ii. The building for main substation shall be designed for accommodating substation equipments
viz. VCB Panels, Transformers, bus trunking, MV Panels, APFC panels, DG set with AMF panel
and Roof top solar PV generation plant etc.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

506
iii. The payment for the substation building shall be paid separately as per the item in part-D.
4. Part-IV: Other Miscellaneous services.

i. The VCBs provided in HT panels, BMS operation.
ii. The MCCBs/ACBs provided in MV panels, feeder pillars and incomers of all these shall be
suitable for SCADA/BMS operation..
iii. All the panels, feeder pillars shall be TTA type.
iv. Shock treatment charts in A0 size duly photo framed.
v. Substation layout chart in A0 size duly photo framed.
vi. Single line diagram of entire 11KV network in A0 size duly photo framed (Both networks
separately)
vii. The Contractor shall finalize the layout arrangements in line with this specification with the
approval of the Engineer- in-charge which shall be meeting at least the basic minimum
electrical clearances as specified in the schedules of quantities or elsewhere.
viii. Maintenance and clearing of Site:
The placing of materials and plant near the erection site prior to their being erected and installed
shall be done in a neat, tidy and safe manner. The Contractor shall at his own expense keep the
site area allocated to him and also the erection area of the contract works reasonably clean and
shall remove all waste material as it accumulates and as directed by the Engineer- in- charge from
time to time.
ix. Nothing extra shall be paid on this account as the above works are deemed to be included in
the scope of this sub head work.
Part V:Detailedscope of work and power distribution system and the scheme for the sub station:-
1. Power Distribution shall generally be as per schematic the contractor will provide power distribution
for complete building by preparing SLD starting from substation to power point/switch board.
2. one source of electric connection will be taken from supply company . The scope of EPC contractor will be
from the meter rooms installed inside the boundary near gates as per practice/ requirement of supply
company.
3. VCB panel having one number incomer, and two number outgoings will be installed in sub-station area.
4. One number indoor type dry transformers with OLTC of equal ratings i.e. one working one stand by will
be installed in separate transformer rooms.
5. HT Panel and transformers will be connected using cable of 11 KV rating.
6. Transformer and LT panel will be connected with the help of sandwitch type bus duct.
7. The main LT panel will have two incomers from transformers and one incomers from synchronization
panel of DG set.
8. All incomers ACB will be of four pole.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

507
9. The main LT panel will have three bus bar sections and the section will be connected with bus coupler of
four pole ACB of suitable rating.
10. The minimum rating of outgoing feeder in the main LT panel will be250 ampere three pole MCCB.
11. The sections of LT panel shall have load balancing and have 20-25 % spare outgoing feeder than the
require number of outgoings feeders. The spare feeder shall be of similar rating.
12. The following panels shall be provided with two or more incomers from different transformers and bus
coupler shall be provided in between the bus sections scope of work (here provision of 1 no. transformer
is taken but all panel has to be provided by assuming two no. transformers)
a) Main LT Panel
b) Main Emergency Panel
c) Fire Fighting Panel
d) Main Lift Panels
e) Main Water Supply Panel
13. All the all panels having incomer suitable Amp and above shall be Totally Type Tested Assemblies
designed based except APFC panel which maybe PTTA or TTA. All panels having incomer less than 630
Amp will be Partially Type Tested Assemblies.
14. The main LT Panel will directly feed all rising mains, Lift panel of each lift block, fire fighting pump panel,
VRF panel, external lighting and façade lighting feeder pillar, pump house panel or any major load
exceeding 80 KW. Compliance of fire norms has to be ensured.
15. The minimum size of rising mains have been given in internal EI sub head. Theactual load calculation for
rising main shall be done considering diversity given onlight and power outlets in preceding paras.
16. As substation is to be installed in basement so all panels and other equipment shall have arrangement of
entry of cable/busduct from the top.
17. One no. APFC panel of 125 kvar (only indicative actual rating is to be calculated to maintain 0.99 power
factor)with 7% copper dtunted for harmonic filter have to be provided and having tripping arrangement
in case of DG supply in the main panel.
18. The cable sizing shall be done on the basis of connected load and voltage drop defined in CPWD’s
Specifications.
19. All feeders up to 400 Amp will be with UG Cables of appropriate size . All feeders above 400 Amp will be
with Bus duct from the source to the load end.
20. All feeders from 32 Amp upto 400 Amp shall be with MCCB. All fedders of 630Amp and above shall be
with ACB.
21. The bus bar size of all panels will be one capacity higher than that of incomer capacity.
22. Transformer losses shall be minimum in accordance with energy efficiency level 3 of IS 1180.
23. Power factor shall be maintained automatically near to unity with APFC panel.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

508
24. All cables shall be de-rated to reduce losses. This will avoid heating of cables & improve reliability.
25. Gas Suppression system shall be provided in the following panels :

a. HT Panels
b. APFC Panel
c. Main LT panel
d. AMF panel
26. Copper Fire Survival cable will be provided for the following load in case bus duct is not provided:
a) Fire Pumps
b) Entire Ventilation, Smoke Extraction
c) All lifts
d) Fire Alarm & Public Address System
Note:in scope of work provision of only 250 KVA (tentative capacity ) has been taken but design of VCB
panel should be done by considering two number transformers)
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

509
Design basis for substation equipments
Load estimation/Load Calculation –

The load has been assessed as per following details. EPC Contractor will have to assess the load, capacities of
on actual basis and provide for capacities of Transformers, the latestguidelines of CPWD and NBC 2016.
DETAILS OF ELECTRICAL LOAD
Co
nn
ect
Max. Normal
S. Area ed Dive
DESCRIPTION Factor Assumed Demand Load
No. (Sqmt) Lo rsity
(kW) (kW)
ad
(k
W)
90.
1 Lighting 6029.88 15 W/Sqmt 80% 72.34 72.34
43
Elevators (1
3 2 12 KW/Elev 24 80% 19.2 19.2
No.)
VRF Load
Split Ac 1. 12
4 108 KW/TR 80% 103.68 103.68
2 9.6
Fire Fighting
Down comer 5.
5 2 KW/Pump 11 11.0 11.0
Pump 5
Water Supply &
7 2 7.4 80% 5.92 5.92
WTP 3.7 KW/Pump
External 10.
8 80% 8.0 8.0
Lighting 0
32
TOTAL LOAD 2.4 220.14 220.14
3
176.11
Overall Diversity 80% KW
2
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

510
209.11
KVA Demand (Power Factor 0.95/0.8 )
3
Futher Load 10% 31.36
Total 250
Minimum Capacity of Proposed
(1x 250 KVA) KVA 250
Transformer with standby
DETAILS OF ELECTRICAL LOAD (INDICATIVE ONLY)
Proposed 1x250KVA (Working) 11Kv/.433KV Power Transformers.
NOTE:Nothing in the above load details provided shall be construed to relieve the successful
tenderer of his responsibility for the planning, design, engineering, supply, installation, testing,
getting CEA approval and commissioning of the all the substation equipments/items with all
accessories in accordance with currently applicable specifications, NBC-2016 and client
requirements.
2.GENERAL
1. The agency must study various CPWD specifications; get themselves acquainted with site and
site conditions, provision for substation equipments for various building as per specifications
and standards/NBC-2016 carefully.
1.1 The work shall be generally carried out in accordance with tender/bid specifications and the
following specifications / rules.
a) CPWD General Specifications for Electrical work Part I Internal – 2013, as amended up to
date.
b) CPWD General Specifications for Electrical work Part II External - 1994, as amended up to
date.
c) Part-IV CPWD General Specifications for Substations – 2013, as amended up to date.
d) Additional Technical specifications and list of acceptable makes attached for each of the
sub-head of work.
e) The Indian Electricity Act, 2003, as amended up to date.
f) Indian Electricity Rules 2005, as amended up to date.
g) Relevant BIS standards as modified up to date.
1.2 Order of Preference:
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

511
Should there be any difference or discrepancy between the description of items as given in the
Schedule of Quantities, technical specifications for individual items of work (including
additional and commercial conditions) and IS Codes etc., the following order of preference
shall be followed:
a) Schedule of quantities
b) Commercial and Additional conditions for this work
c) General Conditions of Contract for CPWD Works
d) Drawings
e) CPWD General Specifications
f) Relevant IS or any other International code in case IS code is not available.
These commercial and Additional conditions are to be read in conjunction with above and in
case of variations, specifications given in these additional conditions shall apply. However,
nothing extra shall be paid on account of these additional specifications and conditions, as the
same are to be read along with schedule of quantities for the work.
1.3 This specification covers manufacture, testing as may be necessary before dispatch, delivery at
site, all preparatory work, assembly and installation, commissioning putting into operation of
equipment of all E&M components of the tender
1.4 The tenderer should in his own interest visit the site and get familiarize with the site conditions
before tendering.
1.5 No T&P shall be issued by the Department and nothing extra shall be paid on account of this.
1.6 All the equipment’s shall be delivered with (i) Manufacturer´s test certificate, (ii)
Manufacturer´s technical catalogues and Installation / Instruction (O&M) manuals.
1.7 Foundation of all equipment’s as per recommendations of OEM, Anti vibration isolators etc as
required shall be provided without any additional cost.
1.8 Making good all damages caused to the structure during installation and restoring the same to
their original finish.
1.9 Minor building works necessary for installation of equipment, foundation, trench /tray for
cables, making of opening in walls or in floors and restoring them to their original
condition/finish and necessary grouting etc. as required.
1.10 All electrical works and neutral earthing, body earthing, control and instrument wiring,
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

512
required for any E&M equipment as per good engineering practice.
1.11 Scaffoldings & any other T & P required for execution, testing and commissioning of work shall
be arranged by the contractor and is included in the cost of work tendered by the contractor.
1.12 Inspection before Dispatch:
All routine tests shall be conducted before dispatch of equipment. No equipment shall be
dispatched out from the manufactures premises before such tests are conducted and test
result recorded. These test certificates shall be given along the supply of equipment. The
Engineer In-charge or his representative shall inspect and witness the pre-delivery tests. For
this purpose, the agency shall give 15 days advance notice. Agency shall arrange for inspection
of the department. Department shall bear expenses of its officials for inspection as far as
traveling, boarding and / lodging is concerned. However, the inspection shall be done at the
discretion of the department without any cost implication but ROUTINE TEST & TYPE TEST
Certificates shall have to be submitted for equipment.
Prior to dispatch, all equipment shall be adequately protected & insured for the whole period
of transit, storage and erection against corrosion and incidental damages etc. from the effect
of vermin, sunlight, rain, heat and humid climate.
2. PROCEDURE FOR APPROVAL OF MATERIALS, COMMENCEMENT OF WORK

In order to achieve milestone given in table, contractor shall submit following documents for
approval well in advance.
(1) List of makes & Model numbers including Technical data sheets of all items of equipment
and accessories for each Sub-Head of work.
(2) Catalogues of the equipments to be supplied.
It is the responsibility of the tenderer to get the makes, models approved before placing the
purchase order.
3. DATA MANUAL AND DRAWINGS TO BE FURNISHED BY THE TENDERER:
After award of work
The successful tenderer would be required to submit the following drawings after award of
work for approval before commencement of installation.
a) General arrangement drawing of all equipments of 11KV substation.

Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

513
b) Schematic Line diagram for 11KV power distribution.

c) Design details of substation equipment, panels, cables and switchgears.
d) Any other drawings necessary for the job.
The successful tenderer should furnish well in advance three copies of detailed instructions
and manuals of manufacturers for all items of equipments regarding installation, adjustments
operation and maintenance including preventive maintenance & trouble shooting together with all
the relevant data sheets, spare parts catalogue etc. all in triplicate.
4. Insurance:
The agency shall include storage cum erection insurance including third party insurance right
from the storage to commissioning and handing over of various equipment. In insurance, the
beneficiary shall be Engineer -In-charge at the cost of the agency. All insurance which the
agency is required to enter into, under the contract shall be affected any authorized general
insurance company and the agency shall produce the policies of insurance. In case of any delay
in Installation, Testing, Commissioning & handing over, the insurance cover will be suitably
extended by the contractor at his own cost.
5. Remedy of failure to insure:
If the agency fails to effect and keep in force the insurance referred to in the preceding sub-
clause the department may affect and keep in force any such insurance and pay such premium
as may be necessary for that purpose and from time to time deduct the amount, so paid by the
department, from any money due or which may become due to bids or recover the same as
debit from the agency’s bill.
6. Quality of material and workmanship:
All parts of the equipment shall be of such design, size and material so as to function
satisfactorily under all rated conditions of operation. All components of the equipment shall
have adequate factor of safety. The work of fabrication and assembly shall conform to sound
engineering practice and on the basis of “Fail Safe Design”. The mechanical parts subject to
wear and tear shall be easily replaceable type. All connections and contacts shall be designed
to minimize risk of accidental short circuits caused by animals, birds and vermin etc. All
identical items and their component parts should be completely, interchangeable including
spare parts.
7. Inspection and testing at site:
(1) The installation shall be subject to necessary inspection during every stage of erection,
by the Engineer In-charge or his authorized representative. The successful bidder shall
provide all facilities and assistance for the purpose.
(2) The completed installation shall be inspected and tested by the Engineer-in charge in
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

514
the manner as will be laid down by him, in consultation the agency.

(3) All instruments and facilities necessary for the tests shall be provided by the agency.
8. Completeness of work:
(1) The installations shall be completed in all respects and put in to operation even
where certain details have not been mentioned / left out in these specifications. Any
discrepancy may be brought to the notice of Engineer-in-charge.
(2) All E&M works shall be declared as completed after completion of trial run of 1
month or completion of whole work whichever is later. DLP / Warranty period of all
works / machine / equipment shall commence from date of completion of complete
work and handing over to client.
(3) The agency shall extend his full cooperation by providing technical staff in
handing over of all E&M installations/equipments to the client which requires
successful and satisfying operation of all E&M installations/equipments. The date of
inspection shall be decided by client after completion of whole work under this
agreement, which shall be within fortnight from date of completion of whole work.
The CPWD specifications are available at CPWD website “www.cpwd.gov.in” under publications part
which can be seen and downloaded free of cost. The department shall not be responsible for the lack
of knowledge and also the consequences thereof to the Contractor. The information and data
mentioned in the tender document have been furnished in good faith and for general information and
guidance only. The Engineer-in-Charge in no case shall be held responsible for the accuracy thereof
and / or interpretations or conclusions drawn there from by the Contractor and all consequences shall
be borne by the Contractor and no claim, whatsoever, shall be entertained from the Contractor, if the
data or information furnished in tender document is different from data/drawing. It is presumed that
the Contractor has satisfied himself for all possible contingencies, situations, bottlenecks and acts of
coordination, which may be required between different agencies.
For any clarification of E&M items the relevant CPWD E&M DSR-2018 and amended up to date may be
referred. However, if any related accessories/ spare part is required to make it functional that should
be treated as included for which nothing extra shall be paid.
9. INCIDENTAL CHARGES:
All incidental charges of any kind including cartage, storage, wastage and safe custody of material etc.
shall be borne by the Contractor.
10. COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS AND INDIAN STANDARDS:

All works shall be carried out in accordance with relevant regulation, both statutory and those
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

515
specified by the Indian Standards related to the works covered by this specification. In particular, the
equipment and installation will comply with the following:
i. Factories Act.
ii. Indian Electricity Rules.
iii. Workmen’s compensation Act.
iv. B.I.S. & other standards as applicable.
v. Statutory norms prescribed by local bodies like CEA, A.P. Power Supply Co., CPCB as amended
up to date etc.
Nothing in this specification shall be construed to relieve the successful tenderer of his responsibility
for the design, manufacture and installation of the equipment with all accessories in accordance with
currently applicable statutory regulations and safety codes.
Successful tenderer shall arrange for compliance with statutory provisions of safety regulations and
departmental requirements of safety codes in respect of labour employed on the work by the
tenderer. Failure to provide such safety requirement would make the tenderer liable for fine of Rs
5000/- (Rs Five Thousand only) for each default. In addition, the department will be at liberty to make
arrangement for the safety requirements at the cost of tenderer and recover the cost thereof from
him.
11. QUALITY ASSURANCE:

The Contractor shall make available, on request from the Department, for record, copies of challans,
cash memos, receipts and other certificates, if any, vouchers towards the quantity and quality of
various materials procured and the same shall be kept in record. These shall also provide information
on the name of the manufacturer, manufacturer’s product identification, manufacturer's instructions,
warning, date of manufacturing and test certificates from manufacturers for the product for each
consignment delivered at site, shelf life, if any, for the department to ensure that the material have
been procured from the approved source and of the approved quality, as directed by the Engineer-in-
Charge. Day to day account of receipt of such material shall be maintained at site of work and shall be
regulated by the department. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
12. STORAGE AND CUSTODY OF MATERIALS:

Storage and safe custody of all materials shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor from starting
to complete handing over to client. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
13. RATES:
No foreign exchange shall be made available by the Department for importing (purchase) of
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

516
equipment, plants, machinery, materials of any kind or any other items required to be carried out
during execution of the work. No delay and no claim of any kind shall be entertained from the
Contractor, on account of variation in the foreign exchange rate. The rates quoted by the tenderer,
shall be firm and inclusive of all taxes including works contract tax, GST, entry tax, duties and levies
and all charges for packing, forwarding, insurance, freight, delivery, installation, testing and
commissioning etc., at site including temporary constructional storage, risks, overhead charges,
general liabilities/obligations and clearance from local authorities. The fee for the inspection of
installation by government authorities shall be reimbursed by the department on production of
receipts. The contractor has to, however, initially make the payment. Income tax, GST, labour cess
&other statutory deductions etc. shall be made at source as per the prevalent laws. The deductions of
Security Deposit, Income-Tax, GST, LWC etc. shall be done after calculation of the due payments and
net payment shall be reduced accordingly.
14. CARE OF THE BUILDING:

All sundry equipment, fittings, unit assemblies, accessories, hardware items, foundation, foundation
bolts, painting, termination lugs for electrical connections, and all other items which are useful and
necessary for efficient assembly and installation of equipment and components of the work shall be
deemed to have been included in the tender irrespective of the fact whether such items are
specifically mentioned in the tender documents or not.
15. COMPLETENESS OF TENDER:
All sundry equipment, fittings, unit assemblies, accessories, hardware items, foundation, foundation
bolts, painting, termination lugs for electrical connections, and all other items which are useful and
necessary for efficient assembly and installation of equipment and components of the work shall be
deemed to have been included in the tender irrespective of the fact whether such items are
specifically mentioned in the tender documents or not.
16. INDEMITY
The successful tenderer shall at all times indemnify the department, consequent on this works
contract. The successful tenderer shall be liable, in accordance with the Indian law and regulations for
any accident occurring due to any cause and the contractor shall be responsible for any accident or
damage incurred or claims arising there from during the period of erection, construction and putting
into operation the equipment and ancillary equipment under the supervision of the successful
tenderer in so far as the latter is responsible. The successful tenderer shall also provide all insurance
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

517
including third party insurance as may be necessary to cover the risk. No extra payment would be
made to the successful tenderer on account of the above.
17. ERECTION TOOLS:

No tools and tackles either for unloading or for shifting the equipment for erection purposes would be
made available by the department. The successful tenderer shall make his own arrangement for all
these facilities.
18. CO-OPERATION WITH OTHER AGENCIES:

The successful tenderer shall ensure proper coordination between various associate contractor
executing the work of different E&M services in the construction of buildings, if any, and exchange
freely all technical information so as to make the execution of this work/contract smooth. No
remuneration should be claimed from the department for such technical cooperation. If any
unreasonable hindrance is caused to other agencies and any completed portion of the work has to be
dismantled and re-done for want of cooperation and coordination by the tenderer during the course
of work, such expenditure incurred will be recovered from the successful tenderer if the restoration
work to the original condition or specification of the dismantled portion of the work was not
undertaken by the tenderer himself.
19. TRAINING:
The scope of works includes the on job technical training of two persons of department at site.
Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
20. QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING OF MATERIALS:

(1) Only articles classified as first quality by the manufacturers shall be used unless otherwise
specified. The Engineer in charge may relax the condition regarding testing if the quantity of the
materials required for the work is small. In all cases proof of procurement of materials from authentic
manufacturers shall be provided by the contractor to the entire satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge. All
materials equivalent to the one specified should be got approved by the Engineer- in-charge before
using the said materials in the work.
(2) As per the QA plan, it is needed to send any samples of materials for testing in a accredited
laboratory, the Contractor at his own expense shall supply all materials, labour for preparing and
testing samples as required by the Engineer- in-Charge. The testing shall be carried out in the
presence of the representative of the Engineer- in- Charge. The transportation and testing charges
shall also be borne by the contractor.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

518
(3) The technical data sheet and manufacturing drawing of all equipment and materials as per
contract specifications shall be prepared by the respective manufacturer’s and will be submitted by
contractor duly signed before placing the order or manufacturing the material. The engineer-in-charge
shall approve as per contract conditions.
21. No foreign exchange shall be made available by the department for importing (purchase) of
equipment, plants, machinery, materials of any kind. No delay and no claim of any kind shall be
entertained from the Contractor on account of variation in the foreign exchange rate and/or any
Custom duties / charges or any other levies.
22. NO WAIVING OF LEGAL RIGHTS AND POWERS:
The Engineer-in-Charge shall not be precluded or stopped from taking any measurements, and
framing of estimates or detaining any certificates made either before or after the completion and
acceptance of the work and payment, from showing the true amount and character of the works
performed and materials Furnished by the Contractor and from showing that any such measurements,
estimates or certificates untrue or incorrectly made and that Engineer-in- charge shall not be
precluded or stopped from recovering from the Contractor such damages as it may be sustained by
reasons of his failure to comply the terms and conditions of the contract.
23. The tenderers shall take into account the element of wastage(s) those are likely to be there in all
elements of the work and quote his price, taking that into account. The tenderers shall study all the
items from the point of view of wastage(s), which are likely to take place.
24. Power supply and water required for construction; testing & commissioning shall have to be arranged
by the bidder at his own costs.
25. The description of E&M services and specifications are given in general but they are not exhaustive i.e.
does not mention all the incidental works required to be carried out for complete execution of the
item of work. The work shall be carried out, all in accordance with true intent and meaning of the
specifications and the drawings taken together, regardless of whether the same may or may not be
particularly shown on the drawings and/ or described in the specifications, provided that the same can
be reasonably inferred there from. If any services/work required to make the building / scheme
habitable & functional, including the statutory compliance, is not specifically mentioned in the scope
of services, the same is deemed to be included within the scope of this tender and nothing extra shall
be paid on this account. There may be several incidental works, which are not mentioned in the
contract document/specifications but will be necessary to complete the item in all respects. All these
incidental works/ costs which are not mentioned, but are necessary to complete the work shall be
deemed to have been included in the overall amount quoted by the contractor for various
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

519
components of work. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
26. All the required work to be carried out has been shown in the tender drawings. Even if it is not
mentioned but otherwise required as per the tender document conditions and scope of work, the
agency has to carry out without any extra cost to make the building /scheme functional and habitable.
Similarly, if the work is not mentioned on the drawing but covered in the tender
specifications/conditions, the agency has to carry out without any extra cost to make the building
/scheme functional and habitable.
27. SUPERVISION OF WORK: The Contractor shall depute Site Engineers & skilled/qualified workers as
required for the work as per the tender document. He shall submit organization chart along with
details of Engineers and supervisory staff. The Contractor shall also furnish list of persons for
specialized works to be executed for various items of work. The Contractor shall identify and deploy
key persons having qualifications and experience in the similar and other major works, as per the field
of their expertise. If during the course of execution of work, the Engineer-in- Charge is of the opinion
that the deployed staff is not sufficient or not well experienced; the Contractor shall deploy more staff
or better-experienced staff at site to complete the work quality and in stipulated time limit.
The staff for a particular E&M works shall be engaged in such a manner that they should remain
engaged right from the beginning till completion of work.
28. LIST OF PREFERRED MAKES is attached in this tender document or at the end of the section.
i. The material to be supplied against the contract shall not be more than 6 months old from
date of receipt at site.
ii. To procure the genuine material from suppliers/ authorized dealer etc., shall be the
responsibility of contractor who shall preserve copies of invoice/ excise gate pass/ proof of
dispatch and the same shall be made available to Engineer-in-charge for examination/
scrutiny/ verification as deemed fit by him. As per guideline only routine test as prescribed in
IS/ CPWD specifications shall be carried at manufacture works/ third party labs. All items to be
used and workmanship shall be thoroughly checked physically and for their performance as
per agreement. All items to be used and workmanship shall be thoroughly checked physically
and for their performance as per agreement. The agency has to submit all warranty/guarantee
cards of all the E&M equipments and fittings/fans.
29. The scope of work, specifications etc., given are for guidance. Execution shall be carried out as per
functional requirement and design/ drawings provided and approved by engineer-in- charge
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

520
30. TESTING PLANS:

The testing plans in general shall be as per CPWD document "Quality Assurance Policy And Checklist
for E&M Services" which is available on CPWD website under publications.
i. All routine tests shall be conducted before dispatch of equipment. No equipment shall be
dispatched from the manufacture’s premises without such tests being conducted and test
result recorded. These test certificates shall be given along with the supply of equipment. The
Engineer In-charge shall inspect and witness the pre-delivery tests. For this purpose, the
contractor shall give 15 days’ advance notice. Agency shall arrange for inspection by the
department. Department shall bear expenses for inspection as far as traveling, boarding and /
lodging is concerned. However, waiver if any, for inspection shall be at the discretion of the
department without any cost implication but ROUTINE TEST & TYPE TEST Certificates shall have
to be submitted for equipment. Prior to dispatch, all equipment shall be adequately protected
& insured for the whole period of transit, storage and erection against corrosion and incidental
damages etc. from the effect of vermin sunlight, rain, heat and humid climate.
ii. INSPECTION AND TESTING AT SITE
The installation shall be subject to necessary inspection during every stage of erection, by the
Engineer In-charge or his authorized representative. The successful tenderer shall provide all
facilities and assistance for the purpose.
The completed installation shall be inspected and tested by the Engineer-in-Charge in the
manner as will be laid down by him, in consultation with the contractor.
All instruments and facilities necessary for the tests shall be provided by the contractor.
iii. QUALITY OF MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
All parts of the equipment shall be of such design, size and material so as to function
satisfactorily under all rated conditions of operation. All components of the equipment shall
have adequate factor of safety. The work of fabrication and assembly shall conform to sound
engineering practice and on the basis of “Fail Safe Design”. The mechanical parts subject to
wear and tear shall be easily replaceable type. The construction of the equipment shall be such
as to facilitate easy operation, inspection, maintenance and repairs. All connections and
contacts shall be designed to minimize risk of accidental short circuits caused by animals, birds
and vermin etc. All identical items and their component parts should be completely,
interchangeable including spare parts.
iv. Completion Plan
Contractor shall periodically submit completion drawings for all the E&M services as and when
work in all respects is completed in a particular area. These drawings shall be submitted in the
form of four sets of CD’s / Pen Drive and four in hard copy each containing complete set of
drawings on approved scale indicating the work as - installed. These drawings shall clearly
indicate following:
a. Location and details of equipment and other particulars.
b. Complete wiring diagram, as installed and scheduled showing all connections in the
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

521
complete electrical system.

c. Single line diagram, power schematic, control schematic with detailed bill of
materials, showing makes, types and description of all components and accessories.
d. Contractor shall also furnish the Manufacturer’s instructions on Installation,
Operation & Maintenance for all the capital items.
31. GUARANTEE
All equipment shall be guaranteed for a period of 36 months from the date of completion of entire
project and taking over of the installation by the client department i.e., “HCU ”. This guarantee is
required against un-satisfactory performance and/or breakdown due to defective design, material,
manufacture, workmanship or installation. The equipment or component or any part thereof so found
defective during the guarantee period shall be repaired or replaced free of cost to the satisfaction of
the Engineer in-charge. In case it is felt by the department that undue delay is being caused by the
contractor. The decision of Engineer-in-charge in this regard shall be final and binding on the
contractor.
On successful completion of work, the agency is to handover all the OEM guarantee or warranty
cards, along with copies cash Memo or vouchers etc to CPWD to avail the OEM services during the
guarantee or warranty period.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

522
3. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
3.1. Foundation Design

1.1 General
All foundations shall be of reinforced cement concrete. The design and construction of RCC structures
shall be carried out as per IS 456 and minimum grade of concrete shall be M15. Higher grades of
concrete than specified above may be used at the discretion of the bidder without claiming anything
extra from the department.
Foundation drawings of VCB Panels, Transformers, Switchyard fencing shall be submitted to the
department and work shall be commenced only after getting approved from the Engineer-in-charge.
The procedure used for the design of the foundations shall be the most critical loading combination of
the steel structure and /or equipment and /or superstructure, and other conditions which produce the
maximum stresses in the foundation or the foundation component, and as per the relevant IS Codes of
foundation design. The design calculations shall be submitted by the bidder showing complete details.
All foundations shall rest below virgin ground level and the minimum depth of foundation below the
virgin ground level as per relevant standards shall be maintained.
Design shall consider any sub-soil water pressure that may be encountered. Necessary protection to
the foundation work, if required, shall be provided to take care of any special requirements for
aggressive alkaline soil, black cotton soil or any other type of soil which is detrimental or harmful to the
concrete foundations.
All building sub-structures shall be checked for sliding and overturning stability during both
construction and operating conditions for various combinations of loads. Factors of safety for these
cases shall be as stated as per relevant IS codes or as stipulated elsewhere in the specifications.
All foundations shall be designed in accordance with the provisions of the relevant parts of latest
revisions of IS 2911 and IS 456.
Type of foundation system i.e. isolated footing, raft or piling shall be decided based on the load
intensity and soil strata.
Circuit breaker foundations, shall be designed for impact loading and shall be strictly in accordance
with the Manufacturer‘s recommendations.
Transformer plinth foundations shall be strictly in accordance with the Manufacturer‘s
recommendations.
Switchyard foundation plinths and building plinths shall be minimum 300 mm and 500 mm above
finished ground level respectively or as per minimum required safety electrical clearance stipulated in
IE Rule.
1.2 Compaction of Concrete

Compaction is necessary for production of good concrete. After the concrete has been placed it shall
be thoroughly compacted by approved mechanical vibrator to a maximum subsidence without
segregation and thoroughly worked around reinforcement or other embedded fixtures into the correct
form and shape. Vibrators must be operated by experienced men. Care should be taken to ensure that
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

523
the inserts, fixtures, reinforcement and formwork are not displaced or disturbed during the vibration of
the concrete. Vibration is commonly used method of compaction of concrete, the use of mechanical
vibrators complying with IS 2505, IS 2506, IS 2514 and IS 4656 for compacting concrete is
recommended
For all practical purposes, the vibration can be considered to be sufficient when the air bubbles cease
to appear and sufficient mortar appears to close the surface and facilitate easy finishing operations.
The period of vibration required for a mix depends upon the workability of the mix.
1.3 Curing of Concrete

In order to achieve proper and complete strength of the concrete, the loss of water from evaporation
should be prevented. Eighty to eighty five per cent of the strength is attained in the first 28 days and
hence this 28-day strength is considered to be the criterion for the design. The concrete after setting
for 24 hours shall be cured by keeping the concrete wet continuously for a period of 10 days.
1.4 Removal of formwork
Formwork shall be kept in position fully supported, until the concrete has hardened and gained
sufficient strength to carry itself and any loads likely to be imposed upon it. Stripping must be effected
in such a manner and at such a time that no shock or other injury is caused to the concrete. The
responsibility for safe removal rests with the Contractor but the Engineer- In-charge may delay the
time of striking if he deems it necessary.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

524
GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR SUB - STATION
1. 11 KV/0.415 KV TRANSFORMER(Cast Resin Dry Type)
GENERAL
The work shall be carried out as per CPWD General Specifications for ElectricalWorks (Part-IV- SUB
STATION) 2013 as amended up to date and CPWD GeneralSpecifications for Electrical Works Part-I & II, as
amended upto date and CPWDGeneral Specifications for Electrical Works (Part-VII- DG SET WORK 2013) as
amended upto date, relevant IE rules, and as per directions of Engineer-in-Charge.
All the materials used in the work as far as applicable shall comply to the relevantIndian Standard
Specifications with all upto date amendments. The contractor shallproduce test certificates for their
conforming to relevant I.S. specifications. Thematerials having I.S.I. mark shall have precedence over the
ones conforming to I.S.specifications.
TRANSFORMER
The transformer shall comply with the following Indian standards as amendeduptodate:
IS 11171 - 1985 – Dry type power transformers.
IS 10028 (Part II & Part III) - Installation and maintenance of Transformers.
IS 2099 – Bushing
IS 2705 – Current Transformers
The Transformer shall be indoor type as specified, thetransformer in addition shall have thermal and
dynamic ability to with stand externalshort circuit as per clause 9 of IS 2026 (Part I) 1977.
Low voltage side of transformer shall be suitable for Copper flexible, sandwich type bustrunking terminals.
HV side shall be provided with cable end box suitable for Pushon type/Heat shrinkable joint for
3x300sqmm, 11K.V. XLPE (earthed) cable.It shall be equipped with winding temperature indicators and
contactor actuated bymeans of temperature transducer either resistance type or Thermistor type
embeddedin each leg of LV windings. Contacts shall also be provided to operate alarm &tripcircuits in case
of high temperature. Suitable cabling for the facility of alarm at thefirst set point and tripping H.T. breaker
at the second set point between the HT panelsand transformers shall be provided by the contractor with in
the tendered rates oftransformers. The control shall be PVC insulated and PVC sheathed
armouredhavingcopper conductor of size not less than 2.5 sq.mm.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

525
All routine and other tests prescribed by IS: 11171-1985 and IS: 2026-1977 shall becarried out at the
manufacturer’s works before dispatch and a copy of the same shallbe furnished to the engineer-in-charge.
The transformers are to be suitable for running in parallel.
(a) The transformer shall be suitably designed so that total maximum allowable losses
shall be as per ECBC.
(b) The value of impedance voltage shall be as per IS.
ENCLOSURE
Transformer shall be provided with a sheet steel enclosure with adequate provision for ventilation. The
degree of protection of enclosure shall be IP 33.
DOOR LIMIT SWITCH
Door limit switch for safety tripping, door limit switch to trip the HT breaker incase doors of
transformer enclosure are opened.
CABLE TERMINATION
The low voltage side of the transformer shall be suitable to connect bus ducting of 2500 Amp. from the
top of the Transformer.
H.T. sides of the transformers shall have cable end boxes to receive 11 KV cable of size 3 x 300 Sq.mm
XLPE Al Cable.
Fittings
The transformer shall be complete with the following fittings:
Off load type tap changing link or tap switch.

RTD temperature controller.
Lifting lugs for all transformers.
Bi-directional/Unidirectional Rollers to be specified.
Rating diagram and terminal marking plate for all transformers.
Additional Neutral separately brought out on a bushing for earthing for all transformers.
Earth terminals (2 Nos.) for body earthing for all transformers.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

526
Necessary hardware, clamps, lugs etc. for termination on HV/MV etc. for all transformers.
Rating Plates
A rating plate of weather-proof material bearing the data specified in clause-8 of IS 11171:1985.
Joints and Gaskets
All gaskets used for making gas tight joints shall be of proven material.
Parallel Operation
For parallel operation of transformers, the transformers shall have the samepercentage impedance, same
voltage ratio, same vector group, phase sequence etc.
Wherever more than one transformer is to be installed in the same Sub-Stationcapacity of each
Transformer shall preferably be same.
INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING
a) The transformer shall be installed in accordance with IS 10028 (Part II & III) code of
b) practice for installation and maintenance of transformer. Necessary support channels
c) shall be grouted in the flooring.
d) The transformer shall be moved to its location and shall be correctly positioned.
e) Transformer wheels shall be either locked or provided with wheel stoppers.
f) Wiring of devices shall be carried out as per drawings; Earthing of neutral and body
g) of the transformer shall be done in accordance with section (7) of these
h) specifications.
i) All devices shall be checked for satisfactory operation.
j) 440
k) All tests specified in 3.2.14 of these specifications shall be carried out by the
l) contractor in the presence of inspecting officer/consignee free of cost.
TEST CERTIFICATES.
The routine, special and type test certificate of the transformer shall be furnished forapproval before the
delivery of the equipment from the factory.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

527
As regards the type tests in case these have been done earlier by OEM for similardesign/type, same if
produce shall be acceptable. In case, same is not done earlier,these will have to be done for one of the
transformer of the present lot.
ROUTINE TESTS
During manufacture and on completion, the transformer shall be subjected but notlimited to the following
Routine Tests as laid down in the latest revision of the IS11171 IEC - 726
a) Applied voltage test

b) Induced voltage test
c) No-load loss and excitation current tests
d) Impedance voltage and load loss tests
e) Resistance measurement
f) Ratio tests
g) Polarity and phase relation tests
h) Insulation resistance tests
i) Insulation power factor tests
Tests at Works
All routine and other tests prescribed in IS 11171: 1985 shall be carried out at themanufacturer’s works
before the dispatch of the transformer in the presence ofinspecting officer. Copies of the test certificates
shall be furnished to the department.In addition to the prescribed routine tests, temperature rise test shall
be invariablydone on one transformer of each design. A copy of the impulse test certificate doneon the
same type/ design of the transformer shall be furnished in accordance with IS11171:1985 for purpose of
record. If no impulse test was done in an earlier unit ofthe same design and type, one transformer will be
subjected to impulse test inconsultationwiththe Inspector at the firm’s cost. Copies of the impulse test
forshort circuit shall be supplied to the Department.
The type test certificates for the following type tests carried out on similar capacityrating shall be
submitted along with the routine test certificates.
a) Heat run test

b) Impulse test
Test at site
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

528
In addition to tests at manufacturer’s premises, all relevant pre-commissioning checksand tests conforming
to IS code of practice No. 10028 (part-II & III) shall be donebefore energization.
The following tests are to be particularly done before cable jointing or connectingthebus bar trunking.
a) Insulation test between HV to earth and HV to MV with a 5000 volts Megger.

b) Insulation test between MV to earth with 5000 volts Megger.
c) All test results are to be recorder and reports should be submitted to thedepartment.
After installation at site, the transformer shall be subjected to the following field testbefore commissioning,
besides any tests as per CPWD specification.
a) Ratio tests
b) Polarity test
c) Tap change operation test.
d) Insulation test.
Maximum Allowable Power Transformer Losses
Power transformers of the proper ratings and design must be selected to satisfy theminimum
acceptable efficiency at 50% and full load rating.
Total losses for dry type distribution transformers should conform as per GeneralSpecifications for
Electrical Works Part-IV, Sub-Station 2013.
2. VACUUM CIRCUIT BREAKER/RMU H.V. PANEL
SCOPE OF WORK:
Planning Designing ,Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of indoor type floor
mounted metal clad, 11KV, VCB panel with 1Nos. VCBs (1Nos. Incomer & 2 Nos. Outgoing)
totally enclosed & fully interlocked, horizontal drawout, horizontal/vertical isolation type
breaker as per IS: 13118/ IEC 62271-200, as amended up to date and additional
specifications, having capacities mentioned below, single break, trip free mechanism,
manually charged and auto/manually closing breaker, suitable for use on 11KV, 3 Phase, 50
Hz A.C. supply withshort circuit fault level of 500 MVA for 3 sec and certified for internal arc
of 25KA for 1 sec, complete with self contained, fully interlocked, rack in and rack out
mechanism, air insulated but encapsulated copper bus bars of 800 Amps capacity, breaker
featured with mechanical ON/OFF indicator with hand trip device, spring release coil, shunt
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

529
trip coil and auxiliary switch of 4 NO + 4NC and equipped with following switchgears and
accessories i/c connections suitable for 3 core x 300 Sq.mm(TENTATIVE ), XLPE 11 KV cable
(cable entry from top/ bottom) end termination with heat shrinkable jointing material etc. as
required. (Note: Cost of end termination not included in this item). The HT panel shall be
compatible for SCADA/ BMS applications and shall be complete with compatible hardwares
and shall be errected on suitable foundation with 1:3:6 cement concrete (1Cement; 3 sand: 6
graded stone of 20 mm size ) construction of buzel pedestal of 1:4 (1cement :4 sand) cement
plastering above ground etc as required. etc as required.the panel should have following
 Incoming –2 no. 630 Amp. VCB with interlocking with the following accessories on each panel-
1Nos.
a) 11 KV /110 Volts P.T. class 0.5 accuracy and 100 VA burden and protection MCB for HT
metering up to 12KV on incomer- 1No.
b) One set of Digital multi function meter with RS-485 modbus, and of accuracy class-1.0 -
1No
c) Microprocessor based numerical relay with O/L, E/F and S/C protection with
communication facility and Modbus Protocol- 1No
d) Dual core, dual ratio 3 CT300/150/5/5A, 15VA burden and accuracy Class - 0.5 for
metering and class 5P10 for protection- 1 Set.
e) One set of digital Tri vector meter, accuracy class-0.5, with RS 485 modbus
communication ports.
f) Power pack with 220 Volt AC input & 24Volt DC continuous output suitable for closing/
tripping/ indication of 5 Nos. of HT panel boards with 2Nos.12 Volts each maintenance free
batteries 100AH ( suitable) each , charging unit, capacitor bank for emergency delivering for
trip system complete with suitable capacity of Ammeter & Voltmeter i/c connections with
2.5 Sq.mm FRLS insulated copper conductor cable etc. as required- 1 Set.
g) Trip circuit supervision relay

h) Master trip relay
i) Indications for CB close/ CB open/ CB trip/ Spring charge/ trip circuit healthy.
j) Local remote switch
k) 8 window annunciation facia.
l) Mechanical castle key and/ or electrical inter-locking as per the directions of Engineer-in-
Charge.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

530
Outgoing
2 Sets- 630A VCB each comprising with the following accessories on each panel
a) One set of Digital multi function meter with RS-485 modbus, and of accuracy class-1.0 -
1No.
b) Microprocessor based numerical relays with O/L, E/F & S/C protections with
communication facility and Modbus Protocol - 1Nos.
c)Dual core, dual ratio 3 CTs 150/75/5/5A, 15VA burden and accuracy Class - 0.5 for metering
and class 5P10 for protection- 1 Set.
g) Trip circuit supervision relay
h) Master trip relay
i) Indications for CB close/ CB open/ CB trip/ Spring charge/ trip circuit
healthy.
j) Local remote switch
k) 8 window annunciation facia.
l)transformer protection relay
m) Hooter for fault detection.
NOTE: The above requirement and rating of accessories is for indicative only not exhaustive, the contractor
should plan, design and submit the requirement along with layout drawings for approva and execution.
2 TECHNICAL CONDITIONS
These specifications cover the detailed requirements for supply, installation, testing and
commissioning of High Voltage 11 KV Panels.
2.1 The panel shall be indoor type, having the incoming sectionalisation and outgoing switch gears as per IS 13118-
1991 of VCB, IEC 62271-100 for Breakers and - 200 for Panels / IS 3427 of switch board. The degree of
enclosure protection shall be IP-4X for indoor panel and IP-67 for SF6 gas filled stainless steel tank and IP54 for
outer enclosure of outdoor type panel.
Updated and current Indian Standard Specifications and Codes of Practice will apply to the equipment
and the work covered by the scope of this contract. In addition the relevant clauses of the Indian Electricity Act
2003, Indian Electricity Rules 1956, National Building Code 2005, National Electric Code 1985, Code of Practice
for Fire Safety of Building (general): General Principal and Fire Grading - IS 1641 - 1988 as amended up to date
shall also apply. Wherever appropriate Indian Standards are not available, relevant British and/or IEC Standards
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

531
shall be applicable. The outdoor VCB panel shall be having slanting roof, double door design and shall be
mounted on suitable plinth (600mm depth and 300mm above ground level).
Detailed requirements shall be in accordance with the schedule of works at Appendix-II.
2.2 Rating: All panels assembled to form a board shall be suitable for the nominal operation voltage and rupturing
capacity as specified. They should be rated as specified with a minimum of 630 Amps. And suitable for operation
on 11 KV, 3 phase 50 Hz system. Type test certificate for the breaking capacity of the panel shall be supplied. A
circuit breaker for a given duty in service is best selected by considering the individual rated values required by
load conditions and fault condition.
2.3 Type: The HV panel Board shall be metal clad, indoor, floor mounting, free standing type. It shall be totally
enclosed dust, damp and vermin proof.
2.4 General Construction: Separately earthed compartments shall be provided for circuit breakers, bus bars, relay &
instruments, CT & PT and cable boxes, fully and effectively segregating these from one another so that fault in
anyone compartment do not cause damage to equipment(s) in other compartment(s).
The housing shall be of bolted construction to ensure compact and rigid structure, presenting a neat and
pleasing appearance. The sheet steel used should not be less than 2mm. thick.
The panels shall be bolted together to form a continuous flush front switch gear suitable for front operation of
board and for extension at both ends.
2.5 General Design Aspects: The HV panel board shall be designed such that the switchgear, instruments, relays,
bus bars, small wiring etc. are arranged and mounted with due consideration for the followings:
i) Facility for inspection, maintenance and repairs of testing terminals and terminal boards for ease of external
connection.
ii) Minimum noise and vibrations.
-- Risk of accidental short circuits and open circuits.
-- Secured and vibration proof connections for power and control circuits.
iii) Risk of accidental contact and danger to personnel due to live connections.
iv) Mountings at approachable height.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

532
3 CIRCUIT BREAKER:
3.1 General Arrangements: The circuit breaker panels shall be complete with the following:
a) Racking in / Racking out mechanism.
b) Isolating plugs and sockets.
c) Mechanical inter-locks and safety shutters.
d) Mechanical ON/OFF indicator.
e) Minimum of 4 NO and 4 NC Auxiliary contacts directly operated by the circuit breaker. Additional NO & NC
contacts can be provided with auxiliary contactors.
f) Anti condensation space heaters suitable for operation on 240V, 1 Ph 50 Hz A.C. for each panel wherever
specified.
g) Suitable tripping arrangement
h) Mechanical counter to assess the total number of operations of the breaker (if asked for specifically).
3.2 Type: The circuit breaker shall be of horizontal isolation, horizontal draw out pattern.
3.3 Breaker Truck: The breaker carriage shall be fabricated from steel, providing a sturdy vehicle for the circuit
breaker and its operating and tripping mechanism. The carriage shall be mounted on wheels, moving on guides,
designed to align correctly and allow easy movement of the circuit breaker and for removing the carriage for
inspection and maintenance purposes.
Vacuum interrupters shall be hermetically sealed and shall be designed for minimum contact erosion, fast
recovery of di-electric strength, maintenance
free vacuum interrupter, suitable for auto-reclosing. The drive mechanism shall preferably be provided with
facility for pad locking at any position namely, "Service", "Test" and "Fully Isolated". It should be possible for
testing the circuit breaker for its operation without energizing the power circuit in the "Testing" position.
The contacts shall be made only after the breaker is inserted into service position. Interlocking should prevent
contacts from being disconnected if circuit breaker is tried to be moved from service position.
3.4 General Features: Single break contacts are provided in sealed vacuum interrupter.
3.5 Rating: The circuit breakers shall be continuously rated as specified with a minimum rated current of 630 Amps with
voltage rating and breaking capacity as specified.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

533
3.6 Operating Mechanism: The operating mechanism shall be one of the following as specified:
a) Manually operated spring charged / motor wound spring charged with both mechanical and electrical release
for closing. The operating mechanism shall be trip free.
b) External auxiliary supply shall be made available for charging motors & heaters operation.
4 BUS BAR SECTION:
General Requirement: The switch board shall be single bus bar pattern with air insulated encapsulated bus bars
housed in a separate compartment, segregated from other compartments.
Material: The bus bars shall be of high conductivity electrolytic copper rated as specified. The bus bars shall be
sized for carrying the rated and short circuit current without over-heating. Maximum bus bar temperature shall
not exceed 95 degree C.
5 CURRENT TRANSFORMER:
5.1 General Requirements: Accommodation shall be provided in the circuit breaker panel to mount one set of three
numbers dual core dual ratio CTs for metering and protection purposes. Access to the CTs for cleaning, testing or
changing shall be from the front, back or top of the panel.
5.2 Rating: Dual core & dual ratio CTs of suitable burden (but not less than 15 VA) shall be preferred:
(a) 400/200/5/5 (b) 300/150/5/5 200/100/5/5
(c) 100/50/5/5 (d) such other as required
CT ratio shall be compatible with the loading pattern on HV side.
The CTs shall conform to relevant Indian Standards. The design and construction shall be robust to withstand
thermal and dynamic stresses during short circuits. Secondary terminals of CTs shall be brought out suitably to a
terminal block which will be easily accessible for testing and terminal connections. The protection CTs shall be of
accuracy class 5 P 10 of IS 2705Part III-1992.
The metering CTs shall conform to the metering ratio and accuracy class 0.5 of IS 2705-1992 for incomer and
class 1 for outgoing Panels.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

534
6 VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS:
General Requirements: A voltage transformer of burden not less than 100 VA and of proper ratio as specified
shall be provided at the incoming panel. The accuracy class for the VT shall be class 0.5 as per IS 3156 parts I to
III for incomer and class 1 for outgoing Panels.
The transformer shall be of cast epoxy resin construction. It shall be fixed / withdrawable type. HRC fuses /
MCBs shall be provided on both HV and LV sides.
7 PROTECTION AND TRIPPING ARRANGEMENT:
7.1 Protection: The Relays shall be microprocessor based numerical relays with O/L , E/F and S/C protection Tripping
relay shall be used for tripping signal to the Shunt Trip Coil of Circuit Breaker operating on 24V/30V DC supply /
Power pack / 110 V VT supply.
Note: - 24V / 30V DC shall be provided through 2 Nos. SMF batteries of 12/15 volts of minimum 26 AH capacity
with a battery charger as per recommendation of the manufacturer both for protection as well as indications.
Alternatively Power Pack converters fed through PT / 230V externally could be provided with 2 Nos., 12/15 volt,
7 AH SMF batteries (Power pack with condenser / capacitor backup are also available which do not need
batteries, these should not be used) for tripping. In cases where tripping is fed through PT, VA burden of PT shall
be suitably increased (say 200 VA) as recommended by the manufacturer depending upon the number of panels
and connected controls. In addition external 24 volt / 30 volt DC supply shall be provided for indications etc.
through 2 Nos. SMF batteries of 12/15 volts of minimum 26 AH capacity with a battery charger as per
recommendation of the manufacturer.
7.2 Relays: Over current Relays shall have adjustable setting for current from 50% to 200% and earth fault from 10%
to 40% or 20% to 80%. These should be of manual reset type. All relays shall have a LED indicator which will
indicate operation for each function. It shall be possible to reset it only by manual operation. The number and
types of relays shall be as specified.
8 SMALL WIRING
The small wiring shall be carried out with minimum 1.5sq. mm FRLS / HFFR insulated copper conductor cables.
CT wiring shall be done with minimum 2.5 sq mm wires with colour code: R Y B, Gray for auxiliary DC circuits and
Black for auxiliary AC circuits. The wiring shall be securely fixed and neatly arranged to enable easy tracing of
wires. Identification tags shall be fitted to all wire terminals to render identification easy and to facilitate
checking in accordance with IS 375. Necessary terminal blocks and cable entries shall be provided for RTD relay
wiring, power supply etc.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

535
9 METERING INSTRUMENT, PANEL ACCESSORIES (DIGITAL):
9.1 Metering: Energy metering shall be done either on the incomers or on the feeders as specified in schedule of work.
9.2 Voltage Selection Scheme: Where a bus coupler is incorporated and only one incomer feeder (out of two available)
is intended to be operated at a time, a VT Transfer Relay shall be incorporated to provide necessary potential for
metering. This will be necessary when energy metering is done on individual feeders or where VT supply is used
for trip circuits. Alternatively PTs shall be provided on both the bus sections (incomers) with individual metering
on each incomer.
9.3 Instrument Panels: The instrument panel shall form part of the housing. Relays, meters and instruments shall be
mounted as per general arrangement drawings to be submitted by the tenderer. They shall be preferably of
flush mounting type at a maximum height of 1800 mm.
9.4 Instrumentation:
a) A voltmeter of class 1.5 accuracy as per IS-1248 shall be provided at each incomer panel, with selector switch.
The instrument shall be calibrated for the ranges specified.
b) Energy meters of class 1.0 conforming to IS - 722 (Part IX) and power factor meter of class of accuracy of 2
shall be provided, if specified.
c) Ammeter of specified range of class 1.5 accuracy as per IS-1248 shall be provided at both incomer and
outgoing panels along with necessary selector switches.
d) The panel assembly shall also take care of the following requirements:
i) Lamp indication shall be provided to indicate ON / OFF (BY red / green respectively) of switch gear.
ii) Panel illuminating lamp.
iii) Mechanical indication for spring charged status. If possible an indicating lamp could be provided.
iv) Lamp indicating tripping at fault status.
v) Healthy trip supply shall be indicated by clear lamp.
vi) Separate fuses / MCBs. shall be provided for lamps, heaters, voltmeters and other instrumentation etc. on
each panel.
vii) Anti-condensation space heaters shall be provided, and shall be suitable for operation on 240 V, 1 phase, 50
Hz A.C. for each panel if specified.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

536
viii) Where there is more than one incomer and bus sections, these shall be castle key interlocked as per
interlocking scheme as specified.
3. 11KV HT CABLE
General
HT power cables shall be 3 core aluminium conductor XLPE steel tape armouredcable. Cables shall be
ISI marked. This shall be suitable for 11 KV unearthed system.The cable shall be provided with steel
armouring and FRLS PVC inner and outer sheath.The HT cables shall be brought to site on drums which
shall be duly marked withname of the manufacturer and size of the cable.
The contractor shall ensure that for the HT cables brought at site, the test certificatein original issued
by the factory before dispatch of the cable indicating the testscarried out and their results shall be
produced to the Engineer-in-Charge. Withoutsuch certificate the cable shall not be accepted by the
Engineer-in-Charge.
HT cables shall be laid in ducts/ trenches/cable trays.
HT cable shall be suitably terminated with the help of heat shrinkable terminationkit at both ends. Unit
rate of cable quoted in Schedule ‘A’ shall be deemed to beexclusive of cost of termination at both
ends.
SPECIFICATION OF CABLES
These cables shall have individually screened cores and be manufactured and testedaccording to IS:
7098 (Part II) - 1973 amended up to date & latest. The conductorfor these cables shall be from
electrical purity Aluminum 3/4 H or H Temper. Allconductors shall be compacted circular in shape. The
insulation shall be high qualitycross linked Polythene - obtained by chemical cross linking of polythene
molecules.
The armoring applied over the common covering shall be of flat steel wires.
Each and every delivery length of the cable shall be subjected to routine tests as perIS:7098 (Part II)
1973 amended up to the date. The operating characteristics of thesecables shall be as under.
a) Permissible maximum continuous operating temperature – 90°C

b) Permissible short circuit temperature – 250°C
c) Di electric constant (Er) at 50oHz, 30°C to 90°C - 2.4
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

537
d) Loss factor at 50Hz, 30 °C to 90°C- 0.5X100X-3

e) Sp.Vol. resistivity at 20 °C ->1014Ohmcm.
LAYING OF CABLES
All cables shall be laid as per C.P.W.D GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FORELECTRICAL WORKS (PART-II
EXTERNAL) - 2005 with all up to dateamendments.
TESTING THE CABLES
All cables shall be tested as per C.P.W.D GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FORELECTRICAL WORKS (PART-II
EXTERNAL) - 2005 with all up to dateamendments.
4. ELECTRICAL PANEL PROTECTION SYSTEM (GAS BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYTEM)
Electrical Panel Protection System: This includes Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of
Novec-1230 or equivalent gas Suppression system in accordance with the Contract Documents.
Scope of Work:
a. Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of clean Agent (Novec 1230 or equivalent)
Fire Suppression system designed to provide a uniform concentration within the electrical
panels in accordance with NFPA 2001 and requirements of the contract documents).
b. Provide all engineering design and materials for a complete agent suppression system
including storage cylinders with steel bracket, extinguishing agent, detection tube, cylinder
valve and associated accessories including but not limit to; adaptors, pressure switch, tube
fittings etc, required for complete operation of system.
c. All necessary safety requirements such as warning signs, discharge alarm shall be part of
system.
d. The necessary nomenclature such as pressurization level, agent volume, gross/net weight of
cylinder shall be clearly marked on cylinder.
e. Prior to supply of material at site. Contractor must submit following documents for approval
of Engineer-in-charge.
a) Drawing in A-4 size, clearly showing the panel, routing of tube inside the panel, location and
fixing arrangement of cylinder & system components.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

538
f. All doors and holes in the enclosed/equipment’s should be closed or sealed to maintain the
tightness of enclosure.
System Description:
a) The detection tube shall be fixed with cylinder valve at top of cylinder. The tube shall be pressurized
with dry nitrogen. In case of reach of pre-determined temperature (100-120oC), the tube shall rupture
gas shall be released from tube over the protected area.
b) The pressure switch shall be provided for necessary indication of discharge of gas.
c) The Extinguishing Agent shall be stored in cylinder as liquefied compressed gas, super pressurized with
dry nitrogen at 15 Bar.
d) The cylinder shall be equipped with brass valve, pressure gauge (to monitor agent pressure) and
isolation valve for maintenance purposes. The cylinder bracket shall be of steel construction with quick
release clamp.
e) The detection tube shall be installed throughout the compartments of panel. The location and spacing
of tube shall be above the hazard, to be protected.
f) In case of fire, the tube shall rupture at a point. The rupture of tube shall result in formation of
discharge point and release the agent in uniform pattern.
g) With system activation, a signal should be generated via Audio Visual Alarm installed at convenient
location as per Engineer-in-Charge.
h) The system must be service for minimum of 5 years.
System Components:
The bidder shall provide an undertaking from Principle Manufacturer of CE marked product they intent
to install, that manufacturer will fully support the bidder for this specific project.
a) Cylinder of steel construction with standard red epoxy paint finish. Cylinders shall be accompanied by
original manufacturers test certificate confirming the contents of the cylinder.
b) The cylinders shall be from reputed Manufacturers only. Cylinders shall be super pressurized with dry
nitrogen to an operating pressure and temperature as per manufacturer recommendations.
c) Each cylinder shall have pressure gauze and low pressure switch to provide visual and electrical
supervision of the cylinder pressure. The low pressure switch shall be wired to the Audio Visual Alarm
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

539
to provide audible and visual trouble alarm in the event of drop of pressure. The pressure gauze shall
be color coded to provide an easy, visual indication of cylinder pressure.
d) Furnish a welded steel bracket with each cylinder assembly for holding the cylinders in a saddle with a
front bracket piece that secures the cylinders.
e) Cylinder shall be provided with a certificate provided by the company who charge with the gas
mixture. The certificate shall be secured around the cylinder with chain fastener.
f) The Detection Tube, LPCB/UL/CE approved to be Red Colour and pressurized at 15 Bar. The Detection
Tube to rupture between (100-120oC).
g) The Pressure Switch should be CE Marked having NO/NC contac
h) The cylinder should be manufactured as per BIS 15683 specifications.
Extinguishing Agent
(a) The agent shall not contain any Hydroflurocarbons (HFC).
(b) The ozone depletion potential should be zero.
(c) The Global warming potential should be equal to or less than 1.
(d) The Extinguishing Agent should be UL Listed/ FM approved.
(e) The extinguishing agent should be filled in an UL Listed or FM approved filling station.
Installation
a) The system shall be installed on the basis of approved shop drawing.
b) The installation / final connections shall carry out in direct supervision of representative of
Manufacturer/authorized distributors.
c) The installation contractor should be a proven source with minimum 5 years of installation of Trace
Tube Systems in India.
d) Cylinder shall be located so that they are not subjected to mechanical, chemical or other damage.
e) All system components shall be capable of withstanding heat of fire and severe weather conditions.
f) Detection Tube to be properly secured inside the panel by Clips/Tie etc.
g) The Detection Tube outside the panel should be protected in flexible conduit.
h) Inspection certificate should be pasted on cylinder clearly marking next due date of inspection.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

540
5. DRAWINGS
The contractor shall submit six complete sets of drawings on white paper to theDepartment/ Engineer-In-
Charge after completion of the work.
These drawings must give the following information’s, in addition to the informationasked for in various
other sections of the specifications:
a) Location of all equipments viz. transformers, H.T. Panels, L.T. Panels, earthing stationsetc.
b) Cable routes clearly indicating the sizes & number of cables.
c) Earthing layout - indicating the type of earth station & size of earth conductor.
d) Wiring diagram of L.T. Panels.
e) Complete single line diagram for Normal and Emergency supplies.
f) Any other information the Engineer-In-Charge may dream fit.
No completion certificate will be issued until the drawings are submitted. Thedrawings will be prepared
and submitted by the contractor without any extra charge.
5. EARTHING SYSTEM:
1 PROTECTIVE EARTHING
The scope of work shall cover earthing stations (earth mats and earth electrodes), laying copper/GI
earth strips and connecting the power panels, DBs, switch boards and other equipment such as pumps, PLCs
of BMS etc.
Earthing means an electrical connection to the general mass of earth to provide safe passage to fault
current to enable to operate protective devices and provide safety to personnel and Equipments
All the non-current carrying metal parts of electrical installation shall be earthed properly. All
metal conduits, cable trays, trunking, cable sheaths, switchgear, distribution fuse boards, light fittings and all
other parts made of metal shall be bonded together and connected by means of specified earthing conductors
to an efficient earthing system. All earthing shall be in conformity with Indian Electricity Rules and CEA safety
regulation in vogue .
The Earthing System shall totally comprise the following:
Earth mats and Electrodes as per IEEE 80: 2000 and IS: 3043 - 1987
Earthing Leads
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

541
Earth Conductors
Residual current earth leakage circuit breakers where applicable as per IE rules 61A.
The size of conductor to be provided for earth mat &electrodes, however contractors should verify
these sizes as per norms provided in the codes and rules and should provide conductor size as per the
calculation.
All three phase equipment shall have two separate and distinct body earths and single phase
equipment shall have a single body earth.
All the earthing strips shall be buried in floor or wall as required and all the fastening (by nut bolts) of
earthing strips shall be tag welded as well.
2 STANDARDS
The following standards and rules shall be applicable:
IS 3043 Code of practice for earthing
ANSI/ UL 467 Grounding & bonding equipment
IEEE 80 IEEE guide for Safety in AC sub-station grounding
IEEE 142 IEEE Recommended practice for Earthing of Industrial

and Commercial Power Systems.
All codes and standards mean the latest. Where not specified otherwise the installation shall generally
follow the Indian Standard Code of Practice or the British Standard Code of Practice in the absence of Indian
Standards.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

542
3 Types of Earthing
The earthing is broadly divided as:
System Earthing
This is primarily concerned with the protection of Electrical equipment by stabilizing the voltage with respect
to ground (Connection between part of plant in an operating system like LV neutral of a Power Transformer
winding and earth).
Equipment Earthing (Safety grounding)
This is primarily concerned with the protection of personnel from electric shock by maintaining the potential
of noncurrent carrying equipment at or near ground potential. Connecting frames of equipment (like motor
body, Transformer tank, Switch gear box, operating rods of Air break switches, etc) to earth.
The system earthing and safety earthing are interconnected and therefore fault current flowing through
system ground raises the potential of the safety ground and also causes steep potential gradient in and
around the Substation. But separating the two earthing systems have disadvantages like higher short circuit
current, low current flows through relays and long distance to be covered to separate the two earths. After
weighing the merits and demerits in each case, the common practice of common and solid (direct) grounding
system designed for effective earthing and safe potential gradients is being adopted.
4 Types of Earth Electrode
1. Rod electrode.
2. Pipe electrode.
3. Plate electrode
5 Factors That Change the Requirement Of Earth Electrode
If an electrical facility can expand in system, it creates different routes in the electrode. What was formerly a
suitable low earth resistance can become obsolete standard.
More number of metallic pipes, which were buried underground, become less and less dependable as
effective low resistance ground connection.
Most of the location, the water table gradually falling. In a year or two, area ends up with dry earth of high
resistance.
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

543
These factors emphasize the importance of a continuous, periodic program of earth resistance testing.
6 The earth resistance shall be as low as possible and shall not exceed the following limits
Table1. Earth resistance values
S. No. Particulars Permissible values
1. Power Stations 0.5 Ohms
2. EHT Substations 1.0 Ohms
3. 33KV Stations 2.0 Ohms
4. Distribution transformer centers 5.0 Ohms
5. Tower foot resistance 10.0 Ohms
7 Specification of Earthing
i. Depending on resistivity, the earth conductor (flats) shall be buried at the following depths.
Table 2.
S. Soil Resistivity in Economical depth of Burial
No. ohms/meter in meters
1) 50 100 0.5
2) 100 –400 1.0
3) 400 1000 1.5
To keep the earth resistance as low as possible in order to achieve safe step and touch voltages, an
earth mat shall be buried at the above depths below ground and the mat shall be provided with grounding
rods at suitable points. All non-current carrying parts at the Substation shall be connected to this grid so as to
ensure that under fault conditions, none of these parts are at a higher potential than the grounding grid.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

544
Following points should be followed to keep the earth resistance as low as possible.
Remove Oxidation on joints and joints should be tightened.
Pour sufficient water in earth electrode.
Used bigger size of Earth Electrode.
Electrodes should be connected in parallel.
Earth pit of more depth & width- breadth should be made.
iii. Acceptable Earth Resistance value:
The acceptable Earth Resistance at earth pit shall be as below:
For Transformer neutral - less than 5 ohms.
For Transformer Body - less than 5 ohms.
For other equipments - less than 10 ohms.
8 EARTHING MATERIAL
Materials of which the protective system is composed shall be resistant to corrosion or be adequately
protected against corrosion. Adequate margin for corrosion should be taken for the selection of the size. The
material comply to the following requirements:
Copper - When solid or stranded copper wire is used it shall be of the grade ordinarily required for
commercial electrical work generally designated as being of 97% conductivity when annealed, conforming to
Indian standard specifications as per IEEE 80 A.
Galvanized Steel - Galvanized steel used shall be thoroughly protected against corrosion by hot dipped
Zinc coating. The material coating shall withstand the test specified in IS 2309 1989.
The strips to be used shall be in maximum lengths available as manufactured normally avoiding
unnecessary joints.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

545
9 EARTH STATIONS
9.1 Earth Mats
Earth mat shall be constructed as per IEEE 80 2000 and IS 3043 1987. GI flats should be used for
constructing earth mat of adequate size (horizontal and vertical conductors) and at depth of 500 mm or
deeper as per the final earthing design as per site condition and from ground as per IEEE 80 A. Adequate
number of risers shall be brought from earth mat for further connection to equipment. Main earth terminals
shall be provided in Service Yard & Terminal Building as required. The resistance of the MS copper cladded
rod of suitable diaearth mat should not be more than 1 shall be placed at relevant spacing as per detailed
engineering calculations.
9.2 Pipe Earthing Station
The pipe earth shall be as shown on the approved working drawing and shall be used for equipment
earth grid. The earth electrode shall be 4.5m long, 40mm diameter, 5mm thick galvanized steel pipe. The earth
resistance shall be maintained with a suitable soil treatment as shown on approved working drawings and as
per plate electrodes.
The resistance of each earth station should not exceed 1 Ω
The earth lead shall be fixed to the pipe with a clamp and safety set screws. The clamps shall be
permanently accessible.
9.3 Maintenance Free Chemical Earth Station
This section covers the technical details for Maintenance Free Chemical Earth Station with following
technical features:-
The system should be of DUAL PIPE TECHNOLOGY (GI)
The chemical earth electrode should be tested in CPRI (Central Power Research Institute) for Peak &
RMS current.
The earth electrode manufacturer shall be ISO 9001:2008 & ISO 14001:2004 certified company.
The earth electrode shall be of GI construction Dual Pipe technology with the galvanization of 80-100
microns. For thickness of strips & pipes PWD & SOR specs shall be followed.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

546
The earth electrode shall be surrounded by resistance lowering grounding minerals to increase the
overall conductive surface area in order to lower the ohmic value and also to minimize the corrosion process.
The earth electrode shall be highly conductive and non-corrosive.
Earth electrode should be able to carry the peak short circuit withstand current of minimum 30KA and
duly tested and certified by CPRI.
Resistance lowering grounding minerals should be of specially developed electrolytic gel which should
be of highly conductive. The “chemical” shall be made of natural minerals mixture of Sulphate, Silica, Alumina,
Iron Oxide, Titanium Oxide, Calcium Oxide, Magnesium Oxide, Sodium Oxide, Zinc Oxide, Potassium Oxide,
Chloride, Nickel Oxide, etc and it absorbs the moisture from the surrounding soil and is non corrosive.
The chemical compound used for back filling around the earth electrode shall be duly tested and
certified by any International accredited and BIS (Bureau of Indian Standards), Govt of India accredited
laboratory. The testing laboratory should be ISO 9001 & ISO 14001 certified.
Between the inner & outer pipes, it should be adequately filled with special composition of highly
conductive metallic compound which will have the continuity for fast conduction & highly resistive to
corrosion.
At any cost, usage of Salt & Charcoal with the earth electrode is strictly not permitted.
9.4 Number of Earth Stations
Metallic covers or supports of all medium or HT apparatus or conductors shall, in all cases be
connected to not less than two separate and distinct earth electrodes.
Two Earth Mats are envisaged for two Transformers Neutral Earthing; Make an Earth Grid in the bottom of the
pit, at -1.0 M level and cover the Earth grid on top & bottom with Ground Enhancement Material (GEM).
Make Eighteen Maintenance free Earth pits on the periphery of the above Earth Grid. These Earth pits will be
made by drilling a bore of 4’ dia * 10’ Long from -1.0M level, inserting a Ground Rod of 5/8” dia * 10’ L and
filling up with GEM. The Earth pits will be connected to the Earth Grid.
Take Six Risers from Six Earth pits from each earth mat these four will be connected to Transformer Neutrals.
Take four Risers from four Earth pits from each earth mat these four will be connected to DG sets Neutrals.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

547
Two pits each are envisaged for Transformer Body (2 No’s); If, the acceptable earth resistance is not achieved
with 2 nos earth pits due to higher soil resistivity at the particular location, then, extra pits must added.
Two pits each are envisaged for DG Sets Body (2 No’s); If, the acceptable earth resistance is not achieved with
2 nos earth pits due to higher soil resistivity at the particular location, then, extra pits must added.
Two pits each are envisaged for 33KV VCB Panel Body (2 No’s); If, the acceptable earth resistance is not
achieved with 2 nos earth pits due to higher soil resistivity at the particular location, then, extra pits must
added.
Two pits each are envisaged for 11KV VCB Panel Body (2 No’s); If, the acceptable earth resistance is not
achieved with 2 nos earth pits due to higher soil resistivity at the particular location, then, extra pits must
added.
9.5 Location of Earth Electrode
The following guidelines shall be followed for locating the earth electrodes
An earth electrode shall not be situated less than 3 meters from any building. The excavations for
electrode shall not affect the column footings or foundations of the buildings. Entrances, pavements and road
ways shall not be used for locating the earth electrode. In such cases electrode may be further away from the
building.
Earth mat locations Earth mats shall be constructed at a suitable place in the area as near to Service
Yard Terminal Building as possible.
The location of the earth electrode / mats shall be such where the soil has reasonable chance of
remaining moist, as far as possible.
9.6 GI/Copper Plate/pipe Earth should be as per CPWD specifications. Method of Installing Watering
Arrangement
In the case of plate earth electrode, a watering pipe of 20mm diameter of B class GI Pipe shall be
provided and attached to the electrode. A funnel with mesh shall be provided at the top of this pipe for
watering the earth. The watering funnel attachment shall be housed in masonry enclosure of not less than 300
x 300 x 300 mm. A cast iron/MS frame with cover having identity mode “EARTH” and having locking
arrangement shall be suitably embedded in the masonry enclosure.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

548
9.7 EARTH LEADS AND CONNECTIONS
The strip earthing leads shall be connected to the Earth Electrode / Earth mat at one end and to the
main equipment at the other end. The earthing lead shall connect to the earthing network in the installation.
Earth lead shall be bare copper or galvanized steel as specified with sizes shown on approved working
drawings. Copper lead shall have a phosphor content of not over 0.15 percent. Galvanized steel buried in
ground shall be protected with bitumen and hessian wrap or polythene faced hessian and bitumen coating. At
road crossings necessary HDPE Pipes shall be laid. Earth lead run on surface of wall or ceiling shall be fixed on
saddles or wall so that the strip is at least 8mm away from the wall surface.
All earth strips shall be jointed as follows:
Copper riveting with 80mm fish plate and brazing with at least
Copper
80mm brazing as a lap joint along the length
Lap welding with 50mm minimum lap Steel: Overlay - not

Galvanized
less than 50 mm in all cases
Strip earthing leads shall be of copper/GI and as per specifications.
The buried strip earthing lead shall be in trench not less than 0.5 m deep. If conditions necessitate use
of more than one earthing lead, they shall be laid as widely distributed as possible, preferably in a single
straight trench or in a number of trenches radiating from one point.
In the case of plate earth electrode, the earthing lead shall be securely bolted to the plate with two
bolts, nuts, check nuts and washers as required by IS 3043:1987. All materials used for connecting the earth
lead with electrode shall be GI in case of GI Pipe earth electrodes or tinned brass in case of Copper plate
electrode.
9.8 Connection of Earthing Conductors
Main earthing conductors shall be taken from the earth connections at the substation to the earth bar
at the main switch boards in the TN-S configuration and the earth bar may also be directly earthed as in Indian
TN-S.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

549
Sub-mains earthing conductors shall run from the earth bar at the main switch board to the sub-
distribution boards and to the final distribution boards.
Loop earthing conductors shall run from the final distribution boards and shall be connected to any
point on the main/sub-main earthing conductor, or its distribution board.
Metal conduits, cable sheathing and armouring shall be earthed at the ends adjacent to switch boards
at which they originate, or otherwise at the commencement of the run by an earth bonding conductor in
effective electrical contact with cable sheathing. Switches, accessories, lighting fitting etc shall be effectively
connected to the Loop Earthing Conductors. A metallic conduit shall not be considered as the only protective
earth conductor.
Point wiring for lights, fans, ceiling fans, exhaust fans, power sockets and submain wiring, shall all
have an earth continuity conductor (ECC) with the same cross section and type of wires used, the minimum in
this case being 2.5-sqmm copper.
9.9 Prohibited Connections
Neutral conductor, sprinkler pipes, or pipes conveying gas, water, or inflammable liquid, structural
steel work, metallic enclosures, metallic conduits and lighting protection system conductors shall not be used
as a means of earthing an installation or even as a link in an earthing system. However, these are to be
effectively earth bonded.
9.10 Resistance To Earth
No earth as measured by anelectrode shall have a greater ohmic resistance than 1 approved earth
testing apparatus. In rocky soil the resistance may be up to 10 . The electrical resistance measured between
earth connection at the mainswitchboard and any other point on the completed installation shall be low
enough to permit the passage of current necessary to operate fuses or circuit breakers.
Note: - All joints and connection between dissimilar metal should be done by providing bimetallic
conductor /plate as required of equivalent area /cross section.
9.11 EQUIPMENT EARTHING
All apparatus and equipment transmitting or utilizing power shall be earthed as per the drawings.
Metallic conduit shall not be accepted as an earth continuity conductor. A separate insulated earth
continuity conductor of size related to phase conductor shall be provided. Non-metallic conduit shall have an
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

550
insulated earth continuity conductor of the same size as above. All metal junction and switch boxes shall have
an inside earth stud to which the earth conductor shall be connected. The earth conductor shall be distinctly
coloured (green) for easy identification.
Armoured cables shall be earthed by 2 bonding earth connections to the armouring at both the ends
and the size of connection being as above. In multiple cables entering a panel/ DB, the cable joints shall be
bonded together using a bonding wire selected on the basis of the largest size of cable in the group. In the
case of unarmored cable, an earth continuity conductor shall either be run outside along the cable. Three
phase power panels and distribution boards shall have 2 distinct earth connections of the size correlated to
the incoming cable size. In case of single phase DB’s a single earth connection is adequate. Similarly for 3-
Phase and 1-Phase isolating switches there shall be 2 and 1 earth connections respectively, sizes being
correlated to the incoming cable.
Three Phase motors and other 3-Phase apparatus shall have 2 distinct earth connections of size equal
to incoming feeder size. For 1-Phase motor and 1-Phase apparatus, the single earth connections shall be
provided of the above size.
10 Components of Earthing & Bonding system:
The components of Earthing system are:
Earth electrode, Earth enhancement material, Earth pit, Earth conductor consisting of connecting
cable or tape/strip and all other associated accessories.
a) Earth Electrode:
The earth electrode shall be made of high tensile low carbon steel circular rods, molecularly bonded with
copper on outer surface to meet the requirements of Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 467-2007 or latest. Such
copper bonded steel cored rod is preferred due to its overall combination of strength, corrosion resistance,
low resistance path to earth and cost effectiveness.
The earth electrode shall be UL listed and of 14.20mm diameter and minimum 3.0mtrs. Long.
The minimum copper bonding thickness shall be of 250 microns.
Marking: UL marking, Manufacturer’s name or trade name, length, diameter, catalogue number must be
punched on every earth electrode.
The Earth Electrode shall have a test report from CPRI or any Test Center certified by NABL.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

551
The min life of the Earth Rod shall be 20 years.
Earth electrode can be visually inspected, checked for dimensions and thickness of copper coating using
micron gauge. The supplier shall arrange for such inspection at the time of supply, if so desired.
b) Ground Enhancement material (GEM):
Earth enhancement material is a superior conductive material that improves earthing effectiveness, especially
in areas of poor conductivity (rocky ground, areas of moisture variation, sandy soils etc.). It improves
conductivity of the earth electrode and ground contact area. It shall have following characteristics-
Shall mainly consist of Carbon fibre, moisture absorbent polymers, cement and mineral moisture controller;
Bentonate content shall be negligible.
Shall have high conductivity, improves earth’s absorbing power and humidity retention capability.
Shall be non-corrosive in nature having low water solubility but highly hygroscopic.
Shall have resistivity of less than 0.20 Ohm-m. Necessary certificate from National/ International lab for the
resistivity shall also be submitted.
Shall be suitable for installation in dry form or in a slurry form.
Shall not depend on the continuous presence of water to maintain its conductivity.
Shall be permanent & maintenance free and in its “set form”, maintains its resistivity constant with time.
Shall be thermally stable between -100 C to +600 C ambient temperatures.
Shall not dissolve, decompose or leach out with time.
Shall not require periodic charging treatment nor replacement and maintenance.
Shall be suitable for any kind of electrode and all kinds of soils of different resistivity.
Shall not pollute the soil or local water table and meets environmental friendly requirements for landfill.
Shall not be explosive.
Shall not cause burns, irritation to eye, skin etc.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

552
The Earth Enhancement material shall have the properties as given below:
Description Specification
Resistivity Max.0.20 Ohm-m
Strength (7 days) flexural Min.20 kgf/sq.cm
Strength (7 days) Compression Min.200 kgf/sq.cm
Durability Good
Metal corrosion None
Toxic substance None
Appearance Gray Powder form
Marking: The Earth enhancement material shall be supplied in sealed, moisture proof bags. These
bags shall be marked with Manufacturer’s name or trade name, quantity etc.
c) Earth Rod Clamp:
Earth Rod clamp should have provision for clamping different sizes of cables/tapes.
Should be non-corrosive and the assembly forms a robust and electrically conducting connection.
d) Earth Pit construction:
A 4” dia, 3000mm depth bore is made at the location using the manual rig or bore well machine.
The Earth Rod shall be placed in the centre of the pit. It is driven into the ground by hammering up to 150mm.
The Ground Enhancement material, GEM is mixed in a slurry form in a drum using recommended quantity of
the water, mixing thoroughly with a stick.
The slurry is poured into the Pit slowly and is compacted using a rod or a suitable tool to remove air bubbles.
This is done layer by layer until the bore is completely filled.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

553
In case, the bore well machine is not available or the location is not accessible with bore well machine,
then, manual digging is adopted.
The manual method is as below.
A pit of 600*600*3000mm (L*W*D) shall be dug manually.
The Earth Rod shall be placed in the centre of the pit. It is driven into the ground by hammering up to 150mm.
A PVC pipe, 150mmD*1500mm L shall be inserted in the pit concentrically to the Earth Rod assembly.
The space around the PVC pipe in the pit shall be filled with black soil. The soil is compacted by tampering with
a Rod or a suitable tool by pouring sufficient water.
The Ground Enhancement material, GEM is mixed in a slurry form in a drum using recommended quantity of
the water, mixing thoroughly with a stick.
The slurry is poured into the PVC pipe slowly and is compacted using a rod or a suitable tool to remove air
bubbles.
As the slurry is poured and gets compacted, the PVC pipe is removed slowly; at the same time, compacting the
soil around the pipe. This is done layer by layer until the total depth of the pit around the PVC pipe is filled
with the soil and slurry is filled in the space within the PVC pipe to cover the total length of the Rod.
After the completion of the filling the pit, the connection of Earth conductor is done with the Earth Rod.
Interconnection of Earth pits:
The distance between two earth electrodes shall be min. 3mtrs. and max. Up to twice the length of the earth
electrode i.e. 6 mtrs.approx.
The two Earth pits for Transformer neutral shall be interconnected using 50*6 mm GI tape using bolted
connection. SS hardware is used for the connection. Likewise, two Earth pits for Transformer body shall be
inter-connected using 50*6 mm GI tape using bolted connection.
The interconnecting tape shall be buried at depth not less than 500mm below the ground level. This
interconnecting tape shall also be covered with earth enhancing compound.
Inspection Chamber:
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

554
A 300X300X300 mm (inside dimension) concrete box with smooth cement plaster finish shall be provided on
the top of the pit. A concrete lid, painted black, approx. 50 mm. thick with pulling hooks, shall be provided to
cover the earth pit.
Care shall be taken regarding level of the floor surrounding the earth so that the connector is not too deep in
the masonry or projecting out of it.
On backside of the cover, date of the testing and average resistance value shall be written with yellow paint
on black background.
One Inspection Chamber will be provided for Transformer neutral Earth pits and one for Transformer body.
11 Earth Mat:
Earthing System in a Sub Station comprises of Earth Mat or Grid, Earth Electrode, Earthing Conductor
and Earth Connectors.
Earth Mat or Grid
Primary requirement of Earthing is to have a low earth resistance. Substation involves many Earthings through
individual Electrodes, which will have fairly high resistance. But if these individual electrodes are inter linked
inside the soil, it increases the area in contact with soil and creates number of parallel paths. Hence the value
of the earth resistance in the interlinked state which is called combined earth value which will be much lower
than the individual value.
The inter link is made from flat or rod conductor which is called as Earth Mat or Grid. It keeps the surface of
substation equipment as nearly as absolute earth potential as possible. To achieve the primary requirement of
Earthing system, the Earth Mat should be designed properly by considering the safe limit of Step
Potential, Touch Potential and Transfer Potential.
Figure . General configuration of earth mat
The factors which influence the Earth Mat design are:
Magnitude of Fault Current
Duration of Fault
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

555
Soil Resistivity
Resistivity of Surface Material
Shock Duration
Material of Earth Mat Conductor
Earthing Mat Geometry .
iii. The design parameters are :
Size of Earth Grid Conductor
Safe Step and Touch Potential
Mesh Potential (E-mesh)
Grid configuration for Safe Operation
Number of Electrodes required
The main electrical properties of an earthing system are:
Earthing resistance
Earth surface potential distribution
Current carrying ability
The most favorable earth surface potential distribution concepts have horizontal earth electrodes, especially
meshed ones, whose surface potential can be controlled relatively simply. The potential distribution of vertical
electrodes is the most unfavorable, with high values of touch potential. On the other hand, vertical
electrodes can easily reach low earthing resistance with stable values, largely independent from
seasons. Vertical electrodes are also used in combination with horizontal ones in order to reach lower values
of earthing resistance. These results are obtained above prove that this earth grid design is safe for 400 kV
substation in the range of soil resistivity 100-350 Ωm.
iv. Earth Mat Construction: (Indicative for 8 earth pits)
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

556
12 Measurement of Earth resistance:
The earth resistance shall be measured at the Earth Rod clamp with the earth pits
interconnected as described in previous clauses. The measurement shall be done using the
Megger make digital Earth tester which is most accurate meter for the measurement of Earth resistance.
The Fall of Potential method as per para 37 of IS: 3043 will be used.
13 ARTIFICIAL TREATMENT OF SOIL
If the earth resistance is too high and the multiple electrodes do not give adequate low resistance to
earth, as specified in clause no. 4.0, then the soil resistivity immediately surrounding the earth electrodes shall
be reduced by using methods as provided in IEEE 80A.
14 TESTING
The following earth resistance values shall be measured with an approved earth megger and recorded.
Each earthing station / mat
Earthing system as a whole
Earth Continuity
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

557
6 MV PANELS/FEEDER PILLARS
1 Scope
This Section covers the detailed requirements of medium voltage switch Panel for 433V, 3 phase 50 Hz
4 wire system. These shall be branded and/or assembled/fabricated from a factory of repute. All switchgears
shall be fully rated at an ambient of 40° C.
2 Type of Panel
The medium voltage switch board panel shall comprise of anyone of the following types of switchgears
or combination thereof as specified.
a) Air Circuit breakers draw out or fixed type.
b) MCCBs of suitable Ics ratings. MCCBs shall invariably be Current Limiting type. Features like Double
Break, Positive Isolation functions shall be preferred.
The Panel shall be indoor type having incoming sectionalization and outgoing switchgears as specified.
The design shall be cubical type. The degree of enclosure protection shall be IP 42 as per IS: 13947 (Part-I) and
IP-54 for outdoor panel.
3 M. V. Panel
3.1 General Construction
The switchboard shall be floor mounted free standing totally enclosed and extensible type. The switch
board shall be dust & vermin proof and shall be suitable for the climate conditions as specified. The design
shall include all provisions for safety of operation and maintenance personnel. The general construction shall
conform to IS: 8623/1993 for factory assembled switch board.
i) Cubical type panels shall be fabricated out of sheet steel not less than 2.0 mm thick. Wherever
necessary, such sheet steel members shall be stiffened by angle iron frame work. General construction shall
employ the principle of compartmentalization and segregation for each circuit. Unless otherwise approved,
incomer and bus section panels or sections shall be separate and independent and shall not be mixed with
sections required for feeders. Each section of the rear accessible type panel shall have hinged access doors at
the rear. Overall height of the panel shall not exceed 2.4 meters. Operating levers, handle etc. of highest unit
shall not be higher than 1.7 meters. Multi-tier mounting of feeder is permissible. The general arrangement for
multi tier construction shall be such that the horizontal tiers formed present a pleasing and aesthetic look. The
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

558
general arrangement shall be approved before fabrication. Cable entries for various feeders shall be either
from top or bottom. Through cable alleys located in between two circuit sections, either in the rear or in the
front of the panel. All cable terminations shall be through gland plates. There shall be separate gland plate for
each cable entry so that there will not be dislocation of already wired circuits when new feeders are added.
Cable entry plates shall therefore be sectionalized. The construction shall include necessary cable supports for
clamping the cable in the cable alley or rear cable chamber.
Cubicle panels with more than 1000 Amps BUS shall be made of tested structural modular sections.
ii) Bus Bar and Connections
The bus bars shall be of Copper of high conductivity electrolytic quality /Aluminium and of adequate
section. Current density shall not exceed 160 amps for Copper / sq. cm. The bus bar system may comprise of a
system of main horizontal bus bars and ancillary vertical bus bars run in bus bar alleys on either side of which
the circuit could be arranged with front access cable entries. In the case of rear access, horizontal bus system
shall run suitably either at the top or bottom. All connections to individual circuits from the bus bar shall
preferably be solid connections; however flexible connections shall also be permitted as per recommendations
of the Panel Manufacturer. All bus bars and connections shall be suitably sleeved I insulated in approved
manner.
iii) Incomer / Termination
Incomer termination shall be suitable for receiving bus trunking / underground cables. Cable
terminations shall invariably be through terminal blocks (Polyamide or superior) or brought out solid
terminals.
iv) Instruments
All voltmeters and ammeters shall be flush mounted of size minimum 96 mm conforming to class 1.5 of
IS:1248 for accuracy. All voltmeters shall be protected with MCB.
v) Indicating Lamps
On all the incomers of M.V panels, ON/OFF indicating LED lamps shall be provided and shall be
suitable for operation on AC supply. Phase indicating LED lamps shall be associated with necessary ON/OFF
toggle switch.
vi) Small Wiring
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

559
All small wiring for Controls, Indication etc. shall be of with suitable FRLS copper conductor cables.
Wiring shall be suitably protected within switch board. Runs of wires shall be neatly bunched, suitably
supported and clamped. Means shall be provided for easy identifications of the wires. Where wires are
drawn through steel conduits, the works shall conform to CPWD General Specifications for Electrical works
(Part 1- Internal) - 2013 and IS: 732 as the case may be. Identification ferrules shall be used at both ends of the
wires. All control wiring meant for external connections are to be brought out of terminal board.
vii) OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS
The indoor type MV panel shall conform to the following:
a) The panel shall comprise of incomers, outgoing feeders and bus coupler as specified. The incomer shall be
either a double break / contact repulsion MCCB or an Air Circuit Breaker. The bus coupler shall be either a
circuit breaker or a double break / contact repulsion MCCB or switch disconnector fuse unit as specified. The
outgoing feeders shall be circuit breakers/MCCBs as specified.
b) Bus bars for phase and neutral shall have a rating as per specifications.
c) The entire switch panel shall be cubical type generally conforming to IS: 86231- 1993 for factory
assembled switch board.
d) The incomer panel shall be suitable for receiving bus trunking or MV cable of size specified either
from top or from bottom.
e) All incoming AIRCIRCUIT BREAKER/MCCB shall have suitable adjustable tripping current and the
time delay settings.
f) The entire panel shall have a common earth bar of size as specified with two terminals for earth
connections.
4 Rating and Requirements
i) Air Circuit Breaker
All Air Circuit Breakers shall be 3/4 pole with minimum 50 KA breaking capacity (35 MV A at 433V)
conforming to IS: 13947 (Part-II). Rated current shall be as per capacities specified. The equipment shall be
complete with the following:
a) Necessary circuit breaker carriage with 3 position (isolate, test, service) draw out mechanism.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

560
b) Necessary isolating plugs and sockets.
c) Necessary mechanism interlock and automatic safe shutters gear with arrangement for pad locking.
d) Necessary independent manual spring mechanism with mechanical On/Off indication as well as
electrical On/Off indication.
e) Necessary bus bars with bolted type neutral links.
f) ACB shall be provided with microprocessor based releases having built in over load, short circuit &
earth fault protection. Microprocessor release shall be EMI (electromagnetic induction) /EMC
(electromagnetic compatible) certified.
g) Necessary set of auxiliary switches.
h) Necessary set of CTs with ratios as specified
i) Necessary identification, metering requirements as specified i/c. ON/OFF indication lamps, selector
switches, fuses, ammeter, voltmeter etc.
j) In case of 4 pole breaker neutral shall be fully rated with adjustable settings from 50% to 100% of In.
k) ACB terminals shall be suitable/suitably brought out for direct aluminum termination as per IS: 13947
Part-II.
ii) Switch Disconnector Fuse Units /MCCB:
a) Switch Disconnector Fuse Units: All SDF units for feeders or outgoing circuits shall be suitable for a
Breaking capacity of 80 KA (57 MV A 433V) capacity at 433V 3 phase 50 Hz AC system conforming to IS: 4064.
The number of units and rated current shall be as per detailed requirements specified. Switch Disconnector
Fuse unit shall be double break front operated type. The units shall be complete with following:
1) Necessary HRC cartridge fuses conforming to IS: 9224 (part-II).
2) Necessary operating mechanism quick break make type.
3) Necessary set of CTs together with an ammeter and selector switch as specified.
4) Necessary interconnections to bus bars.
5) Necessary neutral link inside the SDF unit.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

561
6) All SDF units shall be AC23A utilization category.
b) MCCB: All MCCBs shall be current limiting type with features of load line reversibility and suitable for
Horizontal / Vertical mounting without any derating. Beyond 300Amps capacity MCCBs shall have positive
isolation and preferably double break I contact repulsion & double insulation features. The MCCBs shall
invariably be used with terminal spreaders. For all MCCBs, Ics= Icu.
iii) Interlocking
Arrangement of electrical interlocking in LT panel shall be provided for transformers incomers, DG Set
incomers and bus couplers
5 TEST AT MANUFACTURERS WORK
All routine tests shall be carried out and test certificates produced to the department.
6 INSTALLATION, TESTING & COMMISSIONING
i) The installation work shall cover assembly of various sections of the panels lining up, grouting the
units etc. In the case of multiple panel switch boards after connecting up the bus bars etc., all joints shall be
insulated with necessary insulation tape or approved insulation compound. A common earth bar as per these
specifications shall be run inside at the back of switch panel connecting all the sections for connection to
frame earth system. All protection and other small wirings for indication etc. shall be completed before
calibration and commissioning checks are commenced. All relays, meters etc. shall be mounted and connected
with appropriate wiring.
ii) Commissioning checks and tests shall include all wiring checks and checking up of connections. Relay
adjustment/setting shall be done before commissioning in addition to routine Megger tests. Checks and tests
shall include the following:
a) Operation checks and lubrication of all moving parts.
b) Interlock function checks.
c) Continuity checks of wiring, fuses etc. as required.
d) Insulation test: When measured with 500V Megger the insulation resistance shall not be less than 100
mega ohms.
e) Trip tests and protection gear test.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

562
7 Sheet Steel Treatment And Painting
Sheet steel used in the fabrication of switchboards shall undergo a rigorous cleaning and surface
treatment seven tank process comprising of alkaline degreasing, descaling in dilute sulphuric acid and a
phosphating process after which a coat of primer paint compactively with the final paint shall be applied over
the treated surface. Final paint coat of oven baked powder coating, of minimum 50 micron thickness, of sheet
approved by Engineer-in-Charge shall then be provided. The final shade shall got approved from the Engineer-
in-charge
8 Name Plates And Labels
Suitable engraved white on black name plates and identification labels of metal for all Switchboards
and Circuits shall be provided. For incoming the label shall indicate the source, bur trunking / cable length and
size. For outgoing feeders, these shall indicate the feeder number, feeder designation, bus trunking / cable
size, length and the load.
9 Type test reports.
Switchboard configurations offered shall be CPRI / equivalent international test house tested for all the
tests as per IEC 61439-1&6& 2 and internal arc tests. Copies of the test certificates shall be submitted with
the drawings for approval.
10 Testing at Works
Copies of type test carried out at ACB/ MCCB manufacturers works and routine tests carried out at the
switchboard fabricators shop shall be furnished along with the delivery of the switchboards. Engineer-in-
Charge reserves the right to get the switchboard inspected by their representative at fabricators works prior
to dispatch to site to witness the following:
1. Physical variation and dimensional check
2. Verification of bill of material
3. Functional check
4. HV test
5. IR test
11 Feeder Pillar Specifications
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

563
1. The feeder pillar shall be generally confirm to IS: 8623.
2. All the switchboards shall be designed for minimum of form 3B separation.
3. The fabricator shall have valid CPRI certificate for the rating and short circuit rating of feeder pillars.
4. The fabricator shall also have valid test certificate for the IP rating of feeder pillars as per item of work.
5. All the materials used shall confirm to relevant Indian Standard Specification and where ever materials
with ISI certification mark shall be used.
12 Air Circuit Breakers:
ACB’s shall be Electrical Draw Out/Manual Draw out type as specified in SLD. The Air Circuit breakers
shall 3 pole or 4 pole with minimum 50KA short circuit breaking capacity (35 MVA at 415V) conforming to IS:
13947 ( part-II). Rated current shall be as per capacities specified.
ACB shall be air break, horizontal draw-out type & type tested & certified for compliance to IS:13947-2
from Indian testing authorities CPRI/ ERDA.
The ACBs should have Ics =Icu =Icw for 1 sec for Short circuit breaking capacity of minimum 50KA rms
at 415V, 50Hz AC or as specified in SLD.
The protection release shall be Microprocessor based having inbuilt adjustable protections against
Overload, Short circuit, Instantaneous and Earth faults.
Microprocessor based release shall be EMI / EMC compatible. Protection release shall have following
features:-
The release shall draw power from main breaker CTs and shall require no external power supply for its
operation.
Multi state LED to indicate Power ON and micro-processor unhealthy condition. Release shall also
provide separate fault indication by LEDs for each type of fault without using external power supply.
“4” pole ACBs to have fully rated neutral pole.
It should be possible to carry out inspection and maintenance without removing ACB from panel.
It should be possible to directly terminate Aluminium links as specified in IS: 13947.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

564
Automatically operated safety shutters shall be provided to screen the fixed isolating contacts when
the breaker is drawn out from the cradle.
The ACBs shall be fully rated at free air ambient temperature of 40°C.
Necessary set of auxiliary switches shall be provided.
13 MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS:
13.1 GENERAL
Moulded Case Circuit Breakers shall be incorporated in sub distribution boards wherever specified
MCCB’s shall conform to IS 13947-2 and / or IEC 947 in all respects. MCCB’s shall be suitable either for single
phase AC 230 volts or three phase 415 volts.
The MCCB should have double break, positive isolation current limiting, load line reversibility&
horizontal cum vertical mounting features.
MCCB shall comply with the requirements of the relevant standards IS13947 – Part 2/IEC 60947-2 and
should have test certificates for breaking capacities from independent test authorities CPRI / ERDA
MCCB shall comprise of Make - break switching mechanism, arc extinguishing device and the tripping
unit shall be contained in a compact, high strength, heat resistant, flame retardant, insulating moulded case
with high withstand capability against thermal and mechanical stresses.
The breaking capacity of MCCB shall be minimum 25kA for ratings upto 63A, minimum 35KA for ratings
upto 200A and50KA for 250A ratings & above. The rated service breaking capacity should be equal to rated
ultimate breaking capacities(Ics=Icu).
All MCCB ratings up to 250A shall be provided with Thermal Magnetic release having adjustable
settings for Overload and instantaneous Short Circuit Protections. For ratings above 250A protection release
should be Microprocessor based having inbuilt adjustable protections against Over Load (L) and Short Circuit
(S). If used as incomer then it should have earth fault protection and time delay in addition to above
protection. Earth leakage modules are not acceptable.
All MCCBs should be provided with the Rotary Operating Mechanism. The ROM should be with door
interlock (with defeat feature) & padlock facility.
MCCB should have Spreader links & Phase barriers as standard feature
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

565
13.2 FRAME SIZES
The MCCB’s shall have the following frame sizes subject to meeting the fault level specified elsewhere.
Up to 100A rating 100Amp frame ………
Above 100A to 200A 200Amp frame……..
Above 200A to 250A 250Amp frame………..
Above 250A to 400A 400Amp frame……….
Above 400A to 630A 630Amp frame……………
13.3 CONSTRUCTIONS
The MCCB cover and case shall be made of high strength heat treatment and flame retardant thermo-
setting insulating material. Operating handle shall be of rotary type quick make/quick break, trip-free type.
The operating handle for simultaneous operation and tripping of all the three phases.
Suitable fire extinguishing device shall be provided for each contact. Tripping unit shall be of thermo
magnetic type up to 125 A for adjustable overload & short circuit protection and shall be microprocessor type
above 125 A for adjustable overload, short circuit & earth fault protection. MCCB shall be line load reversible
type. Device shall have IDMT characteristics for sustained overload, and short circuits. MCCB shall be current
limiting type.
Contacts trips shall be made of suitable are resistant, silver alloy for long electrical life. Terminals shall
be of liberal design with adequate clearance.
13.4 Protection Functions
MCCBs with ratings up to 125 A shall be equipped with adjustable Thermal- magnetic (thermal for
overload and magnetic for short-circuit protection) / microprocessor based trip units.
Microprocessor MCCBs with ratings above 125 A shall be equipped with microprocessor based trip
units. (both variable setting).
Microprocessor units shall be adjustable as per OEM.
Thermal-magnetic trip units shall also be adjustable as per OEM.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

566
Microprocessor trip units shall comply IEC 60947-2 standard (measurement of rms current values,
electromagnetic compatibility, etc.)
Protection settings shall apply to all poles of circuit breaker.
The trip command shall override all other commands.
The setting of release shall be provided to make the system working with discrimination as per actual
load coming at site.
MCCB shall comply to ROHS norms. Terminals shall be such designed to withstand higher
thermodynamic stress cross bolted/circular as per OEM standards. It shall be invariably be used with spreader
terminals.
13.5 RUPTURING CAPACITY
The Moulded Case Circuit Breaker service breaking capacity (Ics) shall be based on actual calculation.
13.6 TESTING
Test certificate of the MCCB as per relevant Indian Standards (IS) shall be furnished. Pre-
commissioning tests on the sub distribution boards incorporating the MCCB shall be done as per standard.
14 Measuring Instruments for Metering
i) GENERAL
Direct reading electrical instruments shall be in conforming to IS 1248. The accuracy of direct reading
shall be 1.0 for voltmeter and 1.5 for ammeters. Other type of instruments direct reading shall be 1.0 for
voltmeter and 1.5 for ammeters. Other type of instruments shall have accuracy of 1.5. The errors due to
variations in temperature shall be limited to a minimum. The meter shall be of flush mounting type of 96mm
square pattern. The meter shall be enclosed in a dust tight housing. The housing shall be of steel or phenolic
mould. The design and manufacture of the meters shall ensure the prevention of fogging of instruments glass.
Instruments meters shall be sealed in such away that access to the measuring element and to the accessories
with in the case shall not be possible without removal of the seal. The meters shall be provided with white
dials and black scale markings.
The pointer shall be black in colour and shall have zero position adjustment device which could be
operated from outside. The direction of deflection shall be from left to right.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

567
Suitable selector switches shall be provided for all ammeters and voltmeters intended to be used on
three phase supply.
The specifications herein-after laid down shall also cover all the meters, instrument and protective
devices required for the electrical works. The ratings, type and quantity of meters, instruments and protective
devices shall be as per the bill of quantities.
ii) DIGITAL AMMETERS
Digital Ammeters shall be confirmed to IS: 13875. It shall be digital type 7 segment LED display.
Ammeter shall be suitable for accuracy class 1.0 and burden 0.2 VA approx. The ammeters shall be capable of
carrying sustained overloads during fault conditions without damage or loss of accuracy. The meter shall be
suitable for working in ambient temp 0 degree to 50 degree and 95% humidity condition.
iii) DIGITAL VOLTMETERS
Digital Voltmeters shall be confirmed to IS: 13875. It shall be digital type 7 segment LED display.
Voltmeter shall be suitable for accuracy class 1.0 and burden 0.2 VA approx. The range for 3 phase voltmeters
shall be 0 to 500 volts. The meter shall be suitable for working in ambient temp 0 degree to 50 degree and
95% humidity condition. The voltmeter shall be provided with protection MCB of suitable capacity.
iv) CURRENT TRANSFORMERS
Current transformers shall be in conformity with IS: 2705 (Part I, II & III) in all respects. All current
transformers used for medium voltage applications shall be rated for 1KV Current transformers shall have
rated primary current, rated burden and class of accuracy as required. However, the rated secondary current
shall be 15A unless otherwise specified. The acceptable minimum class of various applications shall be as given
below.
Measuring : Class 1.0
Protection : Class 5 P 10
Current transformers shall be capable of withstanding without damage, magnetic and thermal stresses
due to short circuit fault on medium voltage system. Terminals of the current transformer shall be marked
permanently for easy identification of poles. Separate CT shall be provided for measuring instruments and
protection relays. Each C.T. shall be provided with rating plate.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

568
Current transformers shall be mounted such that they are easily accessible for inspection maintenance
and replacement. The wiring for CT’s shall be copper conductor, PVC insulated wires with proper termination
lugs and wiring shall be bunched with cable straps and fixed to the panel structure in a neat manner.
15 Control switches
Control switches shall be of the heavy duty rotary type with escutcheon plates clearly marked to show
the operating position. They shall be semi-flush mounting with only the front plate and operating handle
projecting.
Indicating lamps shall be of the LED type, and with translucent lamps covers. Bulbs & lenses shall be
easily replaced from the front.
Push buttons shall be on the momentary contact, push to actuate type fitted with self reset contacts &
provided with integral escutcheon plates marked with its functions.
16 Cable Terminations
Cable entries and terminals shall be provided in the sub distribution boards to suit the number, type
and size of aluminium conductor power cable and copper conductor control cable specified.
Provision shall be made for top or bottom entry of cables as required. Generous size of cabling
chambers shall be provided, with the position of cable gland and terminals such that cables can be easily and
safely terminated. Cable glands shall be brass compression type, barriers or shrouds shall be provided to
permit safe working at the terminals of one circuit without accidentally touching that of another live circuit.
Cable risers shall be adequately supported to withstand the effects of rated short circuit currents
without damage and without causing secondary faults.
17 Control Wiring
All control wirings shall be carried out with 1100V grade single core ZHFR (FRLS) cable conforming to IS
694/IS 8130 having stranded copper conductors of minimum 1.5 sq. mm for potential circuits and 2.5 sq. mm
for current transformer circuits. Wiring shall be neatly bunched, adequately supported and properly routed to
allow for easy access and maintenance. Wiring shall be identified by numbering ferrules at each end. All
control fuses shall be mounted in front of the panel and shall be easily accessible.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

569
18 Terminal Block
Terminal blocks shall be 500 Volts grade of the stud type. Insulating barriers shall be provided between
adjacent terminals. Terminals block shall have a minimum current rating of 10 Amps and shall be shrouded.
Provisions shall be made for label inscriptions.
19 Testing at Manufacturing Work
All routine tests specified is IS: 8623-1977 shall be carried out and test certificates submitted to the
Engineer in Charge.
20 Testing and Commissioning
Commissioning checks and tests shall be included all wiring checks and checking up of connections.
Primary/secondary injection tests for the relays adjustment/setting shall be done before commissioning in
addition to routine megger test. Checks and tests shall include the following:
Operation checks and lubrication of all moving parts.
Interlocking function check
Insulation test: When measured with 500 V megger, the insulation resistance shall not be less than 100
mega ohms.
Trip tests & protection gear test.
Interlock function checks
7 LT POWER & CONTROL CABLES
1 SCOPE
This specification covers the supply & installation of LT power & control cables. Cables shall be tested
at works and supplied in accordance with drawings, specifications, relevant Indian Standard Specifications and
cable manufacturer's instructions. The cables shall be delivered at site in original drums with manufacturer's
name clearly written on the drum.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

570
2 MATERIAL
The LT power cables shall be XLPE insulated PVC sheathed, Aluminium conductor armoured cable
conforming to IS: 7098 (Part - I). The Aluminium conductor shall be stranded, grade H4 class 2 as per IS: 8130.
The LT control cable shall be PVC insulated copper conducted armoured stranded cable.
3 TESTS
i. Shop Tests:
The cables shall be subjected to shop tests in accordance with relevant standards to prove the design
and general qualities of the cables as below (as per IS 10810):
Routine tests on each drum of cables.
Acceptance tests on drums chosen at random for acceptance of the lot.
Type tests on each type of cable, inclusive of measurement of armour DC resistance of power cables.
ii. Test certificates
Test certificates of all the tests carried out at the works shall be furnished for approval of the Engineer-
in-charge before the cables are dispatched from the manufacturer's works to the site.
Tests reports shall be complete with all details and shall also contain IS specified limit values wherever
applicable to facilitate review.
4 Drawings, Data and Manuals
Drawings, data and manuals shall be submitted for the following:-
Manufacturer's catalogues giving cable construction details and characteristics.
Cable current ratings for different types of installation inclusive of derating factors for ambient temperatures,
grouping etc.
Write up on manufacturer's recommended method of splicing, jointing, termination etc of the cables.
5 DESIGN CRITERIA
The cables will be used for connection of power circuits of the electrical system.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

571
Cables will be generally laid in soft soil, surface or in RCC/Hume/GI pipes/ cable tray. For continuous operation
at specified rating, maximum conductor temperature shall be limited to the permissible value as per relevant
standard and (or this specification).
The insulation and sheath materials shall be tough enough to withstand mechanical stresses during handling.
Armouring shall be single round/flat wire of galvanised steel.
Core identification for multi core cable shall be provided by colour coding.
6 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS
Drum length & tolerance: the cables shall be supplied in wooden drums, each containing minimum 500
metres length of cable. Allowable tolerance on individual drum length is ± 5%.
Cable identification: cable identification shall be provided by embossing on the outer sheath the following at
regular intervals of 2/3 metres.
Manufacturer's name or brand name or trade mark.
Type of cable and voltage grade.
7 INSPECTION
All cables shall be inspected upon receipt at site and checked by the Engineer-in-charge for any
damage during transit.
8 LAYING:
Cables shall be laid as per the CPWD specifications (Amended Up to Date) given below:
i. Duct system:
Wherever specified such as road crossing, entry to building or in paved area etc. cables shall be laid in
underground ducts. The duct system shall consists of a required number of stone ware pipes, GI, CI or spun
reinforced concrete pipe with simplex joints and all the jointing work shall be done according to the CPWD
building specifications or as per the instructions of the Engineer-In-Charge as the case may be. The size of the
pipe shall not be less than 100mm in diameter for a single cable and shall not be less than 150mm for more
than one cable and so on. The pipe shall be laid directly in ground without making any special bed but
wherever asbestos cement pipes are used, the pipes shall be encased in concrete of 75mm thick. The ducts
shall be properly anchored to prevent any movement. The top surface of the cable ducts shall not be less than
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

572
60 cm. below the ground level. The ducts shall be laid a gradient of at least 1:300. The duct shall be provided
manholes of adequate size at regular intervals for drawing the cables. The manhole cover and frame shall be
of cast iron and machine finished to ensure a perfect joint. The manhole covers shall be installed flush with the
ground or paved surfaces. The duct entry to the manholes shall be made leak proof with lead-wool joints. The
ducts shall be properly plugged at the ends to prevent entry of water, rodents, etc. Suitable duct markers shall
be placed along the run of the cable ducts. The duct markers shall at least be 15 cm. square embedded in
concrete, indicating duct. Suitable cable supports made of angle iron shall be provided in the manholes for
supporting the cables. Proper identification tags shall be provided for each cable in the manholes.
ii . Cables in outdoor trenches:
Cable shall be laid in outdoor trenches wherever called for. The depth of the trenches shall not be less
than 75cm from the final ground level. The width of the trenches shall not be less than 45 cm. However,
where more than one cable is laid, an axial distance of not less than 15 cm. shall be allowed between the
cables. The trenches shall be excavated in reasonably straight line with vertical side walls and with uniform
depth. Wherever there is a change in direction suitable curvature shall be provided complying with the
requirements. Suitable shoring and propping may be done to avoid caving in of trench walls. The bottom of
the trench shall be level and free from stone brick bats etc. The trench shall then be provided with a layer of
clean, dry sand cushion of not less than 8 cm. in depth.
The cable shall be pulled over rollers in the trench steadily and uniformly without jerks and strains. The
entire cable length shall as far as possible be paved of in one stretch. However where this is not possible the
remainder of the cable may be removed by "Flaking" i.e. by making one long loop in the reverse direction.
After the cable has been uncoiled and laid into the trench over the rollers, the cable shall be lifted slightly over
the rollers beginning from one end by helpers standing about 10 mtrs. apart and drawn straight. The cable
should then be taken off the rollers by additional helpers lifting the cable and then laid in a reasonably straight
line.
For short cut runs and sizes upto 50 sq.mm of cables upto 1.1 KV grade any other suitable method of
direct handling and laying can be adopted with the prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge.
When the cable has been properly straightened, the cores are tested for continuity and insulation
resistance and the cable length then measured. The ends of all cables shall be sealed immediately. In case of
PVC cables suitable moisture seal tape shall be used for this purpose.
Cable laid in trenches in a single tier formation shall have a covering of clean, dry sand of not less 17
cms above the base cushion of sand before the protective cover is laid. In the case of vertical multi tier
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

573
formation after the first cable has been laid, a sand cushion of 30 cms shall be provided over the initial bed
before the second tier is laid. If additional tiers are formed, each of the subsequent tiers also shall have a sand
cushion of 30 cms as stated above. The top most cable shall have final sand covering not less than 17 cms
before the protective cover is laid.
Unless otherwise specified, the cables shall be protected by the second class bricks of not less 20 cms x
10 cms x 10 cms (nominal size) protection covers placed on top of the sand (bricks to be laid breadth wise) for
the full length of the cable. Where more than one cable is to be laid in the same trench, this protective
covering shall cover all the cables and project at 5 cm. over the sides of the end cables. The trenches shall be
taken back filled with excavated earth free from stones or other sharp edge debris and shall be rammed and
watered, if necessary, in successive layers not exceeding 30 cm, unless otherwise specified.
iii. Route Marker
Cable route marker marked "Cable" shall be provided along with the route of the cable and location of
loops. The route markers shall be of tapered concrete slab of 60 x 60cm at bottom and 50 x 50cm at top
having a thickness of 10cm. Cable marker shall be mounted parallel to and 50cm away from the edge of the
trench.
iv. Cables in indoor trenches
Cables shall be laid in indoor trenches wherever specified. The trench shall be made of brick masonry
with smooth cement mortar finish with suitable removable covers (i.e. pre-casted slabs or MS chequered
plates). The dimensions of the trenches shall be determined depending upon the maximum number of cables
that is expected to be accommodated and can be conveniently laid. Cables shall be arranged in tier formation
in trenches and if necessary, cables may be fixed with clamps. Suitable clamps, hooks and saddles shall be
used for securing the cables in position. Spacing between the cables shall not be less than 15 cm centre to
centre. Wherever specified, trenches shall be filled with fine sand and covered with RCC or steel chequered
trench covers.
v. Cable on Trays/Racks
Cable shall be laid on cable trays/racks wherever specified. Cable racks/trays shall be of ladder, trough
or channel design suitable for the purpose. The nominal depth of the trays/racks shall be 150 mm. The width
of the trays shall be made of steel or aluminum. The trays/racks shall be completed with end plates, tees,
elbows, risers, and all necessary hardware, entire steel trays/ racks shall be hot dip galvanized including widths
& accessories. Cable trays shall be erected properly to present a neat and clean appearance. Suitable cleats or
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

574
saddles made of aluminum strips with PVC covering shall be used for securing the cables to the cable trays.
The cable trays shall comply with the following requirements :
The tray shall have suitable strength and rigidity to provide adequate support for all contained cables.
It shall not present sharp edges, burrs or projections injurious to the insulation of wiring/cables.
If made of metal, it shall be adequately protected against corrosion or shall be made of corrosion-resistant
material.
It shall have side rails or equivalent structural members.
It shall include fittings or other suitable means for changes in direction and elevation of runs.
9 Installation
Cable trays shall be installed as a complete system. Trays shall be supported properly from the building
structure. The entire cable tray system shall be rigid.
Each run of the cable tray shall be completed before the installation of cables.
In portions where additional protection is required, non combustible covers/ enclosures shall be used.
Cable trays shall be exposed and accessible.
Where cables of different system are installed on the same cable tray, non combustible, solid barriers shall be
used for segregating the cables.
Cable trays shall be grounded by two nos, earth continuity wires. Cable trays shall not be used as equipment
grounding conductors.
At no place the cable tray / rack / ladder running horizontally should rest on any building partition like Brick
wall, RCC beams etc. but instead proper MS supports/ hangers to be provided at minimum of 1500 mm
intervals and at every Turning Angles.
10 Jointing and Terminations
Cable jointing shall be done as per the recommendations of the cable manufacturer. All jointing work
shall be done only by qualified/licensed cable jointer.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

575
All jointing pits shall be of sufficient dimensions as to allow easy and comfortable working. Jointing
materials and accessories like conductor, ferrules, solder, flex, insulating and protective tapes, filling
compound, jointing box etc. of right quality and correct sizes, confirming to relevant Indian Standards.
Each termination’s shall be carried out using brass compression glands and cable sockets. Hydraulic
crimping tool shall be used for making the end termination’s. Cable gland shall be bounded to the earth by
using suitable size copper wire/tape
8 L.T CABELS
1 GENERAL
L.T. Cables shall be supplied, inspected, laid tested and commissioned in accordance with drawings,
specifications, relevant Indian Standards specifications and cable manufacturer’s instructions. The cable shall
be delivered at site in original drums with manufacturer’s name clearly written on the drums. The
recommendations of the cable manufacturer with regard to jointing and sealing shall be strictly followed.
2 MATERIALS
The L.T. Power cables shall be XLPE insulated PVC sheathed type aluminium conductor armoured cable
conforming to IS : 7098 : 1988 (Part-I) with upto date amendments where as control cable shall be XLPE
insulated and PVC sheathed copper conductor armoured/ unarmoured cable conforming to IS:7098 (Part-I)
1988.
3 INSTALLATION OF CABLES
All the street light Cables shall be laid in 50mm dia HDPE pipes, as per the direction of Engineer- In-
Charge. Cable laying shall be carried out as per CPWD specifications.
4 INSPECTION
All cables shall be inspected at site and checked for any damage during transit.
5 JOINTS IN CABLES
The Contractor shall take care to see that the cables received at site are apportioned to various
locations in such a manner as to ensure maximum utilisation and avoiding of cable joints. This apportioning
shall be got approved from Engineer-In-Charge before the cables are cut to lengths.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

576
6 CABLE TAGS
Cable tags shall be made out of 2mm thick aluminium sheets, each tag 1-1/2 inch in dia with one hole of
2.5mm dia, 6mm below the periphery. Cable designations are to be punched with letter/number punches and
the tags are to be tied inside the panels beyond the glanding as well as below the glands at cable entries. Trays
tags are to be tied at all bends. On straight lengths, tags shall be provided at every 15 metres.
7. TESTING OF CABLES
Prior to installation, burying of cables, following tests shall be carried out. Insulation test between phases,
phase & neutral, phase & earth for each length of cable.
Before laying.
After laying.
After jointing.
On completion of cable laying work, the following tests shall be conducted in the presence of the
Engineer-In-Charge.
Insulation Resistance Test (Sectional and overall).
Continuity Resistance Test.
Earth Test.
All tests shall be carried out in accordance with relevant Indian Standard code of practice and Indian
Electricity Rules. The Contractor shall provide necessary instruments, equipment and labour for conducting
the above tests & shall bear all expenses of conducting such tests
9 CABLE TRAYS
All cables trays shall be made of G.I. sheet. Cable trays shall be complete with bends, joints, coupler
plates and accessories as may be required for joining the cable trays. The bends, Tee joint, Cross joint for all
sizes of cable tray shall be factory fabricated.
Cable trays shall be either perforated or ladder type as called for in the schedule of quantities.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

577
1 Perforated Cable Tray
Standard dimensions of perforated cable trays shall be as follows:
Width : 100 mm to 1200 mm
Length : 2500 mm
Thickness : 2mm up to 750 mm width and

3mm from 900mm to 1200 mm
Collar height : 50 mm up to 450 mm and
75 mm from 600 mm to 1200mm
2 Ladder Type Cable Tray
Standard dimensions of ladder type cable trays shall be as follows:
Size of tray size of main channel Size of rung /spacing

between rungs
900mm to 1200mm 25 x100 x 25 x 3mm 20 x 50 x 20 x 2 @ 200C/C
Up to 750mm 25 x 75 x 25 x 2mm 20 x 50 x 20 x 2 @ 200C/C
Sizes of angle for cable tray supports shall be minimum 40 x 40 x 5 mm up to 600mm & 50 x 50 x 5mm
minimum as specified in the drawings/schedule of quantities for sizes above 600 mm. Hangers shall be of
minimum 10 mm dia steel round bars up to 600 mm & 12 mm dia steel from 750 mm to 1200 mm as specified
in the drawings/schedule of quantities. All the support shall be G.I.
Fixing arrangement shall be as approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
Hardware to be used in cable tray system shall be galvanized or zinc passivated.
The testing on galvanized material if required shall be carried out as per IS: 2633, amended to date.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

578
10 Cable Laying Work
1 Cables shall be laid in NP2 class/ SW Pipe/DWC pipe / in Ground as per CPWD General Specifications
for Electrical work Part II External - 1994, as amended up to date. The cable laying, including route drawing
shall be got approved from Engineer-in-charge, before commencing work the work at site.
Location of cables laid in the ground shall be clearly indicated with cable marker made of cement
concrete.
Location of buried cable joints shall be indicated with a cable marker having an additional inscription
"Cable joint".
Cable markers shall project 150 mm above ground and shall be spaced at an interval of 30 meters and
at every change in direction. They shall be located on both sides of road and drain crossings.
2 Termination of cables and wires
Where cables leave the apparatus in an upward direction the cable boxes shall be provided with a
barrier joint to prevent leakage of cable oil or compound into the apparatus. Where cable cores are liable to
contact with oil or oil vapour the insulation shall be unaffected by oil. XLPE cables shall be terminated by
compression glands complying with relevant standards.
Auxiliary XLPE/ PVC insulated cables shall be terminated with compression type glands, clamps or
armour clamps complete with all the necessary fittings.
Colours shall be marked on the cable box, cable tail ends and single core cables at all connecting points
and/or any positions the Engineer-in-charge may determine. Cable boxes shall be provided with suitable labels
indicating the purpose of the supply where such supply is not obvious or where Engineer-in-charge may
determine.
All cables shall be identified and shall have phase colours marked at their termination. All incoming and
outgoing connections shall be terminated at a terminal block. Direct termination into auxiliary switches will
not be accepted.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the excavation of trenches which shall include all pumping and
bailing out as required and the provision of all necessary labour, plant, tools, water, additional soil, fuel or
motor power for such purposes.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

579
Cables in trenches will be inspected by the Engineer-in-charge or his authorised representative before
the trenches are backfilled.
The running of communications and power cables along the same route shall be avoided as far as
possible. Where this is not possible they shall be segregated, one group from the other. Power and
communication cables shall be laid in separate tiers. For other than directly buried cables, the order of laying
of various cables shall be as follows:
a) Power cables on top tiers.
b) Control/ instrumentation and other service cables in bottom tiers.
11 AUTOMATIC POWER CORRECTION CAPACITOR BANK & PANEL
11.1 Scope :
Planning Designing Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of IP 42 indoor cubical type
minimum 125KVAR (actual capacity to be calculated by agency) APFC Panel suitable for 440V, 3
Phase, 4 Wire 50 Hz AC supply system of suitable size fabricated from CRCA sheet steel of 2 mm thick
for frame work and covers, 3mm thick for gland plates i/c cleaning & finishing complete with 7 tank
process for powder coating in approved shade, having 350A capacity four strip Pre insulated
Aluminium busbars of high conductivity, DMC / SMC bus bar supports, bottom base channel of MS
section not less than 100 mmx 50 mm x 5 mm thick, entire panel shall havea common GI earth bar
25mm x 5mm at the rear with 2 Nos. earth studs and control wiring with 2.5 sq. mm. PVC insulated
copper conductor S/C cable, cable alleys, cable gland plates and Panel should be of suitable size to
accommodate the mounting the following capacitors & reactors, including making connections and
interconnections, earthing, including necessary arrangement for accommodating different capacity
capacitors as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge, proper ventilation arrangement with suitable
exhaust fan etc as reqd.the APFC panel should have follwing
 in incomer should have suitable rating four pole MCCB Thermal magnetic based release,
the incomer Metering Compartment should consists of :-
(a) Multi function meter with 3 nos. CTs of ratio of suitable rating , suitable class mimimum 0.5 accurancy
and suitable Burden(as per manufacturer design)
(b) 3 Nos. Phase indication LED lamps with 2 ASP MCBs,
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

580
c) Thermal magnetic based Automatic 12-Step APFC Relay 1 No. and ON Delay Timer 1No.
d) Auto/Manual Selector Switch -1 No
The outgoing of panel should have suitable number of capacitor bank with provision of 1 no. of fixed bank (as
per design criteria ) ,each capacitor should consists of following:
a) 1 no. suitable rating of TP MCCB Amps TP,
b) 1 no. suitable rating of Capacitor Duty Power Contactor 2NO+2NC.
c) MPP Type Heavy Duty Capacitor Bank 20 kVAR with discharge resistors. - 1no
d) Illuminated Push Buttons- ON/OFF -2 Nos.
e) 1 no. 7% detuned copper reactor for harmonic filter .according to copper detunted capacity of capacitor
bank to be selected .
Note :
1. The step rating of APFC panel should be as per manufacturer and to be got approved from
department
2. The above requirement is indicative only not exhaustive, the contractor should plan, design
and submit the requirement along with layout drawings for approval and execution.
The APFC panel should be designed in such a way that in output we can get .99 power factor and minimum
harmonic distortion.
11.1 GENERAL
The specification covers requirement of Medium voltage capacitors and control panel to be used for
power factor improvement of the electrical system and shall be connected to main L.T. panels.
Automatic Power correction panel shall be functional to improve power factor of the system in which it
is connected. It shall improve power factor up to 0.99 from initial power factor of 0.70, 10% to 20% of
the total capacitor rating shall be fixed permanently to ensure power factor compensation at low load/
night mode condition.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

581
11.2 CODES AND STANDARDS
The design, manufacture and performance of power capacitors and accessories shall comply with all
currently applicable status, regulations and safety codes for power installation as prescribed in relevant
IS codes and to requirement of Local Electricity supply Authority to which the equipment shall be
installed.
Unless otherwise specified the capacitor and control panel shall conform to following:
IS: 13340 - Shunt capacitors for power systems
IS:2147 - Degree of protection (IP-54) provided by enclosures for low
voltage switchgear and control gear
IS:4237 - General requirements for switchgear and control gear for
voltage not exceeding 1000V
IS:8623 - Specification for factory built assemblies of switch gear and
control gear(Upto 1000 volts)
IS:13947 (Part-II)IEC-947(2) - Specification for MCCB’s
IS:2959 - AC contactors for voltage not exceeding 1000 volts.
Power factor Management:-
i) Low power factor results in higher current resulting in higher voltage drop and system losses. In order
to have control over these parameters, power factor of not less than 0.99 lag to be maintained by the
power consumers. Heavy penalty is imposed in case of low power factor.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

582
Percentage reduction of load current and transformer loss due to power factor improvement is given
in table below:
Initial Power Factor Power factor % Reduction in load % Reduction in

improvement Current transformer losses
0.7 0.9 40 23.7
0.7 1.0 51 30.0
0.8 0.9 21 10.0
0.8 1.0 36 20.0
0.9 1.0 19 10.0
ii) Effect of leading power factor:
Leading power factor causes higher voltage resulting in:
a) Increase in hysterics and eddy current losses.
b) Transformer may operate in saturated BH curve, resulting in generation of harmonies, which

may lead to heating , and failure of capacitor.
iii) Automatic power factor correction capacitor banks:
Properly designed APFC panels shall be provided to maintain power factor automatically at desired
level.
Technical Specifications
a. Supply Voltage: - 415 / 440V, 50Hz
b. Permissible voltage - + 10%
c. Permissible over current - + 30%
d. Temperature range - 10°C to 50°C
e. Reference Standard Capacitor - IEC 831/1 & 831/2
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

583
Panel - IEC 439/1 – 2
f. Panel Constructions - Modular, Free standing, Sheet metal, Powder coated with
Antirust treatment
g. Isolation - Delta connected built in harmonic separation filter,
correction in steps of 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 KVAR to meet
binary logic
h. Sensing - Through C.T. connected to 415 V, 3 Phase line current
11.3 The control panel shall be indoor, cubical type, floor mounted, dust and vermin proof enclosure
enclosing capacitor bank shall be of protection class IP-41.The power capacitor. Control relay &
electronic switches should be as per specification & from same manufacturer only.
11.4 Cubical panel shall comprise rigid structural frame enclosed by 2 mm thick cold rolled sheet steel; for
frame work, doors and covers. Structural framework with foundation bolts etc. shall be provided at the
bottom to mount control panel directly on concrete/floor/steel channel base.
11.5 All doors, removable covers shall be gasketed all around preferably with neoprene gaskets.
11.6 The capacitors control panel shall, in general, comprise of the following and shall be housed in well-
ventilated panel. Capacitors and their control elements may be installed in such a manner so that
minimize the space requirement.
Capacitor panel shall be of step system. Each step shall comprise of capacitor banks. Each step shall be
suitable for accommodating capacitors of required KVAR rating, of electronic switching as required for
each steps and protecting MCB / MCCB of suitable rating.
Capacitors mounted inside the panel shall be three phase, low loss ISI marked capacitors only. The
system shall have microprocessor based power factor controller with 12 steps provided in the
command module for target P. F setting with digital P. F. display. All three, phase to phase voltages and
phase to neutral voltage supports MODBUS-RTU protocol. The controller Display size of 240 X 128
mega pixels on time. Cooling fan shall be provided for efficient performance.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

584
11.7 The Capacitor panel door shall be interlocked mechanically with the suitable mechanical lock so that
the door cannot be opened without the lock key. The APFC panel, ISI marked power capacitor & relay
should be of same make & as per NIT preferred makes only.
11.8 Each section of bank shall be controlled by a separate MCCB and provided with rapid discharge for
protection of shunt Capacitor as per the schedule of quantity.
11.9 Indicating lights shall be provided to indicate the number of capacitors in circuit. The capacitors
manufacturing firm should have valid manufacturing license from BIS and all the capacitors shall be
MPP Heavy duty box (resin filled) type with ISI marked only from same firm. Indicating lamps shall be
LED type.
11.10 The main buses and connection shall be of high conductivity Aluminum sized for specified current
ratings shall be limited to 105 degree centigrade for silver plated aluminum joints.
11.11 For all bus connection adequate contact pressure shall be ensured by means of two-bolt connection
with plain and spring washers and locknuts.
11.12 Bus bars and connections shall be fully insulated for working voltage with adequate phase/ ground
clearance. Insulating sleeves for bus bars and shroud for joints shall be provided.
Shroud for bus bars joints and tapping points shall be of two-part epoxy resin cast/ fiberglass moulded.
Minimum clearance of 20mm is required between phases and 15mm between phase and earth
irrespective of sleeve/ shrouds provided for bus bar. Insulating shrouds shall be molded type. Bus
supports shall be non-hygroscopic type epoxy/ SMC with high creep age surface.
11.13 All buses and connections shall be supported and braced to withstand the stresses due to maximum
short circuit current and also to take care of any thermal expansion.
11.14 Bus bars shall be color coded for easy identification and so located that the sequence R-Y-B shall be
from left to right, top to bottom or front to rear, when viewed from the front to panel assembly.
TESTS
11.15 Routine tests shall be carried out on assembled capacitors and control panel as per relevant Indian
Standards.
11.16 Type tests reports for similar capacitors units shall be submitted.
11.17 Copies of type test and routine test certificates as per IS:2834, conducted at manufacturer’s works shall
be submitted for Engineer-in-charge approval before dispatch of capacitor and control panel.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

585
INSPECTION
11.18 Visual inspection including witnessing routine tests shall be carried out by Engineer-in-charge or his
authorized representative.
11.19 Contractor shall notify Engineer-in-charge or his authorized representatives in writing at least fifteen
(15) days prior to contractor’s scheduled inspection test.
INSTALLATION:
11.20 Capacitor banks shall be installed at least 30CM away from the walls on suitable metal frame work of
welded construction. The earth terminals provided on the body of capacitor bank shall be bonded to
the main capacitor panel earth bus with 2 Nos. 8 SWG copper or 6 SWG GI earth wires.
TESTS AT SITE:
11.21 Insulation resistance with 500V DC Megger shall be carried and record test results.
11.22 Technical particulars, Annexure-XI as appended with the tender documents has to be dully filled &
uploaded by the tenderer failing which tender is liable to be rejected
APPENDIX - I
LIST OF INDIAN STANDARDS (IS)
1) IS : 374 – 1979Ceiling fans and regulators (3rd revision)

2) IS : 694 – 1990PVC insulated Electric cable for working voltage uptoandincluding 1100 volts.
3) IS : 732 – 1989Code of practice for electrical wiring and installation
4) IS : 1255 - 1983 Code of Practice for installation and maintenance of Power Cablesupto and
including 33 KV rating (Second Revision)
5) IS : 1258 – 1987Bayonet lamp holders(Third revision)
6) IS : 1293 – 1988Three pin plugs and sockets outlets rated voltage uptoandincluding 250 volts
and rated current upto and including 160 amps.
7) IS : 1554 – 1988( Part - I )PVC insulated (Heavy Duty) electric cables for working voltagesupto
and including 1100 volts.
8) IS : 1646 – 1982Electrical installation fire safety of buildings (general ) Code ofpractice.
9) IS : 1651 & 1652 – 1991Stationary cell and batteries, lead acid type
10) IS : 1885 – 1971Glossary of items for electrical cables and conductors
11) IS : 1913 – 1978 General and safety requirements for fluorescent lamps luminariesTubular.
12) IS : 2026 – 1977 to 81(Part-I to IV)Power Transformer
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

586
13) IS : 2071 - 1974 – 76Methods of high voltage testing

14) IS : 2309 – 1989Protection of building and allied structures against lightning
15) IS : 2551-1982 Danger notice plate.
16) IS : 3043 - 1987 Code of practice for earthing.
17) IS : 3480 – 1966Flexible steel conduits for electrical wiring.
18) IS : 3837 – 1976Accessories for rigid steel conduit for electrical wiring.
19) IS : 4146 - 1983 Application guide for voltage transformers
20) IS : 4615 - 1968 Switchsocket outlets.
21) IS : 5133 – 1969(Part -I)Boxes for the enclosure of electrical accessories.
22) IS : 5216 – 1982(Part-I)Guide for safety procedures and practices in electrical work.
23) IS : 5424 - 1969 Rubber mats for electrical purposes.
24) IS : 5578 & 11353-1985 Marking and arrangement of bus bars
25) IS : 7098 – 1985(Part - II)Cross linked polyethylene insulated PVC sheathed cables.
Forworking voltages from 3.3 KV upto and including 33 KV
26) IS : 8130 – 1984Conductors for insulated electric cables and flexible cords
27) IS : 8623 -1977(Part -I)Factory built assemblies of switchgear and control gear
forvoltagesupto and including 1000 V AC and 1200 V D C.
28) IS : 8623 – 1980(Part -II)Bus Bar trunking system
29) IS : 8828 – 1996Miniature Circuit Breakers
30) IS : 9537 – 1981Rigid Steel Conduits for electrical wiring (Second Revisions)
31) IS : 10810 – 1988Methods of test for cables.
32) IS : 11171 – 1985 Specifications for dry type transformers
33) IS : 12640 – 1988Earth Leakage Circuit Breakers
34) IS : 13947-1989Moulded Case Circuit Breakers
35) IS : 13947 – 1993Degree of protection provided by enclosures for LV switchgear
36) and control gear.
37) IS : 13947 – 1993General requirement for switchgear and control gear for voltagenot
exceeding 1000 Volts.
38) IS : 1651 & 1652 1991Stationary cells and batteries lead acid type.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

587
C- 7
DG Set System
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

588
SCOPE OF WORK:
1.0 The scope of work covers Planning, Design, preparation of Drawings, obtaining approvals from
the department, Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of ‘Silent type’ water cooled
turbo charged ,1 number415V DG (Prime power rating of 125KVA) Sets including AMF panel as
per OEM ,essential panel for feeding DG set load to essential load (lift ,emergency lights,water
pump,fire pumps,street lights etc),interconnection by suitable rating XLPE cable of 1.1KV from
amf panel to dg set and to main LT panel ,construction of foundation of DG set,necessary
earthing ,exhaust system asper CPCB norms etc as required at site.
1.1 Providing,Installing,Testing and Commissioning of ‘Silent Type’ Diesel Generating set along with
havingPrimePowerRatingof 125KVA (tentative capacity),415 KV at 1500RPM, 0.8 lagging power
factor at 4 1 5 K V suitable for 50Hz,3 phase system & for 0.85 Load Factor and consisting of the
followings:
1.1.1 Diesel Engine:
Diesel engine 4 stroke water cooled, electricstart, of suitable BHP at 1500 RPM suitable for
above output of alternator at 40 Degree C,50%RH & at 1000MeterMSL and conforming to BS
5514, BS 649, IS 10000, capable of taking10% over loading for one hour after 12 hours of
continuous operation. The engine will be fitted complete with all the required accessories.
Engine mounted Instrument Panel fitted with and having digital display for following:
(i) Start-stopswitch with key
(ii) Watertemperatureindication
(iii) Lubricationoil pressure indication
(iv) Lubricationoil temperature indication
(v) Batterycharging indication
(vi) RPMindication
(vii) Overspeed indication
(viii) Lowlub. Oil trip indication
(ix) EngineHours indication
1.1.2 Alternator:
Synchronousalternatorratedat125KVA, 415KV at 1500 RPM, 3 phase 50 Hz, AC supplywith 0.8
lagging power factor at 40 Degree C,50% RH & at 1000 Meter MSL. The alternat or shall be
having SPDP enclosure, brushless, continuous duty, self-excitedandself-regulated through AVR
conforming to IS: 4722/BS 2613suitable for tropical conditions and with class-F/H insulation.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

589
1.1.3 Base Frame& Foundation:

Both the engine and alternator shall be mounted on suitable base frame made of MS channel
with necessary reinforcement which shall be installed on suitable cement concrete foundation
and vibration isolation arrangement as per recommendations of manufacturer. Proper care
should be taken to avoid rain water stagnation in base frames.
1.1.4 FuelTank:
Daily service fuel tank of 225 liters capacityfabricatedoutof3mmthickM.S.sheetcomplete with
all standard accessories and fuel piping between fuel tank and diesel engine with MS class ‘C’
pipes of suitable dia. Completewith valves, level indications & accessories as requiredas per
specifications.
1.1.5 ExhaustSystem:
Dry exhaust manifold with exhaust silencer and catalytic convertor.
1.1.6 StartingSystem:
24V DC starting system comprising of starter motors: voltage regulator and arrangement for
initial excitation complete with suitable nos. of batteries (360 Amp. Hour capacity lead acid
type) as required as per specifications.
1.1.7 Accoustic and weather proof enclosure with arrangement for fresh air in take for cooling of the
engine & alternator, extraction, discharging hotairin to the atmosphere as per specifications.
1.1.8 Supplying and fixing exhaust gas piping of suitable dia. welded black MS, B Class pipe
conforming to IS:3589 cut to required lengthsand installed with necessary bends, supports and
clamps,anti-vibration mountings, insulation of exhaust system with mineral wool/Rock wool,
50 mm thick wire mesh & aluminum cladding etc.,as required as per specifications.
1.1.9 Earthing with Copper earth plate 600mmx600mmx3 mm thick including accessories,
providing masonry enclosure with cover plate having locking arrangement and watering pipe
etc.with charcoal or coke and salt complete asrequired.
1.2 The scope of work includes planning, design, fabrication, installation, integration with 11KV
power distribution HT panel, testing and commissioning of Synchronization panel for operation
of DG sets.
1.5 Installation of DG Sets shall include laying of suitable size Cement Concrete foundation as per
CPWD specifications/OEM recommendations, providing acoustic enclosure to DG set and metal
cladding to exhaust pipe line with mineral wool for sound insulation, providing designed MS
lattice structure to exhaust stacks (the lattice structure design to be got approved by Engineer-
in-charge).
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

590
1.8 It is tentatively proposed to have 1x125 KVA, 415V DG Sets, but Capacity is to be calculated and
designed.
Design, Equipment,Selection.
The tenderer shall submit detailed schematic diagram for the approval of the Engineer-in-
charge. He will make sure that the equipment offered shall fulfill the design conditions. All
the equipments and their installation shall be suitable for the environmental conditions
encountered at the location as indicated inspecifications.
The acoustic enclosure (Canopy) shall be manufactured by respective engine OEM/OEA

and should be CPCB norms compliant. Only model Numbers having Type Approval and
valid conformity of production certificate for noise level as per CPCB norms shall be
accepted. Copies of Type approval and COP certificate have to be submitted at the time of
submission of drawings forapproval.
The AMF panel and canopy manufactured by OEM/OEA are onlyacceptable.
The number and size of the MS pipe for exhaust piping shall be as per the
recommendation of the engine manufacturer. Wherever 2 numbers exhaust pipes are
recommended by the engine manufacturer, the number of silencer shall alsobe
2 numbers.3.2 Conformity to Statutory Acts, Rules, Regulations, Standards and safety
Codes.
CPWDSpecifications:
The entire work shall be carried out as per following CPWD General
a) CPWD General Specification for Electrical works (Part-VII) DG Set2013
b) CPWD General Specification for Electrical works (Part-I) Internal –2013

c) CPWD General Specification for Electrical works, (Part-II) External-1994
d) CPWD General Specification for Electrical works, (Part-IV) Sub-Station- 2013

Specifications for Electrical work wherever applicable and as amended up-to-date. The
tender specifications wherever they differ from these specifications as indicated above,
shall have overriding value and shall be followed for thiswork.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

591
Indian Electricity Act and Rules:

All electrical works in connection with installation shall be carried out in accordance with
the provision of Indian Electricity Act 2003 and Indian Electricity Rules 1956, both amended
up-to date.
Indian Standards:
All the components shall confirm to relevant Indian Standard specifications, wherever
existing, amended to date. A list of such standards is appended in appendix V in
specification.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

592
FireRegulation:
The installation shall be carried out in conformity with the local Fire Regulations and Rules
there under wherever they are in force and the provisions in local bye-laws, if any.
Safety Code and LabourRegulation:

i) In respect of all labour employed directly or indirectly on the work for the performance
of contractor’s part of work, the contractor at his own expense, will arrange for the safety
provisions as per the statutory provisions, B.I.S. recommendations, factory act, workman’s
compensation act, CPWD Code and instructions issued from time to time. Failure to
provide such safety requirements would make the tenderer liable for penalty for Rs. 2000/-
per week for each violation. In addition the Engineer-in-Charge, shall be at liberty to make
arrangements and provide facilities as aforesaid and recover the cost from the contractor.
ii) The contractor shall provide necessary barriers, warning signals and other safety
measures while executing the work of DG set installation, cables etc. or wherever
necessary so as to avoid accident. He shall also indemnify CPWD against claims for
compensation arising out of negligence in this respect. Contractor shall be liable, in
accordance with the Indian Law and Regulations for any accident occurring due to any
cause. The department shall not be responsible for any accident occurred or damaged
incurred or claims arising there from during the execution of work. The contractor shall
also provide all insurance including third party insurance as may be necessary to cover the
risk. No extra payment would be made to the contractor due to the above
provisionsthereof.
Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB)NORMS:

The DG Sets shall meet the requirements of environmental (protection) rules 1986 as laid
down by Ministry of Environment & Forests read with GSR 371 (E) dtd. 17- 02-02 and GSR
520 (E) dtd. 01-07-03. The firm need to furnish the certificate of Type approval and
certificate of conformity of production issued by the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB)
or any authorized agency as prescribed in the above law.
Scope ofwork
WORKS TO BE DONE BY THE CONTRACTOR
Unless otherwise mentioned in the tender documents, the following works shall be done
by the contractor and therefore, their cost shall be deemed to be included in their
tendered cost-whether specifically indicated in the schedule of work or not: -
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

593
(i) Foundations for equipments including vibration isolation springs/ pads, Making good
all damages caused to the structure during installation and restoring the same to their
originalfinish.
(ii) Minor building works necessary for installation of equipments, foundation trench for
fuel line & cable, making of opening in walls or in floors and restoring them to their
original condition/finish and necessary grouting etc. asrequired.
(iii) All supports for exhaust & water pipes, chimney, bus trunking (if included in scope of
contract), cables, anti- vibration pads etc. as arenecessary.
(iv) All electrical work and neutral earthing, body earthing, required for engine &
alternator, main board/ control panels, and control wiring including loop earthing, if
specified in Schedule ofWork.
(v) All pipes, bus trunking and/ or cableconnections.
(vi) POL i.e. HSD oil and Lub. oil for diesel engine for testing & commissioning for 12 hours
i/c 1hr of 10% overloading at OEA/ OEM works shall be arranged by the contractor.
POL i.e. HSD oil and Lub. oil for trial run of 4 Hrs. at site at available load shall be
arranged by thedepartment.
(vii) Painting of all exposed metal surfaces of equipments and components with
appropriatecolour.
(viii) Clearance/ Approval of the complete installation from CPCB/ State Pollution Control
Board, Central Electricity Authority (CEA)/ Local Bodies and other licensing authorities,
whereverrequired.
Acceptable make: Approved makes of materials to be used in the work have been appended
with tenderDocument.
Diesel Engine
Enginerating
The engines shall be multi cylinders, vertical, 4 stroke cycles, water cooled, turbo charged
with after cooler diesel engine developing suitable BHP for giving a prime power output of
125 KVA as designed for individual set at 0.8 P.F. at the load terminals of the respective
alternators (exclusive of the power requirements of auxiliaries deriving power from the
engine) (as per ISO 8528 part- I).
The engines shall be capable for delivering specified prime power rating at variable loads
for PF of 0.8 lag with 10% overload available in excess of specified output for one hour in
every 12 hours. The average load factor of the engine over period of 24 hours shall be
0.85 (85%) for prime power output. The engines shall conform to BS 5514/ BS 649/
IS10000/ ISO: 3046 amended upto date. The engines shall be fitted with following
accessories.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

594
i) Fly. Wheel, dynamically balanced to suit flexible coupling with necessary housing.
ii) Necessary flexible coupling and guard for alternator andengine.
iii) Air cleaner dry type with replaceableelements.
iv) Corrosion Inhibitor Coolant.
v) An electronic speed governor of class-A1 to maintain engine speed at all conditions of
load.
vi) M.S. sheet daily fuel service tank of suitable capacity as specified in BOQ. Tank should
be provided with inlet, outlet connections, air vent folding tap, drain plug and level
indicator (gauge). M.S fuel piping from tank to engine with valves, unions, reducers,
flexible hose connection and floor mounting pedestals, twin fuel filters and fuel
injectors. The location of the tank shall depend on standard manufacturersdesign.
vii) Fuel pump.
viii) Residential exhaust silencers withflanges.
ix) Suitable self starter 12 / 24 VD.C.
x) Battery Charging alternator unit and voltage regulator, 1 / 2 Nos. 12/24 Volts hour
heavy duty lead acid type batteries as per manufacturers design, insulated battery racks
with interconnecting leads and terminals. The connection between battery charger and
batteries shall be provided with suitable copper leads with lugsetc.
xi) Necessary pumps for lubricating oil, priming of engine bearing as well as fuel system etc.
as required.
xii) Exhaust gas turbocharger with aftercooler.
xiii)Lubricating oilcooler.
xiv) Lubrication oil filters with replaceableelements.
xv) Fuel injector.
xvi) Fuel controlsolenoid.
xvii) Fuel pump with engine speed adjustment.
xviii) Engine Control Panel fitted and having digital display forfollowing:
a) Start / stop key switch. b) Lube oil pressureindication.
c) Water temperatureindication.
d) RPM indication.
e) Engine Hoursindications.
f) Battery chargingindication.
g) Low lube oil tripindication.
h) High water temperatureindication.
i) Over speed indication
xix) Safety controls against low lube oil pressure, high lube oil temperature, and high
cooling water temperature and fail tostart.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

595
xx) Base frame as per manufacturer’s specification including required nos. of anti vibration
cushy foot mountings.
xxi) Necessary over-speed trip on theengine.
xxii) 1 no. 0.5 hp mono block, self prime pump set with suitable size & length suction &
delivery oil resistive pipe for filling the daily service fueltank.
xxiii) Exhaust piping wrapped with asbestos rope of not less than 10 mm dia. complete with
aluminium foilcovering.
xxiv) Heavy Duty Radiator, radiator fan andmounting.
xxv)Set of standardtools.
All moving parts of the engine shall be mechanically guarded in such a manner that a
human cannot touch any moving part.
3.6.1.1 Necessary certificate indicating the compliance of the above capacity requirement for
the engine model so selected along with compliance of Noise and Emission norms as per
latest CPCB guidelines for DG set capacity up-to 1000 KVA, should be furnished from the
manufacturers along with the technical bid. However, above 1000 KVA DG set,
manufacturers shall furnish certificate that the engine for the DG set complies with the
CPCB Emission norms.
The guidelinesas per CPWD General Specification for DG set-2006 (Part-VII) to be followed in this
regard.
Governor
The Governor shall be mechanical type confirming to class A2 confirm to ISO 3046
/ BS 5514 with actuator as per standard design of manufacturer.
Frequencyvariation
The engine speed shall be so maintained that frequency variation at constant load including no
load shall remain within a band of 1% of rated frequency.
FuelSystem
It shall be fed through engine driven fuel pump. A replaceable element of fuel filter shall be
suitable located to permit easy servicing. The daily service tank shall be complete with
necessary supports, gauges, connecting pipe work etc. In case of top mounted tanks, non
return valves are must in fuel supply and return line of specified value. Pipe sealant should
be used for sealing all connections. No Teflon tape is to be used. If piping length is more
than 10 meters, detail engineering is required in consultation with OEM / Manufacturers.
Lubricating oil system
It shall be so designed that when the engine starts after a long shut down lubricating
failure does not occur. Necessary priming pump for the lube oil circuit shall be installed to
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

596
keep bearings primed. This pump shall be normally automatically operative on AC/DC
supply available with theset.
StartingSystem:-
This shall comprise of necessary set of heavy-duty batteries 12/24 V D.C., and suitable
starter motors, axial gear to match with the toothed ring on the flywheel. Battery capacity
shall be suitable for meeting the needs of the starting system aswell as the requirements of
control panel, indications and auxiliaries such as priming pump etc. the scope shall cover all
cabling, terminals including initials charging etc. The system shall be capable of starting the
DG Set within 20-30 sec, even in winter condition with an ambient temperature down to
Zero deg.C.
Pipingwork
All pipe lines and fittings and accessories required inside the engine room
/enclosure and outside for exhaust piping shall be provided by the contractor. This shall
include necessary flexible pieces in the exhaust, fuel, lube oil and water as are necessary in
view of the vibration isolation requirement in the installation. Piping of adequate size shall
be used for lube Oil of the materials as per manufacturer standard. However, only MS
pipes for the exhaust and fuel oil lines shall be used.
The pipe work shall be inclusive of all fittings and accessories required such as bends,
reducers, elbows, flanges, flexible connections, necessary hardware’s etc. The installation
shall cover clamps, supports, hangers etc. as are necessary for completing the work.
Welding or brazing will be permitted in the installation. However, the work shall be
sectionalized with flanged connections as are necessary for easy isolation for purposes of
maintenance of unit as approved by Engineer-in- charge.
All M.S. pipe work shall be medium class. The work includes necessary lagging of exhaust
pipe work using asbestos rope.
Common bed plate

Engine and alternator shall be coupled by means of flexible coupling and both units shall be
mounted on a common bed plate together with all ancillaries to ensure perfect alignment
of engine and alternator with all minimum vibrations. The bed plate shall be such that it
will be feasible to remove the engine sump without disturbing the engine assembly.
Fabricated bed plate will be acceptable. The bed plate shall be suitable for installation on
suitable anti-vibration mountingsystem.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

597
Exhaust System
Exhaust piping: All MS pipes for exhaust lines shall be confirming to relevant IS. The runs
forming part of factory assembly on the engine flexible connections upto exhaust silencer
shall be exclusive of exhaust piping item. The work includes necessary cladding of exhaust
pipe work using 10mm dia asbestos rope insulation &aluminium cladding (0.80 mm thick)
for the complete portion. The exhaust pipe work includes necessary supports, foundation
etc. to avoid any load & stress on turbo charger / exhaust piping. The exhaust pipe support
structure shall be got approved by engineer –in-charge beforeexecution.
a) Exhaust system should create minimum backpressure.
b) Number of bends should be kept minimum and smooth bends should be used to
minimize backpressure.
c) Pipe sleeve of large dia should be used while passing the pipe through concrete wall &
gap should be filled with ‘feltlining.
d) Exhaust piping inside the Acoustic Enclosure / Gen set room should be lagged with
asbestos rope along with aluminium sheet cladding to avoid heat in put to theroom.
e) Exhaust flexible shall have it’s free length when it is installed. For bigger engines,
two flexible bellows can beused.
f) For engines upto 500 KVA, only one bellow is required. However, if exhaust pipe length
is more than 7 m, then additional bellow / provision for expansion should beprovided.
g) 1‘Class B’ MS pipes and long bend / elbows should be used.
h) The exhaust outlet should be in the direction of prevailing winds and should not
allow exhaust gases to entire air inlet / windowsetc.
i) When tail end is horizontal, 45 Degree downward cut should be given at theend of the
pipe to avoid rain water entry into exhaustpiping.
j) When tail end is vertical, there should be rain trap to avoid rain water entry. If rain cap
is used, the distance between exhaust pipe and rain cap should be higher than
diameter ofpipe.
Horizontal run of exhaust piping should slope downwards away from engine to the
condensate trap. Silencer should be installed with drain plug at bottom.
Optimum Silencer Location:Location of the silencer in exhaust system has very definite
influence on both reduction of noise and back pressure imposed on the system.
Care should be taken to ensure that no carbon particle emitted due to exhaust leaking
enters and deposits on alternator windings and on openconnections.
Support to exhaust piping: Exhaust piping should be supported in such manner that load
of exhaust piping is not exerted to turbocharger.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

598
Air System
It is preferable to provide vacuum indicator with all engines to indicate choked filter.
Maximum air intake restrictions with clean and choked filters should be within prescribed
limit as per OEM / Manufacturer recommendation for particular model of the engine. Gen
set should be supplied with medium duty air cleaners.
CoolingSystem
I. System should be designed for ambient condition ofPatna.
II. Water softening /demineralising plants should be used, if raw water quality is not
acceptable.
III. Coolant should be used mixed with additive (in suitable proportion) asper
recommendation of OEM /Manufacturer for various enginemodels.
IV. Radiator fan flow should be free from anyobstruction.
V. For radiator cooled DG Set and proper room ventilation should be planned at the time
of construction of DG room.
Alternator
Synchronous Alternator: Self excited, screen protected, self regulated, brush less
alternator, horizontal foot mounted in single bearing construction suitable for the
following:
Rated PF : 0.8(lag)
Rated voltage : 415Volts
Rated frequency : 50Hz
No.ofphases : 3
Enclosure : SPDP
Degree of protection: IP-23
Ventilation : Self ventilated air cooled
AmbientTemperature: 400 C maximum
Insulationclass : H
TemperatureRise : Within class H limits at rated load
Voltage regulation : +/-1%
Voltage variation : +/-5%
Overload duration /capacity: 10% for one hour in every 12 hours of continuoususe.
Frequencyvariation : As defined by Engine Governor(+/- 1%) Excitation :
Selfexcited.
TypeofAVR : Electronic
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

599
Type of Bearingand : Anti-friction bearing with Grease Lubrication

arrangement lubrication Standard : IS – 4722 &IEC : 34 as amended up
to date.
Alternator should be able to deliver output rating at ambient condition of 40deg.C
Excitation: The alternator shall be brushless type and shall be self-excited self regulated
having static excitation facility. The exciter unit should be mounted on the control panel or
on the alternator assembly.
The rectifier shall be suitable operation at high ambient temperature at site.
Automatic Voltage regulators (AVR): In order to maintain output terminal voltage
constant within the regulation limits i.e +/- 1%, Automatic voltage regulator unit shall be
provided as per standard practice ofmanufacturer.
Fault Tripping: In the event of any fault e.g over voltage / high bearing temperature high
winding temperature or an external fault, the AVR shall remove the excitation voltage to
the alternator. An emergency trip shall also be provided.
Standards: the alternator shall be in accordance with the following standards as
areapplicable.
i) IS: 4722/BS: 2613 / 1970. the performance of rotating electricalmachine.
ii) IS: 4889/ BS: 269 rules for method of declaring efficiency of electricalmachine.
Performance: Voltage dip shall not exceed 20% of the rated voltage for any step load or
transient load as per ISO:8528 (part I). The winding shall not develop hot spots exceeding
safe limits due to imbalance of 20% between any two phases from no load to full load.
The generator shall preferable by capable of withstanding a current equal 1.5 times the
rated current for a period of not more than 15 second as required vide clause
14.1.1 of IS 4722: 1992. The performance characteristics of the alternator shall be as
below:
a) Efficiency at full load 0.8 PF Not less than90%
b) Total distortion factor Less than3%
c) i) 10% overload One hour after every 12 hrs of continuoususe.
ii) 50% overload 15 sec
Terminal Boxes: Terminal boxes shall be suitable for UG cables / Bus Trunking. The
terminal box shall be suitable to withstand the mechanical and terminal stresses developed
due to any short circuit at theterminals.
Earth terminals: 2 nos. earth terminals on opposite side with vibration proof connections,
non-ferrous hardware etc. with galvanized plate and passivated washer of minimum size
12mm dia hole shall beprovided.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

600
AMF ControlPanel
Location:
Associated AMF panel of DG set can be located inside the acoustic enclosure or outside the
acoustic enclosure as per the manufacturer’s standard. In case the AMF panel is to be
installed outside the acoustic enclosure, it should be closer to the acoustic enclosure in
consultation with the Architect.
GeneralFeatures:
The control panel shall be fabricated out of 2 mm sheet steel totally enclosed, dust, damp
and vermin proof free standing floor mounted type and front operated. It shall be made
into sections such that there should be no mixing of control, power, DC& AC functions.
Hinged doors shall be provided preferably double leaf for access for routine inspection
from the rear. There is no objection to have single leaf hinged door in the front, all
indication lamps, instrument meters etc. shall be flushed in the front. The degree of
protection required will be IP-42 confirming to IS:2147.
Terminal blocks andWiring:

Terminal blocks of robust type and generally not less than15 Amps capacity, 250/500 volts
grade for DC upto 100 volts and 660/1100 volts grade for AC and restof the junctions shall
be employed such a manner that they are freely accessible for maintenance. All control
and small wiring from unit to unit inside the panel shall also be done with not less than 2.5
sq.mm. Copper conductor PVC insulated and 660/1100volts grade. Suitable colour coding
can be used. Wiring system shall be neatly formed and ru function wise and as far as
feasible segregated voltage wise. All ends shall be identified with ferrules at the end.
Labeling andPainting:
All internal components shall be provided with suitable identification labels suitably
engraved. Labels shall be fixed on buttons, indication lamps etc. The entire panel shall be
given primer coat after proper treatment and powder coating with 7 tank process before
assembly of various items.
Equipment requirements: The control cubicle shall include thefollowing
a) Control system equipments and components such as relays, contactors, timers, etc
both for automatic operation on main failure and as well as for manual operation.
b) Equipments and components necessary for testing generating set’s healthiness with
test mode and with load onmains.
c) Necessary instruments and accessories such as voltmeter, power factor meter, KW
meter, KWH meter, ammeter, frequency meter etc. in one energy analyzer with
selector switch to obtain the reading of desiredparameters.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

601
d) Necessary indication lamps, fuses, terminal blocks, push buttons, control switches
etc.required.
e) Necessary engine/generating set shut down devices due tofaults/abnormalities.
f) Necessary visual audio alarm indication and annunciation facility asspecified.
g) Necessary batterycharger.
h) Necessary excitation control and voltage regulatingequipment.
i) Necessary cable end terminations, all internal wirings, connections etc as required.
j) Switch gears as specified in the schedule of work.
System Operation:
The following operations are required:
Automode
a) A line voltage monitor shall monitor supply voltage on each phase. When the
main supply voltage fails completely or fails below set value (variable between 80 to
90% of the normal value)on any phase, the monitor module shall initiate start- up of
diesel engine. To avoid initiation due to momentary disturbances, a time delay
adjustment between 0 to 5 sec shall be incorporated in start-up initiation.
b) A three attempt starting facility shall be provided 6 seconds ON, 5 seconds OFF, 6
seconds ON,5 seconds OFF,6seconds ON.If at the end of the third attempt, the engine
does not start, it shall be locked out of start and a master timer shall be provided for this
function. Suitable adjustment timers are to be incorporated which will make it feasible
to vary independently ON-OFF setting periods from 1- 10 seconds. If alternator does not
build up voltage after first or second start as may be further starting attempt will not
made until the starting facility is reset.
c) Once the alternator has built up voltage, the alternator circuit breaker shallclose
connecting the load to the alternator. The load is now supplied by thealternator.
d) When the main supply is restored and is healthy as sensed by the line voltage monitor
setting, both for under voltage and unbalance, the system shall be monitored by a
suitable timer which can be set between 1 min to 10 min for the load to be transferred
automatically to mainsupply.
e) The diesel alternator set reverts to standby for the next operation as per (a),(b) and
(c)above.
Manualmode:
a) In a manual mode, it shall be feasible to start-up the generator set by the operator on
pressing the start pushbutton.
b) Three attempts starting facility shall be operative for the start upfunction.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

602
c) Alternator circuit breaker closing and trip operations shall also be through operator
only by pressing the appropriate button on the panel and closure shall be feasible only
after alternator has built up full voltage. If the load is already on ‘mains’, pressure on
‘close’ buttons shall beineffective.
d) Engine shut down, otherwise due to faults, shall be manual by pressing a ‘stop’
button.
Test mode
a) When under ‘test’ mode, pressing of ‘test’ button shall complete the start up
sequence simulation and start the engine. The simulation will be that of main failure.
b) Engine shall build up voltage but the set shall not take load by closing of
alternator circuit breaker. When the load is on the mains, monitoring of performance
for voltage/frequency etc. shall be feasible without supply toload.
c) If during test mode, the power supply has failed, the load shall automatically get
transferred toalternator.
d) Bringing the mode selector to auto position shall shut down the set as per sequence
10.3.1 (d) provided main supply is ON. If the main supply is not available at that time,
the alternator shall take load as in (c )above.
Engine shut down and alternator protectionequipments:
Following shut down and protection system shall be integrated in the control Panel.
a) Engine
i) Low lubricating oil pressure shut down. This shall be inoperative during up and
accelerationperiod.
ii) High coolant (Water) temperature shutdown.
ii) Engine over speed shut down.
b) Alternatorprotection
i) Overload
ii) Shortcircuit
iii) Earthfault
iv) Overvoltage
Monitoring and meteringsystem:
a) Necessary energy analyzer unit for visual monitoring of mains, alternator and load
voltage, current, frequency, KWH, power factoretc.
b) A set of visual monitoring lamp indicationfor:
i) Load onset
ii) Load onmains
iii) Set on Test (Alternator on operation duty, Alternator on stand-byduty)
iv) Set of lamp for engine shut down for over-speed, low lube oil pressure and high coolant
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

603
water temp, overload trip of alternator, earth leakage trip of alternator, engine lock out
and failure to start etc. All these indication shall have an audio visual alarm. When operator
accepts the alarm, the hooter will be silenced and the fault indication will become steady
until reset by operating a resetbutton.
OperatingDevices:
A set of operation devices shall be incorporated in the front of panel as under.
a) Master Engine ControlSwitch
This shall cut off in “OFF” position DC control supply to the entire panel, thus
preventing start-up of engine due to any cause. However, battery charger, lamp test
button for testing the healthiness of indication lamps, DC volt meter, ammeter etc.
shall be operative. It shall be feasible to lock the switch in OFF position for
maintenance and shut down purposes.
b) Operation selector switch OFF/AUTO /MANUAL/TSETposition
c) A Set of push buttons asspecified.
d) Necessary battery charger with boost / trickle selector, DC voltmeter and DC ammeter.
e) Energy analyzer unit for display of various electrical parameters like voltage, current,
frequency, KW, Power factoretc
f) Relays, contactors, timers, circuit breakers as required.
Battery / ElectricalSystem
Batteries supplied with Gen set are generally dry and uncharged. First charging of uncharged
batteries is very important and should be done from authorized battery charging centre. Initial
charging should be done for 72 – 80-hours.
Batteries should be placed on insulated stands and relatively at coolplace.
The battery should be 180 AH capacity 12 / 24 Volt, 25 plate and the size of copper conductor
battery cable should be of 70sq.mm.
For AMF applications, a static battery charger working on mains supply is recommended to keep
the charged all thetimes.
1.5 Sq. mm. copper wire should be used for wiring between junction box and controlpanel.
Cabling
Power cabling between alternator to control panel and control panel to changeover switch should
be done with one no. 3.5 core 400 sq.mm XLPE insulated aluminium conductor armoured cable.
Multi core copper cable should be used for inter connecting the engine controls with the switch
gear and otherequipments.
It is recommended to support output cables on separate structure on ground so that weights of
cables should not fall on alternator / baserail.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

604
Foundation
Scope: This section covers details of foundations for DG set with or without acousticenclosures.
Gen set with acoustic enclosure:
a) For DG Sets installed inside the DG Set Room - A PCC foundation (1:2:4,M- 20 grade) of
approximate depth 150mm above the finished Gen set Room Floor level is required so as to
provide leveled surface for placement of the acoustics enclosure. The length and breadth of
foundation should be at least 250 mm more on all sides than the size of the enclosure. Gen set
should be mounted on AVM’s inside theenclosure.
b) For DG Sets installed outside in open area - A PCC (1:2:4, M-20 grade) foundation of weight 2.5
times the operating weight of the Gen set with enclosure or as recommended by the Gen set
manufacturer OEM/OEA, whichever is higher, is required to provided and is included in scope of
work for SITC of Gen set. 300 mm of this foundation height should be above the ground level. The
length and breadth of foundation should be at least 250 mm more on all sides than the size of
enclosure. Gen set should be mounted on AVM’s inside the enclosure. Design of the foundation as
recommended by the OEM shall be submitted by the contractor before execution of work along
with the drawings.
Acousticenclosure:
The enclosure shall be made of from OEMs only, who are approved / certified by CPCB.
The canopy will enclose the following items inside: -
a) DieselEngine
b) Alternator
c) ControlPanel
d) 12 / 24 Volt StartingBattery
e) Daily service fueltank.
f)Other accessories so that the DG set with all items and accessories could be placed in
open space without any other requirement of Diesel Generator room suitable to
withstand all weather conditions.
The acoustic enclosure shall be designed and manufactured confirming to relevant
standards suitable for outdoor installation exposed to weather conditions, and to limit
overall noise level to 75 dB (A) at a distance of 1 mtr. from the enclosure as per CPCB
norms under free fieldconditions.
The construction should be such that it prevents entry of rain water splashing into the
enclosure and allows free & quick flow of rain water to the ground in the eventof heavy
rain. The detained construction shall confirm to the details asunder:
The acoustic enclosure will be made on the basis of modular construction i.e made in parts
and can be assembled or disassembled at site. All members will be properly gasketed and
bolted together. The structure should be weatherproof.
The enclosure will be totally enclosed type made of high quality CRCA sheet of thickness at
least 16 SWG (1.6mm)
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

605
The sheet metal components shall be hot dip seven tanks pre-treated before powder
coating. The enclosure shall be powder coated (inside as well outside) with a special pure
polyester basedpowder.
All nut and bolts / external / hardware shall be made of Stainless Steel.
Sound proofing of the enclosure shall be done with high quality Fire Retardant insulation
material i.e. Glass wool / mineral wool of minimum 50mm thickness confirming to relevant
IS. The sound proofing materials would be further covered with fine glass fibre cloth and
would be supported by perforated MS sheet duly powdercoated.
The doors shall be gasketed with high quality gaskets to prevent leakage of sound and the
door handles shall be lockabletype.
There shall be a provision for filling fuel from outside the enclosure with locking
arrangement. Fuel tank should have provision forcleaning.
The provision of external drain plug shall be kept for draining lub oil anddiesel.
Especially design attenuators shall be provided to control sound at air entry exit point.
Especially design residential silencer shall be provided within the enclosure to reduce
exhaustnoise.
Adequate ventilation shall be provided to meet total air requirement. If necessary suitable
numbers of axial flow fan and exhaust fan of suitable dia meter shall be provided as per
manufacturer.
The temperature rise inside the enclosure should not be more than 50 C for maximum
ambient above 40 deg.C and it should be below 100 C for ambient below 40deg.C.
Temperature Control Relay which continuously indicates the inside temperature of the
canopy with variable setting for tripping the generator.
There shall be a provision of emergency shutdown from outside theenclosure.
Acoustic enclosure will be provided with flexible exhaust pipe connection with adequate
and suitable arrangement of mounting of the residential silencer mounted on the top and
concealed in the body of the enclosure. The exhaust pipe will be provided with asbestos
rope insulation of 10mm thick and covering with aluminium foil. The exhaust pipe inside
the enclosure must be lagged (exceptbelow).
The DG set will be provided with special spring mounted vibration damper to eliminate the
vibration when DG set is working on fullload.
The front panel should include engine RPM meter electricallyoperated.
The Fuel gauge shall have electrically operated – fuel gauge shall have to provide inside
theenclosure.
There should have a provision of DC Emergency light operated automatically with
dooropening.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

606
The inside of the enclosure shall be illuminated by the fluorescent tube with the help of
PVC insulated copper conductor wiring in recess conduit suitable for single phase
ACsupply.
To avoid re-circulation of hot air, durable sealing between radiator and canopy is must.
The acoustic enclosure should be suitable for cable connection / connection through bus-
trunking. Such arrangements on acoustic enclosure should be water proof and dust-proof
confirming to IP-65protection.
The inside of enclosure should be provided with at least two nos. 28W- T5 fluorescent tube
light Luminaire LED lights controlled by a 5A switch for adequate lighting during servicing
etc. of the DG Set. The power supply to this Luminaire should be from the load side of the
AMF Panel so that it can remain energized under allconditions.
Inspection andTesting
The successful tenderer will arrange staff / fuel / POL for test run at his cost.
Testing shall necessarily be carried out at factory / manufacturer premises in presence of
representative of the department.
For testing following procedure will be followed: All major items / equipments i.e. engine
and alternator in assembled condition, associated electrical control panels etc. shall be
offered for inspection and testing at factory / manufacturers works. The successful
tenderer shall give a notice of minimum two weeks for carrying out such tests. The
Engineer-in-charge / or his authorized representative shall witness such inspection &
testing at mutually agreed date. The cost of the Dept’s representative’s visit to the factory
will be borne by theDepartment.
The department also reserves the right to inspect the fabrication job at factory and
successful tenderer has to make arrangements for thesame.
DG set will be tested on load of unity power factor for the rated KW rating. During testing,
the DG set covered under scope of the work, shall be operated for a period of 12 hours on
the rated KW at DG set’s KW rating i/c 1 hour of 10% over load after continuous run of the
12 hours. During testing all controls / operations safeties will be checked and proper record
will be maintained. Any defect / abnormality noticed during testing shall rectified. The
testing will be declared successful only when no abnormality / failure is noticed during the
testing. The DG set will be cleared for dispatched to site only when the testing is declared
successful by authorised representative / Engineer-in-charge.
Trial Run/Running-in-Period
After successful testing of the DG Set, a trial run at available load will be carried out for 120
Hours or 15 Days whichever is earlier. The DG Set will be operated and a log of all relevant
parameters will be maintained during this period. The arrangement of staff for trial run/
running in period will be made by the successful tenderer. However, diesel shall be
provided by Department. The contractor will be freeto
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

607
carry out necessary adjustments. The DG Set will be said to have successfully completed
the trial run, if no break-down or abnormal/ unsatisfactory operation of any component of
the entire installation included in the scope of work of the contract, occurs during this
period. After this the DG Set will be made available for beneficial use. After the DG Set has
operated without any major break-down/ trouble, it shall be taken over by the department
subject to guarantee clause of the contract. This date of taking over of the DG Set, after
trouble free operation during the trial run/ running-in period, shall be the date of
acceptance/ taking over.
Safety measures
All equipments shall incorporate suitable safety provisions to ensure safety of the
operating personnel as per manufacturers’ standard practice.
STATUTORY CLEARANCE(S)
Approval/ clearance of the complete installation shall be obtained by the contractor from
CPCB/ State pollution Control Boards/ Local Bodies/ Central Electricity Authority (CEA)/
other licensing authorities wherever required. However, application shall be made by
Department and any statutory fee, as applicable, shall be paid by Department directly to
the govt. authorities concerned.
Earthingsystem
Scope: This section covers the earthing requirement of DG Set installations. Copper plate
earthing (Neutral Grounding) shall be provided for DG Sets of capacity 500KVA or above,
whereas G.I. plate earthing (Neutral Grounding) shall be provided for DG Sets below
500KVA capacity. The body earthing shall generally be ofG.I.The generating set and all
associated equipments control and switch gear and switch gear panels must be earthed
before the set is put intooperation.
Four numbers earth sets for each DG Sets are required asunder:
- 2 earthing sets for Gen set/ control panelbody.
- 2 earthing sets forneutral.
In case there are more than one DG Set in one location, independent two nos. neutral
earthing shall be provided for each DG set. However, two nos. earthing sets shall be
common for the body earthing of DG Sets, Control Panel, AMF Panel and Essential LT
Panel.
Earthing job should be carried out per General Specifications for Electrical Works (Part-1-
Internal)-2013.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

608
Copper or GI strips of suitable size shall be used for earthing as detailed here under for
interconnection:
DG Set of 500KVA capacity or above:- Copperstrip
DG Set below 500 KVA capacity:- GIstrip
For Gen sets with AVM’s between engine/ alternator and base rail, the body earthing must
be done at the engine/ alternator and not atbase-rail.
Gen set should be earthed at two distinct points through a conductor strip having cross-
section suitable to carry the short circuit (three phase dead short circuit with ground)
current without burning out in conformity to General Specifications for Electrical Works
(Part-1-Internal)-2013 invogue.
Earth Bus: For body earthing, an earth-bus shall beprovided.
In case, DG Set is being installed inside the substation building or near to the sub-station,
for body-earthing of DG set, AMF Panel and Essential Panel, earth bus provided for sub-
station shall beused.
Test joints should be provided for testing the earthing as and whenrequired.
For further details of Earthing work, like size of plate/ earth strip, depth of earthing,
method etc., please refer “CPWD General Specifications For Electrical Works(Part-1-
Internal), 2013 invogue.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

609
C-8
SOLAR WATER HEATING SYSTEM
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

610
1. SCOPE OF WORK
The scope of work consists of Planning, designing & preparation of Drawings, obtaining
approvals from the Department, Supply, installation, testing and commissioning and
putting into operation with recirculation pumps, solar collector panels, support structure
for collectors, mixing tank (as per building requirement), absorbers, heat exchangers (as
per building requirement), electrical control panel with electrical cables, back up heaters
with heat pumps, make up water tank, inter connecting pipes with suitable insulation,
valves, pressure gauges, thermometers as mentioned in hereafter and tender drawings as
per MNRE & GRIHA guidelines, including providing suitable back up electrical heating
element with thermostat to use in the absence of solar water heating system. Hot Water
points shall include tap point/ shower point in bathroom, Kitchen sink, wash basin, etc.
However, the outlet piping from system shall be covered by the plumbing part of the
respective civil work under Part-B.
All the E&M fittings, fixtures, machinery and equipment proposed to be used in the
execution shall confirm to highest start rating i.e. ‘5 STAR’ rating under star labeling
program of Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE).
The above requirement is indicative only not exhaustive, the contractor should plan, design
and submit the requirement along with layout drawings for approval and execution.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

611
2. GENERAL

The tenderer should, in his own interest, visit the site and familiarize himself with the site
conditions before tendering.For any clarification, tenderer may discuss with the Engineer-
in-Charge.
2.2 RATES
The rates quoted by the tenderer, shall be firm and inclusive of all taxes (including GST),
duties and levies and all charges for packing, forwarding, insurance, freight and delivery,
installation, testing, commissioning etc. at site including temporary constructional
storage, risks, overhead charges, general liabilities/ obligations etc.

All tools and tackles required for unloading / handling of equipment’s and materials at
site, their assembly, erection, testing and commissioning shall be the responsibility of the
contractor.
(i) All components and their installation shall conform to relevant Indian Standard
Specifications, wherever existing, amended to date.
(ii) As per Public Procurement (Preference to Make in India) Order (PPP-MII Order),
inclusion of foreign standards/certification in tenders, there by excluding local
manufacturers is violative of theOrder.
(iii) Therefore,utmost care shall be taken to stipulate Indian Standards/certifications
instead of foreign standards/certifications for various products/materials in the
tender documents. In all cases, the PPP-MII Order 2017 as amended shall be strictly
complied.
(iv) All electrical works shall be carried out in accordance with the provisions of Indian
Electricity Act, 2003 and Electricity Authority (Measures Relating to Safety and Electric
Supply) Regulations, 2010, NEC 2011 amended to date. They shall also conform to
CPWD General Specifications for Electrical Works, Part-I (Internal)-2013, Part-II
(External)- 1994, Part IV (Sub-station) 2013 and Part-VII(DG Sets)-2013 amended to
date.
SAFETYCODESANDLABOURREGULATIONS
(i) In respect of all labour employed directly or indirectly on the work for the
performance of the fire fighting contractor’s part of work, the contractor athisown
expense, will arrange for the safety provisions as per the statutory provisions
including “Safety, Health and Environment Hand book 2019” published by CPWD,
B.I.S recommendations, Factory Act, Workman’s Compensation Act, CPWD Code
and instructions issued from time to time.Failure to provide such safety
requirements would make the tenderer liablefor penalty to be decided by
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

612
Engineer-in-charge. In addition, the Engineer-in-charge, shall be at liberty to make
arrangements and provide facilities as aforesaid and recover the cost incurred
thereon from the contractor.
(ii) The contractor shall provide necessary barriers, warning signals and other safety
measures while laying pipelines, cables etc. or wherever necessary so as to avoid
accident. He shall also indemnify CPWD against claims for compensation arising out
of negligence in this respect. Contractor shall be liable, in accordance with the Indian
Law and Regulations, for any accident occurring due to any cause. The department
shall not be responsible for any accident occurred or damage incurred or claims
arising there from during the execution of work. The contractor shall also provide all
insurance including third party insurance as may be necessary to cover the risk. No
extra payment would be made to the contractor due to the above provisions thereof.
Unless otherwise mentioned in the tender documents, the following works shall be done
by the contractor and therefore, their cost shall be deemed to be included in the
tendered cost- whether specifically indicated in the Schedule of Work ornot:-
(i) Foundations for equipment including foundation bolts and vibration isolation
spring/pads,
(ii) Suspenders, brackets and floor/wall supports for suspending/supporting pipes.
(iii) Suspenders and/or cable trays for laying the cables,
(iv) Excavation and refilling of trenches in soil wherever the pipes are to be laid directly
in ground,including necessary base treatmentand supports.
(v) Sealing of all floor slab/wall openings provided by the Department or made by the
contractor for pipes and cables,from fire safety point of view,after laying of the
same.
(vi) Painting of all exposed metal surfaces of equipment and components with
appropriate colour.
(vii) Making openings in the walls/floors/slabs or modification in the existing openings
wherever provided for carrying pipeline,cables etc.
(viii) All electrical works including cable/wires, earthing etc. beyond power supply made
available by the department.
(ix) Making good all damagescaused to the structure during installation and restoring
the same to their original finish.
2.8 2.6 POWER SUPPLY,WATER SUPPLY AND DRAINAGE

The power supply and water supply for testing and commissioning of the complete
installation shall be made by the agency /contractor only.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

613
2.7 COMPLETENESS OF THE TENDER, SUBMISSION OF PROGRAMME, APPROVAL OF
DRAWING AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK
(i) Completenessofthetender:
(ii) All sun dry equipment, fittings, assemblies, accessories, hardware items, foundation
bolts, supports, termination lugs for electrical connections, cable glands, junction boxes
and all other items which are useful and necessary for proper assembly and efficient
working of the various equipment and components of the work shall be deemed to
have been included in the tender, irrespective of the fact whether such items are
specifically mentioned in the tender or not.
(v) Submission of programme:
Within fifteen days from the date of receipt of the letter of award, the successful
tenderer shall submit his programme for submission of drawings, supply of equipment,
installation, testing, commissioning and handing overof the installation to the Engineer-in-Charge.
This programme shall be framed keeping in view the building progress and the Milestones
fixed in Schedule ‘F’ Clause-5 of General Conditions of Contract.
(iii) SubmissionofDrawings:
The contractor shall submit the drawings to the Engineer-in-Charge as per specification for
approval within 60 days from the start of work.
(iv) Commencementofwork:
The contractor shall commence work as soon as the drawings submitted by
himareapprovedeitherinfullor inpartas the casemaybe.
The contractor shall dispatch materials to site in consultation with the Engineer-in-
Charge. No storage accommodation shall be made available to contractor. Watch and ward
,safe custody of material shall be the responsibility of contractor. Programme of dispatch of
material shall be framed keeping in view the building progress. Safe custody of all machinery
and equipment supplied bythe contractor shall be the responsibility of the contractor till final
taking over by the department.
The contractor shall co-ordinate with all other agencies involved in the work so that thework
of other agencies is not hampered due to delay in his work.
(i) The components of the installation shall be of such design so as to satisfactorily function
under all conditions of operation.
(ii) The entire work of manufacture/fabrication, assembly and installation shall conform to
so undengineering practice.
(iii) All equipment and materials to be used in work shall be manufactured in factories of
good repute having excellent track record of quality manufacturing, performance and
proper after sales service.
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

614
2.11 CAREOFTHEBUILDING
building. He shall be responsible for repairing all such damagesand restoring the same to
the original finish at his cost. He shall also remove allunwanted and waste
materialsarising out of the installation from the site ofworkfromtimetotime.
(i) Initial inspection of materials and equipment at manufacturer’s works may be

done by the Engineer-in-Charge or his representative. For item/ equipment
requiring initial inspection at manufacturer’s works, the contractor will intimate
the date of testing of equipment at the manufacturer’s works before dispatch.The
contractor shall give sufficient advance notice regarding the dates proposed for
such tests to the department’s representative(s) to facilitate hispresence during
testing. The Engineer-in-charge at his discretion may witnesss such testing.
Equipment will be inspected at the manufacturer/ authorized dealer’s premises,
before dispatch to the site by the contractor.
(ii) The department also reserves the right to inspect the fabrication job at factory and
the successful tenderer has to make arrangements for the same.
(iii) The materials duly inspected by Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representative
shall be dispatched to site by the contractor.
(iv) No additional payment shall be made to the contractor for initial inspection/testing
at the manufacturer’s works by the representative of the Engineer-in-Charge.
However, the department will bear the expenses of its representative deputed for
carrying out initial inspection/testing.
SafetyMeasures
All equipment shall incorporate suitable safety provisions to ensure safety of
theoperating personnel at all times. The initial and final inspection reports shall bring
out explicitly the safetyprovisions incorporated in each equipment.
2.13 GUARANTEE
(i) Allequipment shall be guaranteed fora period of24 months from the dateof
completion of entire scope of agreement.Theequipmentorcomponent or anypart
thereofso found defectiveduringthe guaranteeperiod shall be repaired or
replaced free of cost to the satisfaction of theEngineer-in-charge. In case, it is felt
by the department that undue delay isbeing caused by the contractor in doing
this, the same will be got done by thedepartment at the risk and cost of the
contractor. The decision of Engineer-in-chargeinthis regardshallbefinal.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

615
2.14 TENDER DRAWINGS, DRAWINGS FOR APPROVAL AND COMPLETION DRAWINGS
2.14.1 TenderDrawings
The drawings appended with the tender documents are intended to show
theareasallotted for various equipment, tentative pipe routes. The equipment
offered shall be suitable for installation in the spaces shown in these drawings.
2.14.2 Drawingsforapprovalonawardofthework
The contractor shall prepare and submit following drawings and get them approved from
the Engineer-in-charge before the start of the work.The approval of drawing showever does
not absolve the contractor of his responsibility to supply the equipment/materials as per
agreement. In case of any contradiction between the approved drawings and agreement
the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be final and binding on the contractor.
2.14.3 CompletionDrawings
Three sets of following laminated drawings shall be submitted by the contractor

while handing over the installations to the Department. Out of this one of the sets
shall be laminated on a hard base for display in the fire control room. In addition
one soft copy shall also be furnished.
(a) Installation drawings giving complete details of all the components/items such
as detectors, call boxes etc.
(c) Control wiring drawings with all control components and sequence of operation
to explain the operation of control circuits.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

616
3. TECHNICAL
3.1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR SOLAR WATER HEATER:
S.No Item Specification
1 Solar flat plate Solar flat plate collector cover plate made to toughened glass sheet
collector for absorber made of copper.
components
Absorber made of copper sheet and copper tube.
2 Solar flat plate 1. Solar flat plate collector shall conform to IS:12933 (part-1) with
collector amdt.No.1 & 2. and IS: 12933 (Part-2)/2003 and various components
Specifications shall be as under:
a) Cover plate: cover plate shall be toughened glass and thickness of

4.0 mm (min) conforming to section-1 of IS: 12933 (part-2)/2003 the
solar transmittances of the cover plate shall be minimum 82 percent
at near normal incidence.
b) collector box: collector box shall be made of aluminum sections

only type grade, size workmanship and finish of the material used
shall be as per section-2 of IS: 12933 (pt-2)/2003: the minimum
thickness of aluminum shall be as under:
1. Channel section for sides 1.6 mm
2. Sheet for bottom 0.7 mm
3. Support for glass retaining 1.2 mm
4. Sheet for entire body 1.0 mm
A Absorber Absorber shall consist of riser, header and sheet for absorber. The
diameter of header shall be 25.4 + /- 0.5 mm and thickness 0.71 mm.
The diameter of riser shall be 12.7 + /-0.5 mm and thickness 0.56
mm and made of copper only. The distance between the risers from
center to center shall be 120 mm. type grade, size, workmanship and
finish of the material used shall be as per section-3 of IS: 12933 (pt-
2/2003.
1. Riser and header assembly designed for working pressure up 24.5

k pa (2.5 kg/cm square) shall be tested for leakage at a minimum
hydraulic pressure of 490 k pa (5kg/ cm square)
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

617
(a) sheet for absorber: sheet for absorber shall be made of copper
only. Type grade, size, workmanship and finis of the material used
shall be per section-3 of IS: 12933 (pt-2)/2003. A sample piece of the
absorber for having minimum area of 400 square cm. shall be heated
in an oven at Temperature of 175 degree c for 2 hours. after heating,
the sample shall be taken out from the oven and cooled at room
temperature. The cooled sample shall be inspected visually for
damages, if any. There shall not be any appearance of blistering/
rupture/ peeling of the coated / painted surface and of weakening of
the bonding between.
B Absorber sheet (a) Collector box insulation shall be provided at back and sides.
and riser/ Thermal resistance (R) of insulation material shall be minimum 0.96
headers m square degree c/w for back insulation and minimum 0.48 m
square degree c/w for side insulation. This shall be derived after
determining thermal conductivity (k) value at 100 degree c mean
temperature in accordance with IS: 3346. Collector box insulation
shall conform to sec. 4 of IS: 12933 (pt-2)/2003.
3 Assembly of The load of the absorber should not be on the insulation. It should
collectors be taken by the collector box.
The air gap between the glazing and the absorber should be 25 mm
(+5mm).
Insulation should not be allowed to slide.
Glazing shall be fixed on the collector box by using EPDM/

Neoprene/ Synthetic rubber channels.
The glass should be firmly held, without strain taking into account
the expansions of glass.
A typical example is by retaining the glazing with the help of self-

tapping screws and aluminum angle retainer of dimensions 25mm x
25mm x 1.5 mm fixed on the top of the box it shall be ensured that
the screws are not touching the glass edge. Top surface along the
edge between the glass and the aluminum angle shall be caulked
with suitable sealants such as zinc oxide based/ rubber based/ silicon
rubber based or polysulphide rubber sealants.
4 Gasket for 3 mm thick gasket of Neoprene/synthetic rubber gasket shall be

flanges used for sealing the joints between flanges.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

618
5 Collector The structure should be in a position of withstand a wind velocity of
support frame 180 kms/hr. Shall be made with angle iron of 35mmx 35mm x4 mm;
will have vertical support at top and bottom edge of the inclined
plane of the collector at a distance of 1.5 M or less. The vertical
support shall be firmly grouted with the roof.
6 Painting of Proper cleaning and degreasing of the surface should be done with
Stands the help of three in one solution before painting. Two coats of zinc
chromate red oxide primer shall be applied followed by two coats of
enamel paint of suitable colour as per NIT.
7 Storage Tank
(Hot Water)
a) Material Stainless steel (SS 316/IS: 1730 grade)
b) Thickness Minimum Thickness Tank Capacity
20 gauge (0.91mm)for 100 lpd
18 gauge (1.2mm) for 1000 lpd
c) Insulation 16 gauge (1.6mm) for 3000 lpd

and installation
All sockets and internal fittings of the tanks should be of stainless

steel. 100 mm thick insulation of 48 kb/cu.m. density having approx.
k value_0.03 W/mk and R value 3.34 sq. m deg. C/W to withstand a
temp. of 250 deg. c.
Thin polythene sheet shall be used as covering between the glass

wool and the cladding sheet besides the retaining material such as
chicken mesh etc. Aluminum sheet of thickness 24 SWG shall be
used for cladding the tank insulation.
The storage tank shall be properly installed at site using enameled

Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

619
coated appropriate size angle iron stands, girder, cement concrete
pedestals of 1:2:3 ratio or any other specific provision suitable to
site. To ensure the stability against heavy storm etc. but no less than
1'x1'x6" dimensions. External of the tank should be properly
insulated so that hot water temperature does not decrease by more
than 5 deg. C in about 16 hrs. Times.
8 Piping a) Material
CPVC (Chlorinated Poly Vinyl Chloride) material for hot water

supplypipingsystem.
The pipe line should be properly supported and fixed with clamp
with the help of suitable size stand/ civil structure (Cement concrete
ratio 1:4) ISI mark strainer of standard make should be fitted in the
main cold water supply line before the system.
9 Valves/Nipple/ Gun metal valve ISI marked shall be used.

Tees/ Bends
Nipple/ tees and bends of ISI marked of medium class GI (B class)
shall be used. Air vents in each row are to be provided.
10 Instrumentation Temperature gauge: 1 No. (for Hot water storage tank/outlet)
Gun metal strainer: 1 No. (at cold water inlet)
Water meter -1 at the inlet of cold water tank. Maximum 2 nos. of

chrome plated brass taps for systems upto 200 LPD there after 1 tap
per 200 LPD superior qualities for distribution line.
11 Cold water tank HDPE/LDPE material with Gun metal float valve (ISI marked) equal to
the capacity of hot water storage tank.
12 Stands & The tank will be mounted on stands made out of angle iron frame of
Pedestals for 35x35x4 mm upto 2000 liters and 65x65x6 mm for capacity above
the tank 2000 liters with each leg duly grouted with PCC 1:2:4 of 1'x1'x1' size.
The cold water tanks will be placed over angle iron frame having 4
cross members in 4 legs with 5 mm thick MS sheet for full bottom
support fixed of 4 horizontal members based on the size of the cold
water tank.
13 System layout & Maximum number of collectors in series should not be more than
design ten.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

620
Maximum number of collectors in parallel in one row without the
use of any piping connections should not be more than six.
Air venting at appropriate places without hindrance of a spring

leaded valve to prevent air locking in the system should be provided.
For this purpose, the system shall have, at a suitable point,
atmospheric pressure conditions preferably in the high temperature
zone.
System shall have a suitable expansion/make up tank at a high point

in the system to ensure that collectors run full all the times. capacity
of this expansion/ make up tank should be 1.5% of the system
capacity for all systems.
14 Heat Exchanger a) Shell-in-Tube Type
(i) Material
Copper for forced systems only.
Shell in tube type heat exchanger may be used if U-type construction

is not employed and if V-type construction is employed, then
minimum 4 nos. of heat exchangers will be used in series. Shell shall
be designed for 1.5 time of the designed operating pressure and
shall be tested for two time the operating pressure. in case of mild
steel shell, corrosion allowance of 1.6 mm shall be provided. Shell
shall be designed as per the BIS-2825. All the elements of heat
exchanger shall be as per relevant Indian standard or as per TEMA
class C constructions.
(ii) Tube Thickness
Minimum 22 SWG, but may be higher depending upon the designed

pressure requirements.
b) Coil-type Heat Exchanger
For thermosyphon systems only. May be used by incorporating

CU/SS coils/retender inside the storage tank.
(i) Material
Copper/SS tube of 3/4" dia.
(ii) Thickness
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

621
Minimum 22SWG. May be higher depending upon the pressure
requirements
(iii) No. of coils and flow pattern.
Shall be so designed to ensure the pressure drop less than 0.3

kg/cm.
The surface area of the heat exchanger should not be less and per
sq. m of the absorber area of the system (for 100 LPD system the
copper tube length of 7 meter is required).
15 Electrical BACK Air Source Heat Pump is used for the backup for generation of
UP for water hot water:
Heating. The Heat Pump shall have the following specifications:
 Output rate suitable liters based on the system capacity at
30 deg delta T.
 Rated output heating capacity – Based on the system
capacity.
 Input power consumption- Based on the system capacity.
 Input power supply - 400V/3Ph/50Hz.
 Inlet water temperature - 25 deg C - 30 deg C.
 Outlet water temperature- 50 deg C-55 deg C.
 Co-efficient of performance - 3.5 - 4.0
16 Re-Circulating Circulation Pumps for Hot water circulation be supplied with a

pumps control panel for automation of the Pumps.
Discharge : 3cubic.mtr/hr @ 20metres head(1+1).
16 Electrical Control panel designed for providing 3-phase power supply ( based
backup control on design requirement) and control the recirculating pumps, Heat
panel pumps and automatic operation between the circulating pump and
back up heating system.
Designing and rating of the control panel including required

accessories for the automatic control operation is based on the solar
water heating plant capacity and as per site condition.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

622
3.2 PIPING MATERIALS (Supply from Storage tank)
The piping system shall consist of CPVC, SDR 11.0 piping from 15 mm to 50 mm &
schedule 80 from 65 mm to 150 mm confirming with IS:15778 for hot water supply.
i. CPVC Pipes &Fittings

The pipes shall be CPVC (Chlorinated Poly Vinyl Chloride) material for hot water
supplypipingsystemwithpipesasperCTsSDR-11ataworkingpressureof320PSI at 23
deg C and 80 PSI at 82 deg.C, using solvent welded CPVC fittings i.e. Tees, Elbows,
Couples, Unions, Reducers, Brushing etc. including transition fittings (connection
between CPVC & Metal pipes / GI) i.e. Brass adapters (both Male & Female
threaded and all conforming to ASTM D-2846 with only CPVC solvent cement
conforming to ASTM F-493, with clamps / structural metal supports as required
/directed at site including cutting chases & fitting the same with cement
concrete/cementmortarasrequired,includingpaintingoftheexposedpipeswithone
coatofdesiredshadeofenamelpaint.Allterminationpointsforinstallationof faucets
shall have brass termination fittings. Installation shall be to the satisfaction of
manufacturer&Engineer-in-charge.Pipesfrom65mmto150mmdiashallbeSchedule
80 for HWS /HWR.
ii. Joining Pipes & Fittings.

a. Cutting:
Pipes shall be cut either with a wheel type plastic pipe cutting or hacksaw blade
and care shall be taken to make a square cut which provides optimal bonding area
within a joint.
b. Deburring /Beveling:
Burrs and fittings should be removed from the outside and inside of pipe with a
pocket knife or file otherwise burrs and fittings may prevent proper contact
between pipe and fittings during assembly.
c. Fittingpreparation:
Ac leandry rag/cloth should be used to wipe dirt and moisture from the fitting
sockets and tubing end.The tubing should make contact with the socket wall 1/3 or
2/3 of the way into the fitting socket.
d. Solvent CementApplication:
Only CPVC solvent cement confirming to ASTM-F493 should be used for joining
pipe with fittings. An even coat of solvent cement should be applied on the pipe
end and a thin coat inside the fitting socket,otherwise too much of cement solvent
can cause clogged waterways.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

623
Diameter of pipe in inch 1½
½” ¾” 1” ¼” 2”
(flow guard) ”
Approx. No. of joints which can 200 180 150 130 100
be made per litre of solvent 70 No
cement. No No No No No
e. Assembly:
After applying the solvent cement on both pipe and fitting socket,pipe should be
insertedintothefittingsocket within 30 seconds, and rotating the pipe¼to ½turn
while inserting so as to ensure even distribution of solvent cement with the joint.
The assembled system should be held for 10 seconds (approximately) in order to
allow the joint to setup. An even bead of cement should be evident around the
joint and if this bead is not continuous remake the joint to avoid potential leaks.
f. Set & Cure times:

Solventcementsetandcuretimesshallbestrictlyadheredtoasperthebelow
mentionedtable.
Minimum Core prior to pressure testing at 150 PSI
Ambient Temperature during Pipe Size

Core period ½ " - 1" 1.¼" - 2"
Above 15 deg. C 1 Hr 2 Hrs
4-15 deg.C 2 Hrs 4 Hrs
Below 4 deg C 4 Hrs 8 Hrs
Special care shall be exercised when assembling flow guard systems in extremely
low temperature (below4°C) or extremely high temperature (above 45°C) In
extremely hot temperatures, make sure that both surfaces to be joined are still
wet with cement solvent when putting them together.
g. Transition of Flow guard CPVC toMetals

When making a transition connection to metal threads, special Brass/ plastic
transition fitting (Male and female adapters) should be used. Plastic threaded
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

624
connections should not be over torqued Hard tight puts one half turn should bead
equate.
h. Threaded Sealants
Teflon tape shall be used to make threaded connections leak proof.
i. SolventCement
Only CPVC solvent cement conforming to ASTMF 493 should be used for joining
pipe with fittings and valves.Flowguard CPVC cement solvent have a minimum
shelf life of 1year.
Aged cement solvent will of ten change colour or being to thicken and become
gelatinous or jelly like and when this happens, the cement should not be used. The
cement solvent should be used within 30 days after opening the company’s seal
and tightly close the seal after using in order to avoid its freezing. The freezed
cement solvent should be discarded immediately and fresh one should be
used.The CPVC solvent cement usage should bead hered to as given in table
below:
j. Hangers andsupports
For Horizontal runs, support should be given at 3-foot (90 cm)
intervalsfordiametersofoneinchandbelowandat4-foot(1.2m)intervalsfor largersizes.
Hangersshouldnothaveroughorsharpedgeswhichcomeincontactwiththe tubing.
k. PipeSupports
All pipes’clamps, supports, hangers,rods,pipe supports, nuts bolts& washer shall

be factory made galvanized MS steel or alternatively galvanized after fabrication
tosuit site requirements.
G.I.Pipes in shafts and other locations shall be supported by galvanized M.S.clamps

of design approved by Engineer-in-charge. Pipes in wall chases shall be anchored
by G.I.hooks. Pipes at ceiling level shall be supported on structural clamps
fabricated from M.S. Structurals. Pipes in typical shafts shall be supported on
Galvanized slotted angles/channels as specified else where.
AnchorFasteners
All pipe supports, hangers and clamps to be fixed on RCC walls, beams, columns,
slabs and masonry walls 230mm/115mm thick and above by means of galvanized
expandable anchor fasteners in drilled holes of correct size and model to carry the
weight of pipes. Drilling shall be made only by approved type of power drill as
recommend and approved by manufacturer of the anchor fasteners. Failure of any
fastening devices shall be the entire responsibility and contractor shall red or
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

625
provide additional supports at his own cost. He shall also compensate the owner
for any damage that may be caused by such failures.
V. Valves
BallValves
Valves upto 50 mm dia. shall be screwed type Ball Valves with stainless steel balls,
spindle, Teflon seating and gland packing tested to a hydraulic pressure of 20
kg/sq.cm., and accompanying couplings and steel handles. ( to BS-5351)
ButterflyValves
Valves 65 mm dia and above shall be cast iron butterfly valve to be used for
isolation. The valves shall be bubble tight, resilient seated suitable for flow in
either direction and seal in both direction with accompanying flanges and steel
handle.
Butterfly valve shall be of best quality conforming to IS:13095.
Non-Return Valve (SlimType)
Where specified non return valve (swingchecktype) shall be provided through

which flow can occur in one direction only. It shall be single door swing check type
ofbest quality.
Each Butterfly and Slim Type Swing Check (NRV) Valve shall be provided with a pair
off langes screwed or welded to the main line and having the required number of
galvanized nuts, bolts and washers of correct length.
vi. Testing
Once an installation is completed and cored as per above mentioned
recommendations, the system should be hydrostatically pressure tested at 150 psi
(10 Bar) for one hour. During pressure testing, the system should be fitted with
water and if a leak is found, the joint should be cut out and replacingthe same with
new one by usingcouplers.
3.3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR COPPER PIPES FOR INTERNAL SOLARPIPING
Copper tubes conforming to EN:1057 in 10 ft. length and thickness as per Table`X’.
Dimension must be strictly as pre EN:1057& Chemical Composition of copper pipes to
be as follows:
Copper% - 99.9%
Phosphorus - 0.015% to0.040%

Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

626
For sizes 15mm and above, hard drawn tubes will be used. The tubes shall be totally
cylindrical and of uniform thickness free from flaw, pin holes, cracks and other skin
detects.The maximum working and burst pressure of tubes shall be asEN:1057.All
tubes shall be eddy current tested to ensure the tubes are free from any internal blow
holes / flaw or eccentricity. Tubes from manufacturers who do not have eddycurrent
testing facility will not be accepted. The buyer / user reserves the right to inspect the
facility of the manufacturer to ensure that eddy current testing facility is prevalent and
being done. Carbon film or Carbon content test must be conducted on Copper Tubes
as perEN:1057.
The sizes and dimensions for Table `X’ are as follows:
TABLE `X’
Maximum
Calculated Burst working
Tube Outer Diameter Inner Pressure
Thickness
Size Dia pressure
Max. Min. (bar) (PSI) (bar) (PSI)
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
15 15.045 14.965 0.7 18.6 240 3480 58 841
22 22.055 21.975 0.9 20.2 215 3117.5 51 739.5
28 28.055 27.975 0.9 26.2 165 2392.5 40 580
35 35.07 34.99 1.2 32.6 175 2537.5 42 609
42 42.07 41.99 1.2 39.6 145 2102.5 35 507.5
54 54.07 53.99 1.2 51.6 110 1595 27 391.5
67 66.75 66.60 1.2 64.6 105 1522.5 20 290
76.1 76.30 76.15 1.5 73.1 100 1450 24 348
108 108.25 108.00 1.5 105 70 1015 17 246.5
133 133.50 133.25 1.5 130 - - 14 203
159 159.50 159.25 2.0 155 - - 15 217.5
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

627
(1) COPPERFITTINGS
Fittings made of Dezincification Resistant materials i.e. Copper, DZR Brass (Alloy CZ
132) or Gun Metal conforming to BS:864/EN:1254. Ordinary or Duplex fittings are not
allowed to be used. Dimensions of fittings must confirm to EN:1254 Part II and
EN:1057 to ensure proper jointing. The distance between the socket and neck of the
fitting should be sufficient to allow proper capillary action and flow of lead free solder.
Threads on all fittings must be BSP threads and all made threads must be taperedand
female ends parallel.Fittings must have BS:864 or EN:1254 imprinted on the fitting
itself.
 All fittings will be embossed with the BS symbol mentioning the specification
BS:864 or withEN:1254.
 For 15mm to 28mm sizes Integral Solder Ring Fittings will be used for all internal
services.
 For sizes 35mm and above, End feed fittings will be used for all external services.
 Fittings of sizes 15mm to 28mm will be joined with copper pipes by the use of soft
lead free solder wire as per specifications mentioned below.
 For fittings for sizes 35mm and above, the process of joining will be by brazing as
per details given below. Under no circumstances will fittings for 35mm and below
be brazed and under no circumstances will fittings of 35mm and above be soft
soldered.
a. FOR END FEED FITTINGS
The fittings must be capable of End Feeding, Solder Wire to be used with these
fittings must be soft solder capable of melting at approx.230deg Cand must
confirm to BS:219 / EN BS 29453. Solder wire must be absolutely lead-free. Copper
tin or Silver Tin Solder is acceptable only. All fittings of 35mm and above will be of
End Fedtype.
b. FOR SOLDERRING FITTINGS

All plain end of fittings must be provided with enough amount of lead-free solder
in the neck of the fitting itself to ensure proper capillary action. The solder must
besoft solder and lead-free with melting temperature of approx. 230 deg C and
must be capable of melting with an ordinary blow lamp and on melting must be
sufficient to form a complete leak proof to cover the annular space in between to
BS:219/BS EN:29453 specification. All fittings of 15mm to 28mm will be Integral
Solder Ring Type.
c. SOLDERWIRE
Legislation has resulted in a ban on the use of lead containing solders on both new
and repaired potable water systems. All integral solder ring fittings contain lead
free solder. In the case of End Feed Fittings, the onus is on the specifier and
installer to ensure that lead-tree, Tin-copper or Tin-silver solders, as specified in
BS:EN:29453 (FormerlyBS:219)are used exclusively inportable water installations.
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

628
d. LUX
(i) Flux should be Non-Acidic,Lead-tree
(ii) The Flux should be supplied in paste form packed in small Tin container of 500
gms or small packaging ,and should have compatibility to use with Solder
wire(Lead-free & as per BS:219 orequivalent)
(iii) The Flux should be water soluble and should be used in recommended quantity.
Excess use of Flux not recommended.
LAYING AND JOINTING OF COPPER PIPES AND CAPILLARY FITTINGS
 The copper pipes and fittings shall run wall chase or ceiling or as specified. The
fixing shall be done by means of standard pattern holder but clamps keeping the
pipes about 1.5 cm clear of the wall where to be laid on surface. Where it is
specified to conceal the pipes, chasing may be adopted. For pipes fixed in shafts,
ducts, etc. there should be sufficient space to work on the pipes with the usual
tools.As far as possible, pipes may be buried for short distances provided adequate
protection is given against damage and where so required special care to be taken
at joints.Where directed by the Owner’s site representative / Architect, pipe
sleeves shall be fixed at a place thepipe is passing through a wall or floor for
reception of the pipes and allow freedom for expansion and contraction and other
movements. In case pipe is embedded in walls or floors, it shall be covered with a
protective tape wrapped around the pipes & fittings.
 Copper pipe shall be joined with approved above mentioned fittings conforming to
BS:864 Part II and EN:125. Care shall be taken to remove any bulk from the end of
the pipes aftercutting. Only fittings of the size suitable to the pipe shall be used.
The ends of the tube shall be cut to the correct size using a tube cutter or a line
bladed hack saw.Care shall be taken to ensure that the ends of the tubes are cut
perpendicular to the axis of the tube and that the ends remain undamaged and
free of burrs. Any burrs remaining shall be removed with a smooth file.Clean the
outside surface of the tube that shall go into the fitting.
 Flux shall be applied on the pipe surface ensuring even and uniform application.
Insert the tube into the fitting and push home until the stop is reached. Wipe off
excess flux with a soft cloth. Now the assembled joint shall be heated with a blow
torch or any similar appliance that emits a clean,blue, soot free flame.The heat
shall be turned off once completering of solder has appeared on the mouth of the
fitting.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

629
Partial List of Makes of Products/Equipments
Public Procurement (Preference to Make in India) Order (PPP-MIII Order)-2017- Revision

dated 29-05-2019 and DoT Public Procurement (Preference to Make in India) Order (PPP-MII
Order) dated 29-08-2018 with upto date amendments shall be strictly complied with in all cases
and prevail.
Preferred Brands names of materials, whichever are applicable for the scope of work are
listed below. The list is indicative and for guidance purpose only. Approved equivalent materials
of any other specialized firms may also be used subject to approval of the alternate brands by
the Engineer-in-Charge, provided they satisfy the tender specification in all respect (See also
conditions of contract)..
Combined list of Acceptable Makes of Various Equipment/Material for Electrical & Mechanical
Services C1 to C 9
S.No. Item Acceptable makes
Wires ( PVC Insulated copper Havells

conductor cable FRLS – ISI marked)/
Anchor
Telephone cables / Submersable
cables/ Co- axial /TV cables Finolex
KEI
L&T
Asmon
RR Kabel
Fortune art
PVC Conduits (ISI marked) Avon Plast
( Color of conduit : Ivory ) Precision
AKG
BEC
GM
Clipsal
Fortune art
Steel Conduit ( ISI marked ) BEC
Bharat
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

630
Gupta
AKG
RMCON
Steel Krsfts
MCBs/RCBO/ Isolators Legrand
Schneider Electric
Hager
L&T
ABB
SIEMENS
MCB DBs/ Industrial Socket outlets Legrand
Schneider Electric
Hager
L&T
ABB
SIEMENS
MCCBs Legrand (DPX3)
L&T (D-sine)
Schneider Electric (Compact NSX/ EasyPact

CVS)
ABB(T-max)
SIEMENS(3VL)
Cat-6A LAN cable Panduit/Belden/Schneider/Systimax(COM

MSCOPE)/Molex/Legrand/Extreme
Modular Switches/ Sockets/ TV Legrand (Myrius)

Socket/ Telephone sockets/
MK (Blenze plus)
Electronic Regulators/ AC Starter
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

631
Switch etc. Panasonic (Vision)
Wipro: Northwest : Stylus+
Havells (Crabtree)
GM(g-nine)
Kolaors (kosmik)
Celing rose Antex
Leader
Emperor
Anchor
PVC batten/ Angle Holders Aristo
Antex
Prakash
Kinjal
Anchor
Exhaust fans
A) Metal Body – Medium / Heavy duty Havells
Crompton Greaves
Orient
bajaj
Usha
Almonard
atomberg
B) Plastic body exhaust fans Havells
Crompton Greaves
Orient
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

632
bajaj
Usha
Almonard
atomberg
Fans
A) 1200 mm sweep ceiling fan 5 –Star Crompton

rated
Havells
Atomberg
ORIENT
B) 400 mm Wall mounted fan Khaitan :merlin HI speed
Crompton :wmhifilo wave(Hi-speed)
ORIENT:snow fall 16wa01
Almonard
13 LED luminaries including street light PHILIPS / WIPRO / Crompton greaves/bajaj

(ISI marked) /halonix/k-lite/havells /osram/TRILUX /
LIGHTING TECHNOLOGIES/
14 Storage Type water heaters – 5 Star Racold

rated
Crompton
AO Smith
Bajaj
v-guard
15 Rising Mains, End Feed Unit & Tap L&T

off box
Schnieder
Legrand
Controls & Switch Gear
ABB
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

633
16 CPVC / UPVC Pipes Astral
Sudhakar
Ashirwad
17 Valves(ISI MARKED ONLY) Zoloto
Leader
Kirloskar
DEEPAK
L&T VALVES LIMITED
ksb
18 1.1KV grade aluminum conductor, Havells / KEI / Gloster / Finolex / Universal

XLPE insulated armored UG Cables / CCI /FORTUNEART/UNIVERSAL/NICCO
19 TELERAX/DUTRON/VEEKAY
DWC Pipes
PLAST/DUROLINE
20 TTA type LT Panels Authorized System Houses / Assembly

Manufacturers of “Schneider Electric
Blokset / Siemens Siepan / ABB ArTu K /
Legrand XL³ / L&T TI “.
21 HT XLPE Cables FINOLEX / KEI / HAVELLS / GLOSTER
Universal/ NICCO
22 Weather proof street light boxes OBO BETTERMAN/HENSEL/LEGRAND/C&S
With IP55
23 GI pipes Tata / Jindal-Hissar / SAIL/ZENITH/SURYA
24 Octagonal Street Light Poles Valmont / Bajaj / Crompton / Utkarsh
25 Water Supply Pumpsets KSB / Texmo / Grundfos
26 LAN Switches i/c fiber modules, HP / Extreme / CISCO

WIFI Controller, Network switches
and Access points
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

634
27 DALI Controllers WAGO / Tridonic / ABB / Philips
28 ACBs L&T (U-Power)
ABB Equivalent
Schneider Equivalent
Legrand Equivalent
Siemens Equivalent
29 Transformers Kirloskar/Siemens/ABB/areval
Essennar
Schneider
Crompton Greaves
Hammond/Unimag power transformers
30 MV Panels / Feeder pillars CPRI approved fabricators /TTA
31 Engine for the 250 kVA DG Set Cummins
Caterpillar
MTU
Kirloskar
32 Alternator for the 250 kvA DG Set Stamford
Leroysomer
Kirloskar
33 Selector Switches and Contactors Siemens
C&S
L&T
Schneider
ABB
34 CTs AE
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

635
L&T
Gilbert
Kappa
35 Multi Function meters and Digital Conzerv

meters
L&T
AE
MECO
36 Glands / Lugs Dowells / Comet / Jainson
37 1.1KV / 11 kV grade aluminum KEI

conductor, XLPE insulated armored
Gloster
UG cables
Finolex
NICCO
Universal
Havells
38 Astronomical Time Switch Legrand
L&T
ABB
Schneider
39 Indicating Lamps (LED type) Siemens
BCH
L&T
Telemecanique
Vaishnav
Emco
Kaypee
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

636
40 Push Buttons Siemens
BCH
L&T
Telemecanique
Vaishnav
Emco
Kaypee
41 Air conditioning Hitachi/voltas/bluestar/Toshiba-carrier
The approval of the Engineer in charge shall be final and binding for the items not covered
above.
C-2 - Fire Alarm and Public Address system
1 Wires (PVC Insulated copper Havells/Anchor/Finolex/KEI/L&T/Asmon/R

conductor cable FRLS-ISI marked) R Kabel
2 Steel Conduit (ISI marked) BEC/Bharat/Gupta/AKG/RMCON/Steel

Kraft
3 Loop Control Panel/Repeater panel Bosch UL/Siemens/Notifier/Edward
4 Multi Sensor Detector Bosch UL/Siemens/Notifier/Edward
5 Addressable Call Point Bosch UL/Siemens/Notifier/Edward
6 Response Indicators Bosch UL/Siemens/Notifier/Edward
7 Horn cum Strobe Bosch UL/Siemens/Notifier/Edward
8 Fire Control Modules Bosch UL/Siemens/Notifier/Edward
9 SFM Battery Panasonic/Exide/Amaron/HBL
10 LAN cable (structured cabling) Panduit/Belden/Schneider/Systimax(COM

MSCOPE)/Molex/Legrand/Extreme
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

637
11 CO2 Fire Extinguisher/ ABC Fire Safex/Cease fire/Agni/Padmini/Minimax
Extinguisher
The approval of the Engineer in charge shall be final and binding for the items not covered
above.
C-3 - Fire Fighting System with Automated Sprinkler system
GI/MS ‘C’ class pipes duly ISI

1 TATA / Jindal (Hissar) /Sail/ZENITH
marked
Single/Double Headed GM Landing NewAge(Mumbai) / Safex/ padmini/

2
valve Ceasefire/ GETECH/ Life Guard
Zoloto / Leader/ Kirloskar/ Deepak/ L&T

3 Sluice valve (ISI markes only)
Valves Limited
CI NRV/ Sluice/ Butterfly Valves (ISI Zoloto / Leader/ Kirloskar/ Deepak/ L&T
4
markes only) Valves Limited/ KSB
Zoloto / Leader/ Kirloskar/ Deepak/ L&T

5 GM gate valves (ISI markes only)
Valves Limited
Safex/ Padmini/ GeTech/ Agni/ Newage/

6 Branch Pipe
Ceasefire
First Aid Hose reel/ Fire Hose/ Safex/ Padmini/ GeTech/ Agni/ Newage/
7
Gunmetal Branch Pipe/ Fireman Axe Ceasefire/ Life Guard/ Kesaraplast
Newage/ceasefire/Safex/Kalpana/L&T
8 Hydrant valven
ValvesLimited/Lifeguard
9 Pressure Guage H Guru/Fiebig
Pipe anti corrosive protection (pipe

10 IWL/Taxa/Mac-polycoat
coating material)
Main
Grundfos/Kirloskar/Mather & Platt India
11 Fire/Terrace/Sprinkler/Jockey/Primi
Limited/KSB/Armstrong
ng pump sets
12 Air release valves Giacomini/AIP valve/Jaison

Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

638
Industries/Zoloto/RBM
13 Motors Siemens/Kirloskar/ABB/ITT
L&T/Schneider/Siemens/ABB/Hanger/
14 LT Switchgear
Legrand
15 Starters Crompton/L&T/Siemens/Eaton/BCH/ABB
16 Ammeter/Voltmeter IMP/AE/MECO/L&T
17 Batteries Panasonic/Exide/Amaron/HBL
18 Fire Extinguishers Safex/Minimax/Padmini/Cease Fire/Agni.
1.1KV grade aluminium

CCI/Havells/KEI/Gloster/Finolex/NICCO/
19 conductor,XLPE insulated armoured
Universal/FortuneArt
UG cables
20 LV Cable Glands/lugs Dowells/Jainsons/Braco/Comet
21 Flow Meters H.guru/Pricol/MECO/Victaulic
2-way/4-way FBC(Fire Brigade

22 Padmini/GeTech/Newage/Agni/Ceasefir e
Connection)
23 Sprinklers,UL Listed Tyco/HD/Newage/Safex
24 All other items not covered above As per approval of the Engineer-inCharge
C- 4 LIFTS
The Lift Manufacturers satisfying the following Criteria are considered as preferred
makes. Required documentary evidence shall be submitted at the time of approval for
associating as Specialized agency.
The Lift Manufacturer shall comply with BIS Standards, duly certified by designated labs /
certifying agencies.
The Manufacturer shall be PPP MII order-2017 (as amended) compliant.
The experience of successful completion of similar works shall be as per CPWD Works
Manual/SOP.
The Manufacturer shall furnish an undertaking regarding availability of spares for the entire life
of lift i.e., 15 to 20 years.
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

639
The complete Lift installation including its components, safety devices, various types of controls
etc., testing, inspection, operation & maintenance shall confirm to relevant codes/ Standars /
Codes of Practices/Guidelines/ Safety rules/Inspection manual(s)/Rules issued by Bureau of
Indian Standards, as amended upto date.
Quality standards shall confirm to IS/ISO-9001:2015 as amended.
The downtime of installed lifts, which are being maintained by the Manufacturer, shall not be
more than 8 hours (average) in case of minor faults and 7 days (average) in case of major repairs
in last one year. The data to be considered shall be for lats financial year.
S. No. Detail of Material Makes
1. LIFTS OTIS/SCHINDLER/MITSUBISHI/KONE/ JOHNSON
C-6- Substation Work
Siemens/ ABB / Areva / Voltamp / Kirloskar

1 Transformers / Essennar / Schneider / Crompton Greaves
/ Unimag Power Transformer / Hammond
ABB / Siemens / L&T / Schneider / System

2 HT Panel / VCB
Control / kirloskar
CPRI Fabricators with panels cleared by

3 MV/LT Panel (TTA type)
CPRI
4 Air Circuit Breakers Siemens / L&T / Schneider / Legrand
Legrand (DPX3) / L&T (D-Sine) / Schneider

5 Moulded Case Circuit Breakers Electric (Compact NSX/Easy Pact CVs) /
ABB / Siemens
Legrand / Schneider Electric / Hager / L&T /

6 MCB’s
ABB / Siemens
7 Selector Switches Kaycee BCH / L&T Salzer / Siemens / HPL
8 Contactors Siemens / C&S / L&T / Schneider / ABB
9 CT/PT AE / L&T / Gilbert / Kappa / Schneider
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

640
Digital Panel Meters including Multi Conzerv / L&T / AE / MECO / Rishab / Prok
10
Function meter Devices
11 Glands/Lugs Dowells / Comet / Jaison
Siemens / L&T / BCH / Telemecanique /

12 Indication Lamps(LED Type)
Vaishnav / Emco / Kaypee
13 Connectors/Terminal Blocks Elmax / Connectwell / Essen
ABI / Jaysree / Hemraj udyog / Power Grid

14 AB Switch
switchgears
1.1 KV/11 KV grade aluminium

KEI / Gloster / Finolex / NICCO/Universal /
15 conductor. XLPE insulated
havells
armoured UG cables
16 GI Pipes Tata / Jindal Hissar / SAIL / Surya
Schneider / L&T / Siemens / Neptune

17 M.V. Power Capacitors
Model LLM / Epcos / Eaton
18 Change Over Switches ABB / L&T / Schneider / Socomec
19 11KV Lightning Arrestor OBLUM / IGEC / SEW / ELPRO
L&T / Beluk / Siemens / Epcos / ABB /

20 APFC Relay
Schneider / Neptune
21 Angle Iron/Channel Iron SAIL / TATA / HSL / Jindal (Hissar) / Zenith
22 11 KV. AB Switch SAHAL / PACTIL / GEC / SEW
23 11 KV Horn Gap arrester SAHAL / PACTIL / GEC/SEW
24 11 KV Pin & Disc Insulators BHEL / Bharat Industries
HT Jointing Kit/ End Termination 3M / Tropolin / Densons / Raychem / M-

25
Joint Seal / CCI-Xicon / Mahindra
SEGC / Crompton / Siemen / ABB /

26 Power Relays
Schneider / L&T
Dozz / Padmini / Raychem / Jyothi Rubber

27 Electric Insulation mat with ISI mark
Udyog
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

641
28 All other items not covered above As per approval of the Engineer-inCharge
C-8 - DG Set System
1. Diesel Engine  Kirloskar

 Cummins
 VolvoPenta
 Perkins
2. Alternator  Kirloskar
 Stamford
 Leroysomer
 ABB
 Siemens
3. Air Circuit Breakers  Siemens(3WL)
 L & T (UPower)
 Schneider Electric (Masterpact)
 ABB
4. Moulded Case Circuit Breakers  Siemens(3VL)
 L & T (dsine)
 Schneider Electric(CompactNS)
 ABB
 LegrandDPX3
5. MCBs  Legrand(Lexic)
 L&T(Exora)
 Siemens
 ABB
 Schneider
 Hager
6. Selector Switches  Kaycee
 BCH
 L & TSalzer
 Siemens
 HPL
7. Contactors  Siemens
 C&S
 L&T
 Telemechanique
 ABB
 Schneider
8. CTs  AE
 L&T
 Gilbert
 Kappa
Cor NIL Ins NIL
Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

642
9. Electronic Load Manager / Digital  Conzerv

Meters  AE
 L&T
 Secure
10. Indicating Lamps (LED type)  Siemens
 BCH
 L &T
 Telemecanique
 Vaishnav
 Emco
 Kaypee
11. Push Buttons  Siemens
 BCH
 L &T
 Telemecanique
 Vaishnav
 Emco
 Kaypee
12. M.V. Power Capacitors  Schneider
 L &T
 Siemens
13. Connectors/ Terminal Blocks  Elmex
 Connectwell
 Essen
14. ChangeoverSwitch  ABB
 HPL
 Schneider
 L&T
15. Acoustic Enclosure  As per OEM/OEA
16. AMF panel  OEM/OEA

17 All other items not covered above As per approval of the Engineer-in-
charge.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

643
Any other item As per approval of Engineer in Charge by latest..
Note: The Chief Engineer, Hyderbad reserves the right to add or delete any materials and
makes/brands in the list of preferred makes of materials/brands. Approval list of preferred makes
for E&M Item issued from ADG concerned.
Preference to PPP-M – II Policy (Make in India):

1. The Government has issued public procurement policy (Preference to Make in India)
vide Ministry of Commerce and Industry Development of industrial policy and
promotion (PPS) vide order No. P-45021/2/2017-PP BE-II dated 28.05.2018, to
“Encourage Make in India” and to promote manufacturing and production of Goods
and services in India with a view to enhancing income and employment. CPWD has
decided to implement this policy.
2. The agency shall submit list of makes of materials proposed to be used on the work
from local suppliers (as defined in the above order dated 28.05.2018) along with
minimum local content as specified below for approval of the department out of the
approved makes kept in the tender.
3. The department will be approving only makes of the materials having a minimum
local content of 50% for use on this work, out of the preferred makes list.
4. The minimum local content of 50% is considered for the complete item including
labour component.
5. The agency shall obtain the certificate for all items except for sundry items.
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

644
Cor NIL Ins NIL

Omi NIL Ovw NIL
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

Part C-GH

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Part C-GH

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Part C-GH

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

269

Name of work : Construction of Guest House Facilities(25+25) Rooms(G+2) floors on EPC

Minor Component of Work

Electrical & Mechanical Services

Cor NIL Ins NIL

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

Item Description Page No.

SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR ALL E & M COMPONENTS

5 GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR ALL E&M COMPONENTS 306- 311

Detailed Specifications for Internal Electrical Installations and

9 Detailed Specifications of LIFTS – Package 4 488- 496

10 Detailed Specifications of IP based EPABX – Package 5 497- 502

11 Detailed Specifications of Substation Work– Package 6 503- 586

12 Detailed Specifications of DG Set System– Package 7 587- 608

13 Detailed Specifications of Solar water heating System– Package 8 609- 628

14 LIST OF PREFERRED MAKES 629-644

Cor NIL Ins NIL

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

GENERAL SCOPE OF WORK , GUARANTEE PERIOD , QUALITY ASSURANCE and

The general scope of this work is as under:

SH-I :DETAILSCOPE OF WORK FOR VARIOUS

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

Providing Street lighting with 6 m long Octagonal poles ( Number

If any item required to make the building / scheme habitable

Design, Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of LT

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

4. Lift Providing, Installation, Testing and Commissioning & putting into

Cor NIL Ins NIL

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

Architrave work at lift entrance.

5. IP based EPABX Planning, preparation of drawing and obtaining working approval

Cor NIL Ins NIL

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

any item required to make the building / scheme habitable and

Cor NIL Ins NIL

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

If any item required to make the building / scheme habitable

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

E&M Work Information to be furnished by the successful bidder

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

Compact Substations submitted as desired by the Engineer in Charge.

a) Maximum ambient air temperature : 45º C

1.17 GENERAL AND COMMERCIAL WORK

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

In case of any discrepancy of sepcifications/conditions in the tender document the

Cor NIL Ins NIL

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C)

S.No. T & P Items Quantity

1. Tongue Tester 2 Nos.

2. Megger 500 Volt. 2 Nos.

3. Earth Tester 2 Nos.

4. Ladder of different size 1 Lot

6. Spanner Set 1 Set

8. Megger 1000 Volt. 1 Nos.

9. Crimping Tools 2 Nos.

10. Hydraulic Crimping Tool 1 Nos.

11. Electrically operatedchase cutting machine 4 Nos.

1.17.4 TERMS OFPAYMENTS

1.17.5 Works to be done by the contractor